issue 2.2
ai_ait_35.0_en aik
Protect Your Belt Conveyors with Voith Turbo Fluid Couplings They have been in service for decades under toughest conditions – and have proven themselves worldwide. Voith fluid couplings protect belt conveyors against wear and damage and allow smooth but fast start-ups in any situation. The soft force transmission leads to reduced belt tensioning.
In multi-motor drives they ensure natural load distribution. Result: fewer downtimes – and the service life of the belt and the drive components is increased. www.voithturbo.com/ startup-components vtausydney@voith.com www.australia.voithturbo.com
Contents Publisher Garth Wright CEO Gary Peach Graphic Designers Michael Griffiths Kasha Abbott Bianca Fidge Kimberley Smith Louie Smale General Manager Graham Miles Marketing Danielle Tessari Johnathon Dunstan Printer Newstyle Printing Co. Pty Ltd 41 Manchester Street Mile End SA 5031 Phone: 08 8234 6155 APRS Head Office GPO Box 1746 Adelaide SA 5001 Phone: (08) 8113 9200 Fax: (08) 8113 9201 APRS Queensland Office Phone: (07) 3229 9766 Fax: (07) 3229 3066 Pre-Press Phone: (08) 8113 9206 Email: prepress@aprs.com.au Advertising Phone: (07) 3003 0283 Email: philip@aprs.com.au Disclaimer APRS is not committed to nor takes responsibility for the views expressed in articles or advertisements herein. The publishers could not possibly ensure that each advertisement published in this magazine complies with the Trade Practices Act and responsibility must therefore rest with the person, company or agency submitting the advertisement for publication.
6
Industry Foreword
10
Q&A
12
Coal Mining in Australia Australian Coal Association
16
Heritage Management for Mining Australian Cultural Heritage Management
22
AIMEX 2011
Feature Categories 49
A to Z of Personal Protective Equipment Steeldrill SEA
24
Access Heights Safely and Easily Alimak Hek Kerrect Lincon
30
Accommodation — Portable and Demountable Mine Site Buildings APB Modular Allsteel Transportable and Cabins Decorate By Design
36
Air Purifying Respirators MSA
39
Airborne Water Exploration Pennington Scott
45
Alternatives for Infrastructure Solutions Tunnels, Walls, Roads, Bridges and more Atlantic Civil Products
52
Automation Rockwell Automation Schneider Electric
84
Aviation Services to the Mining Industry Adagold Aviation Skytrans
56
Breathing Apparatus Scott Health and Safety
58
Cables and Cable Cutters and Components Bambach Cables Felco Ausproof
75
Camps for Miners and Mine Villages Ausco Modular Modular Villages
147
Coal Mining Services Coal Services
17 FR patents and counting 45% more breathable* 38% lighter* 4X more stretch* 4X warmer*
POLARTEC.COM *Polartec® Thermal FR® over Polartec® Power Dry® FR vs FR cotton sweatshirt over FR cotton shirt Polartec® is a registered trademark of Polartec, LLC. ©Polartec 2011
Front cover image: Steve Cruse securing front wheel hub in heavy machinery workshop at East Weipa bauxite mine. Copyright © 2010 Rio Tinto.
2
Feature Categories (continued) 64
Coal Tailings and Waste Reclamation Hydraulic Mining Solutions
135
Heating Solutions Thermal Electric Elements
100
Communication and Data Transportable Communication Rooms Datatech
141
120
Consultancy Services to the Mining Industry Exploration to Production Deswik Snowden
Height Safety and Ramps, Walkways and Metal Flooring Rigcom Locker
150
Hydraulic Hoses and Fittings Pirtek Ryco
207
Conveyor System Rema Tip Top CBMI
157
Hydraulics in Mining Custom Fluid Power Tidal Fluid Power
68
Cranes and Lifting Kone Cranes Tutt Bryant
166
Industrial Gear Units Sew Eurodrive
72
Doors — Steel Doors Monarch Group
169
140
Dragline Plug Boats Arg Industries
Instrumentation and Radiation Management Safety and Training Real Time Instruments / Radiation Safety
174
78
Drive Systems Voith
Insurance and Superannuation Thrive Financial management
177
81
Drug and Alcohol Testing Alere Pathtec
IT Security and Risk Management Sense of Security
181
90
Dust and Blast Monitoring Ecotech
Locks give Security Australian Lock Company Assa Abloy
186
95
Dust and Water Management including Vehicle Washing and Spray Systems Magnum
Mine Refuge Chambers Strata Products
188
92
Dust Suppression and Spray Nozzles Spraying Systems Co
Mine Site Services Conveyor Belt Products and Maintenance Aerison
191
98
Electrical Enclosures B&R Enclosures
101
Environmental Services SLR Consulting
OH&S and Risk Management Systems and Training Intersafe CXC Global Cube Consulting
197
106
Excavators McMahon Services
OH&S Hygiene and Environmental Monitoring Robson Environmental
200
110
Fall Prevention Capital Safety Paci
Oil Sampling and Analysis Valves Fluid Transfer Management
202
Plastic Products and Composites Australian Vinyl
114
Fire Protection Fabrics and Clothing Charles Parsons
156
Positioning Solutions, Spatial Imaging and Surveying Trimble
123
Freight — Air and Sea, Road and Rail Hellman Worldwide Logistics Freightplus Hotshots Express
213
Power Conversions, Variable Speed Drives and Automation Solutions CSE Uniserve Teco
128
Gas Detection MSA
219
132
Hand Tools Stanley
Power Transmissions Lewis Pulleys CBC Bearings
138
Head Protection MSA
225
Process Control Systems Scantech Mipac
4
Feature Categories (continued) 180
Protection and Transportation for Valuable and Sensitive Equipment Image Alloy Cases
231
Refuelling Management Systems Banlaw
234
Safety Wear and Work Wear Pacific Brands
258
SAP Business Software Extend technologies
243
Shotcreting and Concrete Pumping W Win Engineering River Sands
238
Strata Reinforcement, Support and Management Structural Systems - Resin Firing Dywidag BASF Wilco
246
Testing for Mining Coal, Minerals, Environmental, and more ALS Global
250
Training Services Unity Resources Group Protector Alsafe Coastal Enterprises
255
Tyres in Mining — From Production to Disposal TyreMil
259
Vehicle Rear Vision Systems Rear Vision Systems Sick Sensor Intelligence
264
Water Quality Sensors and Water Management Campbell Scientific Hydrosmart
268
Water Supply and the Infrastructure Required Sunwater
270
Wear Protection and Prevention Weir WAMS
274
Weather Stations and the Environment Environdata
278
Welding Cigweld
267
Wheel Chocks Arg Industries
304
Mine Vehicles and Vehicle Seating Subaru Kab Seating
Products & Services Showcase 284
Bearings NSK
286
Breaker Equipment and Hydraulic Hammers DM Breaker
309
288
Dredging Services Neuman Contractors Mini Dredging
Noise and Hearing Protection Aust. Safety Services MSA
312
Portable Shelters and Containers Shelter Station WA Cronos Containers
316
Power and Control Systems and Power Equipment Bonfiglioli
318
Power Generation and Technology Energy Power Systems Greenbird Technology
292
Employment, Recruitment, Pre and Post Employment Testing, Visa Processing and Migration Manpower Healthscope Iscah Ed
281
Innovative Products Vision of Innovation
296
Ladders Branach Baileys
320
Pumps and Slurry Pumps Mono Pumps Pumps 2000
299
Lighting — Portable and Cap Lights & Lighting Towers Quick Lights Austraco
324
301
Lubrication and Oils Precise Lubrication
Security for Mine Sites, Lockout and Tagout MSS Security ADT Cirlock
322
308
Magnetic Lifting and Separation Metcalfe
Underground Mining Barminco
Complete Testing Solutions for Drugs of Abuse
Alere connects you to all of the tools you need for the rapid detection of Drugs of Abuse. What you need to know • Over 18 substances detected • Various cut-off options • Specimen validation (adulteration)
Where ever you are • Hospitals, laboratories or point-of-care units • Occupational medicine, rehabilitation centers or health centers • Government & criminal justice
In the format you want
• Single or multiple visual tests • Test Cassettes, Panels or Integrated Cups • Automated Readers • Instrument based POC for and urine specimens oral
For more information, please call 1800 622 642 or email drugtest@alere.com ©2011. All rights reserved. The Alere Logo and Alere are trademarks of the Alere group of companies. A0966.
____________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________
____
6
Foreword Few industries can equal the resources sector for its contribution to economic prosperity and employment. When you include oil and gas, around 200,000 people directly make their living from the resources and energy industries here in Australia. Our mineral exports are expected to bring in over $178 billion this financial year.
L
iving from the resources and energy industries here in Australia. Our mineral exports are expected to bring in over $178 billion this financial year.
Much more investment lies ahead. There are 94 advanced projects in the resources sector including expansions in coal and iron ore. Between them, they are worth $173 billion. Overall, new capital expenditure is the highest on record – nearly four times the average annual expenditure over the past 30 years. Continued exploration and the opening up of new mineral provinces, such as most recently the Woomera Prohibited Area, will help sustain this growth.
The National Mine Safety Framework brings us closer to achieving that. A more nationally consistent occupational health and safety regime aims to bring about the improvements we need. Greater consistency fosters labour mobility and greater certainty on legislative and regulatory responsibilities. Safety, skills, access to an appropriate workforce, investment in infrastructure – these are some of the key ingredients for the continued success of Australia’s mining industry. All Australians want to share in the benefits of a strong, modern economy and I will continue to work with industry to ensure that we maximise and share our nation’s economic potential.
Australia has good reason to be proud of its achievements in mining and of our investment pipeline. Success in delivering new projects on time and on budget depends on companies having access to sufficient skills and labour. If we are to achieve our full potential, it is estimated that over 70,000 skilled positions will need to be filled by 2015. That is why in the context of a tight Budget the Government has still delivered measures to meet the needs of the resources industry. Our $3 billion Building Australia’s Future Workforce package will train and skill more Australians. Our increase in the skilled migration intake and introduction of Enterprise Migration agreements will help projects get off the ground and create more long term secure jobs on major projects across the country. Our Buy Australian at Home and Abroad initiative will help Australian suppliers and manufacturers connect with and secure more opportunities from resource and energy projects. The Government will work in partnership with industry to roll out these initiatives. And we welcome efforts from industry to also support skills and training as well as increase participation particularly from our Indigenous communities.
Martin Ferguson AM MP Federal Member for Batman Minister for Resources and Energy Minister for Tourism
Equally welcome is industry’s commitment to maintaining the highest standards of safety. Australia is a world leader in occupational health and safety performance in the mining industry. But we still have further to go to reach the goal of zero harm – a goal we all continue to pursue.
Martin Ferguson was first elected to the Federal Parliament in March 1996. Since being elected, Martin has served as a member of Labor’s front bench. Initially he was Shadow Minister for Employment and Training. Following the Australian Labor Party’s win in 2007, Martin has been appointed to Cabinet as Minister for Resources and Energy and Minister for Tourism. Martin has served on a number of Parliamentary Committees, including the House of Representatives Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry Committee, the Employment and Training Committee, the Industry and Resources Committee and the Procedures and Privileges Committee. Prior to entering Parliament, Martin was the president of the Australian Council of Trade Unions (1990-96) and vice-president (1985-90). Martin joined the ACTU after 15 years service with the then Miscellaneous Workers’ Union. During this period, he worked as a Research Officer, was elected Assistant General Secretary in 1981 and finally as General Secretary in 1984. From 1990-96, Martin was a member of the governing body of the International Labor Organisation. He received an Order of Australia in June 1996 for his contribution to working people. Martin has an Honours Degree in Economics from Sydney University. He is married and has two adult children. Martin and his family live in Melbourne.
10
Industry Q&A In this issue we speak with Michael Baston, Polartec Global Business Manager – Flame Resistant Fabrics.
Can you talk about the research and development process that went into Polartec protective garment products?
Polartec has an R&D team of associates who specialise in the development of protective fabrics for industrial workers and the military. The research and product development activity of the R&D team is guided by feedback from the Polartec global sales team, a deep team of over 20 sales associates around the globe that supply protective garment manufacturers with high performance fabrics. What sort of testing goes into Polartec’s protective garments?
Polartec tests fabrics both onsite at their ISO certified laboratory and through third party laboratories for certification purposes. Protective fabric testing includes a broad array of tests that are indicative of the extreme conditions Polartec garments could be exposed to in the field. Testing includes flammability testing such as ASTM D6413 (vertical flame), and EN533 testing. Electric arc flash resistance testing ASTM F 1959 and EN531 are done at third party laboratories for certification. Polartec also offers fabrics that are High Visibility and FR. High Visibility ANSI 107 testing is done in house and via third party for certification. Fabric wash performance and durability testing includes testing such as Pilling ASTM D 3512, Shrinkage AATCC 135, Color Fastness AATCC 8, and Stretch which is important for comfort via the ASTM 2594 test. What separates Polartec compared with other protective fabric manufacturers?
Polartec developed several key platforms that others in the market do not offer. In 1981 Polartec invented fleece which has become a key part of the protective fabric offering and the preferred fleece in multiple market segments including the outdoor apparel, military and protective apparel markets. In the last five years, Polartec developed the first layering system of protective fabrics. Fabrics designed to perform in a system or as standalone garments. The layered system consists of patented next to skin base layer fabrics – PowerDry® FR, thermal insulation fabrics such as fleece Thermal FR®, and weather protection outer layer fabrics like PowerShield® FR.
What cost-benefit analyses should clients consider when choosing protective garments?
Garment life cycle cost is important when selecting flame resistant apparel. A garment comes to the end of its life cycle when one of two things happens. It either wears out and becomes unattractive (ripped, torn, faded) which is visible obsolescence or the flame resistance feature of the garment becomes compromised (washed out) which is not readily visible. Some lower upfront cost treated garments can suffer from both the former and latter form of obsolescence. Garments made from Polartec fabrics carry a small upfront premium but durable, fade resistant and inherently flame resistant which means their performance cannot be washed out. How important is wearability regarding protective garments?
Comfort is under-rated. When a worker is not comfortable he is much more likely to get fatigued easier, suffer from heat exhaustion, or more commonly – remove or unbutton his safety apparel clothing. Comfort in hot environments can be influenced by fabric breathability and its moisture management properties. It is important to note that a fabric that wicks does not necessarily manage moisture. A paper towel wicks, but you would not want to wear one. Moisture management as measured by the AATCC 195 standard is a function of four key metrics: How fast moisture is absorbed (wicking), how fast the moisture spreads throughout the fabric, the distance the moisture is spread (spread radius), and a fourth metric that is proprietary to Polartec, how the moisture is distributed between the back of the fabric (against the skin) and the face. When moisture is managed efficiently, all four of these metrics come into play. Polartec Powerdry® FR manages moisture significantly better than comparable cotton and blended knit competitive fabrics thanks to a patented bi-component construction and hydrophobic/hydrophilic yarn blend. What is Polartec’s experience in protective garments for the mining industry?
Polartec’s Powerdry® FR base layer fabrics are aggressively promoted to the Canadian and US mining industry by our customers.
11
What type of sales advice and customer service does Polartec offer to ensure clients get the right products?
Polartec has 20 sales associates stationed across the globe that are ready to assist our customers and the customers of our customer.
Michael Batson Polartec Global Business Manager – Flame Resistant Fabrics Michael earned his MBA from Clemson University and a Master of Science Degree in Textile Technology from the Institute of Textile Technology. His career focus has been on high performance fabrics and over the last five years he has led the charge to create new businesses that specialise in the manufacture of flame resistant apparel fabrics, most recently with Polartec. Michael’s team is focused on developing comfortable, performance differentiated flame resistant fabric solutions for global applications including the electrical safety, industrial, fire service, and global military markets. issue 2.2
12
The Australian Coal Industry Creating value for Australia’s future The coal industry plays a vital role in Australia’s economy, energy security and community. It is Australia’s largest export earner (valued at $55 billion in 2008-09) and employs around 140,000 Australians – 40,000 directly and 100,000 indirectly, mainly in regional Australia. With over 54% of our electricity generated from black coal it also underpins the security, reliability and comparative low-cost of Australia’s electricity supply.
T
he Australian coal industry is working with government to invest in solutions to reduce emissions from the utilisation of coal. Through the COAL21 Fund the industry is raising $1 billion over 10 years from a voluntary levy on coal production to support the demonstration of low emission technologies for coalfired power generation. These technologies can also be applied to other industrial processes such as steel and cement manufacturing.
year). This is largely as a result of expected thermal exports from the Surat Basin towards the end of the forecast period. 2. The coal industry’s substantial contribution to the Australian economy
The coal industry pays billions of dollars annually: •
to governments in the form of royalties, taxes and charges (eg for shire, transport, freight and port services);
Australia was the only one of the world’s 33 advanced economies to grow in 2009 during the worst global recession since the Great Depression. A principal reason for this was our continued coal exports. The importance of coal in the economy is also evident in its growing share of GDP. This share has more than doubled, from 1.7 % in 2006-07 to 3.5% in 2008-09, making it the largest contributor to the mining sector.
•
to workers in the form of wages and salaries;
•
to businesses through purchases of goods and services;
•
to shareholders and investors;
•
to the community – e.g. through superannuation funds and contributions to community social infrastructure.
Every year, the coal industry pays billions of dollars to Commonwealth and State governments in the form of corporate taxes, natural resource royalties and payment of freight charges. In 2008-2009 coal royalties were worth $3.1 billion to the Queensland Government and $1.3 billion to the New South Wales Government. This flows back into the community in the form of state funding for hospitals, schools and roads.
From a total income of $64 billion in 2008-09 the coal industry made the following payments:
The coal industry also contributes tens of millions of dollars annually to fund community social infrastructure. This is in addition to the benefits that flow from its day-to-day operations – including jobs and business opportunities, contributions to public infrastructure, and support for education, training and apprenticeships.
Wages and salaries, etc. – to workers and 4.4 their families
1. Coal and the global financial crisis
Coal is a principal driver of Australia’s growth and economic prosperity. It played a key role in preventing Australia going into recession in 2009-10. In May 2009 the Reserve Bank forecasted that Australia would go into recession for six months but by February 2010 it had amended this view as the impact of the global financial crisis in Australia was very mild in comparison to the outcomes in many other countries, where deep recessions have been experienced. In short, future coal exports of both thermal and metallurgical coal will continue to grow at 5% per year. Thermal coal exports are likely to grow at a faster rate (6.7% per year) than metallurgical exports (3.5% per
Selected Payments and Recipients – 2008-09
Coal Industry
A$ billion
Royalties – to state governments
4.5
Taxes (company, etc.) – to federal, state and local governments
8.4
Contract, sub-contract payments – to individuals and businesses
5.0
Goods and services purchases – to businesses
16.0
R&D expenditure – to the research community and to projects
0.9
Interest, insurance, payments – to the finance sector
2.1
Depreciation, amortisation, change in stocks, etc.
2.8
Dividends to shareholders, investors, superannuation funds, etc.
14.0
Retained earnings for re-investment
6.0
Total of the above (recurrent) expenditure allocations
64.1
Net capital expenditure – on plant, equipment, buildings, infrastructure, etc.
10.4
13
Thus for every $1 of profit earned in Australian the coal industry puts in excess of $1 back into Australia. In 2008-09 the industry did this by committing $10.4 billion in net capital investment, paying $12.9 billion in taxes and royalties and returning some $7 billion in dividends to Australian shareholders. 3. Major Export Markets
Most of Australia’s thermal coal exports go to North Asia. Last year, over 80% of thermal exports were delivered to Japan, South Korea and Taiwan. Japan is Australia’s most important customer for thermal coal, accounting for 45% of our thermal exports or over 60 million tonnes of thermal coal. Japan is also the major destination for Australian metallurgical coal exports. Japan accounts for 29% of these exports, having imported 40 million tonnes of Australian metallurgical coal in 2009. However, the split between exports is much more even for thermal coal, with China, India, South Korea and Europe all being major destinations.
5. Electricity generation
Coal plays a vital role in our energy security by providing a secure, affordable and uninterrupted supply of energy. Black coal used in electricity generation is also a major source of Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions contributing about 21% of total emissions (with brown coal or lignite contributing a further 11%). This is why the black coal industry is working with government in investing in carbon capture and storage technologies. These technologies can reduce emissions from the utilisation of coal while assisting us to meet our energy security objectives. They can also be employed to reduce emissions from industrial processes such as steel, cement and alumina production and from electricity generation from other fuels (e.g. gas, lignite and diesel).
4. Investment
Coal Mining and Infrastructure Projects In the 12 months to October 2010, coal projects valued at $2.8 billion were completed together with coal infrastructure projects valued at around $1.9 billion. As at 31 October 2010, “advanced” coal mine and coal infrastructure projects, those committed or under construction, totalled $8.3 billion.
Black Coal Mining and Infrastructure Projects
Completed (a)
Advanced (b)
No.
$m
No. $m
7
2,800
12
5,208
Coal port and 5 rail infrastructure
1,900
7
3,092
Coal mining & infrastructure
4,700
19
8,300
Coal mining
12
Notes: (a) In the 12 months ending 31 October 2010. (b) Projects ‘committed’ or ‘under construction’ as at 31 October 2010. Source: ABARE, Mineral and Energy Major Development Projects, April 2010 and October 2010
By Kath Elliott of the Australian Coal Association www.australiancoal.com.au
issue 2.2
Australia’s economy benefits from Asian growth. Asian growth is powered by black coal. Australian black coal is Australia’s largest export, generating AUD50 billion in 2008 – 09. And while Asia has large, renewable energy sources such as hydro and solar, Australian coal clearly remains the most reliable and cost-efficient power source behind Asian economic growth.
ACA0004
Also, while Australian black coal powers both the Australian and Asian economies, our coal producers are investing in technologies to improve efficiency and environmental performance, protecting our exports and reducing emissions for future decades.
APRS subscriptions The Australasian Mining Review is an independent voice for the mining industry in Australia. Produced bi-annually the publication covers the major developments, events and topics affecting the mining industry across the Asia Pacific region. Each issue also includes a comprehensive buyer’s guide providing an essential reference tool for buyers and key decision makers in the mining industry.
The Australasian Mining Review is a member of the APRS stable of high quality mining and resource publications, including: z
MINEsafety AUSTRALASIAN
AUSTRALIAN
safety JOURNAL
JOURNAL
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 1 #2
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 3 # 6
QLD B U L L E T I N Winter 2011
FEATURING: ELIMINATING FALLS FROM HEIGHTS How effective are Elevating Work Platforms?
IS SN 1833- 3036
AUSTRALIAN CONSTRUCTION SAFETY JOURNAL
SITE SAFETY On the Sydney Harbour Bridge
Give vehicle operators a smooth ride
WINTER
Preventing confined space fatalities within the mining industry
VOLUME 1 #2
FEATURING: Health management in mining – Putting the “H” back into OHS
TRAINING BEYOND COMPLIANCE Transforming cultures
Western Australia’s resources infrastructure outlook Queensland’s 2020 vision: Sunny but Supporting regional energy security clouds ahead?’ and meeting domestic needs in Queensland mining devastated by Western Australia ‘worst flooding on record’ Long-term strategic planning needed to Boom time forpowerhouse the Surat iron ore industry sustain WA’s
2011
issue 2.2
You can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au My details Ms/Miss/Mrs/Mr (please print): Address: Fax: + 61 8 8113 9201
Post to: Australian Publishing Resource Service GPO Box 1746, Adelaide, SA 5001
Email: subscriptions@aprs.com.au
Town/suburb: State: Tel: (
you can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au
Post code: )
Mobile:
Email*: All prices include postage & handling within Australia and GST
Payment
YES! I would like to subscribe to:
I enclose my cheque/money order payable to APRS for $
Mine Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Construction Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Card Number:
QLD Mining & Energy
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Cardholder’s name:
Australasian Mining Review
1 year $18.90
2 year $35.00
Expiry date:
or please charge my:
Mastercard
Visa
Signature:
Australian Publishing Resource Service uses personal information collected from you to fulfil your subscription. We may also use this information to inform you of future special offers. Please tick if you do not wish to receive any further offers by mail or email *By including your email address you consent to receive any email regarding this magazine, and other emails which inform you of APRS’s other magazines.
16
Australian Cultural Heritage Management Giving the past a future in the mining boom Australian Cultural Heritage Management (ACHM) is playing a pivotal role in ensuring mining projects deliver profitable outcomes while fulfilling their obligations under the various pieces of Aboriginal heritage legislation across Australia.
T
he nation’s leading heritage management firm specialises in managing the heritage requirements of mining projects and scores of other developments across Western Australia, Queensland, South Australia and Victoria. It sets the Australian benchmark for facilitating a consensus between miners, statutory authorities and indigenous groups ensuring projects meet their objectives while at the same investigating, protecting and preserving Aboriginal cultural heritage values. ACHM Chief Executive, Dr Neale Draper, said over the course of literally hundreds of projects, the company had consistently demonstrated an ability to deliver outcomes that satisfied all parties. “We would have the largest and most diverse permanent workforce in our line of business in the country and we have enormous depth of experience, particularly in senior staff and management,” Dr Draper said. “Our consultants are recognised leaders in their fields and no other firm in the cultural heritage management sector possesses such a broad range of experience, qualifications and expertise gained from all around the world.” Dr Draper said the company’s work for both native title groups and government regulatory departments also gave it an unparalleled understanding of the differing regulatory environments of each state and the perspective of Aboriginal stakeholder groups. “Our experience working with miners and other developers, Aboriginal groups and government agencies means we understand the perspectives and motivations of each stakeholder, thereby uniquely positioning us to facilitate a consensus for moving forward. “Few other cultural heritage management firms in Australia have the skills and experience in ensuring projects can progress without undue delay while demonstrating a commitment to respecting and preserving Aboriginal cultural heritage.
“While we may have over 100 projects in progress at any one time, we can put people on the ground anywhere within a very short period, which is becoming more and more important for mining projects that are extremely time pushed.” ACHM currently employs approximately 50 full-time and 40 casual staff including some of
the country’s most qualified and experienced archaeologists, anthropologists and geographic Information systems analysts. Executive Manager for Victoria, Dr Shaun Canning, said ACHM had a proven track record in delivering outcomes in projects ranging from exploration drilling surveys lasting just one or two days to greenfield open cut mine sites covering many thousands of hectares, and just about everything in between. “You name it: from railways and railway infrastructure, power lines, water infrastructure, roads and highways and residential and industrial developments. We’ve managed the heritage requirements for them all,” Dr Canning said. “Many of these are complex, politically charged projects that require significant expertise and skill to negotiate acceptable solutions for all parties.” ACHM’s project experience includes the Woodside Pluto Project and NWSJV gas processing plant extensions on the Pilbara Coast, as well as the Rio Tinto, BHP Billiton and Fortescue Metal Group iron ore mining and infrastructure development projects in the Pilbara. The company was also involved in helping to chart a way forward for the Oxiana Prominent Hill Mine, Illuka mineral sands projects and numerous wind power projects in Victoria and South Australia. ACHM has managed the cultural heritage management requirements for a wide range of major infrastructure projects such as the Burrup Service Corridors in Western Australia, water supply extensions in Perth, Adelaide, Melbourne and regional South Australia and Victoria, regional road and rail extensions in several states, water and electricity supply infrastructure in South Australia, Western Australia and Victoria. Dr Canning said ACHM was often “right at the nexus between the developer, the indigenous stakeholders and government approval authorities and our job is to manage the relationship between all of those parties. “It’s definitely about relationship management and ensuring everyone gets what they want, which quite often involves carefully balancing opposing and competing demands,” he said. “Our clients know they will get the best possible job in any given circumstance and the results of our work speak for themselves. We navigate a cost-effective way through the range of issues
17
which may present themselves to see our clients through to the other end of the process.
to circumvent that working with ACHM and got good value for money,” he said.
“We are not just archaeologists or anthropologists. Senior managers in particular spend a large proportion of their time in the office negotiating a way through complex scenarios in a highly regulated and often emotive environment”.
“They have always provided us with innovative ways of using data and have always shown they understand the regulatory framework in which we operate.
“We are essentially problem solvers. People come to us with issue they need us to find a solution for and that’s what we do. In general most of our clients want a firm who can get in there and get the job done safely and efficiently, without compromising on quality or the often delicate relationships with the range of project stakeholders.” Dr Canning said the priority that ACHM afforded to occupational health and safety matters also reflected its importance to the company and its clients. “We understand how critical this issue is to our clients and so we maintain a comprehensive set of OH&S policies and procedures. ACHM also strictly complies with all of the safety and environment policies of our clients and employs a ‘zero harm’ perspective on all safety and environment matters.” Mining industry executive, Warren Fish, has worked closely with ACHM over several years, first in his role in senior management at Woodside and more recently at Citic Pacific Mining, where he is Executive Director of Health, Safety, Environment and Corporate Logistics. Fish said the projects with which he had worked with ACHM ranged from contentious large scale rock art relocation projects to standard land access projects. “I have always enjoyed working with ACHM - they have always understood what our requirements are and always provided us with really good service,” Fish said. “I’ve never had a problem with them missing deadlines; they’re in and out very quickly and efficiently and they have always understood what our needs are.” Fish said one of the reasons why he continued to work with ACHM was it had consistently demonstrated a capacity for pragmatism. “Unfortunately in the heritage management sector there is a lot of over-servicing but we were able
“They also understand that it’s the proponent who carries the regulatory risk, not the consultant. Because of that, they offer clear and concise advice for you to consider, rather than trying to force it down your throat.” On top of its work with some Australia’s leading miners, ACHM consultants have completed scores of commissions for government departments, including a review of native title anthropology reports and evidence for the Victorian Department of Justice and the NSW Crown Solicitor’s Office, heritage expert reports to the Federal Court and several state jurisdictions, a review of Aboriginal site recording standards and regional heritage management plan studies for the Western Australian Department of Indigenous Affairs, and a review of the cultural heritage management standards employed by Rio Tinto Exploration. ACHM has also undertaken native title research for a number of indigenous groups, including the Kokatha in central South Australia, the Kaurna of the Adelaide region, the Martidja Banyjima in the eastern Pilbara and the Ngadju and Bullenbuck people’s in Western Australia. For the past five years, ACHM has been working with Karijini Developments Pty Ltd, which represents one of the major native title claimant groups in the east Pilbara of Western Australia. Karijini Developments Director, Rick Callaghan, said over the course of a number of projects, ACHM’s archaeologists and anthropologists had proven to be highly skilled professionals and effective communicators when working with the traditional owners of the east Pilbara. “We have always found ACHM to be very professional: what you see is what you get, which is obviously very helpful when dealing with a complex set of issues, especially when you are dealing with someone’s cultural rights,” Callaghan said. “These scenarios involve very complex emotional issues and if you are asking a company to do the archaeology and anthropology on behalf of native title holders they have to get it right because you only get one bite of the cherry.
issue 2.2
18
“Everything is underpinned by an ability to communicate with the traditional owners.” ACHM has grown from a small, five person operation 11 years ago to be the largest specialist cultural heritage management firm in Australia. That size and stability ensures ACHM always has cutting edge equipment and the best expert staff available for any situation. Operations Executive Manager, David Mott, said miners came to ACHM because they knew they could engage us to undertake any of the services necessary for any cultural heritage management requirement. “We employ the services of some of Australia’s best archaeologists, anthropologists, GIS analysts and, where needed, we have access to geomorphologists, documentary film makers, ecologists and other relevant experts,” Mott said.
“Our GIS experts map, manage and analyse site data with sub-metre accuracy, which provides utmost certainty for projects which depend on accuracy and precision. “We have always been at the forefront of the adoption of new technology because we understand that mining companies and other developers increasingly need to maximise the accuracy of heritage data to provide greater certainty when complying with heritage requirements while at the same time providing the greatest degree of freedom and usability for their most valuable asset - land.” Another key philosophy which underpinned the company’s continued success was ACHM’s approach to staff selection.
“We choose our staff very carefully, not just to find the people with the right qualifications and experience but also to ensure they are very ACHM’s leading role in cultural heritage management robust in their ability to undertake quite difficult is also underpinned by ensuring the company remains field campaigns which can involve quite complex at the forefront of technological innovation, staff socio-political situations. We hand select staff excellence and work place compliance. not just for their skills and experience but also for their capacity to navigate their way through these “We continue to invest heavily in the latest situations,” Mott said. GPS equipment each year to ensure we always provide our clients with the best possible spatial CASE STUDIES solutions. This equipment and staff training Woodside Energy ACHM has been involved in some of Western means we can produce highly accurate data Australia’s most significant natural gas and for our clients, which is critical when you are associated infrastructure projects over the past dealing with spatially challenging projects,” decade in its capacity as heritage management Mott said. contractor for Woodside. “We are a GIS-based company so we can Since 2001, ACHM has managed heritage deal with spatial data from virtually any source, providing that data back to our clients in any GIS surveys, reports for government approvals, site protection arrangements, salvage and mitigation format they choose”. programs, and heritage management plans “It’s our view that if we remain objective and and audits for all of Woodside’s major onshore obtain very precise data and understandings of projects in Western Australia. the heritage landscape in which we are operating These include North West Shelf Project’s there is no situation where a mutually agreed second trunkline and production trains four and five, outcome cannot be found,” Mott said. Woodside’s Pluto LNG Project and the Browse LNG ACHM’s Executive Manager of Information Development in the Kimberley. Technology, Andrew Maland, says, “GIS enables ACHM has been a proud contributor to two Golden us to capture these cultural assets in time and space with a high degree of precision in industrial Gecko awards for excellence in environmental practice won by Woodside during the last ten years in or mining sites that often have significant space relation to these projects. limitations. Having highly accurate spatial data gives us the ability to often avoid impact to “Throughout our on-going partnership with sites where data of lesser quality may suggest Woodside, we have shared their determination otherwise. This may save our clients tens of to continually achieve or exceed best-practice thousands of dollars and many months in the processes and outcomes,” ACHM Chief Executive, Dr Neale Draper, said. approvals pipeline.” [Advertorial]
19
“Along the way, we have accumulated unparalleled experience in managing every aspect of heritage assessment and protection for major infrastructure projects.” Dr Draper said this included the timely delivery of accurate heritage GIS data to front end engineering and design teams so that they could design infrastructure footprints which minimise heritage impacts.
“This integrated approach, and ACHM’s careful attention to detail, along with close attention to our client and Aboriginal stakeholder needs and aspirations, means that risks are minimised, and productive outcomes are maximized.”
He said it also included formulating innovative cultural heritage management plans and conducting extensive cultural heritage audits. “These plans and audits help to ensure that heritage sites and values are respected and protected throughout the life of major projects, and that new projects benefit from high-quality, pre-existing heritage data and management regimes,” Dr Draper said.
Astron Limited, through its subsidiary, Donald Mineral Sands, aims to extract up to 7.5 million tonnes a year by mining mineral sands in the Donald region, producing up to 500,000 tonnes of heavy metal concentrate for export to China.
Fortescue Metals Group
ACHM has been engaged to undertake cultural heritage management assessments of the mining tenements, and deliver the necessary statutory cultural heritage approvals to enable the mine to proceed.
The Fortescue Metals Group, for example, has been relying on ACHM’s cultural heritage management services for many of its iron ore projects in the Pilbara region. ACHM Executive Manager Operations, David Mott, said the company had been involved with FMG’s Pilbara iron ore projects in two ways – both as a consultant and also through direct engagement by regional Aboriginal native title clients. “In both cases, ACHM is dedicated to providing expert heritage management services which are bestpractice, cost-effective and on time,” Mott said. “This ranges from heritage surveys for exploration work and development approvals, to constructionphase salvage and mitigation work with native title claimants and other Aboriginal groups, to long-term heritage management planning and maintenance for operations phases.”
www.achm.com.au
Donald Mineral Sands
The reputation that ACHM has earned for consistently delivering results for key mining projects has seen it entrusted with the task of carrying out cultural heritage management assessments for one of the world’s largest undeveloped zircon project.
Some of Australia’s most significant iron ore mining projects have also been receiving detailed and comprehensive advice on cultural heritage management from ACHM.
Supplied by David Mott of Australian Cultural Heritage Management
Executive Manager for Victoria, Dr Shaun Canning, said the introduction of the Aboriginal Heritage Act 2006 in Victoria during the planning phase of the Donald Mineral Sands Project presented numerous challenges for the venture. DMS Environment Manager, Loretta Fallaw, said given the “scope and scale of this project, and the complexity of the requirements under the relatively new Victorian Aboriginal Heritage Act, we need to ensure that our risk is absolutely minimal in this vital area. “We engaged ACHM to deliver our statutory approvals based on their reputation and experience in both Victoria and the mining industry in general,” Fallaw said.
Mott said ACHM’s heritage management services fully integrated archaeology, anthropology, GIS mapping and even video and photographic documentation to the highest professional standards.
Dr Canning said while Victoria’s mining industry was not on the same scale of that of Queensland or Western Australia, the state’s legal requirements for cultural heritage management were highly complex and technically demanding. ACHM have also assisted other miners in Victoria, including Beadell Resources and Jabiru Metals on their heritage compliance within the larger Environmental Effects Statements process.
“This means corporate heritage managers like FMG can rely upon us to meet all of their heritage management needs for each specific project phase, while achieving the highest standards for cultural heritage management,” he said.
“ACHM has the proven capacity to deliver the necessary statutory approvals in this challenging environment whilst ensuring safety, stakeholder relationships and our clients’ reputation remain paramount to our work,” said Dr Canning.
issue 2.2
Giving the past a future
Our multi-disciplinary team of expert consultants are recognised leaders in their fields. We have extensive experience managing the heritage requirements of major industrial developments, civil works, mining and resources developments and balancing the requirements of statutory authorities and stakeholder groups.
A complete solution ARCHAEOLOGY ANTHROPOLOGY AND NATIVE TITLE MULTIDISCIPLINARY PROJECT TEAMS PROJECT MANAGEMENT GIS ACCURATE SPATIAL SOLUTIONS CULTURAL HERITAGE MANAGEMENT PLANS EXPERT HERITAGE ADVICE GROUND PENETRATING RADAR VISUAL ANTHROPOLOGY AND ARCHIVAL RECORDING DUE DILIGENCE ASSESSMENTS SPECIALIST ASSOCIATES
Adelaide
Melbourne
PO Box 451, Hindmarsh, SA 5007 • P : (08) 8340 9566
GPO Box 5112, Melbourne, VIC 3000 • P : 1300 724 913
F : (08) 8340 9577 • E : email@achm.com.au
F : (03) 5781 0860 • E : email@achm.com.au
www.achm.com.au
22
Counting down to Australia’s biggest-ever mining event With Australia’s mining industry on the cusp of another boom – and a major contributor to the country’s economy at present – this year’s AsiaPacific International Mining Exhibition (AIMEX) will be the largest mining exhibition ever held in Australia.
T
conduct business face-to-face with a gathering of influential mining industry buyers and decision-makers unmatched by any other mining exhibition in the AsiaPacific region.”
“This year’s exhibition will have more than 500 exhibiting companies, covering more than 40,000 square metres, it is 10 per cent larger than the previous edition of AIMEX in 2007,” he said.
“Since 2007, we have of course gone through the global financial crisis, which had a major impact across the board.
o be held at Sydney Olympic Park, Homebush, from the 6th to the 9th of September, AIMEX 2011 – which has been held every four years since the 1970s – is the largest and most important trade event for the region’s mining community, said Paul Baker, exhibition director with organiser Reed Mining Events.
“We had more than 12,000 visits over the four days of the last AIMEX in 2007, and while we can’t forecast visitor numbers for this year’s event, every effort will be made to achieve strong growth. “For this year’s event, we are introducing a number of innovative elements to attract more visitors,” Baker said. “These include our ‘Frontliners’ program, aimed at bringing along frontline mine workers, supervisors, maintenance crews and managers, our Women in Mining day on the Wednesday, as well as visitor programs targeting potential new entrants to the mining industry and the various engineering disciplines. “With so much of Australia’s economy focused on the mining sector, we anticipate plenty of interest across the board in this year’s AIMEX. “And as one of the world’s mining hotspots, Australia is a world leader in mining innovation, technology, equipment and solutions – so what happens here matters,” he said. “That’s why AIMEX is an internationally recognised platform for Australian and international suppliers of mining technology, equipment and services to
Baker said the four years since AIMEX 2007 has seen fundamental changes in the mining industry and the world economy – many of which will be reflected in the products and services on show.
“Now, thanks to demand for our resources, Australia has largely escaped the worst of the GFC and is well placed to take advantage of the forthcoming boom in the mining industry, and unprecedented demand for our minerals and energy products – particularly in the developing world,” he said. At the same time, mining industry trends are following global developments. “For example, financial commentators identified the key issues for the industry three and four years ago as including financing, mining company consolidations and foreign investment,” Baker said. “Today the focus is on skills shortages, health and safety and sustainability – particularly climate change and the proposed carbon tax. “This is having a strong flow-on effect at our events in terms of what suppliers of products and services are showcasing, and what buyers are interested in,” he said. Baker said AMEX’s four-year cycle also meant it was an ideal showcase for new products and services. “Certainly any time one of our mining events is run, exhibitors display their latest product developments.
23
“However, because of the long cycle between AIMEX editions, visitors will always see new technology across a broad range of industry sectors, from automation and longwall mining equipment, to mine safety and underground mining machinery, to training and educational tools, to environmental management solutions, systems and products. “There will be a huge range and quality of technology showcased at AIMEX 2011, along with demonstrations of how new technology can be utilised to improve efficiencies and productivity while reducing mine operating costs,” he said. As in previous years, AIMEX 2011 exhibitors will include both Australian and international suppliers. “Our key catchphrase for the event is ‘taking Australian mining to the world and bringing the world to Australian mining’, so it’s very much an international event,” Baker said. “We will have dedicated pavilions from countries such as Germany, USA, Canada, Italy and South Africa, among others. “But at the same time, AIMEX is very much about demonstrating innovative Australian mining technology – for which we are known around the globe. “There will be many Australian companies exhibiting their products, services or expertise at AIMEX – showcasing to a strong contingent of visitors that traditionally come from key markets around the world, including China, India, South Africa, Indonesia, New Zealand, Russia, the United States and Canada.” Major suppliers who will be exhibiting at AIMEX 2011 include ABB, Atlas Copco, Blackwoods, Bradken, Bucyrus, Cummins, Diversified Mining, Ellton Group, Esco, Hitachi, Hyundai, Industrea, Joy Mining Machinery, Letourneau, Ludowici, MTU, Orica/ Minova, Scania, SEW Eurodrive, Toshiba, Valley Longwall International and Weir Minerals. Baker said that planning for this year’s event began immediately following AIMEX 2007, when RME carried out a full review of the event across all aspects of the show – operations, customer experience, and sales and marketing, including association and media partnerships. “However, it has been in the past 12 months that actual organisational implementation of the event has really started to ramp up, to the point where we are now in the countdown period three months out from Australia’s biggest mining event,” he said.
Further information about AIMEX: Warren Queenan, Reed Exhibitions Phone: (02) 9422 2563 Email: warren.queenan@reedexhibitions.com.au www.aimex.com.au
issue 2.2
24
The Safer way up: Lifts vs Stairs Which one is really more cost effective?
W
hile a great deal of emphasis is put on falls from heights when using equipment to access up to 2.0 metres in height, little emphasis is placed on stairs. Yet a recent report has found that stairways can be dangerous with injuries related to stairways outnumbering injuries related to fire by a factor of 35. Fall-related injuries have also outnumbered injuries related to motor vehicle accidents in the US for quite some time. Around 75 % of accidents on stairs occur during descent, so the potential outcome can be significant. Despite this, there has been minimal regulatory agreement on the design and construction of stairs. This lead to the 2008 report by the Monash University Accident Research Centre which was commissioned by the Australian Building Codes Board. His report led to tighter regulations on stair construction for all future buildings. Possibly a bigger issue is the possible long term damage to knees by continually having to use stairs in a workplace. While no studies are available to confirm or deny this, there is mounting anecdotal evidence that this may be the case. Comments from some sites contacted are that it is common to have workers off, or on light duties, while waiting for, or recovering from, knee surgery. This is backed up by the 2010 Safety Performance data from Queensland Mines and Quarries which shows that knees are the third most likely body parts injured behind hand/finger/ thumb and leading the list is the back. However the percentage of knee injuries has increased year on year since 2007 while the other classifications have stayed even. 2010 Western Australian data reflects a similar message where leg injuries accounted for the largest proportion of serious injuries for surface activities and were second in Underground activities. NSW data has knees third behind fingers and hands and the back in Notifiable Injuries.
carried in a bag or satchel. If carried in the hand, then the three points of contact becomes impossible. The use of a crane to lift parts becomes time consuming and potentially frustrating for small items. The final problem comes with the potential need to evacuate injured workers from height. Trying to carry a person on a stretcher down a set of stairs and around landings safely becomes more complex the more you review it. So is there a better way? Lifts have a long history in providing safe and simple vertical access in offices, hotels and apartments to the point where they are expected. So a lift with a proven history of safe and reliable access in any Industrial environment is the ideal solution. In summary a lift will provide a; •
Reduced climbing up and down stairs with a significant reduction in stress on knees and ankles.
•
Reduction in the time for workers to access heights for maintenance and inspections.
•
Reduced cost of cranes to lift tools and equipment, reduced waiting time and operable in higher winds.
•
Significant improvement in emergency procedures and evacuation.
•
Less stressful working environment for older workers.
This can all be shown on our ALIMAKHEK Verticalc simulator. Call us to discuss your site and we can use Verticalc to advise on the exact cost savings possible.
This is exacerbated by the aging workforce were these longer term injuries are more likely to occur. Evidence from a major coal miner was that the average age was 45 on one site and 48 on another site. So this aging workforce exacerbates these issues, however more experienced operators are becoming prized by sites as the mining industry expands. A further problem comes with the need to get tools and materials up to heights where they are needed. The requirement on many sites for three points of contact means only light tools or parts should be
[Access Heights Safely and Easily]
by Peter Thompson www.alimakhek.com.au
____________________________________________________________
25
Alimak Hek Global leaders and innovators of safe, vertical access solutions for the industrial, mining and construction industries. With more than 60 years of continual research and development of rack and Pinion driven access equipment and 16 company offices worldwide, Alimak Hek has unmatched knowledge in the vertical transportation industry. The Alimak Hek product range covers industrial lifts, construction hoists and mast climbing work platforms. In each of these categories, Alimak Hek is the market leader in Australia and many other countries worldwide.
A
limak Hek has a long history of offering safety improvements in the mining and construction industries. With history stemming back to 1948 when the Swedish inventor and engineer Alvar Lindmark ( Alvar LIndMArK) started the company and produced the first passenger hoist in 1952. From this early work on safety improvements in the construction industry Lindmark won the Swedish Construction Association Award for “Pioneering Designs within the Construction Industry”. In 1958 Alimak produced the Raise Climbing System as a replacement for the traditional ladder rising used in underground mining. This was followed up by the introduction of the Rack and Pinion Construction Hoist in 1962. Alimak’s wealth of experience with the rack and pinion drive, led to the world’s first rack and pinion Industrial lifts in the 1970s. Alimak Hek continues to be the leader and innovator of the rack and pinion construction hoists and industrial lifts globally. As safety and the minimisation of stair related risk and LTIs is a major priority on ALL mining and industrial sites, the inclusion of an Alimak SE industrial lift has major benefits. The SE lifts will safely transport people and equipment to the upper levels of the plant on a day to day basis. The SE lift also enables fast and efficient access to injured personal on upper/lower levels of any structure with the larger lifts enabling the use of emergency stretchers. The Alimak SE Industrial Lift is designed for permanent inclusion on any building or structure and complies with Australian Standard AS 1735.9 for Special Purpose Industrial Lifts.
Our range of mast climbing equipment includes:
Construction hoists and good lifts The Alimak Construction hoist is available in both personnel and materials and materials only configurations. They are designed as a temporary means of access for construction on building sites or industrial plants, or for shut-downs on industrial plants. As these machines are only temporary, we offer them for both sale or for hire through our national rental fleet. The use of an Alimak Construction Hoist for a shut-down or construction work will improve safety and provide significant savings in time and cost. Our mid-sized Alimak Construction Hoists can transport 24 people in one trip or two pallets up to 2.0 tonne in capacity and good hoists up to 3.0 tonne. Mastclimbers The HEK (AlimakHEK) range of Mast Climbing Work Platforms are an unmatched alternative to scaffolds, booms and scissors. With the flexibility of single or twin mast arrangements, carrying capacities of up to 5.0 tonnes, platform lengths up to 32 metres and the ability to profile around protrusions, most building applications are covered. The modular construction and design of the HEK MCWP range allows for many and varied sizes and configurations to suit most projects.
Alimak Hek not only provides access to the best equipment, it supports this equipment with a full factory backed package. This includes vertical transportation consultancy, project management, inhouse engineering and drafting, comprehensive spare parts inventory, three workshop facilities and a team Alimak Hek have SE industrial lifts in many and of highly trained service technicians based throughout varied applications from oil rigs, iron ore mines and 5 company service centres across Australia. This team aluminium refineries to grain silos and warehouses. cover all areas including refurbishments, installation The Alimak SE industrial lift can be included into new & commissioning of lifts, hoists and mast climbers thru structures during the design phase, or retro-fitted to existing plants or structures. The modular design allows to scheduled maintenance and breakdown support flexibility in adapting them to any structure or building. for the growing customer network. Alimak Hek – Your Vertical Transportation Partner. For more details call With no need for an expensive lift-shaft the design 1300-ALIMAKHEK or sales@alimakhek.com.au highlights their rugged and reliable construction and ability to with-stand harsh environments. A noted AlimakHek – Taking Safety to New Heights! example is the Container Crane or Quayside Crane. These cranes are located on most ports around the world and have lift access for both the crane operator and maintenance workers. These lifts operate in seaside ports, mounted to the sides of the moving port cranes in all weather 24 hours per day. The shipping company Maersk claims that these lifts have reduced crane maintenance costs and downtime by as much as 25%. Not to mention improvements in worker safety and morale!
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Why use an Alimak lift
• • • • • • •
Increase site safety
•
Ex approved designs
Reduce LTI & stair releated risk Increase productivity Improve worker morale Innovative modular designs Low cost of ownership Global installation, service and maintenance network
Taking safety to new heights! Increase productivity, decrease downtime and potential knee injuries with our industrial lifts which provide safe and efficient access for personnel and equipment. They are designed to operate in demanding environments and are easily fitted to new and existing structures without the need for a structural shaft, motor room or weather protection. In the event of a power failure our lifts can be lowered manually from inside the lift car, reducing the risk of entrapment, making them one of the safest lifts available today. As the inventor of the rack and pinion lift technique, Alimak Hek has revolutionised lifts for industrial use. With more than 60 years of experience and more than 30 000 installations in the world's toughest environments, Alimak Hek is an experienced partner in the vertical access business. The Alimak range of industrial lifts offer significant competitive advantages. Contact us for the best access solution.
Alimak Hek Pty. Ltd. E-mail: sales@alimakhek.com.au • BRISBANE
• GLADSTONE
www.alimakhek.com.au
• MELBOURNE
• PERTH
• SYDNEY
What do you do if mechanical plant, scaffold or conventional height access equipment isn’t practical? Before reaching for the ‘too hard’ basket consider this: Nearly all high and difficult access areas can be reached safely and easily using industrial rope access and height safety techniques, allowing works to be carried out thoroughly and efficiently with little or no disruption below.
Whether routine maintenance or unscheduled works, we help you transform ‘what can’t be done’ into ‘what can be done’. Netting
Our bespoke netting solutions for safety, containment or special effect enable us to capture and contain anything from falling workers to debris and even visual light effects.
W
hat if you could paint those areas previously left unpainted, provide scheduled maintenance to those areas most exposed to the elements, inspect structures to their very top, remove or repair concrete spalling before it falls, install lighting or cameras where they are most effective? What if the ‘too hard’ basket could be emptied? Kerrect Group offer Unique Solutions for Unique Situations, by specialising in three key areas of Height Safety, Specialist Access and Safety Netting.
Safety
Our value engineered height safety, roof access and fall protection solutions enable you to protect your workers at height and support their particular work requirements. From initial consultation, our site specific solutions are mindful of your needs and those of your workers, resulting in a logical solution which is easy to use and within your investment budget.
Our safety and industrial netting solutions are compliant with European Standards (BS-EN 1263), unlimited by size, shape and configuration and can be used to capture and contain in any number of ways. Certified fall arrest netting provides a complete collective catch system protecting workers both above and below, and can be used as a ‘stand alone’ fall protection solution or as secondary back up to your existing safety regime. Combine this with a materials catching overlay and the netting system provides overhead protection to those areas directly beneath, allowing passage or works below to continue unhindered and eliminating the potential downtime of closing those areas to accommodate traditional access plant. Encapsulation or overhead catch netting provides immediate short or long term protection from potential hazards such as loose elements of overhead buildings or structures. Containment netting provides enclosure of any size to control potential environmental and fire hazards, such as air borne litter in wind affected areas.
Our passive systems such as handrails, walkways, platforms and access ladders combined with fall arrest systems such as harness rails, anchor points and static Used in storage or high shelving / warehousing areas our netting can protect workers from falling lines enable your workers to carry out their duties goods whilst protecting falling stock and equipment safely and routinely to otherwise high risk locations. from damage. Our annual system certification and comprehensive Our rope access techniques enable safe and training packages ensure you and your workers speedy installation of netting in high and difficult remain compliant with current Australian Standards access areas, reducing the potential downtime due and ‘safe work at height‘ practices, allowing you the to overhead hazards. peace of mind to focus on the task in hand. Access
Our industrial rope access and lightweight access equipment enable us to carry out quality works safely and efficiently in areas you may once have considered inaccessible. The applications of our access techniques are limited only by your imagination. Our qualified technicians are skilled in their respective trades and fields and our rope access techniques are performed to International (IRATA) and Australian Standards (AS/NZS 4488).
[Access Heights Safely and Easily]
The Kerrect combination of Safety, Access and Netting solutions lift the ceiling on conventional height access techniques. If you could access the areas previously left untouched, without closure or restrictions to the areas below, wouldn’t this be a benefit to you? To find out more visit www.kerrect.com.au email: safety@kerrect.com.au or call +61 (0)2 9519 9244
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________
28
Size does count when it comes to dragline maintenance It’s here – the WT 1000 elevated work platform with heights of up to 103 metres has arrived in Queensland. The WT 1000 is specially developed by Wumag for safe assembly and maintenance on windmills.
T
hese days we are all looking for the most efficient and safe way to run our business and to maintain our assets. From arrival to site, the WT1000 can be set up ready to work in under 30 minutes, and with it’s incredible stability and precision manoeuvring, the WT1000 is able to work at full reach with winds of up 12.5 metres per second. The WT1000 will prove to be the safest way to carry out Dragline maintenance and inspections from here on in.
Size does count With a fleet of insulated and non insulated booms from 12 metres up to 103 metres. LinCon is also specialised in the hire and sales of underbridge units that reach down 27 metres and 22 metres
across. Our services include the mining industry, power line industry, construction industry, wind farm industry, maritime services, and any task or project that requires specialised access. LinCon Hire and Sales is an Australian owned company with our head office based in Brisbane. We are specialised in the hire and sales of Elevating Work Platforms (EWPs) and operate in every state and territory throughout Australia. Contact LinCon Hire and Sales for details on 07 3712 0780 or Email us at craiglindores@lincon.com.au or Visit our website www.lincon.com.au
The Safest Way of The Safest Way of Reaching New Reaching New Heights! Heights!
www.lincon.com.au Address: 17 Westcombe Street, Darra QLD 4076 Phone: +61 7 3712 0780 Email: hire@lincon.com.au Fax: + 61 7 3712 0782
[Access Heights Safely and Easily]
____________________________________________________________
Our investment in world-class security training and technology protects your investment in mining SIG-Security Intelligence Group is a leader in the provision of effective, affordable security solutions for the mining and resources sectors throughout Australia and around the world. The SIG executive team has more than 20 years national and international experience, an impressive global intelligence network, and specialised expertise in delivering the full range of best-practice security solutions specifically tailored to the needs of mining and resources operators.
ASSET PROTECTION SECURITY AUDITS SECURITY POLICY DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION CRISIS MANAGEMENT EXECUTIVE PROTECTION
Through the state-of-the-art facilities of our SIG SAUER Academy, we deliver cutting-edge security training and methodologies previously only available overseas. If you’ve invested in world-class engineering for your mine site, on- or off-shore oil and gas production and storage facilities, or transport, loading and maritime infrastructure – trust SIG to reduce the risks to that investment with world-class security.
Security Intelligence Group T 1300 788 827 E ray@sigaustralia.com W www.sigaustralia.com www.sigsaueracademy.com.au AUSTRALASIA
USA
ISRAEL
AFRICA
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
30
APB Modular Australian Portable Buildings Pty Ltd (APB Modular) is a privately owned Australian company operating uninterrupted for over 30 years. APB has large manufacturing facilities and offices in Sydney, Brisbane, Townsville and Perth and has sales offices in Canberra and Melbourne to service the needs of our clients. APB has the production capacity and support services to manufacture over 100 modules per week and can gear up to produce far more within a short spare of time.
F
ocusing our activities within mining and resources, education, health and leisure, APB Modular has moved from strength to strength since 1979 with a simple philosophy — “To build a better building for a competitive price”. The success of this formula and APB’s commitment to customer service has seen the company expand and improvements to our products are continually being implemented. Our wide range of building capabilities supported by our internal design and project management teams enables us to support our customers through each phase of development, from initial feasibility studies, through to detailed design, documentation, construction management, commissioning and handover. We also assist our client’s ongoing operations by offering a comprehensive management and routine maintenance services.
experienced sales staff, through to project delivery overseen by a dedicated project manager. APB Modular manages all construction projects through our construction and install (C&I) office. We have systems in place that have been developed to specifically cater for our industry. Also, we have a technically specialised team who have experience in ensuring that C&I projects are delivered on time and within budget. This success is underpinned by enabling each project manager to have the resources in place to efficiently coordinate the schedule for their client’s project. Since its inception over 30 years ago, Australian Portable Buildings has developed, designed and built quality buildings that have consistently met and exceeded customers’ expectations, through innovative thinking and continual improvement. This could only be achieved through a quality management system that ensures compliance with building codes and regulations, and at the same time, promoting flexibility of design and application of rigorous engineering principles.
APB Modular has always been willing to accept challenging briefs in the design, construction and installation of modular buildings, and has consequently Our quality system aims to achieve delivery of built some very complex structures and placed them in consistent and reliable products and services seemingly impossible places. to our customers, to meet the requirements of relevant building codes, and to ensure effective These projects have provided APB Modular with management of business activities, including a wealth of experience, giving the company the company significant experience in the development of installation where required. solutions for almost any accommodation requirement. Material selection, construction process and qualified APB Modular has arguably the most experienced management team in the industry (with many having between 20 and 35 years’ experience in the industry), who are utilised as required on major projects. APB Modular’s success over the years is due to the strength and commitment of our people. We believe our people are our number one resource and we understand that for us to continue to be successful, we must continue to invest in our people and strive to be the employer of choice. Our people are committed to the successful delivery of our client’s projects, from the initial contact with our
staff are all directed at producing the highest quality modular and transportable building products. Throughout the process, ‘hold’ points are built in, before moving on to the next stage, to ensure quality checks are made and confirm compliance with the design and specification requirements. Our experienced teams of qualified staff are fully conversant with all APB’s systems and processes, which brings together an organisation able to produce buildings meeting all requirements. APB has recently been certified ISO9001:2008 Quality Management System Compliant.
[Accommodation — Portable and Demountable Mine Site Buildings]
___________________________
____
32
Remote living has never been so good So why don’t you allow Allsteel Transportable Building Solutions tailor a design suited to your next project. The extensive product range offered by Allsteel now includes a wide selection of worker accommodation from fully self-contained units with ensuite through to simple overnight sleeping quarters with detached ablution facilities. These units, along with our range of cabins, offices and amenity buildings are designed and manufactured in Adelaide and we can arrange transport to the most remote locations.
A
llsteel Transportable Building Solutions is SA’s leading builder of steel framed re-locatable homes, cabins and commercial buildings. We are one of five building entities that form the Weeks Building Group — an Australian owned and operated group of companies based locally at Elizabeth West, South Australia. The group has in excess of 25 years experience in building residential homes and manufacturing steel framing products for the Australian residential and commercial construction industry. The success of the Weeks Building Group is underpinned by the evolution and manufacture of Supaloc®, the world’s best steel framing system with many years of testing and innovation. The Supaloc® system is a strong, engineered and durable product. It’s termite proof and renowned amongst builders as a trusted system for the construction of lightweight steel framed homes. All frames, trusses and connections are certified and have undergone rigorous testing at the BlueScope testing facility at Port Kembla, The University of Adelaide and the University of South Australia.
Allsteel designs and constructs an up to date range of modern and functional homes and commercial buildings, all exclusively built using the Supaloc framing system. While we have a standard range of designs readily available we do encourage clients to tailor each project to meet their specific requirements. Design flexibility is a genuine point of difference when you build with Allsteel. The combination of Supaloc® steel frames and a controlled construction environment ensures that our products are well suited to the demands of transportable buildings. We understand that attracting and retaining remote location site staff can be a significant problem. In an attempt to address this issue comfort is a key feature in the high quality, modern products on offer. The days of spending weeks on end in not much more than a ‘tin can’ are well and truly a thing of the past. Our range of products allows us to create the perfect solution suited to your needs; including individual or multiple occupancy accommodation. We’re confident that you’ll agree – we’re creating a product that provides a genuine ‘home away from home’ atmosphere. If it’s a residential home you’re after Allsteel’s Fast Track selection may provide the perfect solution. A Fast Track design is simply that – fast! You can have your new home delivered in as little as 12 weeks from the date of signing your contract. At any given time we ensure a number of our standard homes are ready for immediate delivery. To find out more about the Fast Track process and conditions simply visit our website or contact our sales team. With a strong emphasis on energy efficient homes, Allsteel is excited about the release of an innovative new building component to compliment the Supaloc steel building system. The use of our structural, lightweight insulated walling system has a number of benefits. Heating/cooling energy consumption can be reduced by as much as 50% and occupant comfort is significantly enhanced. In addition we are able to reach a 6 Star Energy Rating with ease. All of these benefits are made available without compromising the aesthetic of the building or adding to the construction time. Allsteel Transportable Building Solutions continue to provide affordable products to suit a range of remote area housing and accommodation needs. Don’t hesitate to call the experienced Commercial Sales Consultants to discuss your next project. Driven by solutions – the team at Allsteel is waiting for your call. Allsteel Transportable Building Solutions Ph: 1300 451 119 www.asth.com.au
[Accommodation — Portable and Demountable Mine Site Buildings]
___________________________
Allsteel Transportable Homes
V
IR
O NME NT
AL
LY
EN
Remote living doesn’t have to be second rate.
ST
ES
SU
AI
NA
BLE HO
M
Our specialist commercial team can design & build to your requirements. • Cabins • Commercial Buildings - Offices • Motel Accommodation - Retirement Villages • Holiday Park Accommodation - Work Camps • Plan Flexibility - Our plan or yours.
Exclusively built with Supaloc The Future of Building.
For further information phone 1300 451 119
___
AS2006
or visit us online .... www.asth.com.au
34
Hard days, easy nights In the past 12 months Australia has experienced a major boom in the mining industry sector, with further developments to continue throughout the next few years. With high demand within the industry for experienced and highly skilled employees, there needs to be a shift in the way that we can attract and retain these valuable employees, and improve their accommodation options whilst living away from home for such lengthy periods of time.
D
ecorate by Design is a commercial company who specialises in the design and fitout of the accommodation and recreational amenities for remote accommodation facilities. With the ability to customise furniture, fittings and equipment (FF&E) to suit all criteria in terms of budget, durability, serviceability and aesthetics, Decorate by Design has built a solid relationship with numerous housing suppliers to the mining industry, the Australian Government, Indigenous Land Council and the Department of Families, Housing, Community Services and Indigenous Affairs. Its high level of service and expertise within the area of ‘donga shed’ accommodation means it has have the facilities to provide clients with full project management skills including plan and layout designs, sourcing, supply, installation and guaranteed lead times. With a firm belief that all employees who live in remote mining camps deserve comfort after a long shift, Decorate by Design is redesigning the donga shed concept. Increasingly, research is showing the benefit of a good night’s sleep, and some of the significant factors in the achievements of our staff are not only based on their skills and intelligence, but the surroundings in which they live and relax. If miners cannot get enough sleep and relaxation, then it is well known that productivity decreases and the risk of injury increases. So, what changes have Decorate by Design made? Given spacial constraints, the aim in all of the projects is to optimise the practicality of the
accommodation rooms and ensuites, and to provide a comfortable and convenient solution. To better understand the conditions and requirements, a number of Decorate by Design key personnel have themselves spent time staying in the camps and using the facilities. With this extra experience they were able to make an objective assessment as to where improvements could be made. A common complaint (and one experienced by Decorate by Design itself) has been the noise created by the bar fridge whilst trying to sleep. By incorporating the bar fridge inside a ventilated wardrobe unit, it was able to decrease the noise level. It was also a useful way to utilise the space where the bar fridge typically sits in the corner of the room with merely a shelf above. The addition of a chest of drawers (lockable if necessary) alleviated the concern of not enough storage space left in the wardrobes due to the incorporation of the bar fridge, and after discussion with tenants it was ascertained that a chest of drawers would be more convenient and useful than the full height robe in any case. The chest of drawers also has the added benefit of bench top space which is often limited in these rooms. Depending on the style of accommodation required, there are many other space saving solutions offered by Decorate by Design. In some cases the desk is not used by the tenant as an office / work space, so in these cases the desk can be substituted with a comfortable armchair opposite the television (which should be wall mounted). A perfect way to relax and watch television in the evening, instead of on
[Accommodation — Portable and Demountable Mine Site Buildings]
___________________________
35
a plastic chair or on the bed. Decorate by Design also has a wall mounted removable desk system that can be used whilst sitting in the armchair if reading a book / newspaper or using a laptop. With storage space at a minimum in these rooms, Decorate by Design offers a storage bed system, in which the underneath of the bed frame has generous storage capacity, accessible from both sides of the bed if needed. This space will comfortably fit a suitcase, boots, hard hats etc; and comes with recessed legs to allow better access around the bed. The sturdy metal frame is covered with a bed base valance that has velcro lift up flaps on either side to access the space underneath and keep the living space tidy. But, most important is the mattress on top of the bed base frame. Using only mattresses that are developed with the International Chiropractic Association (with zoned support systems for postural alignment) Decorate by Design can offer a number of different mattresses to suit varying budgets.
to its clients and is just an example of some of the projects achieved, attesting its belief that no job is too difficult or too far away. Decorate by Design is also well aware of the logistical requirements involved in the fitout of these projects, and its skilled staff personally oversee all packing, transporting and installation of goods. With such a high demand in the mining sector for quality staff, why not provide these staff with quality living accommodation? A hard day of work deserves an easy night of rest. www.decoratebydesign.com.au
An affiliated company specialises in the manufacture of soft furnishings, ranging in all classes of bedding accessories, cushioning etc. Its range of custom made doona / bedspread fabrics are milled in Australia to your specifications and meet all Australian Standards in terms of fire retardancy and commercial wear and tear. Being 100% polyester it is machine washable, anti microbial, inherently stain resistant and fade resistant. Coordinating commercial blockout curtains not only insulates the room, but also help to absorb noise pollution from outside, all of which are concerning factors in the donga rooms. With all furniture having commercial guarantees and being suitable for the application, camp managers can rest assured that quality and longevity is not compromised with the upgrade in furnishings. And it doesn’t just finish with the accommodation rooms. Decorate by Design is also well equipped to fitout all common areas and recreational areas from the reception and mess hall, to the theatre room, bar and gym. With many years of experience supplying common / rec area furnishings for places such as Dunk Island Resort, Home Valley Station in the Kimberley and Government Department Representative housing in remote communities, it can equip you with everything that a camp may need. This experience with bulk commercial supply to remote locations demonstrates its dedication
Ph: 07 5453 7170 issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
36
Seven key elements of a sound respiratory program The fundamental goal of any respiratory protection program is to control occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, and/or vapours. The defence against these contaminants is simple: Keep them out of the air that workers breathe.
A
lways implement engineering and/ or administrative controls first. If contaminants still present a hazard, you must provide appropriate respiratory protection for every employee who might be exposed to them.
should be used whenever engineering controls are unable to eliminate all airborne hazards.
4. Guidelines for the proper selection of appropriate respiratory protective equipment. Respiratory protective devices vary in design, application, and protective capability. Thus, ASNZS 1715 and international standards the user must assess the inhalation hazard and define the specific requirements which must be understand the specific use limitations of available followed, including the capabilities of appropriate equipment to assure proper selection. respiratory protection. Employers should follow 5. An employee training program covering the standards requirements and any governmental hazard recognition, the dangers associated with regulations, both general which apply to all respiratory hazards, and proper care and use of workplaces and the specific for exposures in respiratory protective equipment. An employee the particular industry, such as lead, silica dust, should have the opportunity to handle the device, asbestos, and benzene. have it fitted properly, test its face-to-facepiece Chances are that you are already familiar with seal, and wear it in normal air for a long the need for and use of respirators in your familiarity period. workplace, but as with anything else, it doesn’t 6. Inspection, maintenance, and repair of hurt to review your current program against respiratory protective equipment. Proper standard operating procedures governing the inspection, maintenance, and repair of respiratory selection and use of respirators. protective equipment are mandatory to ensure The seven key elements that every respiratory success of any respiratory protection program. The protection program should contain are: goal is to maintain the equipment in a condition that provides the same effectiveness as it had 1. A written plan detailing how the program when it was first manufactured. will be administered. Establish written standard operating procedures governing the selection 7. Medical surveillance of employees. Employers and use of respirators. Regular inspection must determine an employee’s ability to use a and evaluation of the program will ensure its respirator. Workers should never be assigned to continued effectiveness. any operation requiring respiratory protection until a doctor has determined that they are capable — 2. A complete assessment and knowledge of physically and psychologically — to perform the respiratory hazards that will be encountered in work using the respiratory protective equipment. the workplace. It is important to first understand the types of respiratory hazards inherent to your The employer should regularly consult employees industry. The lungs represent the quickest and required to use respirators to assess the most direct avenue for toxic materials to enter the employees’ views on program effectiveness and body. The three basic classifications of respiratory to identify any problems, to ensure that they are hazards are: oxygen-deficient air, particulate using the respirators properly. contaminants; gas and vapour contaminants. Respirators fall under two classifications: airpurifying and air-supplied.
3. Procedures and equipment to control respiratory hazards, including the use of engineering controls and work practices designed to limit or reduce employee exposures to such hazards. This includes consideration of process encapsulation or isolation; use of less toxic materials in the process and suitable exhaust ventilation, filters, and scrubbers to control the effluents. Proper respiratory protective devices
[ Ai r Puri f y i ng Re s p i rato rs]
______________________________________________________________
37
Bottom line An employee’s comfort, especially for an extended period of time, is a key factor in determining if respiratory protective equipment will be effective in the working environment. Consider the ease of integration of respirators with other personal protective equipment, including head protection, eye protection and hearing protection. This is in addition to the many important criteria in selecting the correct respiratory protection for comfort, including soft material, light weight and stability on the face, which all contribute to greater comfort. Even simple factors such as hair pulling from respirator straps cause discomfort during a workers shift.
Employee acceptance of a respiratory protection program will be greater if attention is made to factors which improve the wearing experience. It seems obvious but for a respirator to work it must be worn. Not wearing a respirator is the most common source of respiratory program failure. Bottom Line – Choose for comfort as well as safety.
by MSA www.msa.net.au
When
Experience Counts
www.maca.net.au 96 Ewing Street, Welshpool WA 6106 Telephone 08 9351 8488 Fax 08 9351 8477
Environment ISO 14001
Health & Safety Quality AS 4801 ISO 9001
mining drill & blast crushing & screening civil works materials handling
Your complete solution to contracting
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
38
MSA Advantage® respirator family The MSA Advantage® family of full and half face masks is now expanded with the inclusion of a new and innovative member with market leading exceptional comfort and sophisticated design: The MSA Advantage® 400 Series Half Mask Respirator.
L
ike all MSA Advantage® masks, Advantage® 400 uses MSA proprietary easy breath Advantage® filters with high capacity and low breathing resistance.
The Advantage® 400 Respirator sets new standards for ease of use. Users can quickly adjust the mask according to their individual requirements. Userfriendly features include significantly improved comfort, improved donning and fit, flexibility, enhanced safety, and reduced maintenance cost. Advanced design modelling is confirmed in extensive testing ensuring the Advantage® 400 design adapts precisely to different head sizes and facial contours. This results in industry leading protection for a larger number of workers. EXTRA FEATURES
The chin cup with built-in drain hole reduces slippage of face piece in hot humid conditions allowing sweat to escape. A textured mask seal also assists here. A innovative single loop head harness offers users ease of adjustment and adds a peak function. The single loop feature of the harness removes pressure points and dangling straps. No buckles means no hair tangles and the wide loop harness fits perfectly with other PPE like hard hats. This results in maximum comfort with 100% safety. The low profile Advantage® 400 Respirator has been specifically designed for a proper fit with other MSA PPE products such as head, eye and hearing protection, offering an integrated safety solution. The drop-down option also allows the user to remove the mask without removing other safety equipment (like helmet, ear muffs or spectacles). The respirator can be parked on the chest until the next use. Lock-down feature permits secure fit.
The MSA Advantage® range of air purifying respirators raises the performance and comfort of industrial full facepiece respirators to a new level. Featuring the Advantage® 200 (twin port) and Advantage® 400 (single and twin port) half mask respirators and the full face Advantage® 1000 (single port) and Advantage® 3000 (single and twin port), the MSA Advantage® range provides a total solution to your air purifying needs. MSA invites you to participate in trialling this innovative product. Please contact your MSA Representative. MSA (Aust.) Pty. Limited Australia Head Office: 137 Gilba Road, Girraween, NSW 2145 Australia Phone: 1300 728 672 Email: aus.customerservice@msanet.com Western Australia Office 4 Iron Road, Malaga WA 6090 Phone: (08) 9247 8900 Email: aus.perthcustomerservice@msanet.com Auckland, New Zealand The Gate, Unit E, 373 Neilson Street, Onehunga, Phone: 0800 441 335 Email: nzcusserv@msanet.com www.msa.net.au
The high quality silicone respirator has only three major components for easier maintenance and cleaning, which reduces the total cost of ownership. The MSA Advantage® 400 Series is certified to AS/ NZS 1716:2003. The MSA Advantage® 400 Series is available in both single filter (Advantage® 410) and twin filter (Advantage® 420) configurations. The MSA Advantage® 400 Series offers choice and flexibility by utilising either Advantage® filters or Comfo Maxi-Filters filters which reduces inventory. The comprehensive range of Advantage® line of particulate, chemical and combination filters are available for EN 148-1 single thread connection (single port) or MSA twin bayonet connection (twin port) facemasks. Low profile filter pads are ideal for welding and offer good balance on the face while their swept back design improves vision.
[ Ai r Puri f y i ng Re s p i rato rs]
______________________________________________________________
39
Advances in water exploration too risky to do without As you explore for your next big mine project, spare a thought for where the process water will come from. Water issues are more than ever the fatal flaw or the thorn-in-the-side of mining projects. We live on the driest inhabited continent on earth; our groundwater resources are finite; and the amount of water we need to produce a unit of metal is increasing exponentially as we mine at ever lower cut-off grades. But, in our favour, Australia is the home of airborne geophysics which is dramatically improving our targeting success and cutting the costs of water exploration. As water becomes increasingly scarce, the successful projects of the future will be those which embrace the new exploration technologies.
A
ustralia is a mature mining environment; our readily accessible high grade greenfields deposits were mined out at the turn of the last century and we currently rely on obtaining scale efficiencies so that we can mine down the grade curve. Just 20 years ago most metalliferous mines would have been processing less than 0.3 mtpa of run of mine (ROM) ore, but today mine start-ups look to process between five and 50 mtpa of ROM ore at grades that were considered well below the economic cut-off of 20 years ago. As a result, the amount of water consumed to produce one tonne of metal has been increasing exponentially year on year because water consumption in the mill is measured on ROM throughput and the ROM tonnes per tonne of recovered metal increases as we mine down the grade curve. In effect, the cost of water as a proportion of the mine production cash costs is increasing. Remembering that we are on the driest inhabited continent on earth, it should come as no surprise that more projects are failing each year as groundwater resources reach their full allocation and project water demands become increasingly unrealistic. Twenty years ago a typical metaliferous mine start-up would have had a modest water demand of around 1,000 L/day, but to achieve scale efficiencies needed for today’s start-ups, projects are being designed around water expectations of between 15,000,000 and 40,000,000 L/day in totally inappropriate hydrogeological environments. The challenge for hydrogeologists is to accurately and responsibly convey hydrogeological prospects to the mine planner, whilst working smarter at finding and defining larger water supplies amongst dwindling regional groundwater resources.
Fortunately over the past three decades Australian companies such as Aerodata, World Geoscience and GPX Airborne have pioneered the development and refinement of airborne geophysical exploration technologies such as magnetics, spectral radiometrics, micro-gravity, frequency and time domain electromagnetics. These technologies have revolutionised water exploration by giving hydrogeologists a tool to rapidly explore vast regional areas with a great deal of confidence at little cost. With geophysics, it’s a matter of ‘horses for courses’; and the geophysicist picks the tools
[Airborne Water Exploration]
and designs the survey to best match the objectives to the water supply. For instance, high resolution aeromagnetics makes mapping faults, dykes and geological contacts in the bedrock a relatively easy task; whilst micro gravity is brilliant in sedimentary and karstic environments because of the huge density contrast between sediment and underlying bedrock or between voids and limestone. Radiometrics is also a useful tool for mapping the near surface and regolith from the amount of uranium, thorium and potassium radiation emitted. However, by far the most exciting technological development from a hydrogeologists perspective has been evolution of time domain electromagnetic (TDEM) technologies. These technologies directly measure the electrical conductance of the earth to depths of 150m and deeper with high vertical and spatial resolution. Since the ground conductance is mostly dictated by the amount of salt and clay, we can directly map palaeochannels, changes in groundwater quality or map out the regolith. The computing power now available allows large volumes of TDEM data to be processed in the field to slice and dice the earth and produce cross sections, conductivity slices at various depths or three dimensional conductivity surfaces. The use of TDEM in water exploration was successfully used in the 1990’s, when ground TDEM surveys were used to map the deepest parts of Western Australia’s palaeochannels for borefield development. Laying transmitter cables out on the ground, however, was time consuming. At best a ground crew could complete a vertical electrical sounding every 30 minutes, which meant a typical palaeochannel survey of about 1500 stations could take over a year to complete. World Geoscience overcame this problem by stringing the transmitter around a fixed wing aircraft, which allowed over 50,000 electrical soundings to be collected in a day. In 2000 Anaconda Nickel successfully used fixed wing TDEM to cover 60,000 km2 of the Officer Basin and within months locate a massive 250,000,000 L/day brackish water resource. While the fixed wing approach dramatically reduced the time and cost of water exploration, having the receiver “bird” trailing behind the transmitter causes an annoying artificial asymmetry in the data, smearing the response in the direction of flight. The development of HoistEM heli TDEM system (now replaced by XTEM) by GPX/Newmont issue 2.2
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
40
[Advertorial]
overcame this problem by keeping the transmitter and receiver in symmetry. The heli XTEM gives much higher spatial resolution than fixed wing TDEM surveys, allowing detailed mapping of shallow to medium depth groundwater resources. In 2003, the United Arab Emirates commissioned the most comprehensive demonstration of the value of airborne geophysics in water exploration by flying a blind XTEM survey over an area of desert previously explored by drilling hundreds of bores at enormous cost. In just five days of flying and five days of processing, the survey produced over four million airborne electrical soundings, with each sounding having almost as much information as a borehole. The acquired data was processed into multiple maps, cross sections and 3D images that mapped out the fresh water resources in very high resolution never seen before. The whole survey cost less than just one of the hundreds of bores drilled using the traditional scattergun drilling approach. Since this demonstration the XTEM system has become part of mainstream groundwater exploration throughout Australia. As project water needs continue to rise to meet increasing scale efficiencies and the remaining groundwater resources become harder to locate, the ability to stay ahead of advances in airborne geophysical technologies will be the critical success factor for future water development. By Don Scott (Pennington Scott) and Greg Reudavey (GPX Airborne)
[Above] uam enim, pharetra non gravida id, laoreet vel metus. Vivamus lorem erat, feugiat
[Airborne Water Exploration]
_________________________________________________________________
Securing your water future
Based in Perth Western Australia, Pennington Scott is a multi disciplinary geosciences consulting firm specializing in the exploration and development of water resources. We deliver innovative and cost effective hydrogeological solutions across a variety of industries in Australia. Our reputation is based on the quality of our work. We are proud of our technical expertise and believe this is our greatest strength and point of difference.
Specialist Services: Water exploration and development Pit and underground dewatering Mine water management Numerical modeling Environmental assessments Feasibility investigations
More Information: Further information on each service is detailed on our website, please visit: www.penningtonscott.com.au Alternatively, contact a team member on the following: T: 61(0) 8 9441 0999 E: info@penningtonscott.com.au
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
42
Hydro-geothermal energy Green power perfect for the Australian environment When most people think of geothermal energy, they picture ‘hot rocks’, where water is pumped into hot formations near the surface producing steam which is used to drive turbines and generate electricity. Hot rock technology works great in volcanically active areas like New Zealand where high temperatures occur close to the surface, but it’s less practical in cooler tectonically continents like Australia. In Australia, lower temperature geothermal energy can still be harvested efficiently by pumping naturally occurring heated groundwater in a process known as hydrogeothermal power. Hydrogeothermal projects involve extracting groundwater from bores; harvesting its thermal benefits through a heat exchange system, then reinjecting the groundwater back into the aquifer through separate re-injection bores, with no net change to the water balance. We spoke to Don Scott, Managing Director of a leading hydro-geothermal and groundwater specialist company, Pennington Scott, about the state of hydro-geothermal power development in Australia.
D
on Scott, Managing Director of Pennington Scott, points out that hydrogeothermal energy is one of the only ‘green’ energy sources in Australia that can compete on a level playing field with fossil fuels and win without government subsidies or penalties such as grants, carbon taxes or feed-in tariffs. The “Payback periods are very short, allowing users to make the case for these technologies purely on economic grounds, with the green credentials an added bonus.” The company recognises three main types of hydro-geothermal projects depending on the depth and temperature of the resource:
Shallow ground source heat pumps use the natural insulating properties of the ground to dramatically improve the efficiency of conventional reverse-cycle air conditioning systems. A conventional reversecycle air conditioner uses a compressor to pump heat from the air outdoors to the air in the building in the winter and the opposite in summer. In the southern capital cities, the system needs to work against air temperatures ranging from close to freezing in the winter to 40ºC or higher in the summer. By contrast, a hydro-geothermal heat pump uses natural groundwater as the heat sink and source, with a relatively constant temperature of about 20ºC, reducing the electricity requirements by over 50%. Because the system is heating in winter and cooling in summer, net heat change in the groundwater is close to zero, with minimal environmental impact. The method is so effective that the groundwater under a site can be used on a large scale to service numerous buildings, allowing the capital costs to be shared among many users. For example, Pennington Scott has recently completed the largest shallow hydrothermal project in the southern hemisphere for the Australian Fine China development in Subiaco, Western Australia. This district heating and cooling
[Airborne Water Exploration]
_________________________________________________________________
43
system, consisting of five production bores and six injection bores in the shallow sand aquifer, services over 300 residences and 37,500 sqm of commercial space. Intermediate hydro-geothermal projects use heated groundwater to directly to heat air or water via a heat exchanger. These systems require groundwater of at least 40ºC, generally from about 1000m depth, and are most useful for projects with a significant heating requirement such as swimming pools or hospitals. The Perth Basin, with deep, permeable aquifers at the target depth is perfect for this technology. Seven of these systems have been built in Perth, but the project that Pennington Scott has just successfully completed at the Cannington Multipurpose Leisure Centre is the deepest and hottest intermediate hydro-geothermal in Western Australia so far. The production bore draws water at 49ºC from 1104m depth which is passed through a cascading heat exchange system on the surface to harvest as much of the energy as possible; first for the spa with the highest temperature requirement, followed by the swimming pool, and the building heating. Going even deeper to depths below 2000m and temperatures above 60ºC, hydro-geothermal energy can be used to completely eliminate the need for electricity for air conditioning, using sorption chiller technology. Sorption chillers operate on the sample principle as conventional compressor driven heat pumps; that is by cycling the phase of a fluid between liquid and gas. However instead of using an electrically-driven mechanical compressor to drive the phase change, they rely on the use of heat. The most common example of sorption technology that most people would be familiar with is the propane fridge. Early next year, Pennington Scott will be installing the deepest sorption chiller bore in the southern hemisphere at Kagara Ltd’s Admiral Bay zinc mine near Broome, Western Australia. The underground mine will be 1500m below ground with background temperatures of over 50ºC necessitating a major cooling system to provide a safe working environment. Rather than burning costly diesel, Pennington Scott is planning to construct a groundwater bore to about 2000m to drive a sorption chiller system. As Don Scott points out, hydro-geothermal energy in this case “is an elegant way of turning the problem into the solution, by converting heat from the ground into the refrigeration needed to allow miners to work underground.”
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Buy Online, Save Time, Improve Efficiency The Rexel online store showcases tens of thousands of enriched products to help you to save time on your purchase. “My Saved lists” feature enables you to save multiple lists of products. Using this device, you can easily recall items that you forecast for a project or that are ordered on a regular basis. For example, if you want to set up a list of 11 items in lighting such as CFL’s, Dichroic’s and fluoro lamps… that you are ordering frequently, you simply have follow this step by step guide.
Login to the Rexel Online store and enter the product part number in the search box. Add it to your cart and repeat this with the list of products required. When you have finished, go in MY CART tab and click SAVE FOR LATER. Enter your list name – for example “OSRAM_list1”.
When you need to order this list, login and click on your saved list to add it to the cart, update the quantities that you want and click CHECK OUT.
Order Online Now! Shop online 24/7 in your own branch View real-time stock Buy at your agreed price on all products Fast and simple search tool Browse high quality classified and enriched products
List you regular purchased products Build your own shopping lists Access your invoices and account balance anytime
www.rexel.com.au
CONTACT US webservices@rexel.com.au 1300 310 512
45
Atlantic Civil Infrastructure solutions support many of the world’s most successful mines.
S
taying competitive in today’s economic climate means building in efficiencies from the ground up. That’s why many of the world’s most successful mines have turned to innovative infrastructure solutions from the AIL Group of companies. Save time. Save money. AIL Group professionals can help you achieve maximum efficiencies and provide safe, practical work sites for your employees. By design, our custom mine site infrastructure solutions are easy to ship and install with light equipment and basic labour skill sets, making them ideal for remote locations. Plus, with over 40 years of working closely with the global mining industry, our technical sales teams and engineers are well-poised to deliver turn-key, value-engineered solutions with a difference. AIL professionals will guide you through every phase of your project – assessment, design, specification, assembly, backfilling, testing – truly walking the talk of supporting your success.
Structural Plate
you’re looking for, Dur•A•Span™ is made from solid aluminium alloy and is ideal for saltwater and softwater applications. Pipe Systems
Atlantic Civil Products provides industry-leading product and client support through value-added engineering, professional project management and Atlantic Civil Products Pty Ltd is an Australian company, dependable field service. Our Technical Sales Teams, and part of the AIL Group, that develops, designs, comprised of engineers, civil technologists, and manufactures and supplies value engineered experienced personnel, provide expertise throughout infrastructure solutions for the mining, transportation, the entire project cycle as they interpret drawings, development and forestry sectors. Major product advise on specifications and supervise installations. categories include structural plate, retaining wall Through our in-house Engineering Design Departments systems, corrugated pipe systems and modular steel we can offer an obligation-free professional design bridges. We are third party certified to ISO 90012008. service for the application of all our products. The service includes but is not limited to: structural design; Products hydraulic design; construction advice and details; Efficient infrastructure solutions for virtually any durability advice; assembly drawings and installation application and budget. guidelines. For complex projects, we may engage Atlantic Civil Products can help you stretch outside consultants or offer our in-house design your budget with a wide array of economical, services for a professional fee. environmentally friendly and highquality infrastructure Our Hel-Cor™ corrugated steel pipe has an optimal solutions for many types of applications. By design, combination of strength, flexibility and performance they are easy to ship and install with favourable and comes with a variety of Performance Coating equipment and labour requirements, making them Options for even longer lasting design service ideal for even the most remote locations life. Buffatank™ provides a turn-key solution for Structural Plate underground stormwater detention and retention. The Our custom infrastructure solutions offer opportunities Hi-Flo® flexible, smoothwall spiral rib pipe is another for significant cost savings without compromising great solution to your stormwater problems. Hel-Cor™ function and durability. By design, they are easy to Troughing comes in a variety of segment lengths for ship and install with light equipment and basic labour easy installation. skill sets, making them ideal even in remote locations. No matter what your requirements or budget, we’ve got your needs covered with our complete range of plate bridges. The extra-deep corrugation profile in Super•Cor® makes it ideal for larger applications and our Multi-Plate™ is suitable for small to medium applications. If it is corrosion or abrasion resistance
Wall Systems, Retaining Walls, Abutments, Headwalls and Wingwalls
For fast, flexible embankment protection, Atlantic Civil Products’ economical retaining wall systems are just right for your next project. In our Atlantic MSE Structural Walls, our Wire Walls are quick and easy to erect, our Precast Panel Walls allow for a smooth or
[Alternatives for Infrastructure Solutions - Tunnels, Walls, Roads, Bridgesissue and 2.2 more]
_____
46
textured finish, and, if excessive settlement is expected, we recommend our Two-Stage Precast Walls. Our Atlantic MSE Structural Wall Systems are heavyduty, interlocking wall and mat mesh panels that siteadapt easily to steps, angles, curves, and other site anomalies. A variety of fascia options are available, including Precast Panels. Atlantic Civil Products operates a third party certified management system under AS/NZS/ISO 9001:2008. The management system is applicable to the design, development and manufacture of buried corrugated metal structures for road, rail, stormwater, mining and civil infrastructure. Modular Bridges
Atlantic Civil Products is experienced in working with various types of project consortiums and private/ public partnerships, with many major civil engineering projects to our credit across Australia and beyond. Our practical innovations are endorsed by engineers around the world. Ideal for construction detours and other temporary or permanent applications, Atlantic Civil Products’ Modular Bridges are quick and easy to install. We can also provide you with heavy gauge Steel Bridge Decking, which is regularly used in new construction or to rehabilitate existing bridges. Our Modular Steel Bridge solutions are economical and efficient choices. Standard features include:
galvanized steel decks; weathering structural steel, and; timber decking, and hand rails. Choose Atlantic MSE Structural Wall Systems for abutment solutions. Mining
Making mine sites more efficient and safe. There’s an Atlantic Civil Products engineered solution for virtually every mine site infrastructure application. Whatever your requirements, our in-house engineering teams will provide solutions that ship economically to remote sites and assemble quickly with favourable equipment, material and labour requirements. Our Technical Sales Representatives and Engineering Teams offer valuable support services throughout all phases of a project. Heavy Haul Road Arches With its light weight and superior strength, our patented Super•Cor® premium, hot-dip-galvanized, deepcorrugated, structural steel plate is a natural for larger, engineered structures needing to withstand the heaviest of loads. For medium-sized structures, our Multi-Plate™ standard, hot-dip-galvanized steel structural plate is usually recommended. Both are available in a wide range of shapes and sizes, including bottomless, fishfriendly arches. Road or Rail Underpasses — Saving time and money on transportation infrastructure. There’s an Atlantic Civil Products engineered solution for virtually any transportation infrastructure application. Whatever your requirements, our in—house engineering teams will provide solutions that ship economically and Pipe Systems
Heavy Haul Road Arches
[Alternatives for Infrastructure Solutions - Tunnels, Walls, Roads, Bridges and more]
_________
47
assemble quickly with favourable equipment, material and labour requirements. Specify Super•Cor® or Multi-Plate™, according to the size, specifications and load factors of your application. Both are virtually maintenance-free with leading design service life expectancies. To help keep your operation running smoothly, we specialise in working with your teams to limit or eliminate critical traffic interruptions and environmental site impacts. Larger grade separation underpasses and overpasses are ideal applications for our deep-corrugated Super•Cor® Arches and Box Culverts in a variety of expansive shapes. Our Multi-Plate™ structural steel plate offers the widest array of size and shape configurations and is well-suited to medium and smaller applications. Crusher Ramps and Retaining Walls Ideal for remote locations with available fill material, these structures are easily created using our Atlantic MSE Structural Wall Systems. Made from heavy-duty galvanized wire, these interlocking wall and mat systems provide easy, on-site construction solutions without the need for time-consuming concrete. These systems are also ideal for bridge or tunnel headwalls and wingwalls. Portals Specify Super•Cor® for larger scale applications and MultiPlate™ for midsize ones. Both offer a wide variety of shapes and sizes to suit virtually any site or mine vehicle requirement. Stockpile and Escape Tunnels Another ideal application for our deep-corrugated Super•Cor®is the stockpile tunnel. Depending on the planned pile height and dead load, both Super•Cor® or our Multi-Plate™ structural plate products offer excellent strength and cost savings over other methods.
laminated high-performance coatings for virtually any drainage requirement. Hel-Cor™ will not crack under impact loads or vibrations due to the inherent strength of steel and the flexibility of the corrugated pipe section. Overcasts and Conveyor Tunnels Our products have covered a lot of ground on these critical arterial applications. According to the required size and specifications, conveyor tunnels can be made from various shape profiles in Multi-Plate™ or Corrugated Steel Pipe. In some cases, conveyor tunnels can incorporate utility passages to serve double duty. Culverts & Box Culverts Specify Multi-Plate™ for larger and mid-size applications and Hel-Cor™ Corrugated Steel Pipe for smaller ones. Dur•A•Span™ is ideal for coastal or softwater environments and other highly corrosive applications. Each product offers a wide variety of shapes and sizes to suit virtually any requirement. Box Culverts are the perfect solution for long-span, low-rise situations with shallow cover requirements. Atlantic Industries Limited offers many different possibilities in Box Culverts made from Super•Cor® structural steel plate or Dur•A•Span™ structural aluminium plate. Stream Crossings & Water and Wetland Crossings, Fauna Crossings & Fish Passages Depending on the size and nature of the crossing, we offer a variety of solutions in Super•Cor®, MultiPlate™ or Dur•A•Span™ structural plate. Corrosion/ Road or Rail Underpasses
Drainage, Ventilation and Utility Tunnel Systems We offer a full range of galvanized, aluminized or polymer-laminated Hel-Cor™ Corrugated Steel Pipe for virtually any drainage, ventilation or utility tunnel requirement. In addition, we can supply all of the necessary elbows, couplings and access port accessories. We offer a full range of Hel-Cor™ Corrugated Steel Pipe in galvanized, aluminized type 2 or polymer-
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
48
Contact Atlantic Civil Products’ head office is in Townsville, Queensland, Australia. We have regional sales offices and both fixed and mobile manufacturing facilities that operate across Australia. We ship our products across Australia, South East Asia and to the Pacific Islands. For inquiries in Australia, South East Asia and the Pacific Islands, please email our Sales Team at sales@atlanticcivil.com.au To call toll free within Australia dial 1800 99 77 54. From outside Australia please call +61 7 4789 6700.
Portals
abrasion-resistant Dur•A•Span™ is particularly well-suited to saltwater or aggressive environments. We can also provide specialised fish baffle inserts for some designs. Our open-bottom designs and Modular Steel Bridges are effective, environmentally-friendly solutions to preserve habitat. Put our expertise in the design of effective animalfriendly crossings to work for you with engineered solutions made from Super•Cor® or Multi-Plate™ Structural Plate.
Crusher Ramps and Retaining Walls
Stormwater Management Our custom-designed Buffatank™ Stormwater Management Systems are turn-key solutions you can depend on. Available in galvanized, aluminized type 2 and polymer-laminated high-performance coatings, the versatility of its corrugated steel pipe construction provides virtually limitless solutions for detention, retention and recharge system requirements. Rehabilitation, Relines Atlantic Civil Products’ reline packages can help salvage older storm sewer, culvert or bridge structures and avoid the cost, safety and environmental issues of full replacement. Typically these custom-fit inserts are made to order from Multi-Plate™, Dur•A•Span™ or Hel-Cor™ Pipe, according to the size and application requirements.
[Alternatives for Infrastructure Solutions - Tunnels, Walls, Roads, Bridges and more]
_________
™
STEALTH – A new generati on of HI TEC Syntheti c Gloves
Offering Comfort – Seamle ss t – Fashio n – Better Protectio n
Cut Level 3
Stealth l h White
Stealth h Lite
Stealth Razor 3
Stealth th Razor 5
•
Seamless 13 Gauge White Nylon Shell
•
Seamless 13 Gauge White Nylon Shell
•
Cut Level 3
•
Cut Level 5
•
White PU foam coat
•
Grey Nitrile Foam Coat
•
Seamless 13 Gauge “UHMWPE” Shell
•
Seamless 13 Gauge “UHMWPE” Shell
Breathable & Lint Free
•
Breathable & Lint Free
•
Grey PU Breathable Palm Coat
•
Soft, Durable & Flexible
•
Grey PU Breathable Palm Coat
Ideal for small component handling especially in automotive manufacturing
•
Excellent Grip
•
Breathable & Lint Free
•
The ideal general purpose work glove
•
Breathable & Lint Free
•
Ideal for small component handling
•
Excellent all round protection
•
Very high Cut levels
® •
•
• •
Cut Level 5
Seamless 13 Gauge Black Nylon Shell Black PU foam coat provides excellent grip
EN388
4131
EN388
4131
EN388
4131
Steeldrill Health & Safety Pty Ltd Phone: 03 9790 6411 Fax: 03 9795 7311 Web: www.steeldrill.com.au
EN388
4342
EN388
4543
* “UHMWPE” Ultra High Molecular Weight polyethylene
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
50
The multi-skilled respirator Introducing the Sundström SR580. It’s a fan-fed helmet. It is a supplied-air respirator. It’s a hardhat. A visor. A mount for your ear muffs. And intrinsically safe, too.
S
afety Equipment Australia presents the new Sundström SR580 helmet visor that can be connected either to the Sundström SR500 Powered Air-Purifying Respirator (PAPR) or its intrinsically safe counterpart, the SR500ex. In this configuration for optimal mobility, the SR580 is suitable for use in areas where filter protection is recommended or required. The difference is that the user experiences a steady, cool flow of air, making long-duration work in warm environments more comfortable. The fan unit features a boost function that can rapidly de-mist the visor if necessary. The helmet can also be connected to a fixed continuous-flow supplied-air system through a small regulator worn on the belt. The regulator allows an extra compressed-air tool to be powered by the same air supply. The SR580 has been several years in the making, and forms part of the comprehensive Sundström PAPR program, along with many other hoods, helmets, visors and masks. The program features both rigid and soft head covers in various materials, spanning from simple splash models to heavy-duty helmets and spark-proof welding visors. Like many of the products in Sundström’s head-top range, the SR580 has been IECEx classified as intrinsically safe, as has the SR500ex fan unit. The big advantage is that in the Sundström models, all major parts are intrinsically safe. Sundström state that the SR580 is the first of its kind to feature a TH3-class flip-up polycarbonate visor, a helmet approved as a hardhat (including lateral deformation, molten metal splash and electrical insulation), and the choice between PAPR and supplied-air connection without any modification to the breathing hose connector. In addition, the helmet features a standard mount for various hearing protectors, including Peltor, MSA and others.
[A to Z of Personal Protection Equipment]
____________________________________________________
Quality ISO 9001
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
52
Increased mining demand drives automation technology The mining of iron ore in Australia represents a significant percentage of all exports to Asia. With demand threatening to outstrip supply, many mining companies will need to expand their operations, which may lead to foreign investment. According to Geoffrey Irvine, Industry Solutions Manager, Rockwell Automation, the opportunity for new partnerships can be a win-win for local manufacturers and industry.
W
ith overseas investment, much of the mining equipment and technology may be sourced from Asian OEMs, EPCs and solution providers, opening the door for potential trading partnerships. The greatest challenge for both parties is to ensure that the equipment incorporates efficiency, safety and sustainability to meet Australian standards and regulations. It must include remote operation capabilities and value-add in areas such as asset management and maintenance. Mining technology imports from Asia are often perceived as a threat to local manufacturing, but can represent opportunity when the synergies between business partners are realised. Mining industry technology providers from Asia, typically have been government-run organisations to serve their internal industries. Now, they are looking to Australian industries as a world leader in mining, to take them to the next level. At first glance, Australia may be losing knowledge resources, but it offers an opportunity to collaborate with Asian suppliers to implement higher standards in key areas such as safety. Integrated safety and remote operation
Integrating safety measures in any plant or manufacturing environment is paramount. This is particularly true in mining, whether it be underground coal mining, gold mining beneficiation or iron ore ship loaders. Ideally, it should be incorporated at the design stage, but skills and expertise in retro-fitting and upgrading are equally important.
Geoffrey Irvine, Industry Solutions Manager, Rockwell Automation
downtime. The opportunity for Asian technology providers is to provide those tools at a level above and beyond what is currently available. Joint ventures with Australian mining technology partners is an ideal avenue to maximise features and benefits at a more cost-effective level. From an automation industry point of view, the key elements of success are the ability to provide a system which encompasses key issues such as safety, asset management, process control and the ability for remote operation in a secure manner. By working collaboratively with Asian technology providers, Australian companies need not feel undermined, but should view it as a win-win opportunity for business growth and development for both parties. Enquiries
Anne-Marie Ward, Rockwell Automation Safety and efficiency are further enhanced with remote marketing communications manager operation through ‘minimal manning’. Broadband E-mail: award@ra.rockwell.com networks incorporating VoIP and video can now be combined with automation network systems in a Company background secure and safe manner. This allows mines to achieve remote operation with minimal manpower on site. Rockwell Automation Australia and Rockwell Companies such as Cisco Systems in conjunction with Automation New Zealand are subsidiaries of Rockwell Automation have developed tools to ensure Rockwell Automation, Inc.—a leading global reliability and security of Ethernet/IP networks for this provider of industrial power, automation type of operation. Demanding Australian standards control and information solutions that and safety compliance represents an opportunity for helps manufacturers achieve a competitive local expertise to guide Asian technology providers. advantage in their businesses. The company Asset management brings together leading global brands in A key part of any remote operation is the minimal industrial automation which include Allenmaintenance to be done on site. The ability to have Bradley® controls and services and Rockwell ‘pro-active maintenance’ can only be achieved Software® factory management software. by having integrated condition-based monitoring Its broad product mix includes control logic embedded into the automation system. This can save systems, sensors, human-machine interfaces, an operation millions in lost earnings from unforeseen drive controllers, power devices, and software.
[Automation]
_________________________________________________________________________________
Smart, Safe and Sustainable Mining Solutions Results based mining solutions from Rockwell Automation help you to optimise operations, maximise ROI and deliver operational excellence. With our proven ability to reduce energy costs through advanced regulatory control we can provide seamless integration and real-time information exchange from production to business enterprise through our Integrated Architecture. www.RockwellAutomation.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
54
Integrated web-based solutions With mining activity increasing again, the demand for productivity improvement and effective deployment of systems is significant. An integrated solutions approach to mining technology is necessary to reduce engineering effort during the initial project deployment phase and also to ensure that maintenance and troubleshooting efforts once the site is operational can be carried out efficiently. An integrated approach may also drive additional benefits such as standards compliance ensuring site expansion is carried out in a structured manner.
Integrated Architecture Deployment Model
I
n addition to realised financial gains in taking an integrated approach to mining technology, there exists a benefit that is harder to calculate, but is arguably of greater value. Data accuracy and trust in data is key in operational decision making on any mine site. Decision making is more effective and efficient with access to real time contextualised information. Not only should the data presented to management be contextualised (i.e. not just how much energy did I consume, but how many tonnes did I produce for the amount of energy I consumed) it must also be trusted. Many of the issues experienced at existing sites today stems from technology architectures that have evolved over time, are customised in how they are integrated and do little in the way of conforming to standards. Architectures such as that shown below are not uncommon…
customised interfaces and has been built on documented, validated and tested architectures.
Presenting data out of a system such as this can often lead to questions in relation to its accuracy and reliability. The perception, real or not, of inaccurate information is one that is hard to reverse and leads to significant time spent in validating data rather than analysing it.
It is also important to note that the architectures we are discussing should not be confined to a single domain, such as process control or access and security. The mine can benefit from integration across the domains of process control, access and security, energy management, electrical distribution, motor control, IT infrastructure and CCTV. The integrated architecture approach should be with this mind.
So what do we mean by an integrated architecture? Even a disparate system of technology components must be integrated by the very nature of its operation. This is true, however the goal of any new operation or any large brownfield expansion project should be to deliver an integrated solution that has minimal
Solutions based on these fundamentals ensures that the data derived at the operations management layer for analysis and decision making is based on a trusted foundation and is supported by documentation and validation of its structure. Preferably the methodology used in building these architectures will be based on interoperable components using web based technologies such as web services and XML messaging. Based on open standards, the architecture should integrate such that other devices could be used if required by the mine operator and not be closed and proprietary. This gives the operator far more flexibility as the life of the mine is extended.
The nature of this type of solution should also lend itself to other benefits for the mine operator such as automatic device detection and automatic parameterisation. In addition, these web based connectivities allow for easier access over a corporate intranet or even over the internet as remote diagnostics and remote operations become increasingly required in an economy where skills and human resources are becoming critically scarce. In summary, integrated architectures, built with interoperable components that have been tested and validated provide the means to deliver real time contextualised data. This approach to a mining operation’s technology stack aids the business in minimising capital and operational expenditure and enhances maintenance and process improvement efforts. Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure platform for mining provides an integrated architecture capable of delivering real time contextualised data. This mining solution provides a way for mining operators to minimise start-up time and reduce the risk with deploying a technology solution while still ensuring the interoperability required to meet today’s operational decision making requirements.
[Automation]
_________________________________________________________________________________
Increase production Manage operating costs
Maximise safety
Reduce design costs
Optimise your mine’s performance with a truly integrated solution Introducing mining process optimisation solutions powered by EcoStruxure Discover a host of benefits when you choose an integrated Schneider Electric solution for power distribution, process and machine control, security and managed services.
Increased revenue and production capacity Intelligent systems make it possible to maximise revenue generation by gathering and processing the information needed to optimise production performances and costs.
Produce more with less, thanks to the integration of three domains of expertise: Power Management Process & Machine Management Security Management
Reduced design and implementation costs Tested, validated and documented architectures greatly reduce system design costs and offer proven reliability. Scalability permits installations to be expanded when demand trends shift, ensuring tightly knitted solutions, precisely integrating all mining processes and simultaneously reducing resource wastage.
Managed consumption and operating costs Substantial operating savings can also be made through the implementation of energy efficient solutions and maintenance management services which, when combined, reduce consumption, process downtime and contribute to environmental sustainability.
Power Process & Machines Security
Maximised safety, security and uptime Integrated safety, monitoring and intrusion security systems not only allow for uninhibited visibility but also reduce accident downtime. As with all solutions across our business, people safety remains at the core of our methodologies. For further information as to how you can benefit from true integration, visit www.schneider-electric.com.au or call 1300 369 233.
© 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Archticture from Power Plant to Plug, and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. • 35 rue Joseph Monier, CS 30323, 95506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex (France) • Tel +33(0) 1 41 29 70 00 • 998 3876
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
56
Self contained Breathing apparatus use The concept of using self contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) in the mining industry is not exactly new. Since the early 1870s breathing apparatus was designed and manufactured to rely on a single small compressed air cylinder and a simple demand valve that only lasted around 15 minutes. This first generation of SCBA included a bulky steel cylinder and purportedly weighed in at 30 – 40kgs.
Duration times of SCBA
Duration times of SCBA have since dramatically increased. For example a 9 litre 300 bar cylinder lasts approximately 67 minutes. Two cylinders can be used in a back plate configuration to provide extended use times, for example an approximate 102 minutes of duration can be provided by two 6.8 litre 300 bar cylinders. Developments in ‘Fast Fill” systems have certainly enhanced extended breathing apparatus use and are quite a common technology on mine sites. More user friendly
Technology has moved forward to provide more ergonomic breathing apparatus sets. Steel cylinders are being replaced by carbon fibre cylinders. Carbon fibre cylinders are lightweight both empty and full, and are very durable. Lighter cylinders greatly reduce wearer fatigue and for those regularly using SCBA this is a long term benefit. SCBA sets are being designed with comfort and simplicity in mind with some now available with soft flexible back plates. SCBA has moved away from negative pressure masks to positive pressure masks. This offers the wearer higher protection and is also enforced by current standards. Breathing apparatus continue to be designed with the user in mind with warning whistles and gauges being a requirement. Mines around Australia use single or twin cylinder SCBA, which are kept below ground in the gate roads of longwall or pillar and stall workings. All SCBA used in mines require specific approvals. Advantages of using SCBA There are many advantages in using Self Contained Breathing Apparatus: • Positive pressure system provides higher level of protection • Less breathing resistance • Many system can be refilled while being worn • SCBA can be used over and over, so that training can take place in the actual unit at no additional cost • Personnel have their eyes protected from smoke • Air supply is known and easily identified with gauges and whistles • Devices can be approved for different applications from mining to fire fighting
[Breathing Apparatus]
• SCBA has 10-15 year service life • SCBA is the highest respiratory protection available • In some instances breathing apparatus is the old option, for example in IDLH environments All respiratory protection has limitations. SCBA has a maximum duration of around 1½ hours (twin cylinders). The cylinder duration can also vary depending on the breathing rate of the wearer. Situations have to be assessed before using breathing apparatus as it is no good attempting a casualty rescue if the travel time is 45 minutes each way. Breathing apparatus also requires regular maintenance and should be inspected before use. When determining if a Self Contained Breathing Apparatus is required consult the current standards, AS/NZS 1715 and AS/NZS 1716. For a great deal of industrial workers, SCBA is ideal for numerous work applications.
________________________________________________________________________
57
Lightweight advanced carrying system (ACSf & ACSfx) for Scott Safety SCBA Providing the user of breathing apparatus with greater comfort and total flexibility.
S
cott Safety recognises that nobody uses PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) because they want to. They use it because they have to — to undertake a specific task, be it for process, working in a confined space or escaping from a hazardous environment. For this reason, the key design criteria for all Scott Safety products are ease of use and high levels of wearer comfort to enable the wearer to concentrate on the task in hand, not the equipment, and reliability and easy maintenance so that the products are always ready when called on. The Scott Safety Advanced Carrying System (ACSf and ACSfx) has been designed specifically to meet the changing needs of those wearing self contained breathing apparatus in IDLH environments. Approved to AS/NZS 1716, the ACSf & ACSfx are refined to unequalled levels of performance and user comfort. Scott Safety’s ACSf & ACSfx is significantly lighter than any other carrying system in its class and is the first system in the world to incorporate ThermoFlexTM technology to create a unique sculptured soft back plate that provides the ultimate in comfort, ease of movement and contributes to reducing wearer fatigue. The ergonomically sculptured, soft back plate is designed and moulded to fit the spine and back muscles and was developed following intensive research with osteopaths, fabric and industrial technologists. The harness incorporates high visibility reflected threading and has fully adjustable padded shoulder straps, a waistband featuring large buckles for easy operation with gloved hands in fast donning and removal, plus D Rings that allow fast and easy connection of other equipment to the webbing or straps. A rapid connect cylinder band allows for adjustment or change out of cylinder in seconds, which is beneficial in any fire operations.
Easy to keep clean, both the back plate and harness can be washed at the same time as turnout gear, and the new hardwearing fabric material used in manufacturing is approved to maintain its flame retardant qualities for 50 washes at 90°C. A washing bag can be included to protect the harness and washing machine. High performance pneumatics
At the heart of the ACS set is a simple, high performance and reliable two-stage pneumatic system. A first breath activated positive pressure demand valve provides low breathing resistance and excellent dynamic performance — particularly at high flow rates. A first stage pressure reducing valve features only two moving parts and accepts cylinder pressures up to 300 bar without adjustment. No tools are necessary to remove the pneumatics as this can be achieved by simply rotating the pneumatics 90 degrees to disengage from the mounting. The system includes a robustly designed shoulder mounted pressure indicator with photo luminescent face markings for low-light legibility and a warning whistle with an operating pressure of 55 bar. The design and manufacture of the back plate enables bespoke tailored sets to be made in a variety of colours and corporate branding to meet individual requirements. All sets are approved to international standards and there is wide choice of cylinders and facemasks available, including the Scott Safety Promask range. With over one million firefighters worldwide trusting in the rugged dependability and cutting edge technology of Scott Safety Breathing Apparatus, the new Advanced Carrying System (ACSf & ACSfx) is set to become the industry standard carrier for SCBA in general industry and fire fighting. Full details are available at www.scottsafety.com.
The ACSfx combines all the features of the ACSf, but also has an extending back plate that can be adapted to suit the height of the wearer. Lower Through Life Costs
The ACS harness and cylinder band is manufactured from extremely durable 100% Kevlar flame retardant webbing with corrosion resistant nickel-plated components that are user serviceable, low cost and simple to maintain. All elements of the set are designed to allow for possible future upgrade with minimal cost.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
58
Electric cables Imports no match for Australian environment
F
or many small Australian businesses the availability of international imports from multinational corporations is a constant threat – specifically cables. With ever changing standards and material requirements, the strategies and technical methods used to surpass manufacturing limitations despite these constant challenges are impressive. Recently the issue of overseas imports versus locally manufactured products and the residual effect has been a highly publicised and controversial issue. The aim of this article is not to debate, but to explore the rapid progression of Australian manufacturing capabilities and highlight the positive effect these small Australian manufacturers continue to have within the industry. Australia’s changing circumstances have necessitated a shift in focus for mining over the past decade. Industry standards and specifications are expanding and the use of shielding, high temp and halogen free compounds are consistently increasing. As a result, cable manufacturers are cutting their costs and boosting productivity. Mining machines work in a harsh and unforgiving environment, both on the surface and underground. Many of these machines are mobile and their motive energy source is often electricity. Because of the harsh environment and special requirements for electrical distribution at mines, cables used on mining machines and to supply electricity are specially constructed. Electrical distribution systems and cables have to be designed so that in the event of damage to a cable, the risk of electrocuting someone, causing a major fire, catastrophic failure of the cable or igniting methane gas has to be minimised. When selecting cables and the vast range of materials used to develop a cable, apart from considering the type of application and the harsh mining environment (mining cables are particularly susceptible to damage) the electrical distribution system is an important factor. The electrical distribution system protection and method of earthing is particularly important. If the incorrect cable is selected, the safeguards provided by the electrical protection and the earthing may be compromised. For this reason, it is important that advice is sought from a competent electrical engineer before selecting and installing a mining cable.
The electrical equipment and electrical installations within the mining industry require high standards of design, installation and maintenance. Recognised standards are not mandatory; but when followed provide a way of meeting safety and health obligations. Most notable Australian cable manufacturers are compliant with Australian/New Zealand standards resulting in protection techniques for electrical equipment and electrical installations in explosion risk zones. There is a need for cables that are tough and that have a great deal of flexibility. Some of the features seen in underground coal mining cables are also desirable in cables used in surface mines – especially individual screening of power conductors. Different types of cables have different constructions and different voltage ratings. A key feature of most mining cables is the provision of earthed screens around each individual power conductor. These screens are provided so that if a cable gets damages the most likely type of fault is an earth fault. Combining the earth fault limitation and the fact that the most likely fault is going to be a raltively low energy earth fault, the likelihood of a failure of the cable or a fire is significantly reduced. When combined with fast acting earth fault protection the likelihood of electrocution is also significantly reduced. The need for these cables to be tough and be used in extremely harsh conditions is testament to the capabilities and understanding of Australian manufacturers. They know better than most that research and development are vital to withstand the pressures in such an unforgiving and highly demanding market. There is a huge focus on innovation, skills and technology development and finding new market opportunities but most of all, Australian manufacturers comprehend the importance of providing safe and high quality products.
By Katie Funch Bambach Wires and Cables
[Cables and Cable Cutters and Components]
__________________________________________________
59
Bambach Wires & Cables How does a company with a long, well respected history, remain a vital and energized part of the fast changing wire and cable marketplace?
I
t begins with our people and the pursuit of our Company Vision …. Bambach seeks to be our customers preferred partner in the manufacture and distribution of world class wire and cable products.
Simply put, your unique or changing need is our opportunity to grow and serve; your fundamental needs are our stock product lines. We have a flexible manufacturing operation with some of the shortest lead times and smallest minimum order quantities offered in the marketplace. We also have a fully developed network of local and overseas wire and cable manufacturers. Whether you need a new or unique wire and cable technology, or just someone you can count on to deliver the basics, Bambach is there for you. We realized early on in the game that our team needed the systems and tools to consistently deliver a world class product and a quality service. Because of our vision and our ability to deliver, we have grown. Bambach manufactures or sources approximately $10 million per annum of wire and cable products. Staff numbers total over 80 with offices in Sydney, Newcastle, Melbourne and Brisbane. The correct choice of cabling can save you time and money, potentially reducing the cost of equipment down-time and maintenance, as well as protecting valuable equipment in your system. The suitability of any cable is dependent on your application. At Bambach we specialize in working with our customers to develop cabling solutions to suit their specific environment. The composition of a cable can be altered in order to meet your specific requirements, or to meet local or international specifications, such as RoHS. Customisation does not have to be as complex as developing a new cable from scratch, it can be as simple as a modification or addition to an existing cable from our range.
As such their reactions are predictable and subject to some control. The presence of chemicals such as chlorine, oil and ozone can influence your choice of insulation or sheathing compounds. Our range of pump cable was developed over ten years ago with a local council for use with their sewage pumps. Their pumps were expected to remain in service for up to ten years with a zero failure rate. As opposed to traditional CSP insulation, we sourced a Thermo Plastic insulation (TPV) with superior resistance to acids, alkalis, sewerage and ozone. TPV is also resistance to swelling and compression aiding the sealing of glands and protecting their pump motors in this extremely harsh environment. Elevated conductor or ambient temperatures will accelerate the degradation of cable insulation. A basic law of chemistry states that the speed of a chemical reaction doubles with a 10°C increase in temperature. A customer, contracting to a Zinc/A luminium coating plant, was looking for a cable to replace an import which they found to break down after only three months service. The cable was for use in an environment where the ambient temperature was around 700°C. Working with our customer, a cable was developed with a 100% Nickel conductor and ceramic insulation, suitable for use in temperatures up to 1000°C Magnetic and static fields create electrical noise which can influence the desired stability of a cable; causing interference with data and control systems. An electrical and communications contractor had to ensure the integrity of data transmittance when working on an installation in a bank. As such they required additional screening on their EMC cables to ensure minimal interference. Upon their suggestion, we made adjustments to our range of EMC cables to offer greater coverage on the tinned copper braid.
A wide range of world class products and the best service in our industry is just the beginning Severe bending, compression, cutting and excessive of the Bambach partnership. We are committed tension can lead to mechanical damage which to doing everything in our power to ensure your affects the reliability of your installations. Working satisfaction. Our dedicated and experienced staff with one customer who faced this same problem, draws on over 70 years of industry knowledge we tracked down a strength fibre which was water and experience, the highest quality standards, and resistant and met the customer’s weight requirement continual monitoring of our performance to ensure and used a grade of polyurethane insulation to the optimum product and service you require. ensure resistance to abrasion. Established in 1936, Bambach Wires & Cables Cable components are essentially chemical are proud to be a fully Australian owned and compounds or mixtures of chemical compounds. operated company.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Bambach Wires & Cables Specialist Industrial Cables
With your knowledge and our know-how, we offer you a range of options for customized cables. The composition of a cable can be altered in order to meet your specific requirements or to meet local or international specifications. We stock a range of cables suitable for mining applications in our various warehouses. Call your nearest Bambach office for more information.
QUALITY ASSURANCE As an AS/NZS ISO 9001:2008 certified company, you have the assurance of professionalism and expertise in the development and manufacture of the highest quality specialist industrial cables
Sydney: (02) 9938 5622 (Head Office) Newcastle: (02) 4956 1983 Brisbane: (07) 3277 5811 Melbourne: (03) 9335 2600
Email: sales@bambachcables.com.au Web: www.bambachcables.com.au
Holmatro heavy cutting and lifting solutions.
Felco. Shear power.
Holmatro hydraulic cutters, nutcrackers and pneumatic airbags deliver the power you need for special projects. Visit www.holmatro.com/industrial/en For all Industrial products contact Felco Distribution on 1800 730 257.
Whether you need to cut high-tensile cable, electrical cable, rods, or wire, Felco professional cutters ensure clean cuts every time with optimum comfort and user safety.
Swiss precision when you need it most.
Felco cutters feature unbreakable forged aluminium handles and blades that cut without crushing. Call 1800 730 257 www.felco.com.au
FEL0941.indd 1
15/6/11 11:24:25 PM
Felco designed for heavy use In 1945 FĂŠlix Flisch, the founder of Felco, designed and patented his first forged aluminium pruning shears. This first Felco model was very high quality, exceptionally durable and ergonomically designed to fit comfortably in the hand. Many Felco products have been designed and developed over the decades since, with every product following the original principles of FĂŠlix Flisch.
T
hese core values have been incorporated in all professional, consumer and industrial products developed by Felco since 1945. The range of two hand cable cutters is no exception. All are made with lifetimeguaranteed forged aluminium handles and are designed with user comfort and safety in mind. Many models are suited to the mining industry, including fixed head steel cable cutters ranging in capacity from 9mm to 16mm, electrical cable cutters with capacity of up to 20mm and ultra-powerful cam action steel cable cutters with 8mm and 12.7mm capacity. All Felco Cable Cutters deliver a precise, clean cut with exceptional durability and reliability. A full range of spare parts is available for all Felco models. For stockist details contact Felco Distribution on 1800 730 257. www.felco.com.au
The Holmatro Industrial products division specialises in the area of high pressure hydraulic, pneumatic and mechanical tools. The three main categories in the industrial area are cylinders and pumps for generating and controlling precision power, cutters for recycling and demolition work and foundry wedges. A number of products are specifically recommended for special projects in the mining industry. These include heavy cutters, nutcrackers and pneumatic airbags. The range of Holmatro Industrial products is available in Australia from Felco Distribution. For further information call 1800 730 257 or visit www.holmatro.com/industrial/en
Holmatro Industrial masters power
Holmatro is a worldwide brand founded in 1967 with its origins and manufacturing facilities in The Netherlands. The principle behind Holmatro products is that only controlled power can be effectively used in industrial applications. This principle has resulted in the development of a wide range of tools for industrial lifting, bending, pulling, cutting, crushing and spreading.
[Cables and Cable Cutters and Components]
issue 2.2
_____________________________________________
62
Ausproof Ausproof is “Pioneering the Difference”. It is this attitude that inspired the company to design and manufacture a revolutionary couplers with unmatched safety and reliability.
A
usproof is an Australian company that was established in 1994. It is located in Gladstone, Queensland and is in close proximity to the mining industry of the Bowen Basin. Ausproof manufactures and supplies high voltage cable couplers for use throughout Australia and internationally. They are used in underground and open-cut coal and metaliferous mining operations and also during tunnel excavation projects. Before the Ausproof designed coupler was used by the mining industry, the high voltage connection was unreliable. The levels of partial discharge were extremely high and phase to phase faults occurred that resulted in explosions. The high voltage connection for power supplies on projects and mine sites were considered unpredictable and the down time was costly and unsafe. In the late 1990s’ ACARP, Australian Coal Industry’s Research Program, conducted a research project into the failures of couplers in the field. When they reviewed the Ausproof design their comment was;
The bolted couplers manufactured by Ausproof now cover the following range; >
11kV 800A Manganese Bronze coupler.
>
6.6kV 800A Aluminium couplers with ergonomic features.
>
11kV 800A aluminium couplers with 4 or 8 bolt faces.
>
22kV 425A aluminium 4 bolt couplers with combined earth pilot or separate earth and pilot connections.
>
25kV 800A aluminium couplers.
The research and development within Ausproof continues to be the strength of the company. This department enables Ausproof to remain the leader in the industry. Each product and manufacturing process is reviewed and improved where possible. Particular problems from customers are analysed and a solution is designed in the shortest time.
From Ausproof, new designs have been released at the request of the market place. These new designs include a new flameproof 11kV 800A coupler that is compliant with the latest issues of ASNZS1300 and the 60079 series of standards: a fibre optic connection facility within the face of the couplers, an Since Ausproof was established in 1994, the company ergonomic and light coupler for the aluminium range. has set about improving the safety and reliability The success of Ausproof has been directly attributed and introduced a design that has been accepted as to the safety and reliability of the Ausproof coupler the safest coupler in the world. Extensive research in the mines and tunnel projects of Australia and and development was carried out by Ausproof to overseas. To ensure that all the Ausproof customers understand the methods required to control the high voltage in each connection. The result is a coupler that continue to receive the very best service, a new has now been accepted by the Australian Standards. 30,000m2 manufacturing facility has been erected in Gladstone. To compliment this, a 900m2 research and The Ausproof couplers follow the principles; development facility is also being erected. This will ensure that the quality of the design and manufacture • Full phase segregation by earth throughout the remain under the one roof and the future of product coupler connection, i.e., phase to phase faults development is guaranteed. have been eliminated. Ausproof Pty Ltd is an Australian company that proudly • All air is expelled in the couplers when they continues to design and manufacture all of its products are connected. at the one facility. We will continue to offer support to • Partial discharge levels are now the same as the mining and tunneling industry and will grow with the cable. our customers. “Given the nature of the new design and the high voltage stress management issues that it addresses, it is expected that other manufacturers will follow this lead and produce their own variations of the design.”
•
Insulation materials used work together to extinguish any faults before they can propagate and trip supply.
•
The couplers are genderless making it simpler when installing.
•
Contacts are rated up to 800A, resulting in fault free connections.
[Cables and Cable Cutters and Components]
__________________________________________________
63
Contact Ausproof: 6 Shona Avenue PO Box 1831 GLADSTONE Queensland 4680 AUSTRALIA www.ausproof.com.au
ausproof@ausproof.com.au
Tel: 61 7 49 784000
Fax: 61 7 49 785685 issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
64
Reclamation of coal tailings and waste Flood-affected Australian mines have the opportunity to boost productivity while decreasing the costs of environmental compliance, thanks to new tailings reclamation technology now being trialled in the Bowen Basin.
D
evastating floods over summer have left production severely affected at many mines, at a time when the possible introduction of a carbon tax looms large for coal mine operators. If the mining sector is to continue providing a solid foundation for the Australian economy, creative answers are needed for both these challenges.
One high pressure water monitor is capable of mining 200 to 500 tonnes per hour of material, and multiple monitors can be used to increase throughput. High per-unit production means low costs for the mine operator.
The monitors can be mounted on remote controlled caterpillar-type tracks, allowing excellent mobility and low ground pressure. Water “Hydraulic mining of tailings dams and waste is delivered by steel and flexible HP lines, so represents a strong future for Australian coal, that the high pressure pump station can remain not just for flood recovery, but for the ongoing in a constant location. The slurry can flow over profitability and environmental sustainability of the distances, requiring only minimal moves for the industry,” said Ross Garling, Managing Director slurry pump stations. “Because the monitors are of Hydraulic Mining Solutions. so mobile and the water and slurry can be moved Hydraulic mining uses jets of water under pressure considerable distances, civil infrastructure costs to cut large quantities of material, converting them are low,” said Garling. “Also, because this method of mining is so precise, it is ideal for controlled into a slurry to be transported to the processing clean-up around existing infrastructure without the plant. Once the slurry is formed, it flows along risk of damage.” a pre-established channel and over a screen to remove debris. The pressure of the water and At the trial of hydraulic mining currently underway density of the slurry are carefully monitored for at a Central Queensland mine, outcomes have effective outcomes. been very positive at a critical time for the Techniques originally developed by the English industry. “We’re supplementing the feed into their china clay mining industry, and refined in South coal washery, so they can produce more coal, Africa’s gold mines, are now being effectively at a time when many mines are short of coal used in Australian coal mines to reclaim valuable production,” said Garling. commodities from tailings waste, increasing Hydraulic mining is also environmentally friendly profitability and mine life. when combined with SCL’s coal processing, it “The hydraulic mining of old was low pressure uses only 1/8 of the greenhouse gases used in and relatively fixed in location, requiring large conventional mining to produce a tonne of product infrastructure to supply the necessary volumes of coal, which earns it strong government support. water,” Garling said. “Today’s hydraulic mining “In some cases, mine operators can reduce their is markedly different, with higher pressures, lower rehabilitation bonds,” he said. water requirements, and low infrastructure costs.” The water used is largely recycled, and as Pressures have been increased to 23-40 bar there is little expressed water,, there are minimal – variable to suit the conditions – creating evaporation losses. Even seawater and process consistently high-density slurries. Special nozzle water are acceptable, where available. designs project a concentrated jet for maximum The technique also enables cost-effective energy impact at the face. relocation of tailings for the rehabilitation of mine sites. “Once the slurry has been processed for extraction of the coal, effluent can be pumped into a location where it can be placed sustainably for the future – frequently underground,” said Garling. “Hydraulic mining represents an effective solution to the growing demand for coal tailings management in this country.” by Hydraulic mining solutions www.hydraulicminingsolutions.com.au
[Coal Tailings and Waste Reclamation]
______________________________________________________
65
Hydraulic Mining: The future of tailings management in Australia Hydraulic mining techniques currently being trialled successfully in Queensland coal mines can be extended across a wide array of minerals. Hydraulic Mining Solutions (HMS), an Australian-South African joint venture established in 2009, is at the forefront of this developing industry.
H
ydraulic mining allows cost-effective and environmentally sustainable management of tailings, for most sectors of the Australian mining industry. “This method can be used on anything soft, from beach sands to clay,” said Dave Prentice, Operations Manager of HMS. “As long as there is water available and the grain size is small, we can mine it.”
employed by HMS today are markedly different. “We use much higher pressures, typically in the order of 30 bar, but variable to suit the conditions,” said Prentice. “The high intensity jetting provides a consistent fine slurry to the mill for reprocessing, with no clay balls.” “This allows us to use much less water,” he said, “and the water is also generally recyclable. The only water is between the monitor and the slurry pump, so evaporation losses are also minimised.”
As well as tailings re-mining, the HMS process is suited to river clean-ups and the mining of soft deposits such as laterites, alluvials, clay and talc. Trash can be Consistently high densities of 30-50 percent solids screened from the slurry before it is pumped to the have been achieved, depending on the tailings processing plant. characteristics, and this is the key to effective hydraulic mining production. “High slurry densities are achieved HMS is a joint venture between Australian-based through constant vigilance, specialist techniques company Superior Coal, and South Africa’s Fraser and skill,” said Prentice. “Otherwise many materials, Alexander Tailings. Superior Coal has been reparticularly clay, tend to break into clods which settle mining, reprocessing and rehabilitating coal tailings out in launders or are caught on screens, reducing and coarse rejects in Australia since 2004. Fraser production. Our team is highly experienced, and has Alexander, who have been operating for 100 the skill to achieve a concentrated stream of slurry, years, has unparalleled expertise in hydraulic inhibiting meandering, velocity losses and settlement mining, currently moving approximately 100mt pa of solids.” hydraulically and is the world’s largest hydraulic mining contractor. The variety of tailings mined thus The equipment can be track mounted, remote far includes gold, platinum, kimberlite, iron, copper, controlled, and utilises flexible supply hoses, making magnetite, coal, gypsum, heavy mineral sands, it highly manoeuvrable. This means infrastructure costs andalusite, chrome, ferrochrome, zinc and nickel. are kept very low. The specialist techniques employed by HMS were refined over the past 50 years, particularly while mining gold tailings dumps, and drawing on some of the latest technology from China clay mining in the United Kingdom. Fraser Alexander currently produces 1.2-1.8 million tonnes per month from each of two gold tailings dumps around Johannesburg.
“The process allows good visual control, to mine cleanly, safely, and efficiently, while protecting existing infrastructure,” said Prentice. “HMS can operate under most weather conditions, and there is no requirement for trucks or haulers. Being a wet process, there are no dust emissions to control. It is the most cost-effective recovery method available.”
Hydraulic mining itself is not new to Australia, having been used for more than a hundred years for alluvial and tailings deposits in tin and gold mining areas in Tasmania and Queensland. However, the techniques
“HMS offers mine operators a cost-efficient, safe and environmentally sound way to recover their tailings and reduce their footprint.”
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
From mine to market. ABB in mining and minerals processing.
Whether you are mining base metals, precious metals, coal, or industrial minerals, the key is to manage operations and information more productively. From the mine to your markets - availability of your equipment is crucial for your process. For more than 100 years we have been meeting these challenges head-on. ABB’s experienced engineers help you increase productivity and profits in mining and mineral processing operations worldwide by providing solutions in: - Underground mining - Open pit mining - Ore concentration www.abbaustralia.com.au
ABB Australia Pty Limited Tel. 1300 782 527
- Processing and refining - Process optimisation
68
New gladstone premises for Konecranes helps service Queensland mining and building boom Leading crane manufacturer and servicing company Konecranes has opened a new branch in Gladstone, Queensland, servicing Rio Tinto’s joint-venture QAL plant, plus other prominent industrial and mining customers between Brisbane and Mackay.
John Bailey is being supported at Konecranes Gladstone by sales manager Tom Kelson, who will work out of both Brisbane and Gladstone offices. The new service manager at Gladstone is Joe Whelan, who was previously based at Konecranes Brisbane. Konecranes are seeking to bolster their Gladstone service branch and are currently looking for more people with electrical / mechanical trades to complement the existing team.
“T
he expansion of both our crane installations and servicing work in this important region of the state made it imperative for us to have a permanent presence in Gladstone,” said Konecranes manager John Bailey. Among the business being serviced by the new branch is a contract with the Queensland Alumina Ltd (QAL) refinery in Gladstone. This is the world’s largest alumina refinery, employing over 1000 workers with an output of nearly four million tons annually. “We’re proud to be selected to do this job, where Konecranes will be on site over a six month period to replace existing equipment with Konecranes XN electric chain hoists and Konecranes CXT wire rope hoists. We’re also carrying out many ten-year inspections. As well, we’re installing digital displays on the hoists that will show the loads being carried.” QAL is 38.6 per cent owned by Rio Tinto, in a joint venture with Alcan and Rusal. Konecranes has also recently won a major service agreement with Cement Australia Gladstone, which produces over 1.6 million tonnes of cement each year and boasts the largest cement kiln in Australia. “They’re our cranes but were previously serviced by a competitor, so it’s a major recognition of our capabilities for us to gain the service contract as well,” Bailey said. Adding to this achievement, Konecranes has obtained a crane order from Anglo Coal Australia’s open cut mine at Callide, near Biloela, inland from Gladstone. “Our assignment is to take down the old monorails and replace them with new ones, while also fitting our CXT wire rope hoists. We’re obviously pleased that once again Konecranes has been chosen for such a significant capital investment,” he said.
[Cranes and Lifting]
“In supplying and servicing our central Queensland customers, it’s vital that we at Konecranes have a presence on the ground, helping these customers keep pace with the boom demand conditions currently being experienced,” Bailey said. “We have an advantage over other crane providers and servicers in that we offer a complete solution to our customers. We survey what they require and deliver solutions based on those needs, providing optimum reliability and performance, as well as ensuring that safety standards are complied with. “Konecranes uses the customer knowledge and expertise of its teams throughout Australasia to deliver locally the global resources of the entire Konecranes group,” he said. The Konecranes group employs nearly 10,000 people in 43 countries and has more than 366,000 cranes of all brands under service contracts. Konecranes industrial cranes and hoists are used by many industries including automotive production, energy and resources, manufacturing, metal and mineral processing, primary product and paper processing and ports and infrastructure projects globally. Konecranes South East Asia Pacific region clients include Alcoa, the Australian Nuclear Science and Technology organisation, ANSTO; Air New Zealand; Australian Cement; BHP Billiton, Cadia mining Australia; Contact Energy NZ; Eagle Services Asia Pte Ltd (ESA), a joint venture between Pratt and Whitney and SIA Engineering Company; Lihir Gold, Papua New Guinea; OneSteel Australia; Viridian Glass; Ratchaburi Power Station in Thailand; paper packaging group Thaikraft; Southern Hydro (Australia), Uncle Tobys and Worsley Aluminium. Sales inquiries 1300 937637 (Australia wide) or visit our website www.konecranes.com
__________________________________________________________________________
STATE-OF-THE-ART RAIL SURVEY PROVIDES FASTER, SAFER AND ACCURATE ANALYSIS
Konecranes is an industry leading group of lifting businesses that offers an overhead crane and hoist maintenance. Konecranes have developed solutions such as RailQ & RopeQ to help identify root cause of failure. Runway surveys are normally expensive, difficult and can significantly disrupt production. RailQ can survey a complete runway in a quarter of time and without the need to gain access to the entire length of runway. With Konecranes you are set for tomorrow’s demands.
27 Service Locations across Australia and New Zealand. To contact your nearest branch, please phone 1300 937 637. Visit www.konecranes.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
70
Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift TUTT BRYANT HEAVY LIFT & SHIFT is the cranes, transport and special projects division of the Tutt Bryant Group.
F
ormerly Tutt Bryant Crane Hire, Tutt Bryant Crane Hire Northern Territory, Muswellbrook Cranes, Kingston WA, Bradshaw Ultra Heavy Haulage and Tutt Bryant Project Services, Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift incorporates some of Australia’s leading heavy lift and transportation operations. Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift is one of the major crane hire, heavy haulage and special projects providers in Australia. Operating one of the largest crawler crane fleets in the region supported by other lifting and haulage assets, they have key operation centres in Brisbane, Perth, Melbourne, Darwin, Karratha and in NSW’s Hunter region.
Activities supported by the division include mining and extraction of natural resources, refineries, marine works, water supply, roads, rail, power, commercial, infrastructure and ports. Operating through an integrated network of operations across Australia, Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift’s geographical spread enables them to be a truly national provider of cranes, heavy lifting, transportation and special projects services. To find out more about how Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift can assist your organisation, visit us at www.tuttbryant.com.au
In addition to their comprehensive crane fleet, Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift also runs an extensive fleet of modern, high capacity and sophisticated haulage platforms, decks, moving equipment and alternative lifting systems. These assets provide Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift with the capability to provide nationwide heavy haulage services and specialised project services including detailed planning and support. Since its inception, Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift has supported a wide variety of organisations, both private and public in major works across all industries.
[Cranes and Lifting]
__________________________________________________________________________
From Start to Finish
Heavy Haulage
Heavy Lifting
Special Projects
We are There Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift is an industry leading specialist in crane hire, heavy lifting, heavy haulage and special projects. Located Australia wide, Tutt Bryant Heavy Lift & Shift is able to offer comprehensive cranes, specialised lifting and transportation services for your business and projects. To find out more, visit us online @ www.tuttbryant.com.au and come see what we are truly capable of delivering.
www.tuttbryant.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
72
Specialist steel doors for the mining sector With an increase in mining operations, Australian mine sites appraised their requirements for door openings to their onsite maintenance facilities.
Monarch Renlita Series 3000 foldaway two-leaf door – Interior
Servicing time for regular maintenance procedures was reduced. Other benefits were to equipment, vehicles and to the sheds themselves. When protected from the elements, all have a longer lifespan. In coal mines, doors at the front of maintenance sheds prevented coal dust from entering buildings. These factors resulted in a more efficient operation. Monarch Renlita Overhead Doors (Monarch) design and manufacture large-scale specialist steel door solutions for the mining sector. Monarch is a national business that is well placed to provide a wide variety of steel doors to mine sites throughout Australia.
M
onarch Renlita has over 45 years’ experience providing large door openings. Historically, mine sites had large open sheds primarily used to carry out service and maintenance activities on mining equipment and large mining vehicles. Due to the nature of the mine sites, there were several issues surrounding working in a large, open-sided shed. These included dust, extremes of temperature and wind and rain. To meet the changing requirements of the industry and workplace and significant improvements in mine safety, it was necessary to investigate ways to improve work conditions. It was decided to install doors to the work sheds so the area could be sealed off. As a result, large steel doors were introduced. As the mining industry changed, there was also a change to mine vehicles and mine equipment. These continued to evolve. Oversized machines with a large capacity were introduced for high production efficiency and to meet customer requirements. To enable entry of large dimension mine vehicles, and taking into account the extreme weather conditions on some mine sites, the doors had to be engineered to accommodate the large size of the vehicles and to have the ability to withstand high wind loads. When the maintenance sheds were enclosed, they provided workers who were carrying out maintenance duties the benefit of a controlled working environment.
[Doors — Steel Doors]
Monarch doors have a reputation for their strength and the use of quality materials. Our doors are rugged and they have an outstanding performance record under harsh conditions. Monarch doors provide an ideal solution when used in maintenance facilities that house large mine vehicles and mine equipment. Monarch offers dependable and robust doors that provide security and smooth, effortless operation for the large scale door openings required on mine sites. Our doors span up to 30 metres and are engineered to withstand high wind loads. Monarch custom made counterweight balanced doors are functional, durable and reliable and are widely used in mine sites throughout Australia. Our doors suit high security applications. Each door is individually designed and manufactured to suit customer requirements. Monarch doors are manufactured offsite and when delivered to site, require minimal installation works and in turn, there is only a small amount of disruption to the site. Once installed, Monarch steel doors require minimal servicing. We design our doors alongside the building designer, working around the crane beams to ensure the crane access and operation is not obstructed. Vertical slides are a perfect solution when dealing with crane access. The vertical doors slide between the crane beam and the outside of the building, effectively freeing the path of the crane. A Monarch customer in the building industry provided feedback that after carrying out extensive research to source a suitable door, he found the Monarch Renlita custom-made door was the best product available for his project.
________________________________________________________________________
73
Monarch door solutions for buildings in the mining industry include the Monarch Renlita Series 5000 vertical sliding counterweight balanced single-leaf door and the Monarch Renlita Series 3000 foldaway two-leaf door. Features of these doors include:
The ARA Group is comprised of the following capabilities:
Available Exclusively From Monarch Renlita Overhead Doors
•
Manufacturing and Distribution
•
Mechanical Services
For More Information Monarch Renlita Overhead Doors
•
Each door is designed and manufactured individually, using precise mathematical calculations to achieve exact counterweight balance for safety and appearance.
•
Electrical Services
•
Fire Protection Services
•
Security Services
Renlita 5000 and Renlita 3000 doors are clad vertically with COLORBOND® ribbed sheeting, e.g. Trimdek and Spandek.
•
Integrated Facility Maintenance
•
•
Complete with Zincanneal steel counterweight casings.
•
Suit opening sizes up to 30 metres.
•
Suitable for power operation as detailed below.
Sydney : 02 9526 1222 Melbourne: 03 9768 2562 Brisbane: 07 3805 7314 e: sales@monarchdoors.com.au w: www.monarchdoors.com.au
Monarch has offices and manufacturing facilities located in Sydney, Brisbane and Melbourne. We have an office in Perth and agents in all states of Australia. Monarch Renlita Series 3000 foldaway two-leaf door – Exterior
– All doors incorporate the Renlita heavy duty drive electric operation system, designed to fully open or close the door at approximately six to seven seconds per metre of opening height, using a continuously rated three phase motor, closecoupled to a matched reduction gearbox. Monarch offers a broad range of industrial doors. Our products suit many applications and have the capacity to accept a wide variety of sizes and claddings. Monarch has a reputation for manufacturing innovative products using only the highest quality materials. Fundamental to our success is our mastery of technology and our capacity to tune into market needs, together with an outstanding research and development team who have established patents exclusive to Monarch. Everything at Monarch is provided in-house, including: •
Design
•
Manufacture
•
Installation
•
24-hour service
Established in Australia, Monarch Renlita has been manufacturing specialist doors for more than 45 years. In 2001, Monarch became part of the ARA Group. ARA is a group of companies specialising in building and infrastructure services for industrial, commercial and government markets. ARA is a privately owned and operated Australian business.
Monarch Renlita Series 5000 vertical sliding counterweight balanced single-leaf door – Interior
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
76
Transportable homes, mining camp and remote village accommodation MODULAR BUILD THAILAND is one of Australia’s leading modular accommodation suppliers offering the best value in transportable solutions such as accommodation units, modular motels, offices, kitchens, recreation rooms, dining rooms, site sheds, warehouses, maintenance and storage sheds, park homes and even accommodation villages throughout Australia.
M
odular Build Thailand (MBT) can cater for the growing demand for onsite accommodation services to the mining industry and park home and transportable housing sectors.
and plumbing contractors for fit out and electrical and plumbing supplies for all MBT units is purchased from Australia and shipped back to our Bangkok factory. For more information, phone 08 9467 5722, mob 0407 861 206.
MBT manufactures and imports a large variety of transportable and modular buildings for mining camps, tourist villages, retirement villages, motels, industrial projects and domestic markets. MBT can deliver 100 to 200-person accommodation units within three months and 200 to 1000-person units within four months. All transportable units are fully engineered for all conditions, including C and D cyclone-rated areas. MBT can offer supply-only or complete turnkey project management Australia-wide coupled with leasing, short-term or long-term hire, camp management and catering. MBT manufactures a range of Kitchen/Dining facilities from 100 to 1200 man with a lead time of three to four months. MBT has a manufacturing facility in Port Hedland and Wangara for the fabrication of urgent orders and specialty buildings and a holding yard in Port Hedland. Large volume orders are manufactured at Modular Build Thailand’s factories in Thailand. MBT does not take risks with compliance for Australian Standards. We employ Australian electrical
[Camps for Miners and Mine Villages]
_________________________________________________________
Modular Build
Thailand
HWE 2 Storey Camp Newman WA
MODULAR BUILD THAILAND RANGE OF BUILDINGS MINING CAMP & REMOTE VILLAGE ACCOMMODATION Modular Build Thailand (MBT) can produce up to 320 x 4 man units per month. An order of 400 rooms will require a 1 month lead time to secure materials and 1 month to fabricate buildings. Allow 1 month for delivery to site. In this instance we would quote 3 to 4 months with the possibility of delivery in less than 3 months. We offer supply only or complete turn-key project management Australia wide. ALL MBT accommodation units are offered with concrete base and are manufactured with structural steel frame to allow for stacking 5 high when shipping. This gives our customers the strongest and safest building on the market.
Stackable Steel Frame with Concrete Floor
MBT manufactures a large variety of transportable and modular buildings for: • Mining camps • Site offices • Tourist villages • Motels • Retirement villages • Industrial projects • Domestic housing
MBT Bangkok Factory
Camps for Miners & Mine Villages
Velocity Villages Karratha - 100 x 2 Bedroom units
Mining Camp - Warmun WA
Shipment for BHP Mt Whaleback
HWE 2 Storey Camp Newman WA
KITCHENS MBT manufacture a range of Kitchen/Dining facilities from 100 to 1200 man. Lead time of 3 to 4 months.
Kitchens
www.modularbuildthailand.com.au PHONE 08 9467 5722
MOB 0407 861 206
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
78
Maximum efficiency through Voith fluid couplings Australia is one of the major coal producing countries in the world, with an production output of 409,200 Mt in 2009. In regards to productivity and efficiency of the whole process coal mining is facing continuously new challenges. During mining the coal is transported from the seam on armoredface conveyors. For the conveyor drives, Voith has developed the world’s most powerful mining coupling with a transmission capacity of 1600 kW – the CPC 1600 (Chain Protection Coupling).
T
he new coupling is a further development of the 1200 kW CPC 1200 launched by Voith only about a year ago. Since their market introduction, over 30 CPC 1200 couplings have been successfully installed in various coal mines. In principle, both couplings have to fulfill the same requirements: they have to work reliably under extreme operating conditions in underground mines. Both are robust and cope with rough surroundings, for example high amounts of dust and debris from fallen coal. They are fill-controlled and use water as an eco-friendly, non-flammable operating fluid. The CPC 1600 is currently the most powerful hydrodynamic AFC coupling for OEMs. In order to achieve this increase in output, Voith has developped a fundamentally new geometry of the runner parts.
The CPC 1600 is the most powerful AFC coupling from Voith.
A coupling of this output class offers clear advantages to operators: compared to a standard coupling of a similar size, the transmission output of the CPC 1600 is 60 percent higher. In comparison with the CPC 1200, the increase in performance amounts to approximately one third. As a result of this improved capacity, up to twelve meter high coal faces can be cut to their full height. In short, the CPC makes coal extraction even more efficient, as none of the seams remain unexploited. It goes without saying that the CPC 1600 offers the same advantages as any other Voith hydrodynamic start-up coupling. It ensures that the armored-face conveyor starts reliably, even if fully loaded. At the same time, the coupling protects the drive motor
[Drive Systems]
against overloads. If oversized lumps of coal cause the conveyor to jolt, the fill-controlled Voith coupling “slips“ as a result of its hydro dynamic characteristics. This “slip” provides effective protection for the entire driveline and especially the conveyor chain. Should the conveyor be blocked, the CPC 1600 shows its particular strength: during several start-up attempts, it can transmit a peak output of 4 MW, until the conveyor finally breaks away. This output corresponds to the power of approximately 40 mid-range cars. Miners appreciate this extra strength, because they do not have to clear the conveyor by hand. Additionally, the coupling increases overall operating safety, because it is extremely reliably due to its wear-free power transmitting capabilities.
______________________________________________________________________________
79
the belt conveyor and hence protect the belt. In case of a blockage repeated start-ups are possible. The new runner profile optimises the working fluid flow in such a way that the coupling can transmit twice the power compared to couplings of similar size. While the power transmission is increased by 100 percent, the size and weight of the coupling was reduced by 50 percent. The compactness of the coupling makes the handling of the whole drive package easier. Like the CPC 1600 and all Voith fluid couplings the power transmission of the belt conveyor coupling is wear-free, which reduces the necessary maintenance to a minimum.
with
For new belt conveyor coupling: The CPC 1600 transmits up to 4 MW in peak periods.
1 Reliable Robust fabricated steel housing 2 Productive Innovative runner geometry
During its inspection in front of customers, the CPC 1600 proved its function and its efficiency: a test run in Crailsheim, Germany demonstrated that the coupling meets all aspects of the required performance profile. In the middle of January, the first CPC 1600 was handed over to one of the leading mining equipment suppliers in China and has since then successfully passed all tests.
3 Reliable Wear-free hydrodynamic power transmission Bearings L10 80 000 h 4 Compact Double working circuit and high efficient profile
Voith Turbo, the specialist for hydrodynamic drive, coupling and braking systems for road, rail and industrial applications, as well as for ship propulsion systems, is a Group Division of Voith GmbH. Voith sets standards in the markets energy, oil and gas, paper, raw materials and transportation and automotive. Founded in 1867, Voith employs almost 40 000 people, generates €5.2 billion in sales, operates in about 50 countries around the world and is today one of the biggest family-owned companies in Europe.
5 Easy Direct assembly onto motor flange 6 Easy Simpler control logic and auxiliaries 7 Standard motor 6 or 8 pole motor, 1 100 kW rated power at 900 rpm
The new Belt conveyor coupling provides a lot of benefits.
The coupling has been tested for 10 week on a Voith test stand against the most extreme conditions. The official launch of the new coupling will be in September during an international launch event in Germany as well as on the Voith booth on AIMEX (Hall 03, Booth 3411_06) where mining experts around the world have the opportunity to have a look into the technology.
The CPC 1600 was tested against toughest conditions on a Voith test bench.
A further new development of Voith — also featuring the new designed runner profile for higher transmission rates at compact housing sizes — is a belt conveyor coupling for open pit applications. The new coupling is especially designed for six and eight pole belt conveyor drives. The characteristics of the coupling are optimised for very smooth acceleration of heavy masses. Start-up times of up to 180 seconds assure a very soft acceleration of
50%
smaller coupling
The compactness of the new Belt conveyor coupling makes the handling of the whole drive package easier.
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
APRS subscriptions The Australasian Mining Review is an independent voice for the mining industry in Australia. Produced bi-annually the publication covers the major developments, events and topics affecting the mining industry across the Asia Pacific region. Each issue also includes a comprehensive buyer’s guide providing an essential reference tool for buyers and key decision makers in the mining industry.
The Australasian Mining Review is a member of the APRS stable of high quality mining and resource publications, including: z
MINEsafety AUSTRALASIAN
AUSTRALIAN
safety JOURNAL
JOURNAL
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 1 #2
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 3 # 6
QLD B U L L E T I N Winter 2011
FEATURING: ELIMINATING FALLS FROM HEIGHTS How effective are Elevating Work Platforms?
IS SN 1833- 3036
AUSTRALIAN CONSTRUCTION SAFETY JOURNAL
SITE SAFETY On the Sydney Harbour Bridge
Give vehicle operators a smooth ride
WINTER
Preventing confined space fatalities within the mining industry
VOLUME 1 #2
FEATURING: Health management in mining – Putting the “H” back into OHS
TRAINING BEYOND COMPLIANCE Transforming cultures
Western Australia’s resources infrastructure outlook Queensland’s 2020 vision: Sunny but Supporting regional energy security clouds ahead?’ and meeting domestic needs in Queensland mining devastated by Western Australia ‘worst flooding on record’ Long-term strategic planning needed to Boom time forpowerhouse the Surat iron ore industry sustain WA’s
2011
issue 2.2
You can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au My details Ms/Miss/Mrs/Mr (please print): Address: Fax: + 61 8 8113 9201
Post to: Australian Publishing Resource Service GPO Box 1746, Adelaide, SA 5001
Email: subscriptions@aprs.com.au
Town/suburb: State: Tel: (
you can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au
Post code: )
Mobile:
Email*: All prices include postage & handling within Australia and GST
Payment
YES! I would like to subscribe to:
I enclose my cheque/money order payable to APRS for $
Mine Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Construction Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Card Number:
QLD Mining & Energy
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Cardholder’s name:
Australasian Mining Review
1 year $18.90
2 year $35.00
Expiry date:
or please charge my:
Mastercard
Visa
Signature:
Australian Publishing Resource Service uses personal information collected from you to fulfil your subscription. We may also use this information to inform you of future special offers. Please tick if you do not wish to receive any further offers by mail or email *By including your email address you consent to receive any email regarding this magazine, and other emails which inform you of APRS’s other magazines.
81
Drug testing Fit for purpose For many industries the use of drug testing within the organisation has become very important. The use of drug testing initially in many organisations is based around the health and safety requirements of the organisations. These are targeted at people carrying out safety sensitive operations, but should it go further?
T
he aim of this article is to look at the various forms of drug testing and delving a little into why an organisation would implement a drug testing policy, what are the objectives, and fit for purpose of the drug testing method to be used. Workplace drug testing in Australia has advanced significantly in the past few years. We have seen an evolution from what is known as the traditional method of urine drug testing to the state of the art use of saliva or oral fluid testing. Each method has its place with urine giving more historical drug use compared to oral fluid which detects current drug use. For many workplaces, the current drug use is more important as it indicates that an employee may be under the influence of a drug while at work. If they are under the influence, the potential risk that they will cause a safety incident is higher. In addition, the use of drugs in the workplace may have a negative impact on the output from an individual and also on fellow workers who may potentially be put at risk from this behaviour.
methods and procedures into their organisation. They need to have an open mind to the products and services in the market place and how they would aid the organisation. The drug testing method and policy developed needs to consider the impact of each method on the organisation’s strategy and how that method will impact the employees working in the business. In conclusion, fit for purpose decisions need to be considered when developing the strategy and deciding on the products that will be used in the organisation. Clear objectives need to be aligned with the methods and product on the market. Alere has a wide range of products available that meet all aspects of an organisation’s drug testing program from urine to oral fluid via its network of distributors around Australia. From more information please contact Alere on 1800 622 642 or email drugtest@alere.com. Written by: James Wruck (Alere Business Unit Manager – Drug Testing)
When an organisation puts a drug and alcohol policy in place they really need to have clear objectives in mind. By taking the wrong approach, the policy may impact the workforce and potentially create a rift between the employer and the employee. Taking a hard line for the purpose of “cleaning out” drug users may have a negative impact by creating mistrust between both parties and creating resistance to implementation and buy in. However, if the employer takes a consultative approach by working to support the employees in the workplace, there will be greater cohesion between both parties. Oral fluid testing has been shown to be a very supportive process as it tests for recent drug use and is aimed at supporting the employee in the workplace. Research is key, this ensures the correct program and methods are used. Having an open mind to what each product and method will contribute to the program being put in place is important. Many times a program or product decision is based around economics. What needs to be understood is the value and the cost benefit of the program being put in place. Factors which need to be considered carefully are the time lost due to length of testing, the privacy issues, the safety of the workplace, the impact of an incorrect result and making poor decisions when implementing a testing program. Every organisation needs to understand the options available and the best way to implement such
[Drug and Alcohol Testing]
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________
82
Pathtech First choice in drug detection The DrugWipe saliva drug detection devices from Securetec are an efficient, reliable and rapid test that is becoming a leading choice of many mining companies and industry. Having the benefit of portability on-site, a visible result within 10 minutes without the additional cost of an electronic reader, and the confidence knowing that it is used by all state police jurisdictions for roadside screening, this device is fast becoming the first choice in drug detection.
W
ith its ease of use, and its ability to detect drugs present in the system now, it is suitable for random, suspicion or point of incident testing.
As an alternative to urine based testing, saliva testing has many benefits. In terms of comparison with actual drugs present in blood, saliva has the highest correlation, compared to that of urine. Testing saliva provides a narrower window of detection, indicating whether a person is fit for work or impairment, rather than impacting on lifestyle choices made by the donor. Privacy is therefore protected, both at time of specimen collection and lifestyle choices.
to working with you in assisting with your OH&S requirements. Contact us today to find out more. Pathtech Pty Ltd Drug Detection Systems Phone: 03 8480 3500 or Toll Free 1800 069 161 Email: drugwipe@pathtech.com.au www.pathtech.com.au
Specimen sample required is only 10Âľl of saliva (less than one drop), and collection procedure is less invasive and easy on the donor compared to other devices on the market. Specimen collection can be observed, without embarrassment, and therefore less possibility of adulteration of samples. The comparison between testing urine versus the benefits of saliva will be ongoing for years to come. With the improvements and developments in the technology behind the saliva tests, the results obtained are now extremely reliable and accurate. The new and improved DrugWipe 5S continues to offer the same reliability from the previous model, with the added benefit of an improved THC assay. This new assay has been designed to run a lot more quickly and pick up more THC positive results. The DrugWipe comes in single, twin or 5 drug devices including the following illicit drug groups, cannabis, amphetamines, methamphetamines, cocaine and opiates. We would like to introduce the new DrugWipe 6S device. With all the benefits of the DrugWipe 5S, the DrugWipe 6S now also has the ability to screen for Benzodiazepines. Over recent times, the abuse of prescription drugs has become a problem within industry. To combat this, we now have the opportunity to offer a device that incorporates a comparable test to uncover any potential problems with these prescription medications. Pathtech offers training in the DrugWipe devices and ongoing account management. We follow the Australian Standard Procedures for Specimen Collection and the Detection and Quantitation of Drugs in Oral Fluid (AS4760-2006). We distribute throughout NZ and nationally and look forward
[Drug and Alcohol Testing]
____________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
84
Contract Charter, Investor Tours and Cargo Flights take off across Australia With an enormous amount of growth in mining and resources projects and contract labour across Australia, there have been more frequent requirements for mining companies to procure contracted charter aircraft to get into remote locations. The use of Corporate Jets and Executive Turbo-Prop aircraft is also on the rise across the country. Aircraft such as Lear Jets, Cessna Citations and even the VVIP Global Express aircraft have been flying crosscountry on a weekly basis performing investor tours and site visits.
T
he Corporate Jets give the mines a chance to really impress potential investors and overseas management, and visit three to four different remote locations in just a few days, and sometimes include a stop-over at a resort destination. With the influx of Chinese and Japanese investment in the mining and resources sector, making sure these investors are being treated like royalty at all times is going to be important in getting them to support projects with investments in the operation. These corporate aircraft ensure that site visits are professional, quick, efficient, and most importantly they are effective in showing the investors the real potential of what is happening on the ground. Seeing the actual site and development of the operation is typically the deal clincher to secure funding from the all-important investors. Adagold Aviation has been instrumental in applying some very unique aircraft to developing contracts in the region that are helping to solve a few of these urgent transportation issues for the mines. For example, a civilian version of the C-130 Hercules was mobilised into PNG for Adagold in 2010, to uplift shipping containers and around 21 tonnes of construction materials on a daily basis into the PNG highlands. And with a number of brand new Corporate Jets arriving in Australia recently, Adagold has been offering a unique capability to get into the more remote airstrips quickly.
Adagold also provides a wide range of Air Cargo Charters across Australia. With very few options to move heavy equipment quickly, the typical solution has been to move it to site by road from Melbourne or Sydney, which is timeconsuming and often a four to five day trucking journey. A charter flight from Singapore, Jakarta or elsewhere, directly into the mine site, is going to save you a week’s time in road transport – potentially saving you a week of costs in downtime or breakdowns on-site. Adagold Aviation’s focus is on providing safety and flexibility for your operation — providing a wide range of aircraft in remote environments, adapting contracts and aircraft to suit the changing conditions of the requirement. So whether it’s a FIFO (Fly-In-Fly-Out operation), Investor Tour, Heavy, Outsize or Urgent Cargo, or even a Medical Evacuation Jet, Adagold Aviation is The Intelligent Choice for Aircraft Charter. 24Hrs a Day, 365 Days a year – 1800 767 747.
Doing it all safely is the key for Adagold. For an aircraft operator to keep its aircraft, passengers and crew safe they have to keep spending money on maintenance, upgrades and re-training on a regular basis. And it reflects in the cost of your charter flight. So if you want an operation that balances cost with the best aircraft and operating crew, and the most appropriate aircraft for the airports you want to go to, then Adagold are the ones to help you find that solution. Adagold can even provide a full turnkey solution that combines your charter with tickets on commercial airlines. So a commercial flight to Brisbane, with a transfer to Adagold’s Ground Handling facility – the Brisbane Jet Base, and a charter flight to the mine, can all be integrated for a turnkey solution that is cost-effective and efficient for your staff.
[Aviation Services to the Mining Industry]
______________________________________________________
The intelligent choice for aircraft charter The intelligent choice for aircraft charter
1800 767 747 charters@adagold.com
CONTACT US 24/7 Tel 1800 767 747 Intl +61 2 9667 4245 www.adagold.com
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
86
Skytrans The mining crew commute specialists Skytrans is a privately owned Queensland airline which has been servicing remote and rural areas of Australia as well as overseas, for over 20 years. With a current fleet of eleven 36 seat Dash 8 aircraft, the focus of the business from a charter perspective is the mining sector with numerous blue chip clients currently engaged for long-term fly-in fly-out services. Recently, a Dash 8 300 series machine has been added to the fleet with another due for arrival later in 2011.
“T
here are several key factors which differentiate Skytrans from our competitors,” said Michael Thinee, General Manager, Commercial. “Our exemplary safety record is something we are extremely proud of, as is the robust, reliable nature of the Dash 8 which allows us to operate into areas where similar types of aircraft simply cannot service.” The Dash 8 is well regarded for its flexibility and short field capability. This, coupled with low pressure balloon tyres fitted to the entire fleet, allows operation into both sealed and unsealed airstrips without compromising safety or comfort. A unique feature of the Dash 8 100 aircraft is its ability to offer a variety of configurations to best suit the clients’ needs. For example, all seating can be removed to provide a full freight capability. Alternatively, a 36 passenger arrangement allows for minimal freight. Two additional configurations allow for 28 and 20 passengers with freight space adjusted accordingly. Of course the quality of the journey is something which Skytrans takes extremely seriously with the aim that all passengers disembarking will have enjoyed their experience with the airline. With that in mind, Skytrans provides full catering, in-flight movies and air conditioning both in the air and on the ground.
An added benefit is the employment of ‘Skynet’, a satellite tracking system which allows clients to receive up to the minute live access to flight details, courses and arrival times. This simple yet sophisticated system can be programmed to send SMS and email alerts to family and friends and advise them of any change to the schedule, meaning unnecessary waiting times at destinations can be avoided. As well as long term fly-in fly-out arrangements, Skytrans can also provide services on an ad hoc basis which can either compliment your existing schedule or increase capacity. This proves particularly useful in accommodating shutdowns. With bases in Cairns, Brisbane, Perth and Darwin, machines can be mobilised subject to availability, often within a few hours’ notice. Not simply a charter company, Skytrans also operates regular scheduled services to over twenty three destinations throughout Queensland including Mount Isa, Bamaga, The Gulf region, Bedourie, Thargomindah, Birdsville and Toowoomba to name but a few. For further details on fares and schedules or for charter enquiries, please visit www.skytrans.com.au or contact one of our friendly reservations staff on 1300SKYTRANS (130075987267). Skytrans looks forward to welcoming you on board soon.
The newly added Dash 8 300 series will accommodate 50 passengers and will feature the same ease and quality travel experience that Skytrans prides itself on delivering.
[Aviation Services to the Mining Industry]
_____________________________________________________
Getting there in comfort should be more than a remote possibility At Skytrans we pride ourselves on the quality of the journey Travelling to and from remote locations can be tiring and time-consuming. Let Skytrans ease the stress with our fully comprehensive fly-in, fly-out charter service. Once on board you can relax in an air conditioned cabin and enjoy in-flight movies and first class catering all brought to you by our friendly crew. Skytrans also operates regular services to 24 ports throughout Queensland including Mount Isa, Brisbane and Cairns. For information on fares, schedules or to make a booking, please visit our website or contact one of our helpful reservations team.
Routes in red are operated in conjunction with Queensland Government, qconnect
Bookings: 1300 SKYTRANS info@skytrans.com.au | www.skytrans.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Ready to Run in 3 Easy Steps 1
2
3
Whatever your power requirements, big or small and wherever you are, Cummins offers a range of power generators from 20kVA to 1250kVA ready to run at your mine site.
Our off the shelf complete power packages are specifically designed to meet your needs. Strengthened and toughened to match the harsh Australian environment, our sets are ready to run, and ready to work for you.
With fast set up and no modifications needed the economical benefits of our turnkey solutions are clear. It’s as simple as 1, 2, 3.
Devonport Mackay Melbourne Perth
Sydney Townsville
02 9616 5300 07 4774 7733
Auckland
09 277 1000
Cummins Branches Adelaide Brisbane Cairns Darwin
08 8368 4300 07 3710 4700 07 4035 2999 08 8947 0766
03 6424 8800 07 4952 8100 03 8368 0800 08 9475 8777
www.cumminspower.com
90
Dust and Blast Monitoring The success and encouragement of the Australian mining industry is critical to our economic success, however, public awareness of the environmental risks due to mining are increasing, almost every week there is an article in the news covering the health risks that mining presents to the local community if environmental control activities are not properly managed. Some of the most significant environmental impacts are due to dust emissions and in some regions the impact of blasting activities.
D
ust or particulate matter (PM) exposure can lead to a variety of health effects. For example, numerous studies link particle levels to increased hospital admissions and emergency room visits and even to death from heart or lung diseases. Both long (over years) and short term (hours or days) particle exposure have been linked to health problems. Nuisance impacts from dust are usually associated with coarse particles and particles larger than PM10 (10 micron diameter). The impact of dust from a nearby mine on local amenity depends on the distance from the mine site and climatic conditions such as wind speed and direction.
Blasting which is necessary for the recovery of ore or stone not only generates dust but usually results in both ground and airborne vibration, the latter commonly includes both audible noise and vibration known as Dust can be generated by mining activities such air blast, which can cause objects vibrate. At the levels mechanical disturbance of rock and soil materials experienced from blasting associated with mining, by dragline or shovel, bulldozing, blasting, and structural damage to adjoining properties is unlikely vehicles on dirt roads, dust is also generated when to occur. In addition, the noise levels experienced wind blows over bare ground and different types from blasting at a mine site, is unlikely to cause any of stockpiles. Fine particles are also generated from hearing damage to anyone outside the worksite. vehicle emissions. However some discomfort from blasting can occur Concerns about mine site dust often relate to “visibility� when noise startles individuals or when air blast or of dust plumes. Visible dust is usually due to short-term ground vibration causes vibration of windows or other episodes of high emissions, such as from blasting. items at a sensitive site. The degree of annoyance is Other impacts include dust depositing on washing or due to both the level of airblast and vibration as well on house roofs, and the transport of dust from roofs to as factors such as the time of day, the frequency of water tanks, during rain. occurrence and the sensitivity of individuals. Regulations exist throughout Australia for permissible dust concentrations for PM10 (dust particles less than 10 microns) and new standards are set to be implemented for PM2.5. Regulations also exist in many states for blasting and it is recommended that blast vibration and airblast monitoring should be carried out at all sites where blasting occurs and where there are sensitive sites. Increasing community awareness and government regulations have thus resulted in increasing pressure on mine operators to implement environmental monitoring activities which employ innovative, defensible and practical monitoring technology. Monitoring technology for both dust and vibration monitoring has changed little in principle over the past decade or two, what has changed is communication technology and the ease with which data can be obtained from monitoring equipment, validated and reported. It is these advances in communication and data management that are providing the real benefits to the mining industry.
[Dust and Blast Monitoring]
__________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
92
Fundamental considerations for dust control
Wet dust control systems use water sprays however that’s where the simplicity ends
The material you are dealing with:
Materials respond to moisture differently. Too much moisture can mean sludge and mud, causing potentially hazardous conditions and costly maintenance problems. Applying approx. eight litres of moisture per tonne of ore, for example, will provide adequate wetting and won’t cause process or production issues.
T
he material will determine whether chemicals should be added to the water to improve suppression. Coal repels water and usually requires a chemical additive to increase absorption.
At processing, most dust particles created during breakage, are not released into the air. The dust stays attached to the surface of the broken material. Adequate wetting is critical to ensure the dust stays attached. Plus, partially processed minerals and coal maybe more sensitive to moisture than unprocessed material.
•
Adding surfactants to water will lower the surface tension and allow better interaction between water and certain types of dust that resist water absorption.
•
Foam systems use less water but usually require compressed air.
•
Binders agglomerate particles together after the moisture evaporates. However, binders can cause clogging and build-up on nozzles, conveyors and other equipment. Water-soluble binders can cause environmental problems should run-off occur.
Stationary or moving? Drop size and spray angle can affect surface cover range when spraying stationary material. Drop size and drop velocity affect coverage when spraying moving material. These factors must be considered when selecting and positioning spray nozzles. Capturing airborne dust: Dust capture is most effective when dust particles collide with water drops of an equivalent size. Drops that are too large won’t collide with the smaller dust particles and drops that are too small, evaporate too quickly and release the captured dust particles. So understanding the particle size of the dust is critical to effective system design. General guidelines for dust particle size are below, but additional research may be necessary, depending on the specifics of the material being processed. Diameter in microns: •
Ground limestone: 10 to 1000µm
•
Coal dust: 1 to 100µm
•
Cement dust: 3 to 100µm
•
Pulverised coal: 3 to 500µm
Capturing airborne dust with water sprays is most effective in areas with little air turbulence. If wind is a factor, nozzles that produce larger drop sizes are better able to resist drift. Rollback dust is a significant problem and usually comes from under the dumping mechanism on frontend loaders, crushers, grinders, cutting heads and entrances to scrubbers. It may require a separate suppression system. The best solution? • Plain water systems are typically the least expensive and easiest to design and implement.
[Dust Suppression & Spray Nozzles]
The advantages and disadvantages of various solutions. Available water: Water conservation is no longer optional in most areas. So it is important to specify nozzles that minimise overspray to avoid water waste. Controls may be required to ensure the system operates only when needed. Many options are available, ranging from simple solenoid valves for on/off, to sophisticated controllers that monitor a wide range of operating conditions and make automatic adjustments. Poor quality water can be problematic in many dust control applications. Strainers may be required even when using a clean water supply, because contaminants can be introduced to the water from eroding pipes. Poor quality water will also require more frequent nozzle maintenance. Spraying Systems Co has extensive downloadable literature on dust suppression at www.spray.com.au or www.spray.co.nz. by Igor Zlateski www.spray.com.au
__________________________________________________________
93
Dust control nailed Spraying Systems Co is a global organisation, with decades of experience in dust suppression in mining operations and offers a single source convenience for nozzles, controls, spray bars and headers and accessories.
F
or companies looking at dust suppression to minimise workplace safety risks, Spraying Systems has both manuallyoperated or sophisticated automated systems. They have an understanding of dust characteristics and moisture control. The Spraying Systems range includes turnkey systems and products to control dust in longwall mining; coal shearers; crushers or conveyors; stockpiles and stacks subject to rapid moisture loss through temperature and high wind speeds; loading, dumping and transport point materials handling. Dust is a major concern on the decline of underground mines, Spraying Systems Co has experience at suppressing dust in the decline, without over-wetting the road. Stop dust blowing-off when transporting coal, ore and minerals on rail cars, by surface veneering of a wetting agent. Featuring a PLC-based control system for inputting control functions. Dual contoured pipe headers each equipped with VeeJet(R) spray nozzles and check valves to prevent dripping. Adjustable ball fittings allow directional adjustment. A liquid supply unit with redundant centrifugal pumps, concentrate injection system and electronic flow metres, provides flow monitoring and liquid use.
round, full and flat spray patterns, used to capture small dust particles. Hollow cone hydraulic fine spray nozzles are widely used for airborne dust suppression and in enclosed areas to minimise drift. For mines that have belt press filters, Spraying Systems Co can supply a self cleaning showerheader that will add life to your filter cloth by continuous cleaning of the filter. Depending on available water quality, strainers may be required to eliminate contaminants, because poor water quality will lead to more frequent nozzle maintenance, nozzle wear and a shortened life. T-style strainers have large open screens for efficient straining and handle maximum flows over long operating periods. Designed for minimal maintenance they have a removable bottom cap or plug. Spraying Systems’ team of engineers around Australia and in New Zealand, can assist with the right advice to maximise performance. Their aim is to achieve a more precise spraying application to assist mining operations to eliminate time-intensive maintenance problems. For information on spray technology for mining applications contact Spraying Systems Co Pty Ltd, Australia Ph: (03) 9318 0511 www.spray.com.au
Different materials respond to moisture differently, so it’s important to understand exactly how much moisture is required. It is important to match the particle of Spraying Systems Ltd New Zealand water to the particle of rising dust, so that they merge Ph: 0900 777 291 and fall to the ground. At transfer points, the system may need to spray for a period after material transfer, www.spray.co.nz to ensure adequate capture of airborne dust. Spraying Systems Co Bulletin 652, gives good examples of dust suppression. Too little and you will still have the dust problem — too much and the integrity of the material may be compromised and add unnecessary additional costs. AutoJet(R) Dust Control systems operate just one nozzle or many apparatuses. The automated injection of water and surfactants minimises waste and ensures consistent application. Turnkey spray systems monitor operating conditions using sensors to detect material motion, chemical water usage, temperature, humidity, conveyor speed and more. Based on pre-stored logic, it automatically monitors and adjusts the performance of system components, freeing up production labour. Determining drop size, velocity, spray pattern and optimum placement of nozzles, is critical and dependent on knowing the particle size of the dust. Spraying Systems Co has the range of nozzles to suit any dust application, encompassing air atomising with
T-style easy-to-clean strainers eliminate contaminants in poor quality water.
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
STOP THE DUST EVERYWHERE! From the mine, to the railcar, to the stockpile. Spraying Systems Co has the equipment and expertise to reduce dust and improve the workplace environment. LOOK
LOOK
Railcar Spray Veneering stops dust and reduces loss Spraying Systems Co offers a total veneering system for coal and other ores. Be it water or chemicals. Spraying Systems’ automated turnkey systems, suppresses load dry-out and stops the dust. If you’re involved in longwall mining • coal shearers • crushers or conveyors that involve stockpiling and stacking, contact Spraying Systems Co today.
Self-cleaning shower heads extend cloth life If you have belt press filters, Spraying Systems Co has selfcleaning shower heads that add extra life via internal rotating brush assemblies that sweep the debris away from the nozzle, without shutting the system down. You have three styles to choose from and you’ll eliminate clogging, reduce water consumption and improve productivity.
DONT’ FORGET!
Spraying Systems Co has a team of engineers ready to give you advice. Call today for a free appraisal.
Spraying Systems Co. 7 Sara Grove, Tottenham 3012 Vic Ph: (03) 9318 0511 Fax: (03) 9315 3223
www.spray.com.au
PTY LTD
12E Saturn Pl, Rosedale, North Shore City 0632 Free Ph: 0800 777 291 Fax: (09) 916 1172
www.spray.co.nz
Magnum® Today’s innovations to fluid applications for tomorrow’s mining In 2012, Magnum® Australia will officially celebrate its 40th Anniversary as a respected 100% Australian owned and operated company servicing the Australian mining industry. With a dedicated and consistent focus to this dynamic market, the Magnum® brand and reputation is now identified worldwide in no fewer than 30 countries across five continents.
T
hroughout this corporate evolution, Magnum® Australia has developed a company infrastructure to efficiently supply Magnum® recognised products, as well as deliver unparalleled technical service and support.
This achievement is made possible with the alliance of loyal and dedicated distributors in proximal locations, as well as established worldwide company branches with trained personnel to facilitate the sales and support. The modern Magnum® philosophy is heavily focussed on developing and delivering innovative products to improve the operational efficiencies and safety elements of today’s mining activities relative to fluid handling, dust management and now; emergency/fire response. The areas of major technological progress include robotics, automation, personnel/product site training and systems design. Magnum® Australia is due to launch three radically innovative products to the mining sectors to guarantee measurable reductions in :• • • • •
Capital cost outlay; Improvements to operational site efficiencies; Reductions to wastage of limited vital resources (fresh water); Increases in operational site safety practices; and, Improvements in the availability time of high demand production mining equipment.
These new products focus directly on the following management categories :1. Haul Road Dust Management - Spreading Water on Haul Roads
Extensive research and continued industry discussion has convinced our company to prioritise our efforts with these new to be released innovations :-
output rate by a predetermined fixed percentage to compensate for wind and hot weather conditions. A major benefit of this Magnum® Ground Speed System (patent pending), is that it can be retro-fitted to any existing water truck system with either NONE or only MINOR adjustments necessary to the existing water pump drive. NO additional expense of fitting specialised hydraulic pumps or elaborate hydraulic valving and plumbing is required. The package will be sold complete as a “plug-and-play” style system inclusive of ALL critical working components at a fraction of the current system market prices for similar attempted style systems currently offered in the market place at present. The Magnum® Ground Speed System will be supplied complete with the cabin intelligent controller panel, the spray system and plumbing connection hardware, the Magnum® calibrated spray valve and the other required components. The NEW Design Magnum® Spray Valves being fitted within this specialised system are accurately machined and flow calibrated for perfect flow measurement output. This System also has the capability of being manually operated without the Magnum® controller. This innovative System, now eliminates the distraction from the operator to manually control spray switches, and allows them to place a consistent known and calibrated amount of water on the road irrespective of ground speed with 100% operator concentration focused to driving and steering the vehicle. No matter who is driving, they will put down a predetermined consistent rate of water (and additive) without under or over watering. • •
Magnum Ground Speed Controller System to efficiently measure the spread of water to control dust on mine haul roads. ®
The basic function of the system is to place a consistent known and calibrated amount of water on the ground irrespective of ground speed.
STOCK PILE - WATER CANNON ON A WATER CART Picture speaks a thousand words, small tanker spraying the stockpiles at Port Headland.
•
This system will spread a fixed rate of water (litres per square metre) decided by someone other than the operator; determined by pre-assessed site conditions. The components will be solid state and cannot be manipulated by unqualified personnel.
•
The Magnum® Ground Speed System will have the capability of increasing or reducing the water
•
•
Using current practices, there is a tendency to over water or under water haul roads on mine sites. The haul road on many mines is the first conveyor that takes the material from the mining site to start the processing of ore and waste. Overwatering can result in that conveyor running at a lower speed for safety reasons. (Overall reduced productivity). Overwatering can result in vehicle accidents due to dangerous wet slippery conditions. Under watering can result in health issues for employees due to poor control of the dust. Under watering can result in reduced productivity due to limited visibility reducing haul road operating speed from poor control of the dust. Water truck operators can suffer from fatigue due to increased operator concentration being
[Dust and Water Management including Vehicle Washing and Spray Systems]
_____________
96
•
•
•
required to manage the spraying process as well as safely driving the truck. Water today is a valuable (and expensive) asset. Poor water spreading is an unnecessary wasting of valuable time, resources and expense; with no nett benefit to total production. Other haul road users are forced continuously to adjust their driving pattern to suit the erratic road conditions subject to the effective application by the water truck. Poor water spreading results in increased maintenance costs of haul roads.
2. Stockpile Dust Management - Spreading Water on Stockpiles
•
• •
Cleaning mine vehicles quickly and efficiently requires effective and accurate impact power from the water jet. Hitting power is proportional to the water flow and water pressure available. The reaction forces generated by a water jet while using a hand held hose will limit the water flow, water pressure and hitting power available to do the job.
A simple job can take a lot of time without the correct and best tools. As a result of these problems, some simple solutions have been researched and developed.
Magnum Australia continues to work closely with major Water Cannons and Automation, the Solution to Efficient Washing of Mine Vehicles mining companies to develop customised working • Water cannons will reduce the overall downtime systems that can assist with the direct solution of for cleaning production equipment. The cost of complex problems. platforms and a number of cannons will soon A perfect example of this is the immediate development be repaid by the improvement in productivity. of the Magnum® specialised trailer tanker for the Installing a Magnum® Water Cannon Washing request of spraying stockpiles in WA using a binding System (providing you have the water flow and additive. pressure) will reduce the amount of water and time required to wash mine vehicles. The Magnum® Engineering Department set to work to • Manual Cannon System design and produce a self contained tanker that was Cannons used in a wash bay can be totally built to minesite specifications as well as permitting for manually controlled. easy and trouble free operation incorporated in to the • Semi-Automatic Water Cannon System design This unit included:The semi-automatic cannon system consists of • Auto system pumping protection; electrical driven cannons with the majority of • Low maintenance hot dipped galvanised protection; the sweeping action done by a simple PLC. It is expected that an operator will be at the cannon • Radio frequency control of remote water cannon, station to start the cycle. Stopping of the cycle water pump on/off, diesel engine remote on/off, will be by the program loaded into the PLC. The remote throttle control speed up/down, automatic software to program the PLC is included in the low water level shutdown, automatic additive supply so that the client can adjust and create mixing in tank, suction fill provision, hydrant fill wash cycles for the system. provision, overhead fill provision. • Fully Automatic Programmable • Electric breakaway braking system. Washing System • Full LED lighting. The automatic washing system for mine vehicles • Water cooled diesel engine. will use Magnum® fully programmable cannons for all required cleaning action. The movement • Full emergency / safety specifications included of the cannons, controlled flow of the water, • Optional retrofitment provision for programmable controlled spraying pattern of the nozzle and spraying pattern – specific to clients requirements. cleaning cycle time will be fully managed by a The results were absolute. The performance was Magnum® PLC. guaranteed. • One operator can be expected to effortlessly run the Magnum® automatic washing system. It A picture tells a thousand words – customised is designed for the operator to control a single equipment designed for custom applications. station by means of a Magnum® joystick control 3. Heavy Vehicle Equipment Washdown panel. Programs for individual specific mine • Time off the road to service and clean a truck is vehicle models ranging from dump trucks to loaders to dozers to shovels will be loaded into non productive time. Washing a vehicle with a the Magnum® PLC. hand held hose takes an eternity.
Contact Magnum® Australia today to see how we can assist you with creating innovative products and ideas for limitless specialised engineering solutions. Magnum Australia Email: tanks@magnumaustralia.com Office phone: (03) 9801 8433 Fax: (03) 9800 3240
[Dust and Water Management including Vehicle Washing and Spray Systems]
__________________
MAGNUM
G SI DE
GY LO N O E N OV CH PR & TE NS SIG DE
Magnum Water Tanks
Y W LOG E N O N Magnum CH E T
Water Tanks
Y W OG NE NOL H EC
T
MAGNUM
MAGNUM INTERNACIONAL S.A. Antofagasta, de Chile www.magnuminternacional.cl
T.M.
Reno, Nevada. USA. www.mywatermark.com
MAGNUM INTERNACIONAL S.A.
MAGNUM INTERNACIONAL S.A.
Antofagasta, de Chile www.magnuminternacional.cl
T.M.
Reno, Nevada. USA. www.mywatermark.com
Antofagasta, de Chile www.magnuminternacional.cl
Reno, Nevada. USA. www.mywatermark.com
Magnum Cabin Switching D
TE
EN
T Magnum Cabin Switching PA
D
TE
N TE A P
Magnum Spray Valves T IS L Magnum IA N EC SIG P ST DE IL S IA N EC ESIG P S D
Spray Valves
Hydraulic Hose Reels Hydraulic Hose Reels NT G
TE IN PA ND NT PE TE ING A P ND PE
Magnum RF Technology Magnum RF Technology D TE
D EN TE AT N E P
Magnum Specialised Spraying Concepts
2000 Litre Galvanised Tank Package System 2000 Site LitreDemonstrations Galvanised Tank Package Sy Site Demonstrations Robotic Water Cannon System plus Other Custom Products
Robotic Water Cannon System plus Other Custom Pr
LIST OF USES:
LIST OF USES:
T PA
Magnum Robotics
Magnum Robotics
ED ED E EER ISE R EE IS IN T IN ERT NG PER G EN EXP E EX
Magnum Pumping Magnum PumpingSolutions Solutions
Emergency Response Emergency Response Hazardous Spill Cleanup Hazardous Spill Cleanup Stockpile Dust Control Stockpile Dust Control Fire Fighting Fire Fighting Heavy Equipment Washdown Heavy Equipment Washdown Underground Hangup Removal Underground Hangup Removal
Open Stope Mining Open Stope Mining Mine Slurry Movement Mine Slurry Movem Conveyor Conveyor Cleaning Cleaning Boiler Cleaning Boiler Cleaning Site Rehabilitation Site Rehabilitation Tailings Dams Tailings Dams
For Information contact: Phone +61 3 9801 8433 +61 9800Fax 3240+61Email tanks@magnumaustralia.com Forfurther further Information contact: Phone +61 3 9801Fax 8433 9800 3240 Email tanks@magnuma 200valp@magnumaustralia.com 557 Email: valp@magnumau Magnum Sales Consultants: Mr Val Petersen Ph: 0408 200Ph: 557 0408 Email: Magnum Sales Consultants: WA: MrWA: Val Petersen
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
www.magnumaustralia.com
98
Australian Manufacturer Australia’s largest enclosure manufacturer, B&R Enclosures, has established B&R Ex Systems Pty Ltd, a new division specialising in hazardous area electrical equipment. Any area where flammable liquids, vapours, gases or combustible dusts are likely to occur in sufficient quantities to cause fire or explosion has the potential to be classified as a hazardous area. Industries such as metalliferous mining, oil and gas infrastructure, automotive refuelling stations, chemical processing plants, printing industries and cement works often have hazardous applications.
locations requiring a robust enclosure solution. Rated to IP66 for total protection against the ingress of dust and strong jets of water, the Pilbara SP enclosure is constructed from marine grade 316 stainless steel with a zinc coated option also available, to avoid any corrosion or safety hazards.
B
&R Ex Systems offers a range of IEC Ex-certified electrical equipment for hazardous areas including stainless steel enclosures, aluminium enclosures, lighting, controls and custom fitouts.
B&R Ex Systems is an Australian owned and operated business offering the local market customised products and value add services including provision for gland entries, component fit out, windows, and the complete wired solution. The manufacturing facility is accredited to ISO 9001:2008 for the design, manufacture and distribution of electrical equipment used in hazardous areas. The introduction of the B&R Ex Systems range of hazardous area products compliments B&R enclosures existing range of mining, industrial and infrastructure enclosure solutions. With the addition of the B&R Ex Systems hazardous area equipment B&R offer total solutions for mine infrastructure. Designed to meet the needs of Australian mining environments the range now includes switchboards and MCCs, terminal enclosures, robust enclosures, communications cabinets, control stations, terminal boxes, lighting and sloping roof enclosures.
Ben Bridges’ Product Marketing Manager for B&R Enclosures’ believes it is B&R’s focus on understanding the customers’ needs that makes their enclosures withstand harsh environments. “We have worked closely with our customers to find out exactly where the enclosure is going and create a solution that meets their project requirements. If our standard product range cannot meet these requirements then we can customise an enclosure to suit their needs,” he said. B&R Enclosures is an Australian owned company that has manufacturing plants in Brisbane, Adelaide and Sydney and employs over 300 people nationwide. They have a stringent Quality Assurance system in place to ensure that their enclosures offer the best protection for mining equipment. For more information visit www.brexsystems.com.au or www.brenclosures.com.au
Australian mining regions experience some of the most extreme weather conditions, from high dust and strong wind to torrential rain. B&R Enclosures understand the stress these conditions can place on electrical enclosures and have designed their mining enclosures for longevity in such diverse environments. The Pilbara SP is one of B&R’s most successful mining enclosures and is the result of consultation with the mining industry. It is a robust enclosure with a specially designed sloping roof; which was originally designed to suit the Pilbara region in the north-west of WA, one of the harshest environments in Australia. In this region an enclosure must be robust to withstand weather extremes, from harsh desert to periodic cyclonic conditions. However, it is well suited for many other
[Electrical Enclosures]
_______________________________________________________________________
Specialists in Hazardous Area Electrical Equipment B&R Ex Systems is an Australian owned and operated division of B&R Enclosures specialising in the supply of IEC Ex certified hazardous area electrical equipment including enclosures, lighting, controls and glanding as well as customised switchgear assemblies.
www.brexsystems.com.au
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
100
IT Infrastructure and Mobile Server Room Solutions Datatech Australia is a leading provider of integrated communications, data cabling, security and data centre infrastructure to the Australian ICT industry. Datatech has more than 30 years experience in delivering innovative and practical networking solutions and providing customers with secure network infrastructure. This includes data, voice, integrated security, electrical systems, data centre solutions and mobile server room solutions.
D
atatech design, manufacture and deliver a wide range of standard and custom design Mobile Server Rooms based on ISO Standard 20ft Insulated Containers.
In addition to providing data and voice communications installations, Datatech provides electrical design, engineering solutions, integrated security solutions, electrical contracting and maintenance services.
Datatech’s Mobile Server Rooms are designed to provide organisations with disaster recovery and business continuity solutions during natural disasters and other recovery situations. Datatech’s Mobile Server Rooms enable businesses to relocate their IT infrastructure quickly and easily without the need to rebuild.
Datatech has a team of engineers, system designers and electrical and security technicians, delivering quality installation solutions and offering customers a multi-disciplined installation service.
Our Mobile Server Rooms are a self-contained system complete with racks, UPS, cooling and power distribution all ready to go. The Datatech Mobile Server Room is designed and configured to match customer equipment requirements and kilowatt loading requirements. Datatech can deliver Mobile Server Room solutions and data and communications infrastructure services across a range of markets including commercial, financial, education, health, retail, mining, federal and state governments.
Mobile Server Room Solutions
•
20ft Insulated High Top Containers.
•
Self contained power and cooling.
•
10-40kw load capacity options.
•
Multiple container options.
•
Cost-effective server room expansion.
•
Clean server room environment.
•
Site inspection and installation services.
www.datatechaustralia.com.au South Australia 3 Maple Avenue, Forestville SA 5035 Tel: 08 707 11 888
[Communication and Data - Transportable Communication Rooms]
__________________________
101
SLR By nature, mining can cause environmental impacts before, during and after operation. Legislation has made it easier for mining operators to understand regulatory frameworks and ensure some level of certainty in the sustainable planning and development of a site, but the strong need for natural resources, coupled with environmental issues such as water and waste management, can influence an operator’s ability to deliver a sustainable product and still meet market demand. These factors make it more important than ever for mining operators to identify energy saving opportunities throughout every stage of a mine’s life cycle.
N
atural resources such as metals, energy minerals and rare earths continue to be in high demand. A particularly strong demand for the production of minerals and resources from the Asian market has Australia forecasted for continued growth, and Australian mining companies are also experiencing growth in new uranium and gold exploration projects in South and West Africa. With this demand comes the need for open cut mines, tailings storage facilities, waste rock and overburden dumps to be developed on a substantive scale, inevitably disturbing land surface and water systems. The energy intensive activities associated with processing and extraction methods put a significant strain on the environment and are a driving force behind the unrelenting call for energy and water efficient mine waste disposal technologies. Poorly planned and designed waste and drainage facilities can result in the decanting of toxic water to surface streams, erosion and dust emissions. In order for these impacts to be minimised, waste must be planned for, disposed of and managed in line with a robust waste management system employing the best available disposal technology. A number of technologies have recently been developed in the interest of reducing energy and emissions, particularly with respect to tailings dams. These initiatives can also have the added benefit of providing operators with cost saving opportunities.
These technologies are just an example of the increasing opportunities available for mining companies to reduce their burden on the environment and mitigate the effects of their operations. As more and better technology becomes available, energy and emission reduction outcomes will be able to be implemented more efficiently, resulting in faster response time in preventing or controlling environmental impacts. The economic and environmental benefits experienced as a result of employing these technologies are also of great importance to the future of the industry and have the potential to help promote community returns from the use of mineral resources. Environmental trends will continue to influence the mining and minerals sector, and the fundamentals of sustainable mining practice are set to remain a driving force behind the successful development, execution and closure of any site. The effective integration of energy use and emissions reduction techniques in the decision making process of each mining phase will undoubtedly help to ensure regulatory compliance, site longevity and intergenerational equity. By Jerome Rivory of SLR Consulting www.slrconsulting.com
Self decanting drainage systems can virtually eliminate the need for a supernatant pond on top of a tailings dam, improving the dam’s safety and reducing the rate of seepage. The advancing cone deposition method, suitable for thickened or paste tailings, can result in much lower dust emissions when used in conjunction with concurrent rehabilitation of the slope. Reduced water consumption and energy usage can also be experienced compared to paste tailings disposal methods. Enabling increased rise of a ring dyke while still satisfying geotechnical and geochemical constraints is also showing considerable promise, potentially halving dust emissions. A hybrid spray bar/spigot discharge system can allow considerably flatter dam construction, decreasing erosion levels and contributing to the overall sustainability of the final cover solution.
[Environmental Services]
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________
102
SLR Global Environmental Solutions Increasing interest in and scrutiny of the sustainable operation of a mining site has lead to tougher controls over the development, use and closure of a mine. But with tougher controls comes greater opportunities for mining clients to explore new technologies, improve current practices and promote the management of their environmental impact on current and future generations.
U
p to the minute advice on key market trends and environmental issues affecting mining planning and development is essential for sustainable operation, and environmental advisors such as SLR Consulting appreciate the importance of giving the right advice at the right stage of the project. Their team of engineers and scientists have the resources to manage all environmental aspects of a mine’s lifecycle to satisfy the specific needs of their client. With offices in Australasia, Africa, Europe and North America, SLR Consulting is a truly international specialist environmental consultancy with the presence and capacity to provide advice to companies and funding agencies throughout the world. Since its formation in 1984, SLR Consulting has established itself as an industry leader within the mining and minerals sector. Their team of natural resources consultants provide high quality technical and management services to support exploration, mineral resource planning and mine development. SLR Consulting’s work is site specific, tailoring their capabilities to the needs of the client, always with the ideologies of sustainable practice and legislative compliance as the drivers behind their service delivery. This experience spans a number of projects across multiple continents, each project of varying size and complexity that produce their own sets of unique environmental challenges. The environmental issues affecting the regulatory approval of a site development will always depend on the geological nature of the resource and the characteristics of the local environs. A common concern in the exploration, development and operational phases of a mine is the emission of dust particles as a result of mechanical disturbance of rock and soil materials.
In August 2010, SLR Consulting were commissioned by Fortescue Metals Group (FMG) to undertake Air Quality, Noise and Vibration Impact Assessments of their new Solomon Project in the Pilbara, WA. The proposed site is approximately 7km from Karjini National Park, an area susceptible to environmental disruption. SLR Consulting’s team of specialists travelled to remote locations to carry out baseline air quality and noise monitoring, create detailed air quality and noise models and prepare vibration site laws. The successful delivery of these services assisted FMG in submitting their Public Environmental Review to the
[Environmental Services]
Department of Environment and Conservation, assuring that activities at the Solomon site would not have any environmental impact on the neighbouring area. The exploration phase of a mine’s lifecycle can come under fire for its potential to harm the environment through activities such as mechanical disturbance through drilling. An Alaskan mining company was recently the subject of a litigation case when they were accused of causing permanent harm to the environment through the drilling of exploration wells. “This was likely an attempt to change the way hard-rock mining is done globally by requiring environmental impact statements prior to exploration,” explains SLR Consulting Principal Toxicologist Mark Stelljes, a member of the SLR Consulting team engaged to assist the defending company. SLR Consulting carried out the identification of baseline levels of trace elements and other naturally occurring constituents in soil, upland and aquatic plants, surface water, groundwater, sediment and fish tissues. As a result the plaintiffs were unable to identify any permanent environmental harm as the sampling program had been designed to characterise baseline conditions focused on areas away from disturbances such as drilling. “Monthly well monitoring has been ongoing since 2004, providing reams of data for many areas in the general vicinity of exploration wells,” says Mark. “Fish tissue and surface water data collected over a five year period also showed no evidence that any harm, let alone permanent harm, occurred through the exploration program.” Environmental damage continues to influence operations well after a mine has been established. Readily available and ongoing technical support to the industry is essential to ensure continual regulatory compliance. SLR Consulting’s capability to provide ongoing support covers a diverse area from the design of large tailings dams and excavated slopes to ecological surveys and advice on renewable energy. A client’s intentions to extend an existing development is a particular area where SLR Consulting can be a valuable asset as they ensure that the existing and future site can be run within the regulatory framework and with minimal disruption to its operations. The Irish Salt Mining and Exploration Co Ltd (ISME) own and operate an underground salt mine in Northern Ireland. SLR Consulting has acted as technical advisors to ISME for a considerable part of its operations, most recently assisting ISME in
_____________________________________________________________________
103
obtaining planning permission to extend the existing underground mine. Managing Director of SLR Consulting’s Ireland office, Tim Paul, assisted in the preparation of the submission. “Robust environmental impact assessment is a key environmental issue for a mine’s planning phase, and optimising planning to maximise extracting/recovery ratios is one operational constraint that must be taken into account when planning to extend an existing mine or develop a new site,” he said. “Demonstrating sustainable water supply and management such as reuse and conservations as well as optimising on site waste management are also key to planning application approval.”
their assets and business. Our geotechnical team also recognise and understand the importance of geological data for valuation purposes and are readily available to support us in the delivery of accurate and site specific advice. These two disciplines working together is just one example of how SLR Consulting can combine their services to cater to our client’s needs.” For more information on how SLR Consulting can provide you with environmental management, planning and permitting support and further examples of their extensive project experience, visit www.slrconsulting.com.
The planning application prepared by SLR Consulting was one of the largest planning applications ever submitted to the Planning Service in Northern Ireland, and the quality of the application and accompanying environmental statement were critical to ensuring there were no objections to the development. SLR Consulting recognises the importance of maximising site value and minimising post closure liabilities. Post mine rehabilitation is a powerful environmental policy tool, but can also have economic and environmental benefits. SLR Consulting has extensive experience in the scoping of alternative postindustrial uses and the development of defunct sites. The recent acquisition of specialist mining consultancy Metago has allowed SLR Consulting to further extend its capability and geographical reach in the areas of water and waste management and mine closure/ rehabilitation solutions. The team are currently involved in post closure activities at the Argyle Diamond Mine in Western Australia. These services are complemented by the Valuations and Property Services team, who can provide strategic advice on identification and development opportunities at a mine’s end use phase, as well as guide a client through mineral and property valuation issues in the earlier lifecycle stages. SLR Consulting Australia’s mineral valuation team, led by Technical Director Darren Herdman, provide valuation advice on financial reporting, mergers, acquisitions and insurance, as well as asset optimisation. “Our Valuation team has catered to a variety of independent, specialist and multinational mining clients,” says Darren. “Engaging our services gives clients the assurance that their property portfolio and business is being valued by industry accredited professionals who have a clear understanding of
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
106
Reaching new heights With one of the largest, busiest and most experienced demolition teams in Australia, the availability of superior plant and equipment is essential. McMahon Services continually invests in new technology and boasts a fleet of plant and equipment that is second to none.
he Largest Demolition xcavator in he Southern Hemisphere.
oducing the new Ultra High ach Demolition Excavator.
Mahon Services’ newest dition to its large fleet of ecialist demolition equipment.
M
cMahon Services took delivery of its new $3 million Ultra High Reach Demolition Excavator from Portland, Oregon, in the United States, late last year. This purpose built machine is the only one of its kind in Australia - but it has already proven itself to be a valuable and extremely safe piece of equipment throughout Europe and the United States. Weighing 160 tonnes and with a reach of up to 45 metres, the excavator is capable of operating with attachments of up to 2.6 tonnes in capacity at full reach and can cut steel and concrete members up to a metre thick. Setting a new benchmark, McMahon Services is now able to use cold-cutting demolition shears 20 metres higher than previously undertaken and can tackle the demolition of buildings up to 15 storeys tall from ground level. McMahon Services’ Demolition and Operations Manager, Chris Latham, says, “The Ultra High Reach Demolition Excavator basically uses a giant hydraulic shear to deconstruct buildings piece by piece. “This means there is less noise and significantly less dust emissions, making it ideal for confined suburban projects. This machine not only brings structures down faster but it is safer than other methods of demolition.
McMahon Services’ strong industry profile and reputation means the company has worked with authorities, regulatory bodies and government in developing approved codes of practice and safework procedures that are still in active use today. Since 1990, McMahon Services has been the leading provider of demolition and asbestos removal services in South Australia. Today, as a national business, capabilities have continued to expand to cover all facets of construction services around the country, in metropolitan and regional areas, with demolition remaining a key focus. The Ultra High Reach Demolition Excavator provides a safe, cost effective method of undertaking the demolition of large industrial sites and mine site decommissionings. The McMahon Services team looks forward to putting the new excavator to action on sites across Australia. Twenty years and counting
McMahon Services was established just over 20 years ago with just 12 staff, based in Dry Creek, Adelaide. Today, McMahon Services is one of Australia’s largest privately owned construction, industrial and environmental services organisations. With offices in South Australia, Queensland, Western Australia and the Northern Territory, the organisation works in every state and territory of Australia, from remote areas to city centres and employs over 400 people.
“Demolishing large structures is traditionally labour intensive and involves a combination of cranes, small machinery and hand held oxy cutting tools. This means McMahon Services offers a one-stop solution for buildings have to be slowly taken apart level by level, construction, industrial and environmental services. which is time consuming, expensive and potentially The core team in South Australia is able to mobilise dangerous,” he said. rapidly to any location in Australia and our multi-skilled workforce means that asbestos and hazardous waste “The excavator’s capabilities make it extremely cost removal, demolition, environmental remediation, effective and minimises the risk to our site personnel, civil works and building services can be seamlessly the public and adjoining properties.” incorporated into the project scope. The largest piece of demolition equipment in the country has already completed its first job in Australia McMahon Services works across a broad range of industry sectors and has significant experience – the removal of the dilapidated multi-storey Fisher Street Building in Adelaide’s inner south-east, to make and expertise in construction, mining and resources, general commercial, Defence, Government contracts way for a new low-rise retirement development. (Local, State and Federal), facilities management, Despite its incredible size, the excavator can be infrastructure and energy. Within the mining sector, transported anywhere in Australia. The Ultra High our experience spans mine decommissioning and Reach Demolition Excavator complements McMahon site rehabilitation through to asbestos and hazardous Services existing 27 metre reach demolition excavator waste removal, demolition works, building works, and other scrap and demolition plant. In addition facilities maintenance and management and to excavators, bobcats, trucks, concrete cutting infrastructure upgrades around operational sites. equipment and hand tools, McMahon Services We are the first multi-disciplinary construction services has a full fabrication workshop dedicated to the company in Australia to achieve federal safety development and advancement of custom-made accreditation and hold third party accreditation to equipment and attachments.
[Excavators]
__________________________________________________________________________________
107
AS/NZS ISO 9001:2008 (Quality Assurance), AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 (Environmental Management) and AS/NZS 4801:2001 (Occupational health and safety). Quality of work is central to our activities and we provide our clients and staff with a truly professional, versatile approach that is built on a foundation of trust, openness and honesty. All of our staff have a shared sense of purpose, a desire to exceed expectations and strong values that underpin all of our activities, built on our family business heritage. McMahon Services has a culture of innovation, dating back to its pioneering work in asbestos removal, and we use this to develop a leading edge approach across asbestos removal, demolition, environmental best practice, recycling, site management and sustainability.
•
John Martin’s Building, Adelaide – the single largest asbestos / demolition project ever undertaken in South Australia
•
Ex HMAS Adelaide – Decommissioning and scuttling of vessel
•
Port Pirie Lead Smelter – Providing industrial services, maintenance and labour hire for the past 20 years
•
Mobil King Island – Demolition at the Naracoopa Terminal
•
Australian National – Remediation of all Federal Government railway properties
McMahon Services is Safety Focused. The McMahon Services safety culture is highly regarded and valued by our clients and forms an integral part of the success of our demolition division and the business as a whole. McMahon Services’ “Safety Focused” behavioral program is designed to build a strong safety culture throughout the organisation and uses a mix of workshops, training materials, on site mentors and behavioral prompters in order to equip staff with the structure, knowledge and ability to act appropriately at all times. We are committed to timely, exceptional project delivery. If extra resources are required to get the job done, we provide them. If there are issues to resolve, our experienced team will handle them in partnership with our clients and stakeholders. We understand the constantly evolving business landscape and are totally committed to anticipating client needs now and into the future, providing solutions that are appropriate, innovative and sustainable. We go to where our clients need us to be, no matter how remote the location. Our exceptional ability to undertake work in rural and remote areas, coupled with our emergency response capability, are second to none. Our project management skills and the ability to offer plant, equipment and labour hire resources offer our client base additional flexibility, on tap, as needed, to meet short-term requirements or longer term objectives. Project snapshot:
•
Government of Western Australia – Township removal and remediation of the Wittenoom Blue Asbestos mine site
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
The Largest Demolition Excavator in the Southern Hemisphere. Introducing the new Ultra High Reach Demolition Excavator. McMahon Services’ newest addition to its large fleet of specialist demolition equipment.
www.mcmservices.com.au
110
Fall prevention for the mining industry
T
he mining industry faces many complex challenges when endeavouring to keep its workers safe. Day to day activities straddle varied roles and volatile environments, both above and below ground. Specialised fall protection equipment has been developed to keep mining workers as safe as possible when maintaining heavy duty transportation equipment such as loaders, trucks and other machinery. A safe servicing program not only maximises workers’ personal safety but it saves the company money in the long run: well maintained equipment works better and lasts for longer. A large amount of heavy duty machinery and equipment is on site at every mine location, all of which requires regular servicing. It’s important to remember that a person can always fall through a gap or trip over awkward equipment even if they are not working at a great height. Before maintaining mining equipment, the potential hazards involved need to be identified, assessed, evaluated and then controlled accordingly. A site specific fall protection plan will help to minimise risks. This might include identifying what potential hazards are involved with the task, and what fall protection equipment is necessary. Relevant training in the use of the equipment is also required by a competent person.
designed to protect him from falling or to minimise the fall distance, thereby protecting him from injury. Again, it’s important to remember that a fall as short as one metre can sustain serious injuries. C: Connectors. These are single or multiple devices that connect the harness to the anchorage system. D: Descent/rescue: These systems allow the rescue of an injured or incapacitated worker without endangering others in the process. Every mining site’s operations require their own unique full review depending on their existing equipment and industry variables. This should take into account the types and sizes of equipment regularly requiring building or repair, and also the ideal work method to be used to meet the company’s needs in terms of size, location and portability. When it comes to safety, prevention should always be better than cure. Compensation claims and lawsuits can be protracted and costly for companies, not to mention workers sustaining long term or fatal injuries as a result of a fall. Application specific engineered solutions are available from Capital Safety for all mining worksite situations.
Workers need to ensure they maintain connection to a safety system at all times that they are off the ground. There is no such thing as a safe distance to fall. The secure anchorage must be strong enough to hold the weight of the family car, equal to at least 15 kN (1500kg) for a single person. A properly fitted and secured harness is the best form of protection for any work situation where a worker can trip or fall – mining belts are not recognised as legitimate forms of fall protection devices. For mining, the A,B,C,D of personal fall protection applies to all workplace situations, whether above or below the ground. This includes: A: Anchorage. This provides a secure attachment point to an existing structure for the fall arrest system that’s attached to the worker. Modern anchorage devices can be permanent or temporary to suit each work situation and maximise the worker’s efficiency between jobs. B: Body Support. Full body harnesses connect the worker to the fall arrest system. They are specially
[Fall Prevention]
by Leonardo Di Coio www.capitalsafety.com
_____________________________________________________________________________
111
Safety from the ground up DBI-SALA offers an engineered mobile fall protection range providing an overhead anchorage point that can be moved from application to application. It is ideal for situations where an overhead structure is unreachable or does not exist.
Each robustly built system is typically rated for at least two workers and is portable, height adjustable and safe. Serious injuries can be sustained by falls of only a metre and many pieces of heavy duty equipment require maintenance workers to be several metres off the ground. In the past, the workers have had nothing to secure themselves to when moving around the equipment in order to service it. The DBI-SALA free standing horizontal rail system is a mobile fall protection system that allows workers to safely service heavy duty machinery and equipment typical of mine sites. The system allows workers to move freely about the equipment whilst they remain safely secured to the overhead adjustable rail at all times. The use of a self retracting lifeline on a rail trolley enables them to complete the required work all over the equipment unencumbered. The system is fully fall-arrest rated and can be used in conjunction with the existing fall arrest equipment that is used at the site, i.e. harnesses, lanyards and anchorage connectors.
DBI-SALA’s mobile fall protection system’s adaptability provides a solution for every circumstance and situation. Its simplicity and portability means that it’s very straightforward to commission. It is easily moved by hand around the site and can be placed by the worker very precisely to provide maximum protection. A detailed maintenance program can be scheduled using the same free standing horizontal rail system across several pieces of machinery or equipment at the mine. The system’s combined simplicity of a horizontal rail and trolley system with a portable support structure provides reliable fall protection where it’s needed, when it’s needed. Capital Safety offers a full site review service that undertakes a full analysis of the mine’s operations, taking into account the types and sizes of machinery regularly requiring building or repair. Each site’s mobile fall protection requirements can be pinpointed precisely and addressed accordingly.
An additional advantage for the mine company is that the self retracting lifeline eliminates any freefall distance to less than half a metre, so the worker can feel totally secure whilst doing his job, whilst his mobility and ability to undertake the task in hand is unrestricted. A free-standing horizontal rail system comes standard with a single track rail and two individual man-rated rail trolleys for anchorage of the Personal Fall Arrest System (PFAS). In addition, the DBI-SALA system allows maximum adjustment of the horizontal rail to more than 11 metres, depending on the model, with a safe working length of more than 9.5 metres and a width of more than 3.5 metres. The DBI SALA mobile fall protection range also includes a portable tanker access ladder system, designed for safe access to workers at elevated work areas, such as tankers and other high equipment. The A-frame system provides maintenance access for larger pieces of equipment for up to three workers, and it can be fitted with a second rail to provide worker bypass. The Quad frame system provides maintenance access for larger pieces of equipment for up to two workers and is fitted with a second rail to provide worker bypass. The adjustable free-standing ladder access system offers the same benefits and also provides access for up to three workers. It also has the ability to be towed by a service vehicle.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
FREE-STANDING FALL PROTECTION SySTEmS mobile fall protection Systems provide the user with an overhead anchorage point that can be moved around from application to application. ideal for situations where an overhead structure is unreachable or does not exist. These systems are robustly built and are typically rated for up to at least two users. adjustable or fixed in height, they provide an active fall protection solution for a wide range of mining applications.
PROvIDES SAFETy FROm ThE GROuND uP
Adjustable Free-Standing Horizontal Rail System
Free-Standing A-Frame System
Free-Standing Quad Frame System
Portable Tanker Access Ladder System (PTALS)
Contact Capital Safety for more information on DBI-SALA’s range of Free-Standing Fall Protection Systems available for mining applications, or visit www.capitalsafety.com.au Alternatively scan the QR Code to the left with your smart phones QR scanner/reader. (QR readers are available for free from your mobiles app store).
Australia: 1800 245 002 | New Zealand: 0800 212 505 The ulTimaTe in fall proTecTion
a capiTal SafeTy Brand
HEIGHT SAFETY
SPECIALISTS
• • • • • • •
Working at height ERT Vertical rescue Roof access Tower climbing Refresher training Advice/consulting Incident investigations
All enquiries: Ph +61 7 47214746
Web: www.paci.com.au Email: info@paci.com.au
Your Emergency Response Team is a valuable asset You have just spent a significant amount of time and money training your ERT Team. They are skilled-up and fresh with eagerness. The real challenge has just begun…so how do you retain personnel and also maintain a high level of skill proficiency?
S
erious consideration needs to be given to what you do after the initial ERT training has concluded otherwise your investment will be lost. Ongoing training to maintain skill levels is paramount to ensuring your ERT Team is ready to respond to any emergency call they receive. The process of keeping current is known as Skills Maintenance Training (also commonly referred to as refresher training).
treatment and packaging, effective leadership, use of specialist skills (e.g. roping techniques), team member communication, safety checks, patient egress and post exercise debriefing. A lot of useful learning takes place during debrief sessions — and the patient should be involved in the debrief since that person can provide a first hand account of his/her experience. Training with live patients is a very effective tool to add realism provided risks can be properly controlled.
ERT Team members are typically volunteers who normally work on site. They are people who have made a commitment to saving lives in the unlikely event of an incident on site. The key to retaining them is that you need to ensure your training activities meet three simple yet important principles. Your training must be:
How effective has your past ERT refresher training been? Do you outsource refresher training or is it handled internally? Trainers who are outsourced often bring fresh ideas and introduce up-to-date techniques — this can help ensure that your team remains current and effective.
• • •
interesting challenging relevant
A proven technique to capturing all three principles is to utilise scenario-based training. The scenario must include elements such as; patient
[Fall Protection]
Right Training utilises the PACI philosophy to ERT training. This means a strong emphasis is placed on developing realistic practical skills within a scenario-based context that is relevant to organisational needs. We have a proven track record in delivering quality training that consistently meets our client’s expectations. We believe in effective ERT training.
issue 2.2
_________________________________________________________________________
114
Are your safety garments up to standard Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) is the barrier that stands between a worker and the possibility of severe burn injury or death, in the case of an electrical arc or a flash fire. This can have devastating effects not only to the individual, but can cause huge ramifications for an organisation.
A
S/NZS 4836:2001, Safe Working on Low-voltage Electrical Installations, recognised that electrical workers, working on or near exposed energised conductors, are required to wear flame resistant clothing covering their full body. This document lists standards which apply to eye protection, footwear, gloves, noise protection, helmets and safety belts and harnesses, however there is no actual standard for protective workwear. Whilst a protective workwear standard has not yet been adopted in Australia for electrical workers and or workers exposed to possible flash fire, it’s critical that you demand independent testing and certification when selecting your protective clothing. The following international performance standards have been adopted overseas and they set the benchmark for the selection of protective workwear. NFPA 70E:2009 - Electrical Safety in the Workplace
As described in 70E, an arc flash is “when an electric current passes through air between ungrounded conductors and grounded conductors, the temperatures can reach 35,0000 F (19,000 C)”. The quick and intense energy of an electric arc flash can burn skin and cause ignition of clothing made from non FR fabrics. The US National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70E states “Employees shall wear FR clothing wherever there is possible exposure to an electric arc flash above the threshold incident level for second degree burn, (1.2 cal/cm²). Hazard/risk categories are described by the NFPA standard 70E. The higher the electrical environment, the stronger the level of protection is required by the PPE to withstand an arc flash. Many organisations have decided to simplify compliance to NFPA 70E by introducing everyday uniforms using Indura UltraSoft® garments that meet the requirement of NFPA 70E Hazard Risk Categories (HRC) 2, as a single layer. This can alleviate employer concerns about leaving the difficult decision of determining whether a specific routine electrical task is HRC 0, 1 or 2, in the hands of the employee.
NFPA 2112:2007 – Flame Resistant Garments for Protection of Industrial Personnel Against Flash Fire
A flash fire can occur in an environment where fuel and air become mixed in adequate concentrations to combust. Flash fire has been defined as a heat flux of approximately 84 kW/m² for relatively short periods of time, typically less than three seconds. The threat of flash fire exposures necessitates the use of flame resistant clothing (FR). Non FR clothing can ignite in a flash fire which can dramatically add to the burn injury percentage and severity, well beyond that of the initial exposure. NFPA 2112 provides minimum performance criteria and sets clear guidelines for testing on instrumental thermal mannequins. The standard calls for flash fire testing to be conducted at three seconds with a pass/ fail rate of 50% maximum total body burn under ASTM F1930. When evaluating a fabric to comply with NFPA 2112, Indura UltraSoft® range of fabrics is an excellent option. Their market proven technology, guarantees flame resistance for the life of the garment. ISO 11612:2010 – Protective Clothing To Protect Against Heat and Flame
This international standard specifies performance requirements for garments made from flexible materials, which are designed to protect the wearer’s body, except the hands, from heat and/or flame. The standard provides the minimum performance requirements for protective clothing worn in situations where users may be exposed to radiant, convective or contact heat, flames, arc flashes and molten metal splashes. This standard separates the performance of protective clothing against heat and flame by specific threats and levels A, B, C, D, E and F. A – resistance to flame spread, B – performance against convective heat, C – performance against radiant heat,
D – performance against molten aluminum, Environments with a higher risk category HRC 3 or HRC E – performance against molten iron splash and 4, require a greater level of protection, which can consist of arc-flash suits and hoods in double layer combinations. F – performance against contact heat.
[Fire Protection Fabrics and Clothing]
________________________________________________________
115
Each of these threats are rated accordingly to levels i.e. 1, 2 or 3, with level 3 being the highest performance level. This means that the wearer is protected against brief contacts with a flame to the level indicated as well against convective heat, radiant heat, contact heat and small amounts of molten metal splash. AS/NZS 4824:2006 – Protective clothing for firefighters - Requirements and test methods for protective clothing used for wildland firefighting
This standard sets out the performance requirements and test methods associated with protective clothing used for wildland firefighting. It applies to the design of the garment, the minimum performance levels for the materials and the test methods to establish these performance levels. Wildland firefighting involves exposure to summer temperatures for extended periods of time, therefore the assessment of the thermal properties of the protective clothing is critical. The testing involves flame spread (after 50 washes @ 60ºC), heat transfer (radiant), heat resistance tests as well as specific fabric comfort tests to ensure suitability for hot weather operations. Indura UltraSoft® is a market proven performance fabric. A trusted product which surpasses strict flame resistant testing and meets crucial electrical arc and flash fire standards. Indura UltraSoft® meets many performance requirements including AS4824, AS2919, OSHA 1910.269, ASTM 1506, NFPA 70E, NFPA 2112, NFPA 1977, EN 470, EN 531 and CSGB 155.20. For ultimate peace of mind, specify the fabric first – choose Indura UltraSoft®
Nigel Parsons. F.R. & Tech. Support, Charles Parsons & Co. P/L., B.Sc.(Textile Tech.), Grad.Dip. Qual. Mgmt.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
116
The evolution revolution of the flame resistant apparel market Michael Batson; Global FR Business Manager, Polartec LLC.
F
or nearly 50 years flame resistant treated cotton fabrics and fabrics made from Nomex® have dominated the safety apparel market. Over the last decade fabric choices have increased, performance has been enhanced and garment designs has started to evolve taking cues from the high performance military and outdoor apparel markets. Why has this occurred? For decade workers were stuck with the legacy of coverall, button down workshirt and trouser pant. Granted, the coverall is a practical work tool as much as it is a garment, but the way we dress for work (and after work) has become an important issue. When a new opportunity comes along for an upgrade in fabric performance, comfort, and garment design, workers are taking notice. As a result, several areas have become leading trends in the flame resistant apparel market – improved fabric performance and comfort, as well as garment design.
Fabric Performance
Durable flame resistance that does not wash out is a given requirement for safety apparel. After all, FR clothing is not just a tool, it can become a life saving device. Thus, selecting manufacturers with quality fabrics is extremely important. Looking beyond FR, what is truly important in a fabric? This depends on the end use. Today fabric features and benefits, such as Durable Water Resistant and Repellency, Odor and Antimicrobial Mitigation, Insect Repellency, UV Protection, Garment Color Retention, Molten Metal Splash, Chemical Resistant and High Visibility are now available. These innovations address multiple workplace hazards. A hi-visibility garment that is also FR is a good example. Looking ahead, fabric manufacturers will continue to push the envelope of fabric innovation without compromising on comfort, quality, or cost. Fabric Comfort
Workplace conditions and the weather dictate what a garment must do to keep us comfortable. The layering concept for safety apparel is the most important when it comes to comfort. Sure, your FR cotton coverall is perfect for the work you do down in the mine. But what do you wear under the coverall? A plain cotton t-shirt perhaps, that wicks moisture just like a paper towel, soon leaving your skin just as wet as the t-shirt. Just think: •
Wicking alone = paper towel = poor moisture management = poor comfort
[Fire Protection Fabrics and Clothing]
•
Effective moisture management = dryer skin = improved comfort
Wicking is a “one way” effect where moisture is pulled into a fabric substrate. Moisture management is a multistep process. It involves wicking – pulling moisture off the skin, but also adds the “push effect” – moving the moisture away from the skin to the outer layer surface of the garment where it can then evaporate or move into the next layer of clothing. Keeping the skin dry is the cornerstone of comfort. Unique blends of hydrophobic and hydrophilic fibers and bi-component fabric constructions can help make this magic happen. Fabric chemical finishes can also play a role in moisture management. Moisture management is a key testing metric in the outdoor and military markets. The test is best measured in accordance to standardised test AATCC 195. There are also other comfort drivers for an apparel layering system: •
Highly breathable fabrics – even breathable water resistant fabrics
•
Thermal fabrics with high Clo values (warm yet light weight = high Clo)
•
Wind resistant fabrics via tight constructions with specialised yarns
•
Fabrics that offer stretch for greater flexibility and freedom of movement
Garment Design
Garment design is just as important as the fabric selected. The coverall is not going away, but the clothes being worn under it (and over it at times) are evolving. As older workers give way to younger workers from Generation X and Generation Y, flame resistant clothing is being selected with a strong consideration for the garment appearance. This trend is creating a large new market for high performance FR casual wear that allows you to maintain worker image on and off the job site. Worker and garment manufacturers are taking notes from trends in the outdoor and military apparel markets as well: •
Promotion of garment layering systems – fabrics that work well together
•
Garment cut and fabric selection are critical – fit and functionality
•
Garment brand and fabric brand are important
•
FR casual wear – knits, FR denim jeans and other fabrics that can be worn on or off the job site
________________________________________________________
117
Polartec Flame Resistant Fabrics
POLARTEC.COM
®
A collection of flame resistant fabrics designed for maximum performance. next-to-skin
Certifications • Permanently flame resistant • Superior wicking action • Keeps your skin dry when you sweat • Highly breathable • Dries quickly • Comfortable next-to-skin
Polartec FR ®
Polartec LLC., a 100 year old manufacturer of performance fabrics has partnered with Charles Parsons, a leading Australian textile giant, to bring to Australia performance differentiated, highly comfortable FR fabrics designed for use as FR Image-wear for all segments of the flame resistant apparel market. The Polartec® FR offering is a full line of high performance inherently flame resistant fabrics from baselayer, thermal insulation to weather protection “SoftShell” fabrics. Each is designed for high performance as a stand alone garment or as part of a layered system. Today, Polartec® continues to innovate and offer premium quality fabrics to global outdoor, workwear, fame resistant and military markets. The Concept of Layering
Weather conditions change during the day, and a cornerstone to effectively maintaining comfort in a changing environment is by effectively dressing with the right combination of fabric layers for the situation. FR clothing for the military is a prime example of the effective use of layered clothing systems. The Polartec® FR layering system is now used extensively by all branches of the United States military, as well as top workwear manufacturers around the world. Compared to all other comparable FR fabrics, Polartec®Power Dry® FR absorbs moisture faster and spreads moisture quicker, keeping you dry. The Polartec® FR protection starts with unequaled next-to-skin comfort – base layer – the foundation for comfort. Several technologies work together to make this possible. Most significant is the Polartec® Power Dry® FR patented bi-component construction. This technology dramatically improves comfort by transporting moisture away from the skin and pulling it to the outer surface where it can dry quickly. Power Stretch® FR is a unique hybrid fabric suitable as a cold weather base layer or as an “only layer”. four-way stretch provides enhanced comfort and range of motion needed to get the job done safely. “Touch points“ on the inner surface that resemble a grid help draw sweat to the outside of the fabric where it spreads rapidly for evaporation enabling it to dry at least two times faster than cotton. Polartec® Power Stretch® FR moves at least 30% more moisture away from the skin than single-component fabrics.
• Machine washable
FPA 70E HRC and HRC2 ANSI 107 CSAZ96 CSAZ462 ISO 14116 ISO 11612
• Permanently flame resistant • 4-way stretch • Keeps your skin dry when you sweat • Highly breathable • Wind and abrasion resistant • Comfortable next-to-skin
NFPA 70E CSAZ462 ISO 14116 ISO 11612
• Machine washable
Certifications
insulation
NFPA 1975/NFPA 1977 • Permanently flame resistant
NFPA 2112/ NFPA 1951
• Warmth without weight
NFPA 70E HRC 2
• Highly breathable
ANS1107
• Dries quickly
CSAZ96
• Machine washable
CSAZ462
• Versatile use
ISO 14116 ISO 11612 ISO 61482-1-2
weather protection
Certifications • Permanently flame resistant • 4 times more wind resistant than traditional fleece
NFPA 1975/ NFPA 1977
• Warmth without weight
CSAZ96
• Highly breathable
CSAZ462
• Water repellent
ISO 14116
• Durable
ISO 11612
NFPA 70E HRC 2
• Machine washable
• Permanently flame resistant • Blocks 98% of the wind • Highly Breathable • Water Repellent • Extremely Abrasion Resistant • Warmth without weight • Machine washable
NFPA 1977/ NFPA 2112 NFPA 70E HRC 3 CSAZ462 ISO 14116 ISO 11612 ISO 61482-1-2
©2009 Polartec, LLC. Polartec®, Polartec® Power Dry® FR, Polartec® Power Stretch® FR, Polartec® Thermal FR®, and Polartec® Wind Pro® FR are registered trademarks of Polartec, LLC, registered in the United States and in other jurisdictions for fabrics only available from Polartec, LLC.
This patented high efficiency grid knit construction maximises warmth, minimizes weight and enhances breathability and a worker’s freedom of movement. Polartec® invented fleece in 1981 and forever changed the way people dressed to stay warm. Thermal FR® has a double velour construction that creates micro air pockets that trap and retain body heat so when it’s cold outside, you stay warm. It also delivers outstanding breathability to regulate body temperature. Used as a insulating layer, Polartec® Thermal FR® offers superior warmth without weight. It is available in constructions of Nomex® IIIA and cost effective inherent FR fiber blends. Wind Pro® FR delivers exceptional breathability, a high warmth-to-weight ratio, and four times more wind resistance than traditional fleece. It is also highly rain resistant. Wind Pro® FR is constructed with fibers that are lightweight and inherently flame resistant, so you can take comfort even in times that offer none.
For more rugged work environments where weather protection is required Polartec® Power Shield® FR - the world’s first Flame resistant tri-layer Soft Shell may be the ideal choice. It’s a patent-approved, field-tested shield against the elements - All of them. Regardless of your ever changing work environment, Polartec® has flame resistant fabrics to exceed your needs. Polartec® FR fabrics are stocked for quick delivery from Charles Parsons, the exclusive Polartec® FR distributor for Australia and New Zealand.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
118
What is the real cost of wearing a flame resistant shirt? There is no doubt that all employees working on, near a fuel source, or energised parts or near electricity should be wearing arc protective work wear. It must be guaranteed flame resistant for the life of the garment and it must also provide an adequate level of protection from any electric arc or flash fire event that may arise from a malfunction of the particular piece of equipment, accidental shorting or flash over.
Can you spot the difference between these two pictures?
The mannequin on the right is caught in a clothing fire which would cause a large area body burn which markedly increases the potential of a fatality from the electric arc flash.
An Electric Arc flash, 480 Volt, 12.5 kA, 10 cycles, at 30cm distance = Arc energy of 8.4cals/cm2
What happens when a company experiences the most unfortunate accident and an employee is severely injured, or even killed, by an arc flash event or flash fire?
for smaller companies to fold under the financial pressures created by these non-productive activities
1. The accident – There is the immediate shutdown of localised operations and associated service disruption while the affected employee is attended to and/or taken to hospital. The media scrutiny of such an event can be harrowing – you really do not want to be featured on the 6pm news!
5. Prosecution – Any associated charges as determined by the Coroner’s inquest have to be prosecuted and defended in court. Again, huge legal costs are associated with defending such actions and they all feed back to the costs of insurance premiums.
2. Coroner’s investigation – This can cause delays to the body being released for the funeral. There are huge implications for the distress and grief this causes to the direct family, friends and work colleagues.
6. Fines and actions/directives – Any fines are born by the company concerned as well as the costs of any remedial action as directed by the court to prevent any recurrence. This involves safety consultants and reports, education and training of new SOPs, new workorder systems, new safety procedures, new PPE (personal protective equipment, or secondary safety equipment), new primary safety equipment and its implementation.
4. Coroner’s inquest – This determines if any charges are to be laid against the company or any individuals The following is a list of the likely sequence of events, in relation to the accident. These legal costs may be initially born by the insurer, but in the end they are and each step involves pain, grief, disruption, lost passed on in the form of higher premiums. morale and associated financial implications.
3. Investigated by everyone! – The company instigates its own investigation, the Workcover authority starts its investigation, the relevant union may undertake one too and the company’s insurer will also probably do its own investigation. All these investigations contribute to the overall direct financial costs, the lost time costs, loss of morale and loss of effective operations, all of which impact hugely on the bottom line. It is not uncommon
[Fire Protection Fabrics and Clothing]
7. Staff changes – The management of all the above can involve new staff being hired as well as loss of existing staff. All this carries its own associated financial cost, disruption to business and loss of company morale.
________________________________________________________
119
No one wants to be subjected to, or even involved in any of the above, unless it is by choice as part of their occupation. It is easy to see that a properly researched and implemented PPE program in a workplace goes a long way towards avoiding becoming the lead item on the 6pm news bulletin. The main point of this article is to get employers and employees to understand that just because there is no current Australian standard for protective work wear for electrical workers, does not mean they can ignore their responsibility to provide a safe working environment. Part of which is providing appropriate personal protective work wear. There has been enough written in myriads of safety journals and various publications over the last 25 years, such that no one working in the industry could claim ignorance of the need to wear flame resistant work wear in industries at risk. There are examples of similar standards that have been issued in Europe, USA and Canada and even mandated in the
USA. It is not necessary for an industry standard to be mandatory for a court to accept it as being the minimum acceptable level of protection for working in that industry. International companies working within Australia are leading the way by examples. Many have already instituted their own personal protective work wear programs which span many industries. They are being proactive, not reactive, in demonstrating that they are doing their best to impart their duty of care to their employees.
Nigel J. Parsons, B.Sc.(Textile Tech.), Grad.Dip. Qual. Mgmt. Technical Product Manager, Charles Parsons & Co. P/L.,
The answer then, to my original question: “What is the true cost of a flame resistant shirt?” It is almost negligible when contrasted with all the financial stress, pain and suffering associated with not wearing one. No one wants to make the 6pm news as the next victim of an electric arc flash or flash fire accident!
UltraSoft® - Comfortable, Durable, Reliable Protection “IF THE SPARKS FLY? - I’d rather be wearing UltraSoft®”
UltraSoft® flame resistant fabrics provide 15-20% better Electric Arc protection than the equivalent fabric in 100% cotton and superior protection from Flash Fire - Guaranteed Flame Resistance for the life of the garment - Comfort – Cotton blend fabrics allow a range of lighter weight garments where heat stress is an issue - Durability – UltraSoft® continues to perform after 100 industrial washes - Extra wear life – 75%+ longer than standard cotton FR garments KEMA Powertests
Identical 200A disconnects, NFPA 70F HRC 2Arcs 480V, 25kA bolted fault current, 12 inches Photo on the left: UltraSoft® shirt 237gsm, trousers 305gsm after 100 industrial laundering. No break-open, no after flame, no after glow.
Photo on the right: 100% cotton, non-FR covrall 310gsm, as new not wash. Extensive break-open, significant after flame and after glow which had to be extinguished.
- Protection – Superior Arc Flash and Flash Fire Protection - Oeko-Tex® 100 certified – Certified safe to wear against the skin.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
120
CONSULTING • SOFTWARE
Deswik mining consultants and software DESWIK.CAD DESWIK LANDFORM & HAULAGE DESWIK.SCHEDULER DESWIK INTERACTIVE SCHEDULER CUTTING EDGE PLANNING SOLUTIONS
COAL • METALLIFEROUS OPEN CUT • UNDERGROUND
www.deswik.com
T
he aim of Deswik Consulting and Software is to simplify, automate and improve the processes used in mine technical services. Deswik achieves this with the application of practical mining knowledge to the development of software. Deswik Software delivers mine planning applications and customised software development services. Deswik Consultants use the Deswik suite of software to provide innovative technical solutions to the mining industry Deswik believes in partnering with its clients to achieve the best mutual outcomes. The company draws on over three decades of experience in improving mine planning processes through software development and consulting in mine planning. This proven experience allows Deswik to assist clients in improving their mine planning systems and processes. Deswik Software is developed using the latest technologies with no legacy. Deswik uses a rapid application development, testing and deployment approach, which results in fast turnaround in user requests. A web based enhancement request system is available to all customers and frequent releases of the software are made to those users who request them. Deswik is committed to providing the best customer service possible and has modelled its development approach around delivering this. Deswik delivers robust and innovative technical solutions to the mining industry. From cutting edge truck haulage modelling to integrated mine planning and scheduling applications for both open pit and underground operations, Deswik offers a refreshing and powerful alterative to the traditional packages and spreadsheet style planning.
Strategic Mine Plan
Medium Term • 3-5 year op plans • Budget forecast
Operations Planning
[Consultancy Services to the Mining Industry - Exploration to Production]
_____________________
121
Deswik is actively developing tools to solve mine planning problems that are ill addressed by existing mine planning tools. By providing both traditional and innovative approaches to solving mine planning problems, incorporating process flows to assist end users and automating the repetitive parts of the planning process, Deswik offers software solutions that enable more scenarios to be examined by consultants and on site engineers to increase the value of a plan. By integrating our products with the data sources of other common mining software products, Deswik is able to implement its solutions either standalone, or side by side with other planning products and mine design tools. This flexibility ensures that the client is able to define their own best practice way of working with the tools that best suit the specific job. The next generation CAD engine for mine planning
Deswik.CAD has been designed by mining engineers with decades of professional software development experience and a proven history of building technical mining applications. Written in the latest technologies to take advantage of the developments in computers, Deswik.CAD provides the user with a simple, modern and intuitive CADstyle interface. Deswik.CAD is effectively a spatial database combining the power of CAD with the ability to attribute, filter and report data visually and in tabular format. The file format is XML, so all data is open and transferable to other systems. The main features of Deswik.CAD include: • •
Fully featured CAD engine with design and editing tools Graphics engine designed to handle large mining datasets with excellent graphics performance
•
Integration with mining data sources – e.g. Datamine, Surpac, Vulcan, AutoCAD, etc.
•
Easy to manipulate user interface
•
Mine design tools and reserving capabilities
•
Powerful, yet simple plotting and graphical reporting
•
Plugin and scripting interfaces allow customisation and data manipulation
•
Arguably the best solids and polygon Boolean tools on the market
Adding detail to mine planning, simply
Deswik.IS (Deswik Interactive Scheduler) provides the consultant or mine planning engineer with all the tools required to produce detailed mine reserves and schedule mining activities. Utilising 3D spatial data (mine designs, survey and geological) the software provides a simple, work flow driven user interface to guide the user through the process of creating a long, short or medium term mine plan for either an open pit or underground mine. Deswik.IS produces a Gantt chart schedule which the mine planner is able to modify and update directly from the graphical environment. This allows the consulting engineer to create and update planning activities graphically and have the results updated in the Gantt chart immediately, this facilitates rapid schedule development. Consultants using Deswik software can spend more quality time creating and analysing planning scenarios rather than manipulating data.
Optimised high level plan
Assess strategic assumptions
Break overall mine into smaller, practical tasks
Consider issues with implementation of plan
Add detailed mining constraints
Generate mine plan
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
122
Snowden Snowden began operations in 1987 and has now consulted on projects for hundreds of clients worldwide, covering the range of mineral commodities. From an initial focus on resource estimation, its capability has broadened significantly to offer geology and exploration, mine planning, corporate services, performance management, risk management, benchmarking, mineral processing, extractive metallurgy, professional development courses and specialised mining software.
S
nowden is a specialist independent consultancy delivering the highest quality solutions to the mining and related industries. Snowden’s areas of expertise cover both open pit and underground mining operations for the majority of mineral commodities. These include gold, platinum group elements, copper, lead, zinc, nickel, diamonds, iron ore, mineral sands, coal and others such as tin, bauxite, spodumene, industrial minerals and lithium carbonate.
Snowden is a consulting company which develops niche technology solutions to support clients in specific high value areas and has committed significant funds to IT research and development. It is their focus on outcomes and their ability to integrate with all the major mining packages that sets the Snowden software solutions apart. Snowden is well positioned to respond quickly and effectively to on site demands through a network of worldwide offices, ensuring efficient global solutions delivered locally.
Snowden strives to deliver high-quality solutions and all work is subject to stringent quality control and ongoing review by experienced project managers. The company is expert at assembling, analysing and evaluating data from exploration projects and operating mines. Snowden is clearly focused on clients’ needs, providing a relevant solution within budget and on time. Snowden enables customers to extract real bottom line value from their business through the application of a combination of expert technical skills across a range of technical areas, years of practical experience globally, and an ongoing focused investment in innovation.
[Consultancy Services to the Mining Industry - Exploration to Production]
_____________________
123
Engineering and logistics aspects of mining projects The traditional model in planning the engineering/ logistics aspects of mining projects has been to select individual contractors based on their core competencies. The mining company would first determine the engineering requirements based on mechanical and electrical capabilities and then as a separate exercise, source a logistics/supply chain provider to transport the capital equipment and materials to site.
E
ngineering companies have a high level of understanding of the capital equipment and materials required for a project. Logistics companies plan, implement and control movements of capital equipment and materials from point of origin to point of destination. Both disciplines are dealing with the same capital equipment or materials. Forming a strategic partnership and combining knowledge about the capital equipment and logistics requirements will improve the success of any mining project. The combining synergies and knowledge of both disciplines will result in more effective and efficient integrated supply chain solutions and this could be stated as: “The combined knowledge as a result of the strategic partnership is greater than the sum of the individual knowledge of the partners.” Another benefit that stems from a strategic partnership would be the involvement of one project manager between the disciplines. The project manager coordinates and manages people, processes, assets and technology to provide accurate information used for making informed decisions which will ultimately adds quantifiable value to any project. The engineering/logistics strategic partnership will result in more cost effective and timely solutions, minimising risk and optimising efficiency for mining company projects. Until now the engineering/logistics services of mining projects were separate and rarely considered in the same light. The traditional model in mining projects has been that the mining
_____
[Freight - Air and Sea, Road and Rail]
company determines the engineering requirements of the project, for example, capital machinery requirements and locations and then, as a separate exercise, the mining company will create a tender for logistics to deliver equipment on site. Typically there is little interaction between the engineering and logistics companies even though there are so many areas of mutual overlap and knowledge. The benefits of these companies getting together to discuss and organise the logistics chain are enormous. Obviously every project is different. The type of capital equipment needed, the location, terrain, timing and weather typically varies across every project. Engineers have a very detailed understanding of the capital equipment required — it is their core competency. They know every nut and bolt and every wire inside ‘their’ machines that make them work. Typically these machines are very expensive investments. Logistics companies plan, implement and control movements of capital equipment. The logistics company knows dimensions. They know about size (and why size matters in logistics) and the best mode of transport mover required as well as the detailed logistical requirements of the movement. In the traditional model, totally separate organisational structures exist with duplicate roles and functions and minimal interaction between the disciplines. by Hellmann Worldwide Logistics www.hellmann.net/australia
issue 2.2
____________________________________________________
124
Strategic Partnership between engineering and logistics Downer/Hellmann have proven that a strategic partnership between the logistics and engineering company brings advantages and enormous benefits in the logistics chain, which ultimately benefits the mining company.
A
s both the engineering and the logistics companies are dealing with the same equipment, the shared knowledge of the equipment and logistical requirements is invaluable. Neither company on its own can provide a comprehensive service, however combining the knowledge of both companies results in synergies, which results in more effective and efficient logistic solutions. “The combined knowledge as a result of the strategic partnership is greater than the sum of the individual knowledge of the partners.” Bringing the two different disciplines of logistics and engineering together, and the accompanying skills and knowledge, both companies leverage their own strengths to benefit the project. This results in optimisation in the flow of the capital equipment and information from source to final destination. In the strategic partnership model, combining disciplines results in a more streamlined organisational structure with one project manager controlling the engineering and logistics disciplines. Strategic Partnership Model — example organisation chart
Blue cells indicate areas of Synergy for Strategic Partnership Some of the advantages of the engineering/logistics strategic partnership include: 1.
Working as a combined team there is a better understanding of capital equipment and the whole logistics chain.
2.
One person as the project manager who is contact between both disciplines and who can co-ordinate entire logistics/engineering component of the project.
If second hand equipment is being moved then jointly agree on the cleaning requirements of the capital equipment.
9.
Jointly plan timing of the move to suit the specific requirements of the project: a. This may involve ‘drip feeding’ of capital equipment to site, or in other circumstances use transhipment vessels to advantage of the project to make use of “free storage” while capital equipment is being transhipped. a. Time unloading so it can be accommodated at place of installation so that no extra labour or equipment will be required at discharge. a. Ensure correct portion of capital equipment is at the point of discharge at the correct time.
10. Realise cost savings by better planning. There is now a better approach for mining companies to handle their logistic supply chain requirements for mining projects, in a way which is more efficient and will save time and money. Downer EDI and Hellmann have developed a strong relationship and bond together over recent years and are closely aligned in key areas such as company culture, morals and standards together with our desire to work closely with our customers to ensure the best outcomes for all situations. All personnel within the Downer-Hellmann team have a focus to deliver a first class project outcome for key areas particularly including safety, time, and quality and cost which exceeds the expectations of our clients and enhances the reputations of all personnel and stakeholders involved in any project we undertake. Hellmann/Downer has proven that a strategic partnership between logistics and engineering brings enormous benefits in the supply chain, be it moving manufacturing or mining plant and equipment or within the industry generally.
3.
‘One team approach’
4.
Can jointly plan the Occupational Health and Safety (OH&S) issues of the project and identify potential safety concerns.
5.
Industrial relations issues can be handled through one project manager.
6.
Can jointly determine best “breakpoints” of equipment which require any dismantling for transport.
7.
Jointly approve documentation for Customs or other officials’, e.g. ensuring correct costing and certificates required.
[Freight - Air and Sea, Road and Rail]
8.
To find out more about the strategic partnership and how we could apply this to your organisation, contact us at our head office: Hellmann Worldwide Logistics Pty Ltd Airgate Business Park 289 Coward Street 2020 Mascot NSW Contact person: Ray Vella Tel.: +61 2 9667 7555 Fax: +61 2 9667 7666 Email: info@au.hellmann.net Web: http://www.hellmann.net/
_________________________________________________________
The combined knowledge as a result of the strategic partnership is greater than the sum of the individual knowledge of the partners. www.hellmann.net
www.downergroup.com
two one is better than
Now, there is a more efficient way to extract value from your mining projects. Downer and Hellmann understand the power of a Strategic Alliance. Integrating the logistics and engineering components of mining projects combines knowledge and synergies and results in more cost effective, and efficient supply chain solutions. Let us show you why two is better than one.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
126
Aussie machinery-movers going global From its humble beginnings a little over a decade ago — two guys sharing a 4 x 2 metre office in Sydney’s Taren Point — Freightplus has established itself as a major global player in the business of moving heavy machinery. This year, the company will facilitate the international movement of more than 2000 mining machines around the world.
H
aving carefully cemented its position as market leader in Australia, Freightplus has also very successfully taken its brand into North America, Europe, the Far East and South East Asia and has its sights firmly set on South America. Whilst deliberated risktaking and a steadfast determination to out-service its competitors have been key factors in the international growth of the business, Freightplus Australia CEO, John Gleeson, attributes the company’s success primarily to what he calls the company’s unique “people culture”, something he and Atlanta-based partner and Chief Operating Officer, Steve Townsend, have nurtured and dogmatically protected since their early days in Taren Point. “Sure, we move heavy machinery but, ultimately, we are in the people business” says Gleeson. “We move machines for people; people who are trying to achieve something, be it a happy customer, an important delivery deadline or a tight production schedule… or whatever. Our job starts with recognising exactly what it is our customers need to achieve, continues with meticulous planning of the appropriate solution and finishes with its superb execution. This process also involves people… good people who know how to listen, who are equipped with the technical expertise and experience to competently apply the appropriate solution and who have the ability to work effectively with a whole range of diverse individuals and situations.
For more information about Freightplus Australia, contact a Freightplus director personally; John Gleeson 0414 980 380 Dean Sterling 0410 516 977 Chris Horgan 0405 193 718 Jon Fletcher 0405 193 712 or visit www.freightplus.com
The Freightplus recruitment philosophy is simple but effective. The company doesn’t determine it has a position vacant and then seek to fill it with the best applicant available at the time. Instead, they are always in the market for exceptional people… whenever one of the Freightplus crew identifies an individual with some special value they can bring to the team, and the right ‘fit’, the company employs that individual first and figures out how best to utilise them later. Gleeson goes on to say, “It’s not all about industry experience either. Although it’s important we maintain a depth of knowledge and experience amongst the crew, we’ve also always been open to hiring the right attitude and training the skills.” The Freightplus crew is a melting pot of highly skilled and very experienced freight forwarding professionals mentoring hand-picked, diligent and enthusiastic young apprentices. This way, whenever it opens in a new foreign market, Freightplus has an available human resource pool of company-trained individuals, with the right skill-sets and the Freightplus company culture already indoctrinated, to select from.
non-existent, at the rate of one every five years. At the same time, the company has never retrenched. When revenues dropped some 90% during the global financial crisis, the company’s directors took 25% pay cuts to ensure there would be no casualties. Now that mining machines are being moved around the world in record numbers, the company has the resources to cope. “Every Freightplus office outside Australia is crewed by a mix of Aussie expats and locals, ensuring our company culture is retained but also that each office has a respect and understanding of the local culture and practises. To date, this has been a winning formula and one we will vehemently continue to apply,” adds Gleeson. “In our business, it goes without saying that we offer one-stop, door-to-door solutions and have access to the right equipment, competitive shipping contracts and an extensive network of operational partners but, ultimately, it’s the extraordinary calibre of our people and the level of enjoyment they genuinely get out of doing what they do, that gives Freightplus the edge on our various competitors in Australia and abroad.” Freightplus’ extensive range of services includes prepurchase machinery assessments, trade facilitation, escrow services, dismantling and reassembly of machinery, offshore quarantine cleaning, pre-shipment AQIS compliance inspections (guaranteed against re-export from Australia), craneage and trucking, container stuffing and devanning, port handling services, roll-on roll-off shipping, break-bulk shipping, containerised shipping, air freight, aircraft and ship charters, pre- and post-shipment Customs clearances, motor vehicle import applications, quarantine permit applications and administration and reporting for precharged equipment licenses.
The company also enjoys an enviable staff retention record. Resignations from its crew are almost
[Freight - Air and Sea, Road and Rail]
_________________________________________________________
127
Hot Shots Express Delivering productivity to the mines “No sweat service” is the catch cry of Hot Shots Express, a NSW based express delivery company. And it seems, their reputation within the mining industry supports this claim. Talk to any of their customers about the service they provide and words such as “reliable”, “fast” and “professional” pop up regularly in the conversation.
A
family-owned company, Hot Shots Express have been reliably delivering breakdown parts and machinery to mines Australia wide for over 10 years and in the process have played a significant part in reducing their downtime losses. “We understand the effect a break in productivity has on a mine, so we strive to offer a service that helps our mining customers overcome their problem quickly and effectively,” says Hot Shots Express Managing Director, Robyn Eyre. “Offering a specialised service to our customers means peace of mind for them. Knowing when their machinery or parts are going to be delivered and
being able to track their delivery around the clock allows the mine to plan ahead — organising crew and equipment to resume as soon as possible.” Hot Shots Express’s ongoing commitment to the mining industry doesn’t just end with a prompt delivery to the site. All of the Hot Shots Express vehicles are fully equipped with all the mandatory safety equipment, including rotating safety lights, flags and UHF radios. “Safety is paramount. We spend a lot of time training our drivers in all aspects of safety, from managing fatigue on the road to all the PPE (Personal Protection Equipment) required for entering a mine site,” says Mrs Eyre. “Some mines won’t allow you on the site if you don’t have all the safety equipment, so we make sure we have our hard hats, reflective vests and safety boots on before entering,” she said. So what else makes Hot Shots Express the company to call when you want something delivered fast? According to the Operations Manager, Stephen Eyre, it’s their personalised service and large fleet of vehicles. “Time sensitive deliveries need to be managed carefully, which is why our customers can call us anytime. We are a 24 hours a day, seven days a week operation. We guarantee a quick response to the call out with one vehicle one delivery and we can provide an accurate ETA by use of GPS satellite tracking,” Mr Eyre said. “We have a large fleet of late model vehicles available, ranging from utes to a twelve tonne truck. So it doesn’t matter how large or small the load, we can cater to most requests,” he said. Long distances are nothing new to Hot Shots Express who will pick up from anywhere in New South Wales and deliver to the other side of the country if required. Port Headland, Darwin, Mt Isa and Mackay are regular destinations. A delivery from Sydney to Darwin can be done in 51 hours with two drivers, Sydney to Muswellbrook, 4 hours. All within legal speed limits and log book requirements. Hot Shots Express aims to be the company first thought of for express deliveries and with the loyal customer base they already have it seems they may already be that. For more details or to book an express delivery, you can contact Hot Shots Express on their 24 hour toll free hotline 1800 281 342.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
128
Understanding environmental surveillance Battery-powered, direct-reading instruments are classified as two groups - single-gas instruments or multiple-gas instruments - typically monitoring one or a combination of the following atmospheric conditions: 1. oxygen deficiency or enrichment; Figure 1
2. the presence of combustible gas; and 3. the presence of certain toxic gases. Depending on the capabilities of the instrument, monitoring can be conducted simultaneously for oxygen and combustible gas, or for oxygen, combustible gas and toxic gases. These devices are commonly referred to as 2-in-1, 3-in-1, 4-in-1 or 5-in-1 alarms.
Figure 2
No matter which type of instrument is used to check environmental gas concentrations, regular monitoring should be performed because a contaminant’s level of combustibility or toxicity might increase even if it initially appears to be low or non-existent. In addition, oxygen deficiency can occur unexpectedly. Atmospheric composition
Figure 3
To determine the composition of an atmosphere, reliable instruments should be used to draw air samples. If possible, do not open the entry portal to the confined space before this step has been completed. Sudden changes in atmospheric composition within the confined space could cause violent reactions, or dilute the contaminants in the confined space, giving a false low initial gas concentration. When testing permit-required spaces for acceptable entry conditions, always test in the following order: 1. oxygen content 2. flammable gases and vapors 3. potential toxic air contaminants Comprehensive testing should be conducted in various locations within the work area. Some gases are heavier than air, and tend to collect at the bottom of a confined space. Others are lighter, and are usually in higher concentrations near the top of the confined space. Still others are the same molecular weight as air, so they can be found in varying concentrations throughout the space. This is why test samples should be drawn at the top, middle and bottom of the space to pinpoint
[Gas Detection]
varying concentrations of gases or vapors (see Figure 1). The results of the atmospheric testing will have a direct impact on the selection of protective equipment necessary for the tasks in the area. It may also dictate the duration of worker exposure to the environment of the space, or whether an entry will be made at all. Substance-specific detectors should be used whenever actual contaminants have been identified. Combustible gases
In order for combustion to occur, there must be three elements: 1. fuel 2. oxygen to support combustion 3. heat or a source of ignition This is known as the fire triangle, but if you remove any one of the legs, combustion will not occur (see Figure 2). The percentage of combustible gas in the air is important, too. For example, a manhole filled with fresh air is gradually filled by a leak of combustible gas such as methane or natural gas, mixing with the fresh air. As the ratio of gas to air changes, the sample passes through three ranges: lean, explosive and rich (see Figure 3). In the lean range, there isn’t enough gas in the air to burn. On the other hand, the rich range has too much gas and not enough air. However, the explosive range has just the right combination of gas and air to form an explosive mixture. Care must be taken, however, when a mixture is too rich, because dilution with fresh air could bring the mixture into the flammable or explosive range. An analogy is the automobile that won’t start on a cold morning (a lean atmosphere because the liquid gasoline has not vaporised sufficiently), but can be flooded with too much gasoline (a rich atmosphere with too much vaporisation). Eventually, when the right mixture of gas and air finally exists (explosive), the car starts. How combustible gas monitors work
To understand how portable combustible gas detection instruments work, it is first important to understand what is meant by the Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) and Upper Explosive Limit (UEL). When certain proportions of combustible vapors are mixed with air and a source of ignition is present, an explosion can occur. The range of concentrations over which this reaction can occur is
_____________________________________________________________________________
129
called the explosive range. This range includes all concentrations in which a flash will occur or a flame will travel if the mixture is ignited (see Figure 3). The lowest percentage at which this can happen is the LEL; the highest percentage is the UEL.
bridge circuit, incorporating the filament as one arm, measures the change in electrical resistance due to the temperature increases. This change indicates the percentage of combustible gas present in the sample.
Most combustible instruments display gas concentrations as a percentage of the LEL. Some models have gas readouts as a percentage by volume and others display both percent of LEL and percent combustible gas by volume. What’s the difference? For example, the LEL of methane (the major component in natural gas) is five percent by volume, and the UEL is 15 percent by volume. If we slowly fill a room with methane, when the concentration reaches 2.5 percent by volume, it is 50 percent of the LEL; at five percent by volume it is 100 percent of the LEL. Between five and 15 percent by volume, a spark could set off an explosion.
Single-gas monitors for toxic gases
Different gases need different percent by volume concentrations to reach 100 percent of the LEL (see Figure 4). Pentane, for example, has an LEL of 1.5 percent. Instruments that measure in percent of the LEL are easy to use because, regardless of the gas, you are most concerned with how close the concentration is to the LEL. Single-as monitors for oxygen deficiency
Oxygen indicators measure atmospheric concentrations of oxygen. Concentrations are generally measured over a range of 0 to 25 percent oxygen in air, with readings being displayed on either digital readout or an analog meter. Oxygen indicators are calibrated with uncontaminated fresh air containing a minimum of 20.8 percent oxygen. With some models, an alarm is activated when oxygen levels drop below 19.5 percent. Single-Gas monitors for combustible gases
Single-gas instruments for monitoring combustible gases and vapors are generally calibrated on pentane and are designed for generalpurpose monitoring of hydrocarbon vapors. Such instruments operate by the catalytic action of a heated platinum filament in contact with combustible gases (see Figure 5). The filament is heated to operating temperature by an electric current. When the gas sample contacts the heated filament, combustion on its surface raises the temperature in proportion to the quantity of combustibles in the sample. A Wheatstone
Compact, battery-powered devices can be used to measure levels of such gases as carbon monoxide (CO) or hydrogen sulfide (H2S), depending on the model selected. Toxic gas monitors use electrochemical cells (see Figure 6). If the gas of interest enters the cell, the reaction produces a current output proportional to the amount of gas in the sample. With these instruments, audible and visible alarms sound if the gas concentration exceeds a preset level. These devices are well suited for use in confined spaces containing motors or engines, which can generate large quantities of CO, as well as in sewers, waste treatment plants and “sour crude” processing stations which tend to have hazardous volumes of H2S. Multiple-gas monitors for oxygen and combustible gas
In applications where it is necessary to determine oxygen and combustible gas levels simultaneously, 2-in-1 diffusion-type devices can be used. Sensors measure 0 to 100 percent of the LEL and oxygen from 0 to 25 percent. Remote sampling requires either a pump module or an aspirator bulb adapter. Multiple-gas monitors for oxygen, combustible and toxic gases
Toxic gases and vapors, which can be inhaled or absorbed through the skin, are frequently found in confined spaces. Sometimes, these atmospheric hazards can also displace oxygen and may incapacitate the body’s ability to maintain respiration. Some toxic gases and vapors can also cause long-term physical damage to the body in cases of repeated exposure. A number of instruments are available to assist in detecting toxic gas. Pocket-size monitors operate by diffusion or an aspirator bulb. Larger instruments with built-in pumps draw samples from the immediate area or from outside the confined space work area when used with sampling lines. Diffusion-type instruments are available for simultaneously measuring the LEL of combustible gases, oxygen levels and toxic levels (in parts per million) of H2S, CO and other toxic gases. Alarms
Figure 4
Figure 5
Figure 6
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
130
also alert the user to low and high oxygen levels. Remote sampling pump adapters are available to convert these diffusion-type instruments into pumpstyle instruments. Photoionization devices for toxic gases and vapors Figure 7
A photoionization detector, featuring microprocessor technology, uses ultraviolet light to ionize molecules of chemical substances in a gaseous or vaporous state (see Figure 7). A real-time digital readout allows the user to make an immediate determination of gas and vapor concentrations. Depending upon calibration input, gas and vapors are measured over a 0.1 to 10,000 ppm scale. Some instruments automatically compensate for signal loss due to humidity, which is inherent in all PID detectors. Detector tube sampling systems
Detector tube-type devices are recommended for conducting quick evaluations of potential hazards that cannot otherwise be measured. With detector tubes, a known volume of air is drawn through the tube, using a manually operated or batterypowered sampling pump.
predetermined volume of air through a filter designed to trap contaminants. The filter is contained in a plastic cassette, which is attached by plastic tubing to a sampling pump calibrated to draw a specific, known volume of air into the filter. After air samples are drawn, the filters are sent to a laboratory where they are examined to determine the level of exposure. Personal sampling determines the concentration found in the “breathing zone” or the area near the worker’s face, which is usually measured at or near the collar or lapel. Calibration
To ensure the accuracy of all monitoring and detection equipment, calibration should be performed regularly. If the instrument reading differs significantly from the values of the known standard, the instrument should not be used until it has been adjusted or, if necessary, repaired. by MSA www.msa.net.au
If gas or vapor is present in the air, chemically treated granules in the tube are stained a different color. By measuring the length of the color stain within the tube, users can determine concentration levels. Most tubes available today are made of glass, have break-off tips, and are filled with treated chemical granules. They generally have a shelf life of 24 to 30 months. One type of pump frequently used with a detector tube is a compact, bellows-type device. Accurate and repeatable sample flows can be assured by a shaft that guides the bellows during compression. Some models feature an end-of-stroke indicator that lets the user know when a full air sample has been drawn. Models with an integral stroke counter eliminate the tedious recording of multiple pump strokes. Personal sampling
Personal sampling is used to determine the concentration of airborne contaminants. Personal sampling pumps are designed to measure individual workers’ exposures, so they typically are lightweight, belt-mounted, battery-powered devices. The process of sampling entails drawing a [Advertorial]
[Gas Detection]
_____________________________________________________________________________
131
Choosing a gas detector The Seven Rules In today’s regulated safety environment the need for reliable, effective gas detection has never been so important. New players have seen the opportunity to generate cash by jumping on the confined spaces band wagon and making detectors leaving consumers with a bewildering array of choice. So how do you choose?
Robustness
Strangely this is not the first thing that comes to mind when looking at gas detectors yet is critical to reliability. If a detector is not working then everything else is irrelevant. When choosing a detector you should think of it as a tool of trade. If the product performs like your everyday tools you will face less downtime, lost productivity and cost. The detector must be shockproof, waterproof and robust even out of any carry case. Ask your supplier to allow you to drop the unit on concrete a few times or knock it firmly on a hard surface when trialling. Drop it in water if water is an issue. Make sure this is done with the unit turned on and tested with gas before and after.
because products meet a standard doesn’t mean there are not differences. Make sure your detector meets your standard. It’s your life. The slower the response, the less time you have to take action or the further you need to go to reach safety. MSA Altair® 4X takes less than 15 seconds to reach 90% of reading. That is up to four times faster than average and eight times faster than the slowest alternatives. Alarms
All gas detectors have basic alarms, normally at least visual and audible. You should at least also have a vibration alarm. You will likely be using these in noisy environments with other tools. A vibration alarm will greatly improve the chances you won’t miss an alarm.
Exclusively MSA have a special alarm mode in Altair® 4X. This alarm when started detects when the detector Warranty remains still for 30+ seconds. Typically these are called Always check the warranty offered and what is covered. Some companies view detectors as “delicate Mandown alarms and are standard issue for Fire Fighters. They aim is to detect and activate when the instruments” not tools of trade and generally that is wearer is not moving and potentially unconscious. This reflected in the warranty. may be the most critical alarm, activating when you are Accuracy in real trouble. Since it relates to movement it covers A gas detector should provide a warning to potentially many potentials and is more than just a gas alarm. save your life. It must be accurate every time. Watch Functionality for false alarms. We all know about “crying wolf” A gas detector is your tool to assist you do your job and the same applies to detectors. It’s really worth knowing how accurate and repeatable the detector is. safely. Like any good tool it should be simple and easy to use. That includes accessing all standard Test the detector regularly with known gas and functions used daily. Having to push multiple buttons or calibrate if needed. This is indicated in all international sequences to access everyday functions is not helpful. standards but also is the only way to verify ALL sensors Ease of use must be backed with interactive visual read gas. Zero reading does not tell you the sensor detector simulators. If you need to train someone is detecting gas. There is a cost for gas but it is a lot less than a life and probably less per week then most or change something you don’t want to rely on the supplier or expensive training. people spend at the pub. Remember when the chips are down and if the detector does not respond, then Innovation the outcome could be dire. Look for innovation in design. That assures you the company is thinking, not just copying. MSA recently ® MSA Altair series detectors have a check mark introduced a “glow in the dark” case on Altair® 4X. to confirm they have been tested and meet MSA This is a world first and assists you keep track of the standards of functionality. Simply to activate when gas instrument in the dark of a confined space. Look for is applied and passes a confidence tick is issued to innovation as a sign of leadership. the screen. It’s your tick from MSA that the detector response is assured. Speed
Speed does matter! Many detectors respond quite slowly in higher ranges and can take up to a minute or more to respond. You can walk a long way in a minute. Recently safety notices were issued by several authorities warning of the risk of slow response. The slow response people experienced resulted in near injury as falling oxygen levels went undetected. Just
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
132
Apprentices, driving Australia’s future The Australian mining industry took on more than 9,000 apprenticeships in 2010*. With this number increasing it’s increasingly important for apprentices to have access to quality education programs and tools to ensure they are equipped to step up and assist in tackling the current skills shortage in Australia.
What is the Tools For Your Trade Scheme? As part of its initiative to increase apprentice numbers, the Australian Government is continuing its Tools For Your Trade Scheme in 2011, which enables eligible apprentices to receive a $5,500 grant over the life of their apprenticeship. Who is eligible for the Tools For Your Trade payments? The Tools For Your Trade payments are available to Australian Apprentices who are undertaking a Certificate III or IV qualification for a trade listed on the National Skills Needs List to support Australian Apprentices with the costs of their training, purchases of relevant tools, and other costs associated with their Australian Apprenticeship. The payments are paid directly to the Apprentice under the Australian Apprenticeships Incentives Program. For the most up-to-date version, visit www.australianapprenticeships.gov.au When will eligible Australian Apprentices receive their payments? Payments are delivered as five tax exempt cash payments over the life of the Australian Apprenticeship and be eligible for those payments where the relevant milestone point falls. Payments are made as follows: $800 payable after 3 months. $1000 payable after 12 months. $1000 payable after 24 months. $1200 payable after 36 months. $1500 payable upon successful completion of the Australian Apprenticeship. Australian Apprentices may be eligible for one or more of the Tools For Your Trade payments during the course of their Australian Apprenticeship and eligibility for each of the Tools For Your Trade payments will be assessed by your Australian Apprenticeships Centre. What about part-time and Australian Schoolbased Apprentices? Part-time Australian Apprentices or Australian School-based Apprentices will receive the first payment once they have completed three months of their Australian Apprenticeship. Subsequent payments will be paid after 24, 48, and 72 months and upon successful completion of the Australian Apprenticeship.
[Hand Tools]
What if an Australian Apprentice completes their training early? If an Australian Apprentice completes their Australian Apprenticeship prior to reaching a payment point, they will receive the balance of the Tools For Your Trade payments owed to them. The Tools For Your Trade payments for which they are eligible will depend on their individual circumstances. How do eligible Australian Apprentices apply for Tools For Your Trade payments? Australian Apprenticeships Centres are contracted by the Australian Government to administer the Tools For Your Trade payments. Your Australian Apprenticeships Centre will be able to determine eligibility for Tools For Your Trade payments and assist with making a claim. How will Tools For Your Trade payments be received? The Tools For Your Trade payments are paid directly into the Australian Apprentice’s nominated bank account. What about paying tax? Tools For Your Trade payments are tax exempt. If you have any questions about how tax exempt payments are treated as income you can talk to the Tax Office on 13 28 61, an accountant or a registered tax agent. Where can I find out more? For more information about Australian Apprenticeships visit your local Australian Apprenticeships Centre, visit www. australianapprenticeships.gov.au , or call the Australian Apprenticeships referral line on 13 38 73 to find Australian Apprenticeships Centres in your region. *According to Australian Bureau of Statistics data, 2010
by Stanley www.stanleyworks.com.au
_________________________________________________________________________________
133
Sidchrome Driving Australia’s future One iconic brand getting the Australian apprentice mechanics all revved up is Sidchrome. The company is proud to offer apprentices specifically designed tool kits at a competitive price
range of pliers including diagonal, long nose, locking, and multigrips will have you gripping, twisting and cutting like a pro. The kit also includes a feeler gauge, circuit tester, eight meter measuring tape, Stanley knife and a T Handled Ratchet screwdriver. Retailing at only $1,699, this kit is fantastic value and comes with a bonus eight drawer Sidchrome roller cabinet valued at $799, for approved apprentices. The all new Sidchrome 307 piece premium tool kit (10152) range includes the most popular combination of mechanics tools combined with the latest products, he preferred choice among many and is available in the new premium storage chest. mechanics in Australia and New Zealand This kit is perfect for the final year apprentice who since 1942, Sidchrome has built its needs a tool for every job. Apprentices also receive a reputation on supplying high quality, bonus seven Drawer Sidchrome roll cabinet valued at premium and professional products that last $799, the Premium Tool Kit retails for $3,099. a lifetime, which is evident through Sidchrome’s lifetime If you’re out of the apprentice market, Sidchrome guarantee against faulty workmanship and material. has just released two new soft storage bags that are Sidchrome is also renowned for its innovation in product development and has always been the leader perfect for on the go work or travel. The Sidchrome Open Tote Contractor’s Pro Bag (50000) and Heavy in introducing new technology, such as the patented Duty Round Mouth Tool Bag (50001) are the perfect AntiSlip Design (ASD). addition for the mechanic needing to shift tools from With a range of professional mechanic tools essential job to job, without having to carry their entire kit. The for any workshop floor, Sidchrome has you sorted with soft bags are made from high resistant denier fabric the necessary tools for quality workmanship. that is rigid to maintain shape. With a big capacity, they feature easy pocket access and are suitable for For the apprentice just starting out, Sidchrome offer power tools or air tools and have bases that are water a 123 piece metric AF tool kit (10150). Housed resistant allowing for work in any environment. in Sidchrome’s premium six drawer tool chest, the
T
kit offers a new apprentice a range of tools to complete all general mechanical needs. The kit includes ¼” and ½” drive sockets and accessories, Next Generation Sidchrome pliers, AntiVibe ball pein hammer, adjustable wrenches, combination spanners ranging from 8-19mm and ¼” and ¾”. Hex Keys, punches, cold chisels, thru tang screwdrives, a hacksaw, mirror, magnet, aviation snips and scissors also come standard making this kit perfect for first year apprentice mechanics. Priced at $1,099, this comprehensive starter kit also comes with a bonus 10 piece Sidchrome geared spanner set valued at $229.
Looking to mix and match from Sidchrome’s quality range of socket sets, pliers, spanners and shifters and not purchase a full kit? If your apprentice spends more than $800 on any Sidchrome product they’ll send him or her a 100 piece Sidchrome apprentice pack worth $840!
The Sidchrome 205 piece Metric AF Tool Kit (10151) is ideal for any second year apprentice looking to own a more sophisticated mechanics tool set. Housed in Sidchrome’s premium eight drawer tool chest, it contains all the commonly used metrics tools in a handy grab tray, ideal for completing jobs on the go. Featuring many of the tools in the 123 piece kit, this kit also comes with a range of drive sockets and accessories, Next Generation Sidchrome pliers, AntiVibe ball pein hammer, adjustable wrenches and combination spanners ranging from 6mm to 1¼”. A
*According to Australian Bureau of Statistics data, 2010
To find out more about Sidchrome’s apprentice kits, what’s included, other Sidchrome products or your nearest stockist visit www.sidchrome.com.au. Sidchrome - You Canna Hand A Man A Grander Spanner!
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
10151 1 0151 1 10150
123 Pce Metric/AF Tool Kit • New premium 6 drawer tool chest
• 1/4 & 1/2” drive sockets & accessories • New generation Sidchrome® pliers • New generation Sidchrome® AntiVibe ball pein hammer • Next generation adjustable wrenches • Combination spanners 8-19mm & 1/4 – 3/4” • Hex keys, punches, cold chisels, thru-tang screwdrivers, hacksaw, mirror, magnet, aviation snips, scissors
Find us on
2205 Pce Metric M / AF Tool Kit • New premium 8 drawer tool chest
• Commonly used metric tools together in the hee top t tray • 1/4”, 3/8” & 1/2” drive sockets & accessories riees ® • New generation Sidchrome pliers • New generation Sidchrome® AntiVibe ball pein p in pe hammer • Next generation adjustable wrenches • Combination spanners 6-32mm &1/4” – 1-1/4” -11//4” • Pliers – diagonal, long nose, locking, circlipp internal internal & external, multigrips • Hex keys, flare nut spanners, ge geared spanners, ners ers rs, punches, cold chisels, screwdrivers, hacksaw, screwdri mirror, magnet, aviation snips, universal shears, feeler gauge, circuit tester, 8m tape, Stanley knife, T-handled T handled ratcheting screwdriver screwdriv
10152
307 Pce Metric/AF Tool Kit • New premium deep 10 drawer tool chest
• Commonly used metric tools together in top tray • 1/4, 3/8 & 1/2” drive sockets & accessories • Impact wrench 1/2” drive 500ft/lb • Impact sockets 10-32mm • New generation Sidchrome® pliers • New generation Sidchrome® AntiVibe ball pein hammer • Next generation adjustable wrenches • Combination spanners: 6-32mm & 1/4–1-1/4” • Flex head geared spanners: 10-14mm • Speed spanners – ratcheting open end • Stubby geared spanners: 10-19mm & 3/8–3/4” • Open end spanners Metric & A/F • Pliers – diagonal, long nose, locking, circlip internal & external, multigrips • Hex keys, flare nut spanners, geared spanners, punches, cold chisels, multimeter, 1/2” drive torque wrench, inhex sockets, digital vernier, screwdrivers, hacksaw, mirror, magnet, aviation snips, universal shears, feeler gauge, circuit tester, 8m tape, Stanley knife, T-handled ratcheting screwdriver
www.sidchrome.com.au
135
Thermal Electric Heating is used across many aspects of the mining industry in various forms. From general space heating to large industrial process heating. Heating is needed throughout the industry from underground mining all the way to the workers accommodation and vehicles.
H
azardous areas (areas in which an explosive atmosphere is present) such as those in underground mines (where flammable gases or dust may be present in the air) require a higher level of safety to be adhered to on all electrical installations to prevent injuries, property damage or even deaths as the result of explosions. Electric heating units can be supplied certified to ‘explosionproof’ or ‘flameproof’ standards to ensure there is no risk of the unit igniting the atmosphere and causing an explosion.
In colder climates, heating in mines is even more important to ensure operations can continue without interruption. For example, in overseas countries where mines are located in particularly harsh winter climates, something as simple as hydraulic fluid needs to be heated in order to keep things like truck ladders and stairs working. The heating of greases and lubricants becomes particularly imperative in these sorts of climates to maintain the flow of liquids through machinery and vehicles. Then, of course, there are things as simple as air heaters and space heaters to ensure the comfort of workers in both vehicles and site buildings. Cabin heaters and hot air blower heaters can provide easy solutions to cold work areas.
The International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) has developed a certification scheme to assist in regulating the safety standards of electrical equipment in hazardous areas. This scheme is called the IECEx Scheme and is used in a number of countries by Peta Jardine throughout the world, including Australia. www.thermalelectric.com.au According to the IEC, the objective of the IECEx system is to facilitate international trade in equipment and services for use in explosive atmospheres, while maintaining the required level of safety. Inline process heaters are often used in the mining industry in stripping plants to assist with the elution process. During this process the carbon is stripped from the solution through heat in order to separate out the mineral. These heaters are extremely versatile in that they can be designed for use with almost any solution and a variety of processes. The eluate will run through the system with the heat causing the ingredients to separate. Drum heating solutions are also very popular in the mining industry due to the large amount of grease or lubricants needed to maintain the vast amounts of equipment and machinery used throughout the mines. The variety of drum heaters available on the market makes it possible to efficiently heat the liquids with minimal effort. The drum and its contents can be heated in a number of ways depending on the most effective solution for the required process. For instance, an insulated heater jacket provides a portable way to keep the entire drum and its contents heated with minimal space wherever the drum is located. Alternatively, if multiple drums needed to be heated, a large industrial drum oven or heating room can be made to accommodate them, ensuring even heat throughout. Other products, such as wrap-around band heaters or drum immersion heaters, are also available for drum heating where it might be more effective to directly heat the solution.
[Heating Solutions]
issue 2.2
___________________________________________________________________________
136
Thermal electric elements
T AUSTRALIA HEATING SOLUTION PROFESSIONALS
hermal Electric Elements specialises in the design and manufacture of heating solutions to suit any application. With a focus on high quality materials, quick turnaround times and a wealth of technical knowledge, TEE has been manufacturing top of the line products for nearly 40 years. Located in Coffs Harbour on the beautiful Mid North Coast of New South Wales, TEE has expanded to include sales branches in Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane in order to better serve its clients. Each branch is fitted with state-of-the-art video conferencing equipment making it even easier to talk with our designers face to face from any of our offices.
mind. Thermal’s engineering team work closely with the client in determining the most efficient solution instead of simply finding a heater that fits, meaning the unit supplied works more cost-effectively, efficiently and just the way the client wants it to.
Thermal has supplied heating units to a number of mines over the years, including mines in both Africa and Australia. Many of TEE’s inline process heaters have been used in gold mines as far away as Ethiopia to assist in the elution process, while simpler space heaters have been used for comfort heating in mine site accommodation, and a range of drum heaters have assisted in keeping lubricants and greases fluid for machine maintenance. TEE even manufacture cabin heaters and heaters for hydraulic fluids to send to countries like USA where the harsh winters require the use of heaters to keep machinery moving.
TEE will soon be launching their new ThermalEx™ range of IECEx certified hazardous area heaters offering an Australian made and owned alternative to overseas suppliers.
The simple, yet efficient, design of TEE’s versatile inline process heaters can be manufactured to suit a wide range of applications, especially in the mining industry. From the elution process in gold mines to coking coal and waste water treatment, these heaters are always specifically designed with the customer’s needs in
[Heating Solutions]
This design process is used across TEE’s entire range. Specialising in custom-made heating solutions, TEE will always strive to find the best fit for the client’s application and can assist with heating almost anything, such as explosionproof pie warmers for underground lunch rooms, bain marie heaters for kitchens, air heaters for those chilly nights or heaters for processes not yet even imagined.
By sourcing heaters through TEE, the lead times and shipping costs of the project can be drastically reduced compared to that of overseas suppliers while ensuring the same high standards of safety are maintained. After-sales service and technical advice is also much easier to obtain without the time difference experienced when dealing with companies in the UK or USA. TEE’s ThermalEx™ heaters will ensure the high levels of safety required in the mining industry are upheld in any hazardous areas, minimising the risk of damage or worker injuries from explosions.
___________________________________________________________________________
AUSTRALIA HEATING SOLUTION PROFESSIONALS
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
138
Keep your head on!! Have you ever considered how much time you spend choosing a pair of boots compared to choosing a hard hat? Remarkably most people spend much more time on choosing boots than protecting their most important asset. No question boots are important but shouldn’t the same time be spent on hard hats?
So what goes into a good hard hat?
Clearly the first step is certification to a uniformly adopted standard such as an Australian standard but that is just half of it. MSA Australia manufactures industrial hard hats and caps in Australia backed by a local QA system that means every hard hat, not the sample submitted, meets the stringent Australian Standard. In fact MSA Australia’s V-Gard™ series, which is still made locally, was partly conceived and designed in Australia winning awards such as the unique Australian Good Design Award. As a testament to the leading overall design the MSA V-Gard™ range is the world’s leading hard hat for industrial protection, you can’t argue with that. So what makes the MSA V-Gard™ such a good design?
Many things make a leading design so here a few pointers. Impact
A hard hat has to sustain impact and distribute the force safely to prevent direct head injury. Clearly the job of the harness is where the rubber hits the road in this respect. MSA’s V-Gard™ range is fitted with suspensions that really serve to evenly share the load when it counts. The suspension redistributes loads, (particularly severe loads like impact), over the entire surface of the suspension thereby reducing the potential for injury. Seating the harness correctly on your head improves helmet function. MSA’s V-Gard™ also features adjustable suspension to ensure a comfortable and even load distribution and sweat bands to prevent slippage. When did you last think about the harness in the helmet? Maybe it’s about time? Don’t be a hot head
No one doubts that Australia is a land of extremes including extreme heat. If you are working an extreme heat work environment you should consider the V-Gard™ 500 (formerly Advance) or V-Gard™ 200 (formerly Coolgard) both of which are available with venting. It is critical to your well being to keep your head as cool as possible and that means with your head protection on. Throwing a hat in the cab on a hot day is not only dumb but dangerous for you. Even lifting off a hard hat to temporally cool off can be tragic. So how do you keep cool? Good design ventilation, such as in the V-Gard™ 500 and V-Gard ™ 200 is the key. In today’s environmental world we all know about cross ventilation in keeping a building cool. Chances are if you’re a builder you’re probably working on this now. Hard hats need practical, functional ventilation but
[Head Protection]
sadly many have vents that just don’t work. Making a choice between heat stroke or head injury isn’t one any of us want to make. MSA’s V-Gard™ 500 and V-Gard™ 200 series demonstrate an example of tried, tested and proven ventilation which works. While you’re keeping your cool don’t forget your eyes and nose. An extended peak protects not only from sun but also assists in reducing physical injuries. MSA Glaregard™ peak lining also provides uniquely patented glare protection for your eyes. In Australia we all know how important that is. Don’t be wet behind the ears
Fortunately the sunburnt country is not always sunburnt. Getting wet behind the ears might be considered an inconvenience or annoyance but it can be dangerous. Water leaking into hard hats can firstly reduce the effectiveness of the harness by allowing slippage when a hard hat is impacted or if you bend over. Picking up a dropped hard hat because of a wet head can be very annoying and often means it’s left off!! Saturated sweat bands or leaks on the inside of the hard hat can drip into eyes causing a temporary reduction in eyesight. If you’re off the ground on scaffolding or structure it becomes much more than an inconvenience. MSA’s V-Gard™ have more clever design features and include a gutter to shed water away from the eyes, the characteristic “V” capture rain and re-direct flow away from the peak and penetration resistant vents. If a MSA V-Gard™ leaks you’re swimming!! No wonder the design was and is still considered such a leading innovation in head protection. Get the Full Package
These days hard hats serve as a platform for everything including visors and ear muffs to protect vision and hearing. Accessories that not only fit but were designed in conjunction with the hard hat builds on design synergies. This leads to uncompromised protection. MSA design helmet mounted accessories like MSA left/Right™ ear muffs specifically for MSA helmets. With such innovations in combination you know you get the full package. Sun brims, neck flaps etc. complete the deal. MSA experience in materials, shell construction, design and innovation is reflected in more than industrial hard hats. Worn by people in advanced combat, fighter jets, helicopters, fire fighting, police and rescue around the globe MSA is the real deal. Standing tall in this group is the MSA V-Gard™ series. Next time you are looking to protect your head “Keep your head on”. There are no other “MSA V-Gard™” and you only have one head!
____________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
140
Protecting dragline cables safely as well as workers The problem with too many dragline cables and connections is they can be damaged and develop wear and tear due to everyday use by being moved to different positions throughout everyday shifts, and this in turn can potentially have serious outcomes including endangering peoples lives and safety whilst moving and repairing these damaged cables and electrical plugs.
produce more of the dragline plug boats with over 100 ARG Plug Boats being supplied to numerous mine sites around Bowen Basin so far. Both Gorlick and his partner in the business, his wife Robyn, have been determined to ensure the ARG Plug boat remains an Australian product as well as locally manufactured to create jobs, which so far has certainly been achieved. “We believe the devices will find a ready market among mines further afield throughout Australia, and this is why we have decided to participate in the Surat Basin Mining expo in Toowoomba to enable us to devote more time to promoting them throughout the mining industry in Queensland, WA and NSW. We will have representatives from our manufacturers at the expo as well to answer any queries.”
A
idan Gorlick from ARG Industries saw the need to come up with a solution for the problem and from this need, the ARG Plug Boats were developed and designed to solve this problem. Being a dragline operator, Gorlick also designed his ARG Plug Boat to float in order to keep the connections – which carry very high voltage of electricity – out of the water as well as protecting it from other elements as well such as rocks whilst being dragged along on the ground. The steel device which weighs around 245kg also secures the connections to prevent plugs coming apart when cables are pulled, which also helps reduce damage.The ARG Plug Boats assist in moving the connections, which can weigh about 150kg and also leave enough room for electricians to attend to any repairs or maintenance.
From all this, the Gorlick’s are looking at making inroads into the New South Wales and West Australian mining sectors as well. People seeking further information can contact ARG Industries at: Phone:- 0400 779 236 or 0439782818 Email:- argindustries@bigpond.com Web:- www.argindustries.com.au or “See us at Tent No:os9 at Surat Basin Mining Expo in Toowoomba and arrange a trial of this product for your mine site.”
“There are similar products around, but the ones I’ve seen don’t float and aren’t as user-friendly as our Plug Boats. Once the plug is placed onto the boat in the clamps, it’s as simple as doing up four bolts to secure cable and plug onto the ARG Plug Boat and then workers don’t have to touch the plug at all to move them around the mine site and hence this eliminates the danger of electrocution as well as the risk of back or even personal injury because there is no manual lifting or handling required,” Gorlick said. The ARG Plug Boats are currently being used at a number of Bowen Basin mines around the Dysart area, and many other mines are seeking to fit out their mine site with the ARG Plug Boat, and since there has been so much interes from other operations, Arg Industries have enlisted the help of Bundaberg Sandblasting to
[Dragline Plug Boats]
________________________________________________________________________
141
Working at height? 100% Safe, 100% of the time is a right, not an option Safety first in the workplace
One of the great legacies resulting from the modern mining boom is that every action taken in the workplace is seen through the lens of safety. Australia can proudly boast that its workers operate in one of the most OH&S focused working environments globally.
environment. They need to know about the equipment used, the composition of the host structure where the height system is fixed, the way it is fixed, the context of use, are all critical factors that determine the quality of the installation of the height safety system. Rubber-stamped self certification
Australian Standards are a ‘best effort’ to create continuity and consistency in an industry. When written into legislation like Workcover and OH&S Regulation 2001 it provides a framework for safety companies to operate in. However, the reality of the workplace is that ‘at height’ security is a non-core activity and only rudimentary training would be given onsite. The contractors would then only recognise what they know Government bodies such as Workplace NSW have and may easily miss what they don’t. In the event of identified the failure of the connection between an accident the liability will point back to the worker harness and support system as the primary cause of who certified the system ready for use. Workplace several deaths and injuries in workplace scenarios that legislation that seems rigorous on the surface is were completely avoidable if Height Safety Access undermined by the quality control standards of those regulations were followed. that are applying it. Unfortunately, injury or death will often be the trigger that causes a review. A proactive Height safety as a key area of weakness As safety standards are increasing, height safety is one approach is demanded. of the key areas where further attention is needed. This is often not deliberate. It is an oversight as to when height safety risk control measures should be taken. This is not to create a deterrent in productivity but to ensure that everyone is protected from the workers in and around the mines though to the managers and executives examining protocols in terms of liability and impact to project feasibility. The era of ‘at all costs’ prospecting and production is over. However, not all safety standards are applied equally.
The current perception is that height safety applies just to tall buildings but OH&S regulations nationwide have demanded that workers need to be secured when at height. As an example, OH&S Regulations 2001 require personnel that carry out work above two metres must be attached safely and securely to prevent a possible fall. This will apply often in a variety of scenarios in surface and underground mining sites. Height safety risk controls would apply to workers in or on top of mining shafts, the edge of an open cut operation or on any temporary structure. However, the great majority of mine managers are unaware of the exact legislation they must follow and have personnel working in an unsafe environment. One of the biggest ongoing concerns is the education of safety requirements to people who are ‘at risk’ or manage those ‘at risk’. The implications are profound as injury or death is a worst case scenario that is completely avoidable. 100% safety should be the priority. Sub-standard installation of height safety systems
Even the managers who endorse an installation of a height safety system are placing trust on the installer who may not be familiar with all the elements required to adequately create a secure ‘at height’ working
Supplied by Craig Myton at the Rigcom Group www.rigcomaccess.com
[Height Safety and Ramps, Walkways and Metal Flooring]
issue 2.2
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _
142
Exceeding the standards with RIGCOM Access Companies are under increasing pressure to deliver cost savings whilst maintaining the highest possible safety standards. RIGCOM Access specialises in providing essential height safety systems and services to mining and infrastructure companies who choose to outsource their noncore activities.
M
anaging Director, Craig Myton, is an advocate for 100% safety and for companies to focus on their specialties. “We have seen a marked increase in mining companies coming to us as they realise they have a clear and urgent need to provide a safe working environment to thousands of workers across multiple sites. To train each person in the minutiae of Height Safety protocols to a standard I would be happy with would not be an efficient use of resources. “RIGCOM Access operators are trained to exceed Australian Standards AS 1891 – Industrial Fall Arrest Systems and Devices, in each job they complete. This is underpinned by being well versed in how to improve height safety in your workplace through risk controls and safe business practices. This is the beginning.” RIGCOM Access is a premium provider of Height Safety and Rope Access Services. Height Safety Services have become more and more necessary as injuries and deaths caused by dangerous practices when working ‘at height’ have become an unacceptable part of the Australian workplace especially when carrying out duties on elevated walkways, building facades, rooftops and overpasses which is avoidable. “By providing value, height safety services that are safe, efficient and sustainable, we can help our clients
better allocate their resources, maximise their budgets and focus on their core activities. In-house training programs are being developed to ensure our people are equipped with the right skills for each project including health and safety, site management, quality assurance and environmental processes. “ RIGCOM Access with its 100% safety record can help you complete difficult projects whilst ensuring you meet all safety standards for your workplace. one hundred per cent is a real, tangible goal with the risk controls in place and best practices to Australian and Global Standards. The foundation of most height safety systems available through RIGCOM Access include: Static Line Systems
RIGCOM Access utilises world-class uniline safety, fall prevention systems that can be fitted both horizontally and vertically to ensure maximum safety to Australian and Global Standards. These robust fall arrest systems are designed to withstand and absorb falls from multiple people on the system. Rail Systems
RIGCOM Access can create custom solutions for mining and infrastructure project using uniline safety, aluminium unirail systems and walkways that are flexible and tough for any project completed ‘at height’. With complete scalability, RIGCOM Access installed rail systems are versatile to the scope of your project. Anchor Points
RIGCOM Access chooses from a range of height safety absorbing anchors based on the precise requirements of the project. RIGCOM Access installed Anchor Points take into account the possible effects of loads, suspension trauma and pendulum/ swivel effects as well as stress of the host structure. Safety is always the top priority. These three components form the basis of most solutions for at height tasks. “RIGCOM Access recognises a continuing need to use world’s best practice and equipment to ensure our people work safer, work efficiently and work correctly,” concludes Myton. “This is to ensure that the end user receives the full benefit of our investment. One hundred per cent safety is a right, not an option.” RIGCOM Access can be contacted on +61 2 9966 1673 or admin@rigcomaccess.com More information about our height safety and rope access services found at www.rigcomaccess.com
[Height Safety and Ramps, Walkways and Metal Flooring]
_____________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
144
Locker group Safe access solutions When searching for ramps, walkways or metal flooring for your site, there are two major considerations; product & company. 1.
2.
The product you choose must meet the relevant safety standards (AS/ NZ1170) so that you can rest assured your OH&S requirements are met and your people are safe.
O
ver the last 50 years, Locker Group has developed an intimate knowledge of the Mining and Quarry market, through its involvement in materials handling machinery, screening media and walkway and access products.
requirements, while the six metre lengths make installation fast and easy, ensuring minimal down time. Gripspan is ideal on ramps and walkways beside machinery, plus it is often used to access rooftop A/C platforms. Locker Group’s Roof Tread™ system provides a total solution including handrail and leveling angles.
The product must be the right choice for your environment; exposure to high levels of moisture or salt necessitates different materials or coatings. If the installation has a high incline gradient or high potential for slippage; a product with strong grip underfoot is a minimum.
Locker Group can offer a number of solutions Locker Group’s Safe-T-Perf® range is a perforated for walkways, ramps or flooring applications depending on the individual requirements of the site. flooring product, offering a fantastic combination of raised flanges, which provide grip, anti-slip Gridforge™ Welded Grating is available in a large properties and drainage holes ideal for areas with range of load bar and cross bar combinations to a high propensity for spillage. The combination meet the varying requirements of load and traffic; in ensures that even if a large spill occurs, the safe either standard panel sizes or fabricated to suit the walking surface isn’t compromised. The range exact requirements of the installation. Suitable for a has built in flexibility, available in 3 profile sizes, multitude of installations, Gridforge can be supplied depending on requirements; sheets, planks and with stair treads and handrail stanchions to suit, and stair treads. can be hot dip galvanized or bitumen dipped if the In addition, Locker Group can offer a number of environment necessitates. screening media solutions, including Locker Group will provide a complete handrail • Woven wire screens (hooked or flat); with a stanchion system to suit your installation; using a very fast turnaround from three strategically combination of standard ball & tube stanchions located manufacturing facilities around the and custom manufactured angles /bends. Locker country Group’s manufacturing facility in Townsville has extensive experience with handrail systems and will fabricate to your exact requirements, including selfclosing gates, kick plates and so on.
You want to choose a product you can install and forget, confident it will stand the test of time.
Gridforge welded grating and Locker Group’s handrail system are both compliant with AS1657; Fixed Platforms, Walkways, Stairwells and Ladders, offering you peace of mind.
The company you choose must understand your business, your objectives and what you value, and be able to provide a total solution; walkway and handrail, pre-fabricated and ready for installation.
Environments with higher risk of chemical corrosion can take advantage of Locker Group’s FRP (Fibre Reinforced Plastic) grating. Supplied in two alternative resin systems, FRP Grating is available in either panels or stair treads and can be combined with Locker Group handrails for a total solution. FRP flooring offers superior resistance to corrosion, is non-conductive and flame retardant. Gridwalk™ expanded metal walkway planks are ideal for quick and easy installation by a small maintenance team. Available in steel or aluminium, the range offers high open area and strength to weight ratio. The raised profile is also advantageous on small inclines, especially when combined with the appropriate handrail solution. The raised profile in either plain or serrated versions of Gripspan® make it ideal for even the steepest inclines. Combining two 300mm wide planks is an easy way to meet the AS/NZ1170 width
[Height Safety and Ramps, Walkways and Metal Flooring]
_______________________________________
145
•
Wire ripple & Poly ripple screens; a combination of high open area and increased vibration ensure these screens are ideal for almost any screening environment
•
Piano Wire or Harp wire screens; for high productivity
•
Wedge Wire; a static robust screen, ideal for dewatering
•
Rubber Cross tension screens; ensuring superior impact and abrasion resistance and increased flexibility to reduce pegging and blinding
•
Moulded Rubber screens; for heavy duty applications incurring high impact and heavy load conditions
•
Polyurethane cross tension and modular panels; for high wear and corrosion resistance
•
Full range of complimentary accessories and fixing systems
capital city plus locations designed to support the mining and quarry industry, including Townsville and Newcastle. Three major manufacturing facilities in Australia, supported by company owned international manufacturing operations and external suppliers, ensures Locker Group can provide your site with the ideal product to suit your requirements; while combining delivery and local product knowledge at the right price.
For direct connection to your closest Locker Group branch, please contact 1800 635 947
Locker Group’s nationwide footprint is unmatched in the industry with sales offices in every major
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Safe Flooring Screening Media
147
Training an imperative as skills shortage bites in NSW coal industry It will not surprise the readers of this publication to hear that the New South Wales coal sector has experienced a dramatic growth in demand for skilled workers, including tradespeople, deputies and under-managers. It’s a phenomenon driven by a rapidly ageing and retiring workforce in conjunction with the growth of the Australian mining industry as a whole.
The situation has reached a point where many coal companies in NSW cannot find qualified tradesmen and experienced miners — unless they resort to poaching them from competitor mines or from other industries. Hays’ April-June 2011 quarterly report suggests that salary packages now offered by other states are further fuelling candidate demand in the NSW coal sector. For example, with the burgeoning growth of the Queensland coal industry, many NSW coal miners are now being lured to that state. Recent reports from WA suggest that its mining industry will require 30,000 plus workers over the next 12 months. Queensland coal companies recently reintroduced the position of under-manager to their typical mine management structures, a move that is likely create an even stronger demand for workers who are experienced in this role. In order to secure experienced undermanagers in Queensland mines, it appears that companies have begun to entice workers with relevant experience from their NSW counterparts by offering extremely attractive remuneration packages to cross the border. To make matters worse, along with experiencing the Australia-wide skills shortage, NSW’s drawcard as a lifestyle destination is losing its appeal for east coast coal miners. In the past, the Hunter region in particular was able to leverage its coastline, its close proximity to Sydney and major regional centres, the winery district and superior facilities as a competitive advantage over its Queensland competition. However, this advantage is beginning to lose out to the larger pay packages being offered by Queensland mines to NSW mining engineers, deputies and under-managers.
collectively called on the Federal Government to focus on training and development for mine workers in the face of the Australia-wide skills shortage. These mining company heads suggested that the resources sector in this country will continue to grow in line with continuing rapid urbanisation in countries such as China, India, Brazil and Indonesia, which in turn will fuel the ongoing demand for Australian commodities. The need for increased training in the industry as a whole is therefore an ongoing imperative and should be seen as a long-term investment rather than simply a cost. One saving grace for the industry in NSW is that the quality of training it provides to coal workers is, in many areas, second to none. For example, a well known NSW coal mining training company has developed the world’s most advanced virtual reality (VR) training facility for coal mine workers, using state of the art VR platforms that comprise domes, a curved screen and 360-degree 3D theatres. The system is accurate and realistic, enabling trainees to experience and respond to real hazards in a safe, controlled environment before actually encountering them in the workplace. NSW has the advantage of a coordinated approach to workplace training in the coal industry, with the State Government, coal industry employers and relevant unions all collaborating to achieve improved training and development outcomes via collaboration and a one door entity. It’s an approach that that guarantees coal mine workers in the state maintain a high level of theoretical and practical skills acquisition. It also helps the NSW coal industry to alleviate the pressures to retain a skilled workforce, both now and hopefully for some time into the future.
The situation reinforces the need for the industry in NSW to prioritise the training of new starters in both generic mines safety and hands-on equipment operations. It is only through such training that the NSW coal industry will be able to sustain a skilled, qualified, safe workforce, and to fill any future voids created by interstate movements.
Coal Services www.coalservices.com.au
In early June, the Australian Financial Review reported that senior mining executives gathering at a Minerals Council of Australia conference
[Coal Mining Services]
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________
148
NSW Mines Rescue Behind the scenes of the NSW Mines Rescue Service Recently we caught up with NSW Mines Rescue Service and Regulation & Compliance General Manager, Paul Healey, to get to the coal face of how Mines Rescue operates. During our chat we uncovered that Paul’s diverse background in the mining industry meant that he had a very unique perspective on mining emergencies and the role of Mines Rescue in NSW.
Why do you think that the NSW Mines Rescue Service is so important to the coal industry? Recent events in New Zealand have highlighted the important role that Mines Rescue and Coal Mines Technical Services’ (CMTS) personnel play in protecting worker safety and health. Our focus has always been, and will continue to remain, ensuring the best possible outcomes for those involved in the mining industry. Mines Rescue provides underground incident response, an area where we excel as a result of our decades of experience in the business, which is also complemented by our use of the most modern equipment and training facilities. Additionally, Mines Rescue has a long and proud history in training and educating NSW Mines Rescue Brigadesmen, miners, statutory officials and emergency services’ personnel about the complexities associated with the mining industry and other hazardous activities. As a result of this training, the safety performance of the NSW mining industry has continued to improve and now has one of the lowest incident and fatality rates in the world. Ongoing commitment to developing the best in safety training and using the latest technologies...
As mentioned Mines Rescue has more than 90 years’ experience assisting the mining industry to manage risk and operate safely. As part of Mines Rescue’s ongoing commitment to developing the latest in training techniques in partnership with its parent company Coal Services PTY Limited and its Virtual Reality Technology division. NSW Mines Rescue has developed the most advanced real world simulator of its kind, taking VR (Virtual Reality) training technology to a new level in mineworker safety. What this means for mining companies is: •
Less injuries
•
Less down time
•
Increased production as a result of better trained miners
•
A safer workplace
The VRT facilities have three unique VR platforms. First, are VR Domes which are ideal for individual up to three person use. The Domes capture the participant’s field of view, with manoeuvring via a user friendly
[Coal Mining Services]
joy stick. Second is the 110° Curved Screen, which accommodates up to 30 people in a tiered, seating lecture room. Third, is a 360°cylindrical theatre which can accommodate 15 to 20 participants in a fully immersive environment. An in-house initiative has been the Rugged Operating Console (ROCK), a wireless touch screen tablet for delivering training in the simulation environment. The ROCK features include real time GPS navigation, full module detail and scenario triggers at the touch of a button. The unique VR Training facilities provide easy access to the VR mine, safe exposure, extended view, extended retention and recall, and competency based assessment. VRT training covers all aspects of mining industry requirements. The virtual mines capture the mining process from the cutting of the coal face right through to surface processing. This provides the full flexibility for training modules to suit specific customer needs, and the methodology is adaptable to any hazardous industry. The VR images in these modules are accurate and lifelike for improved immersion which enhances the learning retention for participants, a powerful advantage for customer training value. We now bring this extensive knowledge in working in dangerous and environmentally challenging environments to the broader business community. We know what works and what doesn’t as industry leaders; we have made a major investment in the development of this VR world leading technology. Our VR facilities allow controlled exposure to potentially life threatening scenarios, where trainees can witness the consequences of their decisions. We proudly offer this capability to organisations worldwide. We work with quality business partners and as such have access to the best that VR has to offer. If it’s essential that your team is trained and ready to respond to working in a hazardous or technically challenging environment, then our technologies and knowledge can assist.
Mines Rescue Established 1926
________________________________________________________________________
MINES R E Over 90 years experience
S
C
U
E
Your employees deserve the best
The best Safety Training by the People with the highest reputation and the latest training equipment The latest in gas detection and monitoring systems Training for Miners by experienced Miners Proven Occupational Hygiene systems and methodology’s
Mines Rescue has four Rescue Stations within NSW, located in the coal fields of:
Newcastle | Wollongong | Lithgow | Singleton We can also provide customised training on site anywhere in the world... Mines Rescue has developed the most advanced real world simulator of its kind, exposing staff to dangerous situations that may be encountered in a hazardous environment. Our Virtual Reality Training System is accurate and realistic, allowing staff to experience and respond to real hazards in a safe and controlled environment… before actually encountering them in the workplace. It’s essential that your team is trained and ready to respond to working in a hazardous environment. Training your staff with our Virtual Reality Training System can reduce injuries, reduce overall training costs and improve staff knowledge and skill. See how you can use this innovative and exciting training system in your organisation Mines rescue Service also provides the latest in gas detection and monitoring systems as well as a full national Occupational Hygiene Service. With 5 laboratories located in NSW and QLD, CS Occupational Hygiene Services can provide a range of services. Packages include but are not limited to: Dust Awareness Silica Exposure Noise Exposure and Management
Vibration – Whole Body / Hand Arm Hearing Protection
Respiratory Protection Diesel Particulate Matter
To find out more visit us at
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
150
Pirtek Tailored fluid transfer solutions for the mining industry As mine operators continue the search for plant and equipment that significantly reduces potential risks to personnel, Pirtek Fluid Systems has introduced an entire suite of products and services specifically for the underground mining industry.
U
nderground mining is an industry like no other — it places demands on man and machine alike, and is widely acknowledged as one of the most hazardous work environments
in the world.
The release of the all-new SSKV/SKV ‘stapleless’ hydraulic fittings is the latest initiative by Pirtek to provide underground operators with a revolutionary, Australian-first product that improves safety for both operators and technicians alike. Designed to remove the need for a staple-like locking pin (a technology that’s been used to couple hydraulic hoses for decades), the Pirtek range of SSKV/SKV stapleless hydraulic fittings have been subjected to more than 12 months of rigorous testing prior to launch. The SSKV (high-pressure) and SKV (low-pressure) hydraulic hose fittings combine a state-of-the-art locking collar and ring assembly — in place of a ‘staple’ — to secure male and female couplings together. The collar, a two-piece cylindrical enclosure, fits securely around both the male and female ends of the hose coupling. Precision machine grooves on the male and female coupling ends match with grooves on the collar. The collar then forms an effective ‘clamp’ around both sides of the coupling. It is secured using a large threaded locking ring matched to threads on the collar. The locking rings thread easily onto the collar, much like a normal nut. When secured, the collar prevents the two hose ends from separating, even when under extreme pressure. The disassembly process (a reversal of the assembly) prevents the accidental removal of a staple from conventional hydraulic couplings when under pressure, as the locking ring cannot be unthreaded until the pressure is relieved from the system. Once the hydraulic pressure has been switched off and the system completely isolated, disassembling the coupling is a matter of unthreading the locking rings and removing the collar. Pirtek Group General Manager, Stephen Dutton, says decoupling a hydraulic hose under pressure causes considerable risk to operators and service technicians. “The safe use of hydraulics is a major OH&S issue for any mining or industrial operation.” The SSKV/SKV system of coupling does not require any specialist tools, and can be completed by a qualified technician within minutes.
[Hydraulic Hoses and Fittings]
Dutton says conventional hydraulic fittings are usually secured using a variety of staple-type systems. “This proven method has existed for many decades, but it has several key disadvantages when compared with SSKV/SKV fittings. Most staple-type fittings employ a ‘U’-shaped staple hammered through the (outer) female fitting, which locks into a groove on the (inner) male fitting. “The staple effectively locks both fittings together, but the staple can still be easily removed when the hose is under pressure. Rapid pressure relief in such situations can have disastrous effects. “To add to the risk, staples often corrode into place over time, requiring the use of a large hammer to remove them. This in itself poses risks to operators and technicians. SSKV/SKV fittings remove these risks, significantly improving workplace safety in the process.” In addition, the zinc-plated SSKV/SKV fittings, when assembled using the correct Pirtek lanolinbased lubricant, will not corrode together, making disassembly easier when servicing is required. SSKV/SKV hydraulic couplings attach to the actual hydraulic hose by means of the same crimping or threading process as conventional hydraulic hose fittings. They can be assembled on site or at any of Pirtek’s Service and Supply centres as per normal hydraulic hoses. They can also be retrofitted in place of any type of hydraulic hose or coupling. Now in its 31st year, Pirtek has a long history of delivering quality hoses, couplings and fluid transfer services to the mining industry. In the 1980s the company made a conscious decision to focus much of its research and development on the mining industry. “It was clear in those early days that mining was going to play a significant role in Australian industry,” Dutton says. “Safety has always been our numberone priority, and one of the best ways to improve conditions on site is to deliver superior-quality product to customers. In fact, the mining industry insists on quality products that are both safe and cost-effective. “Any product we introduce has to be designed to reduce the incidence of workplace injury and meet strict MDG41 guidelines, while remaining affordable. The key is being able to deliver that safety at a price where the product will be taken up by customers – and that’s one of Pirtek’s strengths.” Pirtek’s extensive engineering expertise and continued drive for excellence have been demonstrated by
________________________________________________________________
151
its launch of more than 10 unique mining-specific products in recent years, including the Pirtek one-piece hose manifold system, Wedge Key manifold, hose grip restraints, ‘Pirchek’ anti hose-whip device, and a hose refurbishment/reeling program. In addition to product, Pirtek provides customers with a range of hose management programs and highpressure fluid management plans. These programs monitor the use and life of hydraulic hoses and components to assist customers with their correct operation and maintenance. Pirtek takes great pride in the way it develops products for the Australian market. BPI Technologies Australia, Pirtek’s research and development facility, spent more than 12 months testing and validating the design of the SSKV/SKV hydraulic fitting before it was released to the market. BPI Technologies was established in 2008 as the South-Pacific arm of a joint venture between Bridgestone, Pirtek and Intertraco. It is the only NATA (National Association of Testing Authorities)-certified facility dedicated to the development of hydraulic hose assemblies in Australia. More than $2 million has been invested in laboratory equipment for the site. “Key to the site’s success is its ability to test hoses to destruction in a safe and controlled environment using the only impulse test machine known to be operating in the country,” Dutton says.
development programs ensure our product is designed to the highest standard — so it’s important that the same quality is carried through to the manufacturing and fitting stage,” Dutton says. In recognition of its initiatives, the company received a BHP Health, Safety and Environment award for the development and implementation of High Pressure Fluid Management Systems.
Pirtek is a proud family-owned Australian company that has grown into one of the world’s largest industrial franchise companies operating across every continent of the globe. In Australia, service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week via a fleet of more than 320 mobile service units and 92 strategically located Service and Supply Centres. For more information on Pirtek’s products and services call 132 444 or visit www.pirtek.com.au.
“This facility enables Pirtek to make use of its extensive global knowledge so that superior quality products can be delivered to our customers both here and around the world.” Pirtek goes beyond only offering product and management systems by implementing a comprehensive nationwide training and certification program for technicians as part of its focus on service and safety. Pirtek trains each assembly and installation technician under its own nationally recognised qualification — Certificate II in high-pressure hose assembly. The company is a nationally accredited training organisation, certified through regulatory body Vetab. Administered by a national training manager at Pirtek’s Sydney headquarters, training targets all areas of the business, including the OEM division, Service and Supply Centres, and Mobile Service Units. Only fully trained technicians are able to manufacture or install any Pirtek hose. “Our research and
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Fit ting
New
ticks all the safety boxes rformance
Superior pressure & life cycle pe High and low pressure variants
- no Stapleless and easy assembly
tools required
Exceeds MDG 41 requirements Slim outside diameter
mail info@pirtek.com.au • For full product overview e-
or call 134 222
Servicing the Mining Industry for over 30 years All Products and Services exceed MDG41 requirements Mining dedicated Service and Supply Centres with pressure testing facilities Specialists in Open Cut and Underground applications for all soft and hard rock mining All Service and Supply Centres ISO9001:2008 accredited RTO Registered by VETAB Project Management for machine overhauls and hose refurbishment NATA certified hose testing facility Experience across all OEM mining equipment manufacturers National fleet of mining specific mobile service units
154
RYCO MDG 41 Globally in the past, the most commonly used standard for hydraulic hose and fittings for underground coal mining was NCB174, which was the United Kingdom National Coal Board standard, however the NCB has been non-operational for over 20 years, and the UK today no longer produces coal to the significant export volumes it once did.
T
he formulation of the Mining Design Guideline number 41 (MDG 41) was from an industry group set up by the NSW Department of Primary Industries in Australia and included global suppliers such as DBT, Joy and suppliers of fluid power components such as RYCO, therefore global standards were combined to establish “Best Practices” for the industry. A key driver in the development of the committee and document was in response to an increasing number of incidents involving high-pressure fluid injection injuries on mine sites. Hydraulic circuits today convey tremendous pressures and we all have a duty of care to assess the risks in the workplace and to implement systems and programs in order to eliminate or minimise the hazards they present. International Hose standards specify a set of materials and tolerances, such as internal and external dimensions along with reinforcement types and dimensions. The reality is that while these standards are adhered to by all manufactures, the tolerances themselves are so broad that if the entire tolerance allowance was used in manufacturing, they would encounter a high failure rate due to tolerance mismatching. Quality manufacturers have to adopt their own limits which are often less than half of the allowed range.
This is where “Mixing and Matching” becomes an issue: Component manufacturer ‘A’ could produce parts on the lower limits of the tolerance, and manufacturer ‘B’ is on the upper end of the tolerance. If a fitting from ‘B’ was put on a hose from ‘A’ at the specified crimp diameter of ‘B’, there would be little chance of adequate coupling retention which would likely result in failure. MDG 41 Clause 1.6.13 defines a “Matched System” as, “where the hose and fittings (insert/ferrule) are from the same manufacturer and are assembled and crimped using the method as specified by that manufacturer”. RYCO, an Australian manufacturer of high quality hydraulic hose and fittings, have developed strategies in order to assist customers in understanding the requirements of the guideline, and how they can adopt the practices it recommends. Hoses and fittings used in mining must be tough enough to meet the demanding conditions of that environment. Hoses have to meet the ISO 6805 requirements for abrasion resistance as a minimum. Hoses used should also be Fire Resistant and AntiStatic (FRAS). RYCO’s DIEHARD range exceeds this requirement by 10 times and meets the requirements of the Australian Standards for FRAS. RYCO’s DIEHARD range also meets the requirements of MSHA (US Department of Labour, Mine Safety and Health Administration). As per the matched system requirement of MDG 41, it is important that the components of fluid connectors are accurately marked and identified. There is a need for the hose and coupling components to be marked with the brand of manufacture, so that assemblers and end users can verify that the assembly is indeed matched and meets the MDG 41 requirement. Part numbers must be provided on all components to ensure that the correct coupling series and hose types are matched. Similarly, batch codes must be provided on all parts for material traceability. Date codes must also be provided in order to help establish assembly shelf life and service life. All components produced by RYCO have branding, part numbers and date codes and as such provide full traceability. RYCO has developed a series of training programs covering all aspects of fluid connector technology. Whether it is safety, quality, engineering solutions or supply chain management, RYCO is constantly working together with the mining industry to develop technologies and solutions to suit specific hydraulic needs.
[Hydraulic Hoses and Fittings]
________________________________________________________________
RYCO 24 • 7 PORT HEDLAND
The RYCO 24 • 7 network of service centres and Mobile Connector Specialists offers the complete range of quality RYCO products and onsite service for all hydraulic port to port requirements, ensuring minimal downtime and increased productivity. Whether you require a complete RYCO managed system or replacement of your hydraulic connections, a RYCO 24 • 7 Mobile Connector Specialist is a phone call away.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
156
Trimble Surveying solutions for mining applications As a leading provider of positioning and surveying solutions, Trimble offers advanced surveying systems that are ideal for mining applications such as monitoring, stakeout, stockpile and excavation surveys and tunnelling. Safety in open pit and underground mining
When safety is critical, Trimble’s complete real-time monitoring solution provides unsurpassed performance and peace of mind. The monitoring solutions provide 24/7 remote data collection, analysis and warning alarms to immediately alert personnel on mine wall and mine shaft stability problems. The heart of this system is the Trimble 4D Control Advanced monitoring software which controls the Trimble S8 total stations to remotely collect continuous data for analysis and reporting. Stakeout for blasting in open pit mine
For stakeout, the Trimble R8 GNSS receiver offers a robust solution which delivers high accuracy and performance in the most difficult conditions such as those found in open pit mines. Combined with the Trimble Access field software, stakeout of large blast patterns can be achieved more efficiently. Volumetric survey for mining
The Mines module in Trimble Access provides streamlined step-by-step workflows for activities including multiple drilling rig alignment methods for development drives, alignment for drilling rig pivot positioning and stakeout for blast hole collars. Real-time data synchronisation capability improves field and office collaboration dramatically. Trimble’s spatial imaging solutions enable stockpiles to be easily scanned and volume reports created and delivered directly from the field. Streamlined workflows guide the user through the scanning process and enable near real-time volumetric surveying with little or no formal training in scanning technologies. For tunnelling, Trimble’s tunnelling solutions offer precise and easy to use tools for drill and blast stakeout, controlling alignment of the excavation progress, and surface scanning for inspection and comparison of design vs. as-built conditions. Once data and measurements are collected, the Trimble RealWorks software provides functionality to visualise, explore and manipulate as-built surveys to create highly visual deliverables such as drawings or surface renderings . Trimble also offers non-surveying solutions for the mining industry. They include infrastructure for the mine site for high accuracy positioning, ore control and grade control as well as mine information management and truck assignment solutions. For more information, please visit www.trimble.com/mining
157
Changing fluid power industry requires quality training The hydraulic industry involves people coming into contact with potentially dangerous scenarios on a daily basis, with 3.5% of all workplace deaths being related to fluid power.
S
ome past injuries and fatalities on work sites were all about intensification of pressure being misunderstood by maintenance personnel. These incidences relate to fluid injection and severe body injuries from contact with fluid under pressure. High pressure fluid or oil in hydraulic systems is lethal if a fluid line connection point is opened or hose failure occurs. In the past decade, the fluid power industry has experienced a high level of change with the fast progression of technology and modern applications. Also, new guidelines of MDG41 for fluid power safety are coming in to NSW and will shortly be adopted by other states as the most current guideline for their personnel. The risk of fluid injection injury is increasing as machinery and equipment with high pressure hydraulic and lubrication systems becomes more common more functions are being automated on machines, tighter hose compartment designs, and increased maintenance and hose wrapping requirements. These changes within industry have resulted in difficulties for traditional fluid power training organisations in staying current regarding industry practices, component knowledge and qualified resources.
As young engineers move through their trade courses there is very little content when it comes to fluid power within these apprenticeships, unless the individual has an interest in this specific field and completes extra courses to be a specialist in fluid power, generally after hours. With the potential safety risks involved, the fluid power industry should command the same level of training available to other trade industries such as electricity and possibly have an individual strand of training within the Australian Qualification Framework (AQF).
To promote further dialogue relating to the education of fluid power technicians a discussion This gap in training, combined with the growing group, Fluid Power Education Australia, has been problem of many experienced hydraulic experts retiring or approaching retirement age, has resulted formed on linkedin.com. The group is open to any fluid power industry professional with an interest in in a skills shortage in the fluid power industry. educational requirements and standards. With technology being widely available, training organisations are now moving forward in methods of delivery including seminars and online learning however, there is still a need for the conventional method of face to face delivery. Regardless of delivery method, all fluid power training needs to have a level by Custom Fluid Power of industry currency within the training environment. www.custom.com.au
[Hydraulics in Mining]
issue 2.2
_____________________________________________________________________
158
Changing fluid power industry requires quality training The hydraulic industry involves people coming into contact with potentially dangerous scenarios on a daily basis, with 3.5% of all workplace deaths being related to fluid power.
S
ome past injuries and fatalities on work sites were all about intensification of pressure being misunderstood by maintenance personnel. These incidences relate to fluid injection and severe body injuries from contact with fluid under pressure. High pressure fluid or oil in hydraulic systems is lethal if a fluid line connection point is opened or hose failure occurs. In the past decade, the fluid power industry has experienced a high level of change with the fast progression of technology and modern applications. Also, new guidelines of MDG41 for fluid power safety are coming in to NSW and will shortly be adopted by other states as the most current guideline for their personnel. The risk of fluid injection injury is increasing as machinery and equipment with high pressure hydraulic and lubrication systems becomes more common more functions are being automated on machines, tighter hose compartment designs, and increased maintenance and hose wrapping requirements. These changes within industry have resulted in difficulties for traditional fluid power training organisations in staying current regarding industry practices, component knowledge and qualified resources. This gap in training, combined with the growing problem of many experienced hydraulic experts
[Hydraulics in Mining]
retiring or approaching retirement age, has resulted in a skills shortage in the fluid power industry. With technology being widely available, training organisations are now moving forward in methods of delivery including seminars and online learning however, there is still a need for the conventional method of face to face delivery. Regardless of delivery method, all fluid power training needs to have a level of industry currency within the training environment. As young engineers move through their trade courses there is very little content when it comes to fluid power within these apprenticeships, unless the individual has an interest in this specific field and completes extra courses to be a specialist in fluid power, generally after hours. With the potential safety risks involved, the fluid power industry should command the same level of training available to other trade industries such as electricity and possibly have an individual strand of training within the Australian Qualification Framework (AQF). To promote further dialogue relating to the education of fluid power technicians a discussion group, Fluid Power Education Australia, has been formed on linkedin.com. The group is open to any fluid power industry professional with an interest in educational requirements and standards.
________________________________________________________________________
159
Company Info
Fluid Power Training Based on Current Industry Practices Custom Fluidpower, one of Australia’s leading hydraulic solutions providers, is a Registered Training Organisation (RTO) providing accredited fluid power training based on current industry practices.
Recognising the need, from both individuals and companies, for easily accessible training Australia wide, Custom Fluid Power Training will also be launching an online training portal in the upcoming months. The portal will commence with an Introduction to Fluid Power training module with further more advanced and topic specific courses added over time.
Custom Fluidpower has put their hundreds of hours of accumulated knowledge towards developing training packages that meet current industry best practice, are aligned to national standards and are MDG41 compliant.
Custom Fluid Power Training can customise a training plan to meet specific needs throughout Australia. Simply contact them on 1300 781 178 or training@ custom.com.au to discuss your unique requirements.
Custom Fluid Power Training’s trainers are from various backgrounds within fluid power including Design Engineers, Hydraulic Fitters and System Engineers. All the trainers have an understanding of the current skill gap within our industry.
Custom Fluidpower is a wholly Australian owned company, offering a combination of hydraulic, pneumatic and lubrication products and services in the agricultural, aerospace, exploration, industrial, marine, mobile, mining and material handling industries. For further information visit www.custom.com.au.
The fluid power training packages cater for a range of skill levels from those new to the industry, through to apprentices and engineers. The courses are practical and are designed around the workplace, relating to jobs that are performed on a daily basis, with assessments of competency based on performance of actual tasks and underpinned by knowledge ensuring the task is completed to meet the relevant standards. Custom Fluid Power Training offers skills recognition for the courses through a recognition of prior learning (RPL) process that recognises the skills and knowledge that has been acquired through the course of life, vocational transitions, formal or informal training and education. The RTO recently awarded its first Certificate IV in Fluid Power qualifications to Custom Fluidpower employees Will Lane and Jake Rosolen. Custom Fluidpower CEO, Mark O’Leary, presented the employees with their certificates. “Will and Jake started with the company as apprentices at our Emerald branch. To see them achieve this qualification was an honour,” he said. “The RTO provides us with an opportunity to not only educate our own people, but all people in industries that come into contact with fluid power systems and equipment.” “This in turn increases the safety of people working with fluid power, something that is of top priority to our organisation.”
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Complete Fluid Power Solutions. Custom Fluidpower is one of the largest hydraulics, pneumatics and electronics solutions providers in Australia. Our organisation is proudly customer focused, which means our emphasis is not just on components and parts, it’s on delivering total engineered innovative solutions.
Our services include: •
Hydraulic & Pneumatic Product Sales
•
Hydraulic Manifold Design & Manufacture
•
In-House Testing Facilities
•
Field Service
•
Lubrication Technology
•
Workshop Repairs
•
Filtration Products & System Maintenance
•
Installation & Commissioning
•
Industrial Braking
•
Certified Fluid Power Training
•
Complete System Design
®
1300 781 178
www.custom.com.au
APRS subscriptions The Australasian Mining Review is an independent voice for the mining industry in Australia. Produced bi-annually the publication covers the major developments, events and topics affecting the mining industry across the Asia Pacific region. Each issue also includes a comprehensive buyer’s guide providing an essential reference tool for buyers and key decision makers in the mining industry.
The Australasian Mining Review is a member of the APRS stable of high quality mining and resource publications, including: z
MINEsafety AUSTRALASIAN
AUSTRALIAN
safety JOURNAL
JOURNAL
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 1 #2
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 3 # 6
QLD B U L L E T I N Winter 2011
FEATURING: ELIMINATING FALLS FROM HEIGHTS How effective are Elevating Work Platforms?
IS SN 1833- 3036
AUSTRALIAN CONSTRUCTION SAFETY JOURNAL
SITE SAFETY On the Sydney Harbour Bridge
Give vehicle operators a smooth ride
WINTER
Preventing confined space fatalities within the mining industry
VOLUME 1 #2
FEATURING: Health management in mining – Putting the “H” back into OHS
TRAINING BEYOND COMPLIANCE Transforming cultures
Western Australia’s resources infrastructure outlook Queensland’s 2020 vision: Sunny but Supporting regional energy security clouds ahead?’ and meeting domestic needs in Queensland mining devastated by Western Australia ‘worst flooding on record’ Long-term strategic planning needed to Boom time forpowerhouse the Surat iron ore industry sustain WA’s
2011
issue 2.2
You can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au My details Ms/Miss/Mrs/Mr (please print): Address: Fax: + 61 8 8113 9201
Post to: Australian Publishing Resource Service GPO Box 1746, Adelaide, SA 5001
Email: subscriptions@aprs.com.au
Town/suburb: State: Tel: (
you can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au
Post code: )
Mobile:
Email*: All prices include postage & handling within Australia and GST
Payment
YES! I would like to subscribe to:
I enclose my cheque/money order payable to APRS for $
Mine Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Construction Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Card Number:
QLD Mining & Energy
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Cardholder’s name:
Australasian Mining Review
1 year $18.90
2 year $35.00
Expiry date:
or please charge my:
Mastercard
Visa
Signature:
Australian Publishing Resource Service uses personal information collected from you to fulfil your subscription. We may also use this information to inform you of future special offers. Please tick if you do not wish to receive any further offers by mail or email *By including your email address you consent to receive any email regarding this magazine, and other emails which inform you of APRS’s other magazines.
162
Hydraulics in Mining If a picture paints a thousand words, then which word paints an accurate picture? A recent survey of the general public found that when people think of mining, most think of Big Trucks (32%), Employment 27%, and Coal Mining 14%. Other words that respondents said came to mind in the open ended survey, were Boom, Mining Towns and Money.
T
rue, these words are all relative to mining, but when you ‘drill down’ a little deeper, you’ll find that the word Hydraulics actually plays the biggest part. Hydraulics engineering is an integral part every stage of the mining process, either by use of hydraulic tractors, or rigs that use hydraulic components for at least some stages of their function. 1.
During stage one, exploration drilling, hydraulic components at at work in the crawlers, drills and drill masts.
2.
Stage two, open cuts, brings in the tilt trucks and explosive drills.
3.
Then trucks with fundamentally hydraulic components are brought in to move and deliver the ores and coal.
4.
Stage four, the processing of the minerals, is clearly supported by hydraulic engineering during the extraction and pumping processes.
5.
Then, in coal mining, there’s the loading process during the coal sampling, a process reliant on hydraulics.
6.
The final process of mining uses hydraulic vehicles to place coal and minerals on conveyor belts using stacker reclaimers and coal loaders.
In underground mining, the equipment is almost wholly hydraulic. Even the reinforcing concrete in the tunnels is sprayed on using hydraulics. Hydraulic power is involved in the whole mining process. Whilst there may be some debate over some of the recent developments in Hydraulic Mining, or ‘Fracking’, this process is not to be confused with hydraulic equipment used in mainstream mining. Mining on the whole is one of the most positive industries in the world. Major companies in the industry are enjoying the long-standing boom and are in return providing a boost to our economy. BHP Billiton, amongst the largest employers in the world and a premier supplier of iron ore to the world, has a long and sustainable future mining iron ore in Western Australia, with reserves for at least another 30 years and additional resources for future development. All their mines are open cut. Machinery supplier, Komatsu, has just announced its plans to inject $50 million into the local economy and create 400 new jobs in the
[Hydraulics in Mining]
construction phase of its new high-tech ‘Super Site’ in Wacol, west of Brisbane. Hitachi, which accounts for around a third of new mining excavator sales in Australia, has just announced the launch of its new giant hydraulic shovel, the EX8000, defining the trend of bigger is better and prompting the question, ‘How big can they go?’ One benefit of hydraulic shovels, via face shovel and backhoe configurations, is that they have greater flexibility when compared to their electric rope shovel counterparts. Another benefit of hydraulics includes faster travel speed. Rio Tinto has been awarded the honour of being official metals provider for the 2012 Olympic Games in London, where almost 5000 medals will be awarded to over 4000 athletes from 205 countries. Rio Tinto operates globally, employing almost 80,000 people, and contributing to the growth and prosperity of many of the countries in which they operate. A $3 billion coal mine has been conditionally approved for Wandoan in the Surat Basin west of Maryborough in southern Queensland. The mine has an expected life of 30 years and will create nearly 1,500 jobs. BHP Billiton has also moved to get government approval of its plan to massively expand its Pilbara operations. The United States Ambassador to Australia says Western Australia’s Pilbara region is now considered one of the best areas in the world in which to invest. Reserve Bank Deputy, Ric Battelino, says Australia’s “very big” mining boom is here to stay at least for the next fifteen years and Australia is “sitting pretty”. Eagerly riding the boom is an innovative hydraulics supplier in Queensland, Tidal Fluid Power (TFP). TFP supplies components and spare parts to each level of companies that support the mining industry, from the original equipment manufacturers, the end user network and the distribution network. Based in an unassuming workshop and warehouse in Clontarf, Queensland, TFP has representatives in every state. Hands-on partner, Steve Rees, says that “new engineering developments have been made, due to the boom, which have resulted in new machinery being made.” He said that on top of the demand for new equipment, ongoing infrastructure is now working harder and requiring maintenance. TFP offers fast-fix maintenance and new equipment
________________________________________________________________________
163
options to savvy businesses that want to keep on top of the demands from the boom. What sets Tidal Fluid Power apart from other suppliers is that it offers free 24/7 telephone and email technical support on many problems that may be experienced in the day to day application and repair of hydraulic components. This is just one of its new concepts that hasn’t previously been seen in the hydraulic market, all of which are designed to assist their customers to make more money and shorten turn around times. Their highly trained staff have gained over 50 years combined expertise from practical, hands on experience and training by some of the world’s leading hydraulic and manufacturing companies. TFP is highly competitive when it comes to providing the right components and parts. Rees said, “The key to providing high speed solutions is to know what the end user needs.” Its sales engineers are highly qualified to discover the needs of companies that have to get equipment fixed and get back to work. “We can usually provide alternative and have the solution within days, as opposed to weeks or months offered by many companies,” he said. Rees said there are four important words to remember when providing practical solutions, and they are “Availability, Service, Quality and Price”. Tidal Fluid Power stocks an extensive range of quality motors from Vane Motors to Bent Axis motors. The Vane Motors range includes T25M, T35M, T45M and T50M as well as a Veljan range of VM3B, VM4C and VM4D. These motors offer high speeds and high pressure as well as overall efficiency. This returns excellent starting torque characteristics when starting a motor under full load. All the TFP motors offer cartridge technology for ease of maintenance and changing motor speed and torques characteristics. The hydraulic balance significantly reduces wear and heat producing friction.
An extensive range of fully compatible spare parts are also available from their wellstocked warehouse. TFP has released the most comprehensive piston pump and spare parts brochure to date, detailing performance characteristics of the various components. The brochure is available in print form or on CD ROM, and should be at-hand in every hydraulics workshop, because one never knows when a machine might fail. Tidal Fluid Power is the pumping heart of hydraulic muscle.
Also available is an extensive range of Sunfab Bent Axis motors. This fixed displacement piston motor has spherical pistons ensuring an efficient motor, especially suited for truck hydraulics. Their magnum opus is the genuine Tidal TPV piston pump, which, as with all their stock, carries a full warranty. TFP stocks the highest quality replacements for the Rexroth A10V series. Their TPV piston pump is fully interchangeable and is manufactured in ISO9001 certified factories.
By Barbie Young for Tidal Fluid Power 07 3889 4591 www.tidalfluidpower.com.au
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
164
Need Hydraulic Components and Spare Parts? TIDAL FLUID POWER is dedicated to supplying “NEW“ Hydraulic Components and Spare Parts to original equipment manufacturers and the hydraulic industry.
W
ith extensive industry experience in systems design, manufacture, installation and repair of hydraulic pumps, motors, valves and cylinders, this expertise has been gained from over a total of 50 years of practical, hands on experience, including numerous training by some of the world’s leading hydraulic, manufacturing companies, and is available to our customers, 24 hours a day.
Tidal Fluid Power has released a comprehensive piston pump and parts brochure detailing performance characteristics of the various components and also includes dimensional data. The catalogue has been designed to include the entire range of components associated with the piston pump range. If you would like a copy of this free colour catalogue, contact our office today.
WHY YOU SHOULD DEAL WITH TIDAL FLUID POWER?
Proudly distributed by Tidal Fluid Power
TIDAL FLUID POWER is a well stocked company that offers free telephonic / email technical support on many problems that may be experienced in the day to day application and repair of hydraulic components. If you have a technical problem, give us a call. We have introduced some new concepts that have not previously been seen in the hydraulic market, all of which are designed to assist our customers to make more money and shorten turn around times. All products sold are fully warranted. To view these products and more, visit us at AIMEX 6-9 September 2011 Stand 5911 For more information or to place your order, CALL today on FREECALL 18000TIDAL (1800084325) *All original manufacturers names, part numbers and descriptions are for reference purposes only and it does not imply that any part listed is the product of these manufacturers.
We stock and distribute;- Vane pumps cartridge kits and spare parts, Spare parts for Rexroth* “A” series pumps and motors, Sunfab, Nimco, Vane pumps and motors. The GENUINE Tidal “TPV” piston pump Tidal Fluid Power is proud to stock the high quality replacements for the Rexroth* A10V series Piston Pumps. Our TPV Piston pump is fully interchangeable and is manufactured in ISO9001 certified factories. These swash plate design pumps are available in both LH and RH rotation and include displacements of 18, 28, 45, 71, 100 and 140. With an SAE mounting flange and the choice of either keyed or splined shafts, these pumps are ideally suited to whatever your requirements may be. Other features of this pump are low noise levels, long service life, two case drain connections, high power/weight ratio as well as offering a continuous pressure of 4000psi (280 Bar).
SUNFAB FIXED DISPLACEMENT PISTON PUMPS
Sunfab Hydraulics (Sweden) is one of the world’s most innovative hydraulic companies concentrating on the transport industry. Sunfab provides high power, compact hydraulic piston pump solutions to demanding applications such as knuckle boom cranes, hook lifters, container handlers, blower drives, compactors etc. As a market leader, Sunfab have developed a wide range of hydraulic pumps including the SC bent axis piston pumps with a fixed displacement for exacting mobile hydraulics. With displacements ranging from 12-108cc/ rev at a maximum working pressure of 400 Bar, this pump meets the market’s high demands on flow performance, pressure, efficiency and small installation dimensions. It has the ability to be mounted directly on the power take off or on a frame bracket via an intermediate shaft. Other pumps within the range include the SC dual displacement bent axis pump, the SL dual displacement swash plate pump and the SV120 series pump for the new generation of extra large knuckle boom cranes requiring load sensing variable displacement pumps. Sunfab’s high level of reliability is based on the choice of materials, hardening methods, surface structures and the quality assured manufacturing process. As Sunfab’s EXCLUSIVE Australian distributor, Tidal Fluid Power is well positioned to assist you with all your truck hydraulic applications.
Tidal Fluid Power offers a wide range of solutions for hydraulic piston pumps with a package of availability, service, quality and price. We have an extensively stocked warehouse of spare parts for all displacements. These include but are not limited to controllers, barrels, seal kits, pistons and shafts. Most items are able to be shipped same day from our Brisbane location.
[Hydraulics in Mining]
________________________________________________________________________
HYDRAULICS IN MINING? It can be your best friend Unit 4, 15 Redcliffe Gardens Drive, Clontarf, Qld. 4019 Phone: 07 3889 4591 Fax: 07 3889 5921 Email: sales@tidalfluidpower.com.au
www.tidalfluidpower.com.au
6 - 9 SEPTEMBER 2011 SYDNEY SHOWGROUND, SYDNEY OLYMPIC PARK
SEE US AT STAND 5911
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
166
Conveying from the coalface Gujarat gears up Gujarat NRE Coking Coal has resurrected a disused NSW coalmine, with the aid of state-of-the-art conveyor systems from Ellton Conveyors, and heavy duty gear-unit solutions from SEW-Eurodrive.
Technological advances
At their Russell Vale coal mine site, Gujarat NRE’s intention was to leverage the latest advances in longwall mining technology and operations to transform the previously uneconomic mine into a modern, thriving enterprise. Not only would this allow the mine’s remaining coal deposits to be extracted cost-effectively, but it would also provide a welcome boost to the local community and economy. Integral to the success of this venture was the conveyor design. Ellton Conveyors was tasked to design, supply, and install four conveyor systems for the mine. The company turned to long-standing drives solutions partner, SEW-Eurodrive, to supply and build the conveyor drive-unit assemblies. According to Mark Elliott, Managing Director of the Ellton Group, the mine required four new conveyor systems, each of which needed to be powered by two drive-units. “To get the mine back into efficient production, it was necessary to install a comprehensive set of modern material transfer and handling equipment,” he says. “The four conveyor systems will carry the mined coal from the coalface right the way to the mine portal access at ground level.”
of specifying an oversized gear-unit, SEW is able to closely match an X-Series gear-unit to the end-user’s application,” he said. “This project highlights the fact that SEW can supply well-matched gear-units for a wide range of applications in the mining industry—right up to these very large-sized units.” Elliott agrees. “A major factor in Ellton choosing SEW is the fact that the company can provide a complete engineered drive package solution, regardless of the size of the gear-units required,” he says. “For this project we needed a solutions provider that could supply suitably sized drive-units to operate the large conveyors needed to meet Gujarat’s requirements. These are seriously large drives for an underground application; there can’t be too many 700kW drive modules operating underground in Australia today! “We have worked hard to design and install conveyor systems that can meet all anticipated mine production requirements,” says Elliott. “The successful partnership between Ellton Conveyors and SEW-Eurodrive will enable the conveyors at the Gujarat’s No.1 Mine to reliably keep pace with production for a long time into the future.”
Thinking big
SEW-Eurodrive supplied a total of eight drive assemblies, each comprising of a motor, gear-unit, fluid coupling and a drive-base. Imperative to these packages were its renowned X-Series foot-mounted bevel-helical gear-units, rated at 156kNm, while the company also purpose-designed the drive-bases on which to mount each complete drive assembly. Ellton selected SEW-Eurodrive as drives partner for the project, due to the reliability of its solutions in demanding conditions, and because of the excellent levels of service the company had previously delivered. “Ellton has worked with SEW for a decade now, and I have been using its drivesolutions for 25 years in total,” says Elliott. “In all those years, SEW has continued to deliver quality drive systems, ideally suited to the harsh nature of the mining industry. Moreover, I was confident that we would receive a level of service and support—both technically and commercially—that is unrivalled in the drives industry today.” The first two drive-units which were delivered to the Gujarat NRE No.1 Mine at the Russell Vale site, and installed into the first of the site’s new conveyor systems.
Driving ahead
SEW-Eurodrive Industrial Gears NSW Product Manager, Kris Jaryn, explains that the SEW-Eurodrive drive packages have proved an ideal solution for this conveyor application. “The X-Series gear units boast the finest torque-graduation on the market. Where other providers often resort to the common practice
[Industrial Gear Units]
SEW-Eurodrive’s X Series has 15 frame sizes, meaning Ellton Conveyors were able to avoid oversizing the gear unit, saving space and further investment.
______________________________________________________________________
WWW.SEW-EURODRIVE.COM.AU/INDUSTRIALGEARS
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
168
Australian assembly means faster delivery for SEW-Eurodrive’s X Series industrial gear-units Following an upgrade to its Melbourne-based assembly facility, leading drive solutions group, SEW-Eurodrive, has announced it will now assemble its X Series industrial gear-unit range on Australian soil—slashing gear-unit turnaround times in the process. Suitable for motor powers up to 700kW, locally assembled X Series gear units are available with torque ratings ranging from 58,000 to 131,000Nm, while larger sizes from 131,000 to 475,000Nm continue to be offered via the company’s offshore production network.
S
uitable for use in heavy duty applications such as mining conveyors, bucket elevators, crushers, mixers, agitators and shipping cranes, the X Series features helical and bevel-helical gear technologies. It is offered in a range of mounting arrangements, configuration options and user-specific requirements, providing Australian industry with unrivalled gear-unit access, choice and flexibility.
torque-ratings, users often have no choice but to select an oversized unit to accommodate their drive application,” he said. “To combat this, the X Series provides more models with finer torque-graduation, allowing users to select a model more closely matched to their needs. Users are therefore able to make savings in space, capital expenditure, operating costs, and in the structural supports that would otherwise be required for heavier units.”
According to SEW-Eurodrive national product manager industrial gear units, Ian Tribe, the Australianassembled X Series boasts a modular design and is assembled from a range of standard components. “The modularity of the X Series allows shortened delivery times, as units are assembled from stock parts,” Tribe said. “Unlike gear units manufactured overseas, the Australian-assembled X Series can be supplied in just a few weeks, allowing users to streamline their own project timelines.”
However, matching the gear-unit to the application’s torque requirements is only half the story. The X Series has been designed with a number of versatile options, including a revolutionary housing that allows the gear-units to be inverted. “The X Series can be ‘flipped over’ to produce a mirror-image gearbox. Facilities can utilise a single spare to replace both left- and right-hand drive gear-units, thus reducing the number of complete gear-unit spares needed to be kept on site,” Tribe said. “The larger units in the range have also been designed with a horizontal-split gearThe flexibility of the X Series goes further still: the unit housing. Regardless of which way up the unit is industrial gear-unit range boasts a modular design and orientated, the upper housing can be simply lifted off is assembled from a range of standard components. to allow for ease of servicing.” “The modular component commonality concept results in fewer spares required to be held by a user to cover The entire X Series is 100 per cent SEW-Eurodrivethe entire range of gearboxes they have on site,” designed with all parts manufactured in-house. explained Tribe. “It also means that when parts need “The extended X Series complements our alreadyto be ordered, they will be more readily available, extensive range of industrial gear-unit solutions,” said with a quicker turn-around time.” Tribe “SEW-Eurodrive prides itself in being able to provide Australian industry with the country’s most The ‘big brother’ to SEW-Eurodrive’s MC Compact comprehensive selection of industrial gear-units.” industrial gear-units (torque range 16,000 to 48,000Nm), the entire X Series (up to 475,000Nm) SEW-Eurodrive’s Australian-assembled X Series will boasts the finest torque-graduation on the market, be on show at SEW-Eurodrive’s stand at AIMEX allowing users to closely match an X Series gear2011: Stand no. 1311, Sydney Showground, Sydney unit to their application. “With competing gear-unit Olympic Park, 6th to 9th September 2011. manufacturers offering fewer gear-unit models and
Left: The X Series industrial gear units from SEW-Eurodrive are suitable for use with heavy duty applications such as mining conveyors, bucket elevators, crushers, mixers, agitators and shipping cranes. Right: The SEW-Eurodrive Australia industrial gear-unit team are now assembling X Series units.
[Industrial Gear Units]
____________________________________________________________________
169
Bougainville Story Bougainville Copper Ltd owns and once operated a large opencut copper mine there until unrest forced the evacuation of their expatriate workers and abandonment of mining operations. Due to the volatile situation all equipment was left standing including the concentrator which had fifteen ball mills and a large number of radiation density gauges that had been needed in the process control.
R
adiation Safety Services has the expertise to “tackle” any radiation task, providing assistance in some interesting places like Bougainville. Early in 2011 RSS completed a radiation equipment disposal contract at the Panguna Mine site on Bougainville Island in Papua New Guinea. After the years of unrest passed the effective owner of BCL initiated a program to locate and remove these sources as part of a larger amelioration plan to correct perceived environmental damage on the mine site in general and to re-establish a positive relationship with local land holders.
This is an on-going program that also involves recovery of the mills and other equipment. This will be a massive job involving dismantling very large units and transporting them to a ship down a winding mountain road to the port of Loloho on the coast where they are taken away for refurbishing and eventual sale. The islanders receive income from these operations and take an active part in the work. RSS involvement was limited to removal of the physical sources plus a radiation survey of the industrial areas to detect any units that may have been removed or damaged during the unrest. This was quite an exercise because in most cases the small pellet located inside the larger source housing had to be physically transferred to a special lead transport container called a ‘transport-pig’ for eventual shipping to a disposal facility in Europe or the Americas. Pellet ‘unloading’ is normally undertaken in a dedicated workshop environment with multiple lead screens and specialised remote handling equipment, none of which was available on the island, and most of which was too difficult to get there. As a result the work had to be done with much more primitive equipment and had to work with fittings long corroded and impossible to simply unscrew, all undertaken in an environment that included daily downpours. Lead bricks were shipped to site to construct a semi-portable barrier to provide protection against radiation exposure. It was fortunate that many of the local people had worked with or in the mine in past years and they provided a ‘wantok’ network of assistance which changed an impossible job into a merely difficult one. Once the sources were ready for shipping off the island RSS relied on the “wantok” to assist with political and regulatory requirements to export the material from the island. A density gauge source is essentially a steel enclosed lead container with a physically small capsule of radioactive material. The housing provides the necessary shielding; equipped with a specially collimated aperture called a beam port which is opened and closed via a lead shutter. Source holders are manufactured to strict international standards, which dictates that it must withstand impact, vibration, fire, etc. The housings on this mine was subj subjected to war and managed to maintain their integrity throughout.
[Instrumentation and Radiation Management, Safety and Training]
issue 2.2
____________________________
170
Un-loading of the sources: The higher the activity, the larger the containment vessel, and the more dangerous the transfer process becomes. In some cases the very large sources were deemed unsafe to unload on site and the complete housings were crated and physically transported the length of the island to Buka Airport, a journey of some five hours along a road that often flooded at short notice as storms dumped incredible amounts of rain. Locals take these conditions in their stride. Toyota 4WD vehicles are used as taxis, often crowded with up to 15 passengers desperately clinging to the trays or to each other as they jolt over the jungle road or surge through rivers deep enough for the water to pour in the windows. Shipping the crated source containers and the “transport pigs” over this same route meant that only the driver was allowed in the vehicle, a situation that caused dismay to would-be hitchhikers watching the relatively empty vehicle pass them by instead of accepting paying passengers. Buka was the destination. Bougainville is known locally as ‘Buka’, while the smaller island of the northern tip is called ‘Little Buka’, and this is where the infrastructure was concentrated during the unrest. There is a narrow passage of water that has to be crossed to get from the ‘mainland’ to the airport, and everything is carried over the several hundred meters by ‘banana boats’, small outboard powered fibreglass craft that act as water taxis, often carrying incredible loads of copra or cocao over to coastal vessels waiting on the docks. It is a colourful process with dozens of boats flitting back and forth with people or goods, and people standing ready to load or unload the boats for a few kina (PNG currency approx AUD$00.40). Physically moving lead containers was an unexpectedly stressful task for them when the RSS convoy arrived. A sigh of relief was breathed as the containers were finally loaded for export to the disposal facility. Another project successfully completed without any incidents. Written by Alan Wagener of Radiation Safety/Real Time instruments www.radiationsafety.com.au
[Instrumentation and Radiation Management, Safety and Training]
________________________________
171
Dealing with radioactive gauges and materials Fear of exposure and complex compliance regimes may make radiation daunting but the radioactive gauges used by mining and industry can be managed safely and efficiently, according to Radiation Safety Services Pty Ltd.
O
ne of the few companies licensed to manage radioactive devices in Australia, Radiation Safety Services (RSS) has a philosophy that “knowledge overcomes fear”. RSS has been assisting the industry with the safe use and total lifecycle management of radioactive gauges for more than 20 years.
Annual checks of radioactive gauges are also mandatory. Swab samples taken from the container surface must be analysed by an approved laboratory.
•
Fixed gauges
•
Industrial Radiography
•
X-Ray
•
Transport
RSS supplies radiation sources and provide all the services involved throughout the lifetime of a radiation gauge, from initial training to paperwork to installation, audits, and finally disposal once it has exceeded its useful life.
•
Borehole & Wire logging
Naturally occuring radioactive material - norm
•
Portable gauges
NORM is an acronym for Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material, which includes all radioactive elements found in the environment. The fact is its all around us and we are exposed to it all of the time. Long-lived radioactive elements such as thorium and potassium and any of their decay products, such as radium and radon are examples of NORM. These elements have always been present in the Earth’s crust and within tissues of all living beings.
After 15 years, a complete refurbishment of an industrial gauge is required to maintain regulatory Various industries utilising irradiating apparatus compliance it also helps to minimise the risk of rusted requires licensed operators and service personnel. devices leaking radioactive source material. After 30 Licences are obtained from the Radiological council on successful completion of relevant courses hosted by years, radioactive gauges must be decommissioned and disposed off via an approved disposal pathway. recognised provider. Courses include;
Other “non-licensed” courses are also available, including; •
Radiation Awareness
•
Emergency response
•
Gauge Isolation
•
Naturally Occurring Radioactive material (NORM)
Legislative regulations begin before an organisation buys a radioactive device. The site must comply by having a nominated Radiation Safety Officer (RSO) who must be trained and pass an examination approved by the Radiological Council. A Radiation Management plan is also required. Radioactive isotopes for industrial use are not manufactured in Australia; a permit is required to import it from overseas. Much of the paperwork associated with radioactive devices e.g. licence applications, import permits, etc. can be outsourced to keep compliance simple.
For information and enquiries contact: Radiation Safety Services Pty Ltd Tel: (08) 9475 0099 Email: office@radiationsafety.com.au Web: www.radiationsafety.com.au
After three years, users will be sent a reminder for site and gauge licence renewals.
Transport is also strictly governed by local and international codes of practice, which includes from the approved packaging to the licensed transport company moving it from one location to another. Installation must be carried out under the supervision of a licensed Radiation Worker, and satisfy a compliance audit that is submitted to the Radiological Council. The checks include the presence of labels and signage, the operation of the shutter, and radioactivity levels surrounding the gauge when the shutter is open and closed.
Due to the nature of certain processes e.g. mining and oil and gas, NORM materials may accumulate within vessels, pipes, etc. causing TENORM (Technically enhanced Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material). In Australia strict guidelines are provided by the ARPANSA (Australian Radiation Protection & Nuclear Safety Agency) governing the management and safe handling of NORM and TENORM. NORM management starts during the exploration stages through to pre-mining actives and the actual mining and processing of certain minerals. The same is true for other resource extraction processes. RSS assist clients from these various sectors to comply with the relevant Legislative regulations, from drawing up Radiation and NORM management plans to inspection of facilities and setting up of NORM monitoring strategies. Their consultants can also inspect equipment removed from service e.g. valves, pumps, pipe, etc. for contamination. Solid or liquid NORM samples can also be sent for radiological analysis.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
`
Radiation Services Compliance Certificates Radiation Safety & Protection Planning Wipe Tests Radiation Surveys Source Disposal Source Supply Radiation Training Knowledge overcomes fear
Radiation Safety Services is the premier provider of radiation equipment & consultation to various industry sectors for more than 20 years. RSS is a registered license holder under the Radiation Safety Act. We provide invaluable assistance ensuring our client’s maintain regulatory compliance at all times. Our experience and hands‐on approach has made us the market leader offering reliable advice and training on all aspects concerning radiation in Mining, Oil & Gas and other industries. Specialised Services: Radiation gauge (container) service or exchange, supply new and install In‐house or on‐site training Radioactive Source supply, testing, re‐certification and disposal Gauge compliance audits On‐site gauge inspections & advice Wipe testing (contamination) analysis Monitoring equipment – supply, hire, service, calibrate & repair Ionising or non‐ionising radiation. Other Services Offered: Storage of sources and gauges Contamination checks Transport of radioisotopes & containers Best practice procedures – General & Emergencies Waste disposal advice/procedures Hazard signage, gauge covers and labels Radiation shielding design and location layout Advice on NORM & TENORM General Physics advice 24‐Hour help/call‐out line
Perth, Western Australia ‐ T: (08) 8475 0099, F: (08) 9475 0165 Mackay, Queensland ‐ T: (07) 4955 5944, F: (07) 4965 7099
www.radiationsafety.com.au
The Real Time Group comprises three companies, viz; Real Time Instruments, Radiation Safety Services and Callidan Instruments. Manufacturing and supplying cutting edge analysers for mining and industry, including;
On‐Line Analysers: Prompt Gamma Neutron Activation (PGNA) Elemental Analysers; AshScan® Ash Analysers; GammaScan Natural Gamma Analysers; MoistScan® Microwave Moisture Analysers; Neutron Back‐scatter Moisture Analysers;
High Accuracy Measuring Instruments: Electro‐Mechanical Conveyor Belt Scales, developed for mining; Nucleonic Density Gauges; Nucleonic Continuous Level Gauges; Nucleonic Point Level & Blocked Chute Detectors;
Plant Equipment Protection Devices: Tramp Metal Detectors; MARS Automated Tramp Metal Removal Ploughs;
All products are fully supported through our factory trained service technicians, specialising in commissioning, calibration and after sales services.
We’ve built long lasting relationships through our high level of commitment. Real Time Group, when you expect nothing less but the best in products and services.
Perth, Western Australia ‐ T: (08) 8475 0099, F: (08) 9475 0165 Mackay, Queensland ‐ T: (07) 4955 5944, F: (07) 4965 7099 www.rtiaustralia.com & www.callidan.com
INSTALLATION SERVICE & SUPPORT PUT US TO THE TEST
174
The right risk insurance for your organisation Running a business comes with risks. The loss to your business of key stakeholders and key people may seriously risk the ongoing viability of your business. The right plan and funding can make all the difference in the event of death, disablement, sickness or injury occurring to owners and key staff.
Business Risk Insurance
Keyperson Protection Keyperson insurance provides a business with a lump sum capital benefit in the event of the loss of a business owner/s or key staff member/s including company boards due to death, disablement and/ or critical illness. It enables the business to off-set loss of profits, fund for a suitable replacement/s and/or reduce borrowings. Salary Protection - Mining & Resources Sector Specific We specialise in working with a select group of life companies to secure comprehensive salary protection solutions (income protection) for individuals working in the mining and resource sectors. Most people in general think to insure their physical assets but often forget their most important asset: their ability to earn their income. Our solutions provide benefit payments to individuals to replace their income due to accident or illness up to 75% of derived taxable income to a maximum of $75,000 per month. Shareholder Equity Protection (Death, TPD & Critical Illness) Equity Insurance can provide the shareholders of a business with sufficient capital to ‘buy out’ a departing shareholder in the event of death, disablement and/ or serious illness. Business Loan Protection Emergency funding to repay the loan(s) in the event of death, disablement and/or serious illness on the one who has given a personal guarantee of lodged personal asset security.
implementation of a properly structured shareholders agreement to ensure a smooth transition when a shareholder exits the business. Buy/Sell Agreements A buy/sell agreement is a contract usually entered into between business partners pursuant to which the surviving partners are bound to buy out the other partner’s interest in the business should a specific event occur. Specific events (also known as trigger events) which may trigger a buy/sell agreement include retirement, resignation, default, death, disablement or illness. Funding and Timeframes An effective business succession plan will allow business owners to fund the ‘exit’ of a partner. This may be by way of vendor finance, external borrowings or some form of insurance arrangement. The succession agreement will generally determine the timeframe to close out financial payouts and closure between partners. Group Insurance Plans for the Mining & Resources Sector
Many employees today are underinsured, and have not given much thought to how much insurance they need nor have expertise in selecting the right insurer. Your business benefit - A properly structured employee benefits program can help your business attract, retain and reward the best people while enhancing your organisation’s productivity.
•
Shareholders Agreements
Insurance today Most superannuation funds offer some form of death or disability insurance. However, it is rarely sufficient to meet an individual’s requirements. In addition a properly structured group insurance arrangement may provide better terms and lower premiums than personal policies and in many instances cover is guaranteed irrespective of previous medical history.
•
Buy/Sell Agreements
Superannuation Advisory
•
Valuations Services
•
The Trigger Events
•
Funding and Timeframes
If superannuation isn’t your thing, then knowing you have an advisory team actively managing and advising you the on intricacies of superannuation and the opportunities that lie therein may be just be the perfect thing.
Business Expenses Protection Business Expenses Cover provides cover for the operating expenses of your business while you are unable to work due to sickness or injury. Business Risk Succession
Shareholders Agreement (SHA) An SHA allows shareholders to exercise their rights associated with their shares, held for a specific business and is a critical component of a business succession plan. A Shareholders Agreement deals with areas that are not dealt with in the constitution of the company. The
[Insurance and Superannuation]
Article provided by Thrive Financial Management
______________________________________________________________
Risk insurance and superannuation solutions for the mining and resources industry As a Bespoke specialist advisory practice, the priority of Thrive Financial Management is to see clients positioned to thrive. Our hands on approach to solving the financial advice needs of our clients are underpinned by the desire to produce the best client outcomes.
Our point of difference
Here at Thrive, our objective is to be a point of difference for our clients by providing a world class advice experience that delivers value immediately. We don’t prescribe to be all things to all people. In fact we shy away from that. Thrive’s mission is to be world class in the delivery, implementation and ongoing management of our clients’ risk insurance and superannuation advisory needs. Our industry qualifications and expertise provides a truly unique financial management model in the core areas of insurance and superannuation solutions. We believe focus and passion underpinned by a strong technical background are the key ingredients to producing exceptional client outcomes and choose to advise our clients in our core expertise. We position our clients to succeed! Our advisory and consulting solutions
Superannuation
and offers clients a broad range of services including retail broking, reinsurance and wholesale/specialty broking, alternative risk solutions and risk management consulting, employee benefits and human resources consulting and managing general underwriting services. The Aon Group is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and has a market capitalisation of US$8 billion. The Aon Group currently employs 43,000 employees in 500 offices across more than 120 countries. Aon Hewitt Financial Advice Limited is not owned or influenced by a bank, insurance manufacturer or financial institution. Contact us on – T: + 61 2 4962 2800 F: + 61 2 4962 2808 E: info@thrivefinancial.com.au W: www.thrivefinancial.com.au
Risk Insurance Business Risk Insurance including Key Person and Business Succession Estate Planning Group Life Benefits Aon Hewitt’s Preferred Partner Program
As we are licensed through Aon Hewitt Financial Advice Limited, we offer our clients unique access to Aon Hewitt’s Preferred Partner Program for life companies and fund managers. As specialist advisors we look to set the benchmark for others to follow. Through our exclusive Preferred Partner Program our clients enjoy the benefits of Preferred Client Treatment. Our corporate partnership
Thrive Financial Management Pty Ltd is a Corporate Authorised Representative of Aon Hewitt Financial Advice Ltd, part of the global Aon brand. By partnering with Aon our clients gain the benefit of a bespoke advisory service backed with the strength of a global brand that is locally focused. We believe that through this partnership, our clients experience the unique advice platform. About Aon Hewitt
Aon Hewitt Financial Advice Limited is part of The Aon Group — the number one reinsurance broker, the number one manager of captive insurance companies and the number one insurance broker in the world. Aon Corporation is one of the world’s largest international broking and consulting organisations
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
177
Can you afford to ignore information security? There has been a number of high profile IT security incidents and data breaches reported in the Australian media in 2011. This is a clear reminder to us all and that no business, or industry, should believe that they are not vulnerable to a targeted and sustained cyber-attack. For the mining and resources industry the IT security challenge is twofold. Appropriate security and risk management practices are necessary to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the enterprise computer systems and the SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) environment.
T
here is substantial evidence that targeted security attacks on Australian networks are on the rise and becoming more sophisticated; in Sense of Security’s experience this is equally true for the private and public sectors. In support of our view a defence department spokesman recently highlighted this point and warned that Australia was experiencing increasingly sophisticated attempts to infiltrate networks in the public and private sectors. From January 2010 to January 2011 there were 405 cyber incidents, an increase from 220 in the previous year, Department of Defence figures show. How is the government helping the Australian business community deal with the issue? Systems of national interest go beyond our electricity grids, water supply, transport and telecommunications; they include networks of high economic value which includes the ICT systems that support the Australian mining sector’s operational activities.
There is certainly room for improvement for many organisations in the way they adopt and implement their information security and risk management practices. For some, information security is not part of the company culture and at best is dealt with in haphazard and uncoordinated manner. In today’s environment this uncoordinated approach to security certainly works in favour of the attacker. Information security strategies need to reflect the organisations risk profile. Even within the mining sector, an organisation’s security needs may differ from their industry peers. The strategy should define controls that are operationally practical and supportive of the business. Practical steps to establishing an information security and risk management strategy • Get the buy in from senior management; executive support is critical to a successful information security strategy and program. •
Perform an information risk assessment across the entire enterprise, including the SCADA environment. The risk assessment should establish how IT systems and information assets are used by employees, customers and third party suppliers; in turn determine the likelihood and business impact of a security incident. Assign a risk classification to each system and asset according to the assessment findings.
•
Develop an information security management framework to govern the security architecture; select appropriate controls to treat the risk classification of each information system and asset.
In a recent article published on ZDNet.com.au the first assistant secretary for the National Security Resilience Policy Division, Mike Rothery, stated that government officials will respond to attacks based on the individual nature of each problem, rather than use a blanket defence. He went on to say, “To be honest, we struggle to defend our own systems from the current threats — the idea that we can extend the envelope to protect the mining industry’s SCADA or the banking industry just doesn’t fly.”
•
Follow the rule of least privilege when assigning user access rights to computer systems and information assets; this includes your IT administrators.
•
Educate your staff on information security and acceptable use of company information assets. It is critical that all employees understand the important role that they play in keeping the companies IT systems and information assets secure and operational.
So where does this leave the mining sector? The reality is that information security is a business issue not an IT one; the implications of a security incident can be very serious. This could include; financial loss caused by operational downtime, reputation and brand damage, loss of intellectual property, and possible exposure to legal risk.
•
Implement and maintain security at all stages of ICT programs and projects.
The Attorney General’s Department is responsible for Australia’s CERT (Computer Emergency Response Team) function. CERT Australia is the source of cyber security information for the Australian community and provides valuable cyber security guidance to owners and operators of critical infrastructure and other businesses of national interest. Whilst this guidance is welcomed by the mining and resources sector it is recognised that the security of their ICT infrastructure is ultimately the responsibility of each company.
Sense of Security Pty Ltd www.senseofsecurity.com.au 1300-922-923
[IT Security and Risk Management]
By Neville Gollan of Sense of Security nevilleg@senseofsecurity.com.au
issue 2.2
___________________________________________________________
178
Sense of Security Pty Ltd Sense of Security is an Australian based information security and risk management consulting firm delivering best-of-breed services and research to organisations throughout Australia and abroad. Our services are used by many major names in the banking and finance, insurance, healthcare, retail, service provider sectors as well as resources, utilities and telecommunications. In the public arena we conduct business with local, state and federal governments.
all layers of the technology spectrum; this includes network, host, and application security. Our projects are delivered with reference to industry leading standards, in combination with our own in-house developed processes and assessment methodologies. Our Research
Sense of Security has invested in a research laboratory where we conduct detailed vulnerability analysis on commonplace and bleeding edge ICT systems and technologies; this includes the assessment of security related issues on a variety of technologies used in today’s SCADA environments. Our research further develops our project assessment methodologies. This enables us to consistently and efficiently deliver industry-leading services to our clients; thereby creating a unique and sustainable value proposition.
O
Sense of Security Services:
ur consultants are industry certified information security specialists and are recognised by their clients and peers for their professionalism, experience and expertise.
We have been honoured by a range of awards – public acknowledgement of our credentials and the diversity of our services. These awards include ranking in the BRW’s Fast 100, in 2009 and 2010, which recognises Australia’s most innovative smart and fast growing small and medium size businesses. Also in 2010 Sense of Security received the iAwards NSW Merit Award in the security application category. The iAwards is run by the Australian Information Industry Association (AIIA).
Our approach to developing information security and risk management strategies
Sense of Security provides end-to-end consulting services which include industry aligned governance, risk and compliance services, such as ISO 27001/2 (Security Management), ISO 31000 (Risk Management) reviews and roadmaps. We develop information security strategies for our clients which typically start with a risk assessment to understand where key information assets are then design management practices to ensure that those assets are secured. Results from the risk assessment may indicate that the information security architecture needs to redesigned or further developed. Sense of Security Pty Ltd www.senseofsecurity.com.au 1300-922-923
Furthermore, our firm offers a full range of comprehensive technical testing and audit services. We assess for the presence of vulnerabilities and risk across
[IT Security and Risk Management]
Governance, Risk and Compliance • • • • •
ISO 27001 - Security Management ISO 31000 - Risk Management Data Classification Assessment - PSM Security Control Framework - ISM Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard
Security Assessment and Assurance • • • • • •
Network and Application Penetration Testing Application Source Code Audit SCADA Security Assessment Operating System Security Wireless and Mobile Security Citrix and Virtualisation Platform Security
Strategy and Architecture • • • • •
Development of Security Strategy and Roadmap Information Security Policy & Procedure Information Security Architecture Threat and Vulnerability Management Access Control Management
Deployment and Ongoing Management • • • • • • •
Perimeter Security Intrusion Detection and Prevention Strong Authentication Database Security Encryption Wireless Security Event and Log Management
___________________________________________________________
Register
Now
for upcoming information security and risk management webinars on www.senseofsecurity.com.au/webinar
Hackingof
Financials.
Theftof
Data.
Sense of Security
Compliance, Protection and
Recognised as Australia’s fastest growing information security and risk management consulting firm through the Deloitte Technology Fast 50 & BRW Fast 100 programs
Sydney: Level 8, 66 King St, Sydney, NSW 2000 Melbourne: Level 10, 401 Docklands Dr, Docklands, VIC 3008 Contact Number: 1300 922 923 www.senseofsecurity.com.au
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
180
,0$*( $//2< &$6(6
STRONG
CUSTOM BUILT CASES
Image Alloy Cases 44 Pilbara St WELSHPOOL WA 6106 AUSTRALIA Ph:
(08) 9258 7599
www.imagealloycases.com.au
Fax: (08) 9258 9187
Did you pack this case yourself Mr Jagger?
S
ince then road case users have grown to include industries as diverse as Mining, Oil and Gas Production, all forms of Exploration, Film & Television production, Defence, Scientific Studies and Expeditions, Sales and Medicine to name a few. In fact, almost anyone seeking to store, transport, deploy or display fragile or sensitive equipment in the face of rough conditions or lengthy journeys have come to rely on these cases.
The first aluminium road cases were designed by airline packaging engineers in the 1960s to cater for touring rock bands. They were built to a standard that required them to withstand 100 trips by common carrier (road, rail, air) while protecting their contents. They still are!
Materials used to produce cases have also developed over time. Various plastics have replaced alloys to mass produce standard sized cases especially for applications requiring moisture proofing. High-end plastic cases such as the Pelican range generally conform to the same ATA 300 standard required of alloy cases. Building or sourcing a suitable case is only half the story. The layout and manufacture of the internal retaining system is equally important. Case internals can consist of drawers, rack mounts, bins or bespoke foam inserts depending on user requirements.
IAC offer a full range of alloy and plastic cases. Their extensive alloy road case experience includes: • • • •
‘Standard’ heavy-duty, wheeled cases, Stackable modular case systems, Lighter duty ‘display’ cases, and Powered and ventilated cases for computing or electronics.
IAC are an authorised distributor for Pelican, Storm, Pelican- Hardigg and SpaceCase plastic cases. They also import their own line of ‘Implac” economical plastic cases. The company offers a measure and design service that includes advice on case selection or design and the manufacture of bespoke foam inserts. The same care is taken for ‘one off’ pieces or multiple runs. They produce most inserts using a CNC cutting process developed in-house. This ensures the same fit for multiple units as it does for the first. . IAC’s insert design and production service extends to cases you may already have on hand. They will also redesign inserts. Typically, this can occur when a new accessory is added to an existing kit. Alternately, your case may have been supplied with the equipment. Inserts can be cut to match any shape or size of case. As part of the design service, all case and insert specifications are held on clients file to allow fast and simple re-ordering or redesign. For gear that has to be relied on, rely on an Image Alloy Case!
As a case in point, Image Alloy Cases (IAC) of Welshpool WA have been manufacturing tailor made aluminium road cases for over 15 years. In that time they have grown to become a ‘full service’ producer offering best practice assistance in case selection, style, design and manufacture.
If you would like to know more, please contact Jez Moore on 08 9258 7599 or see imagealloycases.com.au.
[Protection and Transportation for Valuable and Sensitive Equipment]
_______________________
181
The changing face of security The ancient art of locksmithing has been practised in every industrialised nation for centuries. Locksmiths were revered for their ingenuity and craftsmanship and locks were valued as much for their decorative qualities as the security they provided. Industrialisation led to continued improvements in the performance and accuracy of machinery initially in the textile industry and shortly thereafter in heavy manufacturing. Lock designs developed in parallel, their security reliability and speed of production advancing accordingly.
Industrialisation brought with it urban growth along with the challenges that we are still faced with today, including rising crime rates. In the space of a single generation we have witnessed unparalleled changes to our way of life via the ‘information revolution’. The birth of the internet has seen the global population armed with a vast array of specialised information which in some cases has threatened the very fabric of our existence. All sorts of information is available at our fingertips, and a quick ‘Google’ search will even bring up pages of articles which are devoted solely to the art of picking locks. In turn this has led to a demand for improvements to security, both personal and commercial, and the industry has responded by providing a range of increasingly sophisticated product including high security mechanical lock systems.
iii.
Security of system information High Security Mechanical Master Key Systems should only be purchased from authorised agents who can guarantee the records of your system will remain secure at all times.
iv.
Installation and maintenance costs Price is always a consideration in the purchase decision. The initial installation cost is always detailed.What frequently is not known are the on-going maintenance costs. Keys get lost and need to be replaced. How much are replacement keys? Locks will need to be changed and recombinated. Is this a quick or time consuming process and what costs are involved?
v.
Product performance and durability Does the product come with a performance warranty? Are components such as keys warranted against breakage?
The internet has also made the world accessible to most that inhabit it, with globalisation being the end result. Small localised companies committed vi. to security innovations are now regularly consumed by the global corporates, which means that in many instances the smaller organisations at the forefront of product innovation are no longer responsible for the products they have developed. vii. In Australia end-user requirements are in a constant state of change. As organisations grow so do their security needs and careful consideration should be given to determining who has access to where, particularly when dealing with an increasingly mobile workplace. The demand for high security lock systems capable of providing large and complex master key systems in the commercial industrial and government sectors continues to grow, particularly in areas where there is frequent staff turnover. There are a number of critical factors that should be considered prior to a purchase decision being made. These include: i.
Patent protection This will offer you protection from possible copy products.
ii.
Product security features Does the system offer resistance to picking, bumping & impressioning?Material composition of key components should also be reviewed.
[Locks give Security]
Product range There are a substantial amount of different cylinder types available on the market today. You should be sure your system can cover all your needs. Availability of parts and service How quickly are spare parts available? Should a local manufacturer be a major consideration? What service will be provided by the locksmith servicing your system? It is highly likely your organisation requires 24/7 security protection. You need to be assured that the locksmith can provide service support whenever required.
Frequently due consideration is not given to the issues detailed above resulting in a poor purchase decision. The high security lock system you choose must be able to evolve seamlessly within your business. At the end of the day the system you choose must provide you and your organisation peace of mind.
by Stephen Hardy www.australianlock.com.au
issue 2.2
_________________________________________________________________________
182
Australian Lock Company w
T
he company has built a global market by ensuring flexibility in its design and application, incorporating in its research and design team a combination of specialist industry expertise, engineering and manufacturing to ensure optimal product diversity and integrity. Its unique commitment to project specific product requirements and ever expanding global network of agents ensures most high security lock requirements world-wide can now be met by Australian Lock Company. Their ability to develop new cost effective and quality products for niche markets allows the company to continue its progressive sales and marketing programmes.
via computer links to Head Office to maximise security and ensure maintenance costs are kept to a minimum. Accessible only to authorised Galaxy dealers, inbuilt security procedures offer added protection throughout the manufacture, installation and maintenance of each tailor made system. Galaxy is so highly regarded in the marketplace that in a relatively short period of time its applications include Government offices of all levels, schools, hospitals, retail and shopping centres, hotels and motels, clubs and commercial and industrial facilities.
Renowned for providing wide-ranging secure, strong and flexible product, Australian Lock Company’s range includes BiLock First and New Generation, Galaxy, Series Six, Salto and Alcom mortice locks and architectural products. BiLock
First launched some 30 years ago and designed and manufactured in Australia by a locksmith for locksmiths, the iconic BiLock product has continued to grow and evolve to remain the product of choice for end-users requiring a fully integrated high security lock system. Designed to meet all high security needs, BiLock’s distinctive dual edged key symbolises ingenuity and reliability and provides the end user with thousands of possible lock combinations. Adding yet another security feature is the inclusion of the extraordinary 13th locking dimension. Complementing BiLock is the innovative and speedy Quick Change Core (QCC), which can be easily re-keyed by the right person in a matter of seconds. BiLock QCC is recognised for its durability, tamper resistance and flexibility and ability to retrofit most existing locks. Its efficient, colour-coded and contemporary master keying system via its contemporary styled three piece key head offers up to 8,000 possible combinations for easy identification. Galaxy
Australian Lock Company’s most recently released high security key system is the revolutionary and futuristic Galaxy range. Favoured by locksmiths for its ease of use, strength and inbuilt security features, Galaxy offers the ultimate in security. Galaxy’s streamlined design means that its centre core can be easily removed for re-programming only on specialist Computerised Numerical Control (CNC) machinery
[Locks give Security]
_________________________________________________________________________
...maximum security keying system esigned, developed & manufactured in Australia, BiLock meets all high security needs offering minimum Designed, cost and maximum flexibility with qualities of the distinctive dual edged key system having been acknowledged via the receipt of two Australian Design Awards. • The New Generation BiLock key operates a 12 pin programme of tumbler pins and up to 17,000,000 possible lock combinations. Additional security comes from the unique 13th locking dimension. • The innovative BiLock Quick Change Core (QCC) makes re-keying as simple as withdrawing a plug and replacing it with another…in seconds! • Key heads available in 100’s of colour combinations.
• Your BiLock dealer will maintain and upgrade your key registration records to safeguard the security and integrity of your organisation’s master keying system at all times. • Key duplication is again limited to your authorised dealer via Australian Lock Company’s cutting and key forming equipment and in all instances requires customer authorisation.
...taking security to another level The uniqueness of Galaxy revolves around its ability to quickly remove the centre core when changing the programming of the lock, reducing down time, labour & replacement costs. • Galaxy’s restricted key systems can only be developed, built and maintained by authorised licensees. • Resistant to bumping, picking & impressioning • Ability to build complex & diverse master key systems to suit any requirement with keyheads available in 21 colours.
• External software storage provides additional security for your system. • Sidebars & anti-drill components are made from high speed steel. • Stainless Steel keys offer a lifetime guarantee against breakage. • An extensive product range ensures Galaxy retrofits most existing lock sets.
Australian designed, developed and manufactured using the very latest manufacturing techniques and highest quality materials, the Galaxy range provides a revolutionary approach to high security locking.
For more information call Australian Lock Company on 02 4272 4922 or visit our website at www.australianlock.com.au
17 Doyle Avenue, Unanderra NSW 2526 Australia PO Box 479 Unanderra NSW 2526 Australia
Ph 61 (0)2 4272 4922 • Fax 61 (0)2 4272 4677 Email sales@australianlock.com.au Web www.australianlock.com.au
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
184
Lockwood safety padlock range Compromising on safety is not an option! A safety lock-out padlock is specifically designed to provide a measure of increased safety beyond that offered by a tagging system. Safety lock-out padlocks are used in conjunction with a set of predetermined steps associated with an isolation procedure. The safety lock-out padlock that are used in this procedure help provide a physical and visual identification against employees inadvertently releasing stored energy from equipment or plant whilst someone else is working on it.
L
ockwood has been a trusted name for more than seven decades. Today, Lockwood is the Australian market leader, offering premium products that are functional yet dynamic in design.
The 312 Safety Lockout Range has been designed to provide durable and robust solution to the Australian environment with brass bodies and three different size stainless steel shackles. Standard options in this range include 12 different coloured jackets, with laser etching and numerous labelling options, to incorporate employee names, numbers or site locations and as standard have both latching and key retention as padlock functions. Padlocks (215P series) are also offered with solid plastic bodies with non conductive shackles and with the option of brass shackles. Lockwood not only provides these Australian designed and assembled padlocks but provide numerous options when it comes to keying requirements. Lockwood consider keying integrity as the most important component when providing safety lock out solutions to these sites as the Worksafe guidance notes state…“Each person working on the plant should have their own lock, key and tag. There should be no duplicate key available for any lock, except a master or duplicate key for use in an emergency that is secured and not readily available.” We guarantee this by our local coding capabilty which is designed into our keying systems which means that every code supplied is recordered against each site location, and by having this keying capability we guarantee, ‘one employee, one key’. Each key that is provided to site with its unique key coding comes as standard with a coloured inserted chip and stamping for easy identification. For further information please contact our local representatives: VIC/TAS : Steve Burton 0401 709 477 WA : Kirk Loam 0423 028 072 SA/NSW : Warren Noakes 0423 022 924 QLD/NT: Mick Wright 0412 721 176
[Locks give Security]
_________________________________________________________________________
Crime Prevention Partners
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
186
Strata Safety Products your support for life Worker safety is at the core of the mining industry – and no one knows that better than Strata Products Worldwide, who has been offering a comprehensive and evergrowing line of products across the globe since 1992.
U
nder the Strata Products Worldwide umbrella – roof support developer Strata Products, ventilation and construction experts Strata Mine Services, and refuge chamber maker Strata Safety Products – play an arterial role in the safety of miners throughout the world’s mines. Perhaps the most popular safety items backed by the Strata name are its emergency refuge chambers, airtight structures built to customer specifications and designed to sustain life in the event of an underground emergency. Rugged and durable, they are constructed to comply with safety regulations across the world’s minefields and withstand the harsh mining environment, and are available in various capacities. Every Strata unit is equipped with 36-96 hours of resources including breathable air, power and emergency supplies. When linked to underground compressed air and power sources, the chambers can keep workers safe long-term. Even with the continued high level of demand, Strata is proud of the rapid turnaround it provides to mines globally via its network of manufacturing facilities. Through a presence in Perth, Newcastle, Melbourne as well as South America, the United Kingdom, Poland, China and its home base in the United States, Strata Safety Products provides service after the sale, including maintenance and repairs, and conducts training for mines taking delivery of these life-sustaining alternatives. “Strata have a history of bringing differentiated, innovative products and services to market in each of its business segments,” according to company president Rory Paton-Ash. “The company focuses on continuous enhancement to existing products and the introduction of new products and techniques.
Tony Farrugia General Manager Strata Safety Products Mobile: + 61 439 855 805 Office: + 61 3 97398853 E-mail: tfarrugia@strataproducts.com Web: www.strataproducts.com
“Strata became a pioneer in the emergency response and safety segment when state and federal legislation launched new requirements for mine refuge chambers. With each new development or introduction, the company strives to bring a higher level of performance, safety, services and value to its customers.” Strata Safety Products Australia headed by Tony Farrugia offers a large range mine support systems as well as Emergency Refuge Chambers, Change-Over Bases and Breathing Air Systems designed to sustain life in the event of emergencies below. Leading the field into the coal mines throughout NSW and Queensland demonstrates the confidence that companies have with the Strata Products Refuge Chambers and Airdoc Units.
[Mine Refuge Chambers]
Strata Safety Products supplies a large range of chambers covering many different situations to both coal and non coal mining operations from its 36 person 96 hour inflatable unit to its winning single entry portable 4/6 Person Mine Airdoc® Chamber. The 4 person Airdoc® provides high level safety for emergency situations to workers at the face of operations, it is very simple to use, compact and provides safe breathable air for more than 36 hours, internal heat is managed by using new generation refrigerated cooling. The Airdoc® Chamber testing has exceeded all expectations and is another low maintenance extremely durable addition to the many products Strata offer to improve safety underground. Safety also depends on a healthy environment, healthy people and healthy equipment and Strata not only provides world class safety equipment, and it offers training, service and preventative maintenance programs. Many owners of new equipment often wish that the equipment will operate for years maintenance free unfortunately this is not the case especially with underground mining, the aggressive conditions underground test the best of all equipment to it limits and often equipment failure is directly related to service and maintenance. Strata Safety Products strongly supports preventative maintenance programs, whilst this may seem as an unnecessary expense to the mine operators, in the long term total operational cost will be reduced, along with the peace of mind that your equipment is in its best shape to use in an emergency. Items such as backup battery power is often left until a problem arises, this is very poor practice and just as refueling a vehicle, battery replacement must be a regular maintenance function and if overlooked can pose a serious failure to the emergency equipment . A mine manager or maintenance manager should not be worried about the health of the refuge chamber when experienced assistance is readily available to support this need, the Strata group has experienced engineers on hand to provide reliable assistance to customers in need. Strata Product’s growth philosophy is to employ the very best people in industry to drive the company forward and develop products ahead of their competitors. Its forward thinking has been rewarded by the successful expansion of the company to be one of the world’s largest suppliers of mine safety products.
_____________________________________________________________________
Strata Safety - Refuge Chamber Manufacturers Worldwide Leaders in Underground Safety
4 person unit
8 to 36 person unit
We build standard & custom chambers for all underground mining applications & underground construction.
Your 5 star Compliance and Satisfaction for Safety Low Maintenance & Running Cost
Rental Units & Lease Options Available
Units In Stock - Immediate Delivery
Maintenance, Service, Upgrades & Training
Complies With All Regulations - Local & International 42+ Hours Battery Life
Robust Engineered Fuselage Design, 5mm Steel Plate
Toxic Gas Scrubbing & Escape Hatch
Internal/External Digital Gas Sampling & Monitoring
Strata Refrigerated Air Conditioning
Certified High Quality Air Filtration System
Skid Base, Fork Lift Slots, Lifting Eyes, Wheel Plates
Base Station Communication
Strata Safety Products Australia Pty Ltd
Ph: +61 3 9739 8853 Tony Farrugia - General Manager E: tfarrugia@strataproducts.com.au M: 0439 855 805 United States, Europe, Australia, South Africa & South America W W W. S T R A T A P R O D U C T S . C O M
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
188
Algae-X (AXI) Fuel Conditioning Systems Prior to 1974 (the Arab oil embargo), all diesel was produced by distillation 60% fuel extraction, 40% byproducts from each barrel of crude oil.
D
istilled diesel is a very stable fuel and is today supplied primarily for specialised military use only about 5% of the diesel produced nowadays is distilled fuel.
This means that 95% of modern diesel fuel is a complex blend of distilled (approx. 70%) and catalytically cracked (approx. 30%) light and medium fuels derived from various crude oil stocks, blended diesel fuel is a very unstable organic liquid and will form sediments and larger fuel particles over time (weeks to months). The deterioration is caused by several the polymerisations, agglomeration, and presence of water, microbes, heat, pressure and oxidation. Additional factors to this deterioration are the presences of dirt, dust, rust and insects in the storage tanks and vessels. All these combine to create a range of symptoms that end with poor quality fuel, such as the formation of tank sludges, glazing of cylinder bore, increased fuel consumption, carbon and tar deposits on the turbocharger, high exhaust gas temperatures, soot and smoke and oil contamination The use of the (AXI) process reverses polymerisation, eliminates tank sludges, bacteria and fungi, it clears lacquer and carbon deposits in addition to increasing filter, pump and injector life considerably.
The benefits
With the introduction of an (AXI) unit and or system you can expect to see a range of positives such as extended filter life, improved filter efficiency, reduced pump failure, and injector failure, elimination of lacquers and carbon deposits, reduced exhaust gas temperatures, elimination of tank sludges and turbocharger deposits, reduction of soot and smoke,
[Mine Site Services]
reduced fuel consumption with increase fuel efficiency (increased range). Where does it start
It starts like any other problem with a health check! We come to you and provide an obligation free HEALTH check on the condition of your fuel. Through this we can show you exactly what is going on with your fuel and advise the next steps to correct and improve the performance of your equipment, increase its working life and in the process to greatly improve itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s efficiency meaning an ongoing cost saving across the board. The Future
At Aersion we are committed to providing an ongoing support program aimed at maintaining your fuel integrity and ensuring your plant and equipment is monitored. We establish a regular health check pattern to suit your needs and requirements. We provide a proactive approach to predicting issues long before they may become a problem. Through our trained sales and service team we are able to provide a Total approach to our relationship. When you invest in an AXI system you donâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t just get a piece of world class technology you get the Total support of Aersion who are able to offer much more than a piece of equipment. At Aersion we offer a complete design, build and construct support along with a first class ongoing maintenance and support Team committed to providing sustainable and cost effective solutions. Supplied by Brian Hooker of Aerison Pty Ltd www.aerison.com
__________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
190
Reduced time and less risk during conveyor maintenance It is important to design and manufacture conveyor belt products to improve safety and productivity. The products listed below will minimise downtime, Improve productivity and most importantly Maximise Safety. It works by lifting the belt off frames and idlers for easy access and can be easily adapted to suit new and older conveyor systems. With the combination of the below tools its achievable of reporting an increase in productivity by as much as 14,000 tonnes per unscheduled shutdown and save a four man team up to six hours per roller change out.
A
BUTMENT IDLER: This is a fixed unit that simply bolts on to the stringers in place of the existing idler frames. They are capable of lifting a fully loaded belt to a capacity of five tonnes using a 24V portable hydraulic lifting system specifically designed and patented or can be converted to use a mechanical screw jack system. The major benefits of these units are their ability to lift loaded belts and the number of idlers/rollers exposed with each lift. PORTABLE SOLUTION: This can be achieved with our carbon fibre portable abutment idlers. They can be manufactured to fit on to three conveyor belt sizes, making them a very affordable product compared to other portable lifters currently available. This unit can also be lifted using either our portable hydraulic pack or a screw jack system. The biggest surprise to our clients with this product is its ability to lift up to a loaded belt to the SWL of 2.5 tonne. The ability to do this and its super lightweight construction weighs well under 20kg certainly makes it a viable option to any other product currently being offered for the same task. ROLLER REMOVAL TOOLS: This tool has the ability to loosen the roller shafts from their brackets without the need to use jimmy bars or sledge hammers. This tool is used in conjunction with the 24V portable hydraulic power pack.
[Mine Site Services]
RETURN ROLLER REMOVAL FROM HEIGHTS: This unit is designed together with our tooling to remove the return rollers from the stackers, reclaimers, ship loader booms and other elevated conveyor belt structures. The main aim of this tool is to remove these rollers safely from hard to get to areas. CONVEYOR BELT CARRY ROLLERS: Designed and tested over a period of ten years in harsh Pilbara environment. All our rollers are reusable by simply changing any damaged seals and bearings as long as the shaft and the tube are in good condition. They can be supplied with generic bearings or superior bearing. Rollers combined with the use of superior bearings have a four year manufactures warranty (conditions apply). Aerison designs and manufactures conveyor belt products to improve safety and productivity. Join us at AIMEX on stand H1057 to view the sample of these innovative products.
Supplied by Brian Hooker of Aerison Pty Ltd www.aerison.com
________________________________________________________________________
191
The permanently impaired neglected in our quest for Zero Harm Permanent injury or disease sustained by Australian workers comprises a huge burden. Fatality or permanent impairment is a significant issue for every industry including the mining industry. The pattern of permanent impairment in the mining industry has not changed since the 1990s. Human Energy, Gravitational Energy and Vehicle Energy must be understood and appropriately managed if we are to realise zero permanent impairments in mining.
Phillip Byard is a Senior Consultant and Training Manager for InterSafe.
P
ersonal Damage (injury or disease) can be usefully classified as Class I (permanent alteration of life), Class II (temporary alteration of life with full recovery), or Class III (minor irritation). Class I includes fatal and non-fatal (permanent impairment). There have been three snapshots of damage to people from work in Australia, published by the Industry Commission (1995)1, the National Occupational Health and Safety Commission (NOHSC 2004)2 and the Australian Safety and Compensation Council (ASCC March 2009)3. The three studies gave baseline estimates of economic costs for the years 1992-93, 2000-01 and 200506. The studies consistently demonstrated that Class I damage, while less than 10% of the occurrences reported, contributed the majority of costs with Class I non-fatal occurrences contributing between 80-90% of all costs. In 2005-2006 for example there were an estimated 2,603 fatalities and 60,000 permanent impairments. The fatalities contributed 3.3% of all costs and the permanent impairments contributed 88% of all costs. Class II contributed 8.7% of all costs. Estimated costs associated with Class III damage is of the same order of magnitude as Class II damage. If one considers other than economic costs such as pain and suffering, social costs, family costs and sovereign risk the same conclusion is drawn. The minority of incidents (Class I) contributes the majority of costs / burden. Fatal outcomes present sovereign risk and must be managed but non-fatal permanent impairment presents the majority of costs / burden. Occupational Health & Safety is essentially a Class I problem. And yet Governments and organisations across Australia focus on fatalities and LTIs as measures of success. Most LTIs are short term Class II occurrences. The permanently impaired, who may never miss a day of work and a fewer in number are potentially forgotten. It is possible to have a reducing LTIFR but be permanently disabling more people than ever before. Any organisation effectively managing OH&S will attempt to understand what produces Class I damage and adopt control strategies that effectively manage those exposures. One valuable source of information to assist in understanding what produces Class I damage is to review industry injury statistics. The internal dataset of any organisation for fatality or permanent impairment is unlikely to be statistically significant and is of little use. Near miss reports will also be predictably focussed on potentially fatal outcomes and will not focus attention on permanent impairment exposures
of the workforce. Unfortunately most compensation based datasets (including the national dataset) report occurrences not by the extent of impairment but by the number of days lost as a measure. It is desirable to capture and report damaging occurrences by the degree of impairment and not by the number of days that a person did not attend work. The majority of cases in these datasets are short duration lost time with full recovery (Class II). Research into the pattern of personal damage by the authorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s organisation has revealed that the pattern for fatal outcomes is not the same as the pattern for any other kind of damage. The pattern of what kills many people in mining at one time is not the same as the pattern of what kills one person at a time is not the same as the pattern of what produces permanent impairment or a first aid treatment. The pattern for long duration claims is, however, very similar to the pattern for permanent impairment / disability. There are some differences. The pattern of short duration claims is, however, very similar to the pattern for Class III minor damage. Any useful analysis of compensation or injury data where permanent impairment is not reported must, therefore, focus on long duration claims to give insight into the pattern of permanent impairment. Figure 14 is a taxonomic analysis by McDonald of 1,230 incidents which occurred in Queensland and New South Wales Coal mines between 1990 and 1995 which resulted in more than 90 days lost time. The first level taxon is based on damaging energy. Human Energy (manual handling, near falls, impact with objects) contributed the majority (40%) of cases with Gravitational Energy (people falling, objects falling) the next most prevalent (32%). Machine Energy contributed 254 cases (21%). The majority of Machine Energy cases were heavy equipment jolt / jar / vibration. Ninety three per cent of all occurrences resulted from just three of the possible 14 damaging energies. 95% of the total reported cost was attributed to these three. It was clear then that in the 1990s any effective OH&S system within the mining industry must promote priority of focus on understanding and appropriately managing Human Energy, Gravitational Energy and Machine Energy for zero permanent impairments / disabilities to be achieved. OH&S is a Class I problem. It is also a Human, Gravity and Vehicle problem for permanent impairments. A more recent analysis has been conducted by the authorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s organisation. Figure 2 shows a taxonomy of 512 cases from Western Australian Mining of more than 130 days lost time for July 2003 to June 2007. This classification differs from the earlier work
[OH&S and Risk Management Systems and Training]
issue 2.2
_____________________________________
192
References
Figure 1: NSW and Qld Open Cut Coal Mines (1990-1995) resulting in more than 90 days off work
Figure 2: West Australian Mines (2003-2007) resulting in more than 130 days off work
of McDonald in that Machine Energy has been subdivided into Vehicular Energy and Machine Energy. The 2003-07 pattern is essentially the same as the 1990-95 pattern. Human Energy, Gravitational Energy and Vehicular Energy represented 80% of all occurrences. The pattern of permanent damage has essentially not changed. So we shall say it again; any effective OH&S system within the mining industry must promote priority of focus on understanding and appropriately managing Human Energy, Gravitational Energy and Vehicle Energy for zero permanent impairments / disabilities to be achieved.
InterSafe is dedicated to applying scientific principles of modeling, taxonomy and hypothesis forming and testing to the safety arena. This has resulted in challenging conventional wisdom in order to produce value free information based paradigms of thinking that produce long term effective change. InterSafe provides a range of services including incident investigation, high risk audits, risk assessments, design reviews, implementation of OH&S systems, behaviour based safety, and training.
InterSafe investigates 300 - 400 incidents per year which have resulted in fatality or permanent impairment across all industries including the mining, construction, manufacturing and transport industries. We are the first organisation with a sole purpose of creating workplaces free from the potential for permanent personal damage. With the learnings from more than 13,000 incident investigations
1.
Industry Commission, Work Health & Safety, An Inquiry into Occupational Health & Safety, Vol 1: Report, Report No. 47. Industry Commission, Australia, September 1995
2.
National Occupational Health & Safety Commission, The Cost of Work-Related Injury and Illness for Australian Employers, Workers and the Community, August 2004, Canberra
3.
Compendium of Workers’ Compensation Statistics Australia 2006-2007, March 2009, Australian Safety and Compensation Council
4.
Geoff McDonald & Associates Pty Ltd, Taxonomy: Incidents in the Coal Mining Industry 19901995, Reproduced with permission from “Taxonomy of Incidents in the Coal Mining Industry New South Wales and Queensland: Open Cut Mines”
5.
InterSafe, Taxonomy: Incidents in the West Australian Mining Industry July 2003 – June 2007, (datasource: WorkCover WA) 2008 InterSafe, Brisbane.
For more information of InterSafe’s services please phone Justin, Roger or Phillip on 07 3895 8111 or visit www.intersafe.com.au
[OH&S and Risk Management Systems and Training]
__________________________________________
Serious about zero harm? Want to focus resources where it matters most? Then InterSafe can work with you to create a workplace free from permanent injury and disease
STOP Fatality & Permanent Disability (Class I Damage)
07 3895 8111 enquiries@intersafe.com.au www.intersafe.com.au
Rare occurrences matter most
Common occurrences matter least
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
194
Managing risk: The human element Engineering and mining firms, of all the major industries, are probably the most familiar with managing risk. In a survey conducted by the National Resources Sector Employment Taskforce (July 2010) approx 61,500 new jobs will be created in mining operations by 2015. Growth of approx 4.9%, driven mostly from demand generated from Asia.
A
s economies continue to grow and demand for natural resources increases, the availability of sourcing and maintaining a skilled and reliable workforce becomes more and more important.
The most significant social risk identified by respondents in a survey, conducted by Oyster Consulting, is a shortage of skilled labour (and the associated risks of increased staff turnover, rising wages, OH&S and tax). In an environment where organisations cannot find staff, and where specialised or project based skills are required, contractors may be the only logical option.
Considering that “32% of employees who have been in their current job less than six months are already job searching”1 the benefits of engaging contractors become even more apparent. Provided with a specific timeframe, a contractor is more likely to see the project through, utilising their time more productively and as a result reduce strain across the organisation (ranging from HR and training through to payroll and beyond). When selecting, engaging and managing contractors there are three broad categories to be considered: •
Risk Management; (Process, Project and Business Risk)
•
Control and Reporting; and,
•
Cost Benefits and Process Efficiencies.
In regards to contractors, risk management encapsulates the following risks: co-employment, taxation, fixed term contract, insurance, contract expiry, visa expiry, IR, budget overrun and potential Sarbanes-Oxley related risk, as well as statutory and company policy compliance and on-boarding.
… and that is for one contractor. How many contractors did you say you had? In recent years, when moving premises, several banks found themselves several floors short. Other organisations have found themselves with 300% more contractors than what they originally thought and found contractors that have been embedded within the organisation for in excess of seven years … receiving all the benefits of permanent employees. Many organisations know they have no visibility. They simply don’t know how many contractors they have and are incapable of tracking and reporting accurately on project costs. They are incapable of quantifying the effects of the current state and the financial benefits of change. It is not all doom and gloom. The benefits of contractors can still be realised if an organisation correctly engages a contractor. Dependant on contractor type, a labour hire or contractor management company, like CXC Global, can mitigate risk (except historical and statutory risk) while also providing greater visibility while also reducing costs to the organisation ... and in many instances increase a contractors take home pay. CXC Global™. The global leader in innovative Contractor Remuneration & Contingent Workforce Solutions. Visit www.cxcglobal.com.au for more information. 1. Source: Development Dimensions International and Monster Intelligence 2006 global study of more than 3,700 job seekers and 1,250 hiring managers.
So where are the dangers? In a survey conducted in 2010 by the Contingent Workforce Management Association (and followed up in 2011) on behalf of contractor management company, CXC Global, approx 96% of organisations spoken to advised they had no contractors. The survey participants where specifically selected as they signed off on a CXC timesheet for contractors they currently utilised. An organisation with such poor visibility could be potentially blind sided by an audit and ensuing fines. As a guide, a worse case scenario of back payments and penalties, for one contractor on $100 phr for one year, could exceed $136,500 (taking into account Superannuation, PAYG tax and ATO penalty).
[OH&S and Risk Management Systems and Training]
__________________________________________
Does your organisation use contingent or contract workers?
Do you need to increase your profitability while mitigating risk and administration costs? CXC Global™ works with organisations, like yours, to help optimise their workforce procurement program, mitigating risk, cutting costs and ultimately realising increased profits and a return on their HR investment. CXC Global™ solutions include: • • • • • • • • •
Risk Mitigation (Tax, Insurance, Deemed Employment, OH&S … ). Increased business continuity, governance and compliance. Streamlining of recruitment processes. Online on-boarding, time sheets and management portals. Increased transparency and controls. Consolidated administration and billing. Contingent payroll and salary packaging. Local and international deployment solutions. Benefit from CXC’s global experience in contingent workforce management ... increasing your HR and business focus.
CXC Global™ solutions also work to the benefit of the contractor, ensuring consistency of service, online information and time sheet portals, as well as financial benefits.
Isn’t it time you spoke to CXC Global™ about how they can help you
decrease costs, increase profits ... and make your job easier.
Contact 1300 724 082 or hello@cxcglobal.com.au
www.cxcglobal.com.au
The global leader in
Contingent Workforce Solutions.
Australia & New Zealand · Europe · Africa · North America · Asia · Middle East
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
196
CUBE presents InControl InControl | safety. risks. events. reports. InControl allows organisations of all sizes and industries to manage events ranging from Incidents to meetings to inspections to risk reviews to audits (and more!) with ease. InControl allows you to manage the complexities of complying with statutory, regulatory and corporate requirements through this easy to use software solution.
InControl Key Functionality
INX MODULES
•
Automated follow up on incidents, audits and inspections
•
Hazard register and management
•
Risk assessment and risk management
•
Actions management
•
Notifications management
•
Compliance management
•
Scheduled events such as meetings and audits
•
Automated (scheduled) reporting
•
Obligations and stakeholder management
InControl | safety. risks. events. reports. InTuition | training. skills. compliance. InFlight | accommodation. rosters. travel. InTime | projects. activities. timesheets. IntelliMetrics | performance. appraisal. remuneration. InHealth | surveillance. fitness for work. hygiene. InViron | obligations. compliance. reporting. InTouch | vendors. contracts. performance. InProcess | mobilisation. approval. verification. +GIS | spatial analysis. visualisation. mapping. +Analytics | dashboards. corporate analysis. synopsis.
INX Key Functionality •
Web based application
•
Web browser accessible
•
Centralised workforce database
•
Risk management tools
•
Reporting tools
•
SQL database
•
Improve organisation security
INX | Intelligence Workforce Management
INX is a new generation, web based management system that replaces disparate systems with a single integrated database to manage the entire process. The system is easy to use and ensures all personnel are working with accurate, real-time information. The INX solution includes a range of integrated applications that support businesses in meeting their corporate and operational environment management and reporting activities. Each module can operate as a standalone application or as an integrated solution. All modules share the same database structure allowing additional modules to be added as they are required and eliminating the need for double data entry. Used together, the applications form a comprehensive corporate compliance and sustainability management system that can be configured to the needs of any organisation. Individual details relating to safety, compliance, skills, rosters, time sheets, travel, accommodation, training, health and performance are stored in a secure central database that is accessible and reportable from any location through a Web browser. INX has been built using leading edge technologies and incorporates a powerful, SQL database engine, to provide a robust scalable solution. Contact a member of our experienced team today for your free demo site access at sales@cubeconsulting.com, by phone on +61 (08) 9442 2111 or visit us on the web at www.cubeconsulting.com
[OH&S and Risk Management Systems and Training]
________________________________________
197
Hazardous materials and asbestos Robson Environmental have been leaders in asbestos air monitoring, surveying, project management and associated fields for over 20 years. Our Class A and B Asbestos Assessors can provide professional advice and services to ensure you achieve compliance with legislation and National Codes of Practice, ultimately leading to a safer workplace. We are also able to provide these services in an offshore environment.
A
s asbestos is classified as a carcinogen, the regulations governing its safe assessment, management and removal are particularly stringent. Our team will liaise with you to establish your needs and responsibilities and keep you informed of all findings during the works. We provide: •
Management and Refurbishment/Demolition surveys.
•
Asbestos registers, audits, risk assessments and management plans.
•
Asbestos Removal Control Plans (ARCPs).
•
Removal and management specifications.
•
Contract supervision and costing.
•
Document reviews.
•
Due diligence reports.
•
Clearance certification.
•
Documentation of residual asbestos.
•
Audit of management practices, tenant activities and equipment.
•
Reinstatement supervision.
contaminated land site can lead to years of financial burden, and seek to minimise these costs to our clients.
•
Asbestos in soils, assessment and remediation.
Our environmental services include:
Our laboratory is NATA accredited for both fibre identification and bulk sample analysis, enabling faster turnaround and lower costs for associated monitoring works. Through the employment of accredited trainers we are also able to offer nationally accredited asbestos courses, as well as the internationally accredited W504 – Asbestos and Other Fibres course. Contaminated Land
Robson Environmental is committed to providing our clients with innovative solutions to the complex issues associated with contaminated land, remediation and redevelopment. We pride ourselves in delivering accurate advice and reports on time and within budget, while conforming to relevant standards and regulations. Our Environmental Assessment and Remediation division employs a number of highly experienced environmental scientists, geologists and technicians who are efficient at identifying and resolving contaminated land issues to achieve legislation compliance as quickly and safely as possible. We recognise that failure to identify or manage properly a
•
Phase 1 and Phase 2 Environmental Site Assessments.
•
Remedial Action Plans.
•
Underground Storage Tank (UST) assessments and validation.
•
Assessments for the beneficial re-use of soil.
•
Waste soil and water assessments for disposal purposes.
•
Groundwater and surface water assessments.
•
Assessment, removal and treatment of contaminated sediments.
•
Asbestos in soil assessment and remediation.
•
Environmental Management Plans.
•
Environmental Project Management.
•
Environmental Impact Statements.
•
Statements of Environmental Effects.
•
Natural Resource Management.
Workplace Safety
Robson Environmental takes a leading practice approach to workplace safety, providing a comprehensive, innovative professional service
[OH&S Hygiene & Environmental Monitoring]
issue 2.2
_____________________________________________
198
focused on relevance, cost effectiveness, and on building a preventative safety culture specific to our clients needs. We successfully work with a diverse client base providing full visibility of the work we do to protect your employees, your board, your management, and your contractors.
•
Lighting Surveys.
•
Water Quality monitoring and assessment – including cooling towers, fountains, swimming pools.
•
Dangerous goods assessments against design plans (including bulk and package stores).
Our services in workplace safety management include:
•
Policies, procedures and system development and implementation.
Dangerous goods and hazardous materials assessment for storage and handling,
•
Injury, workers compensation and return to work management.
Chemical risk assessments for exposure management.
•
Development and implementation of fit for work, health management and health promotion programs.
Site auditing including evaluation of signage and PPE.
•
Manual Handling Assessments.
•
Ergonomic Assessments.
•
Contractor management.
•
Indoor Air Quality for NABERS Assessments.
•
Site based Safety services.
•
•
Development and implementation of safety leadership and behavioural change programs.
•
Tactical and system auditing against relevant statutory requirements, Australian and International Standards.
Monitoring and assessment of volatile organic compounds, formaldehyde, particulates, and a range of other potential atmospheric contaminants.
•
Bio-aerosol inspections and sampling (mould and bacteria).
•
Hazard identification and risk management.
•
•
Incident investigation.
Design and implementation of Mould Management Programs for contaminated or ‘at risk’ buildings.
•
Ventilation surveys and assessment of HVAC systems for air quality control.
• • •
Occupational Health and Hygiene
Robson Environmental employs experience and qualified industrial hygienists with practiced understanding of occupational health and hygiene issues. We are able to provide services across a range of workplace hazards and can offer tailored training solutions to enable your staff to better understand hazards relevant to your workplace. •
Occupational and Environmental Sound Level Surveys, including sound mapping and personal noise dosimetry.
•
Atmospheric contaminant and physical hazard exposure surveys for employees.
•
Risk Based Hygiene Monitoring.
•
Qualitative and Quantitative exposure data collection and review and provision of advice and recommendations for control.
•
Heat Stress Monitoring and Management Plans.
•
Baseline monitoring programs.
•
Respirator Fit Testing.
•
Personal Protective Equipment – assessment and program development.
•
Vapour and gas monitoring for worker safety including confined space gas testing.
[OH&S Hygiene & Environmental Monitoring]
_________________________________________________
Robson
ENVIRONMENTAL
Environmental Excellence through Experience Endeavour and Evaluation • Asbestos & Hazmat • Contaminated Land • Occupational Health and Hygiene • Workplace Safety • OH&S Tactical and System Auditing • Training Design and Delivery
9 Lyell St Fyshwick 2609 p 02 6239 5656 f 02 6239 5669 e admin@robsonenviro.com.au PO Box 112, Fyshwick ACT 2609
Proudly Australian Owned and Operated
www.robsonenviro.com.au ABN 55 008 660 900
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
200
Oil sampling and analysis valves In harsh mining environments, cleanliness of hydrocarbon fluids is the ultimate goal. Ensuring that fluids remain clean and free from contamination means that operators can run their machinery for long periods between oil changes.
Checkfluid oil sampling and analysis valves and components are manufactured to the highest specifications to ensure long life and reliable, safe operation.
B
y constantly monitoring engine and hydraulic oils and accurately assessing its characteristics, operators have the advantage of changing the oil based on condition, not simply hours.
Fluid Transfer Management – specialists in Total Hydrocarbon Management
Fluid Transfer Management addresses the need for specialised expertise in hydrocarbon management, all the way from filtration and monitoring to sophisticated fluid pumping and measuring equipment.
For instance, in the Pilbara, Hunter Valley or far north Established by Equipment Placement and Pressure Queensland, fluids can get a real hammering and require frequent changing, whereas other areas do not Connections to service specialised industry requirements, FTM now supplies installations, cause the same level of stress. equipment and components to the mining industry It is possible to sample fluids when the vehicle is Australia-wide. being serviced, or not operational for other reasons. FTM is the sole Australian distributor for Checkfluid The problem is that this kind of sampling doesn’t products, world leaders in live sampling and analysis give an accurate picture of what’s happening in the valves and related components. field, because the fluids are cold, less viscous and contaminants may have settled. Checkfluid products are available for both pressurised Live sampling — when the machine is running and up to temperature — gives a totally accurate picture of the state of engine and hydraulic oils. In this state, the fluids are being sampled in actual operating conditions.
and low/non pressurised sampling applications, and include a wide range of drains and adapters, enabling live sampling to be installed on any installation, whether mobile or stationery.
The live sampled fluids can then be taken directly to an on- or off-site laboratory for analysis. Any irregularities found at this stage enable the operator to pull the machine out of service, avoiding potentially costly damage to components, as well as profitsucking downtime.
The design and precision manufacturing of Checkfluid products ensures maximum safety when sampling hot fluids. Typically, components are tested for ruggedness over one million cycles, and quality control is number one priority.
As well as flagging any abnormalities in the engine or hydraulic components, live sampling can also confirm that fluids are up to standard and do not require replacing. Given the cost of engine and hydraulic oils, filter elements and the financial imposts of downtime and maintenance personnel, getting a good life from your industrial fluids makes a lot of sense.
Checkfluid sampling valves are available in a number of models for lubricating and hydraulic oils, including highly viscous fluids. All popular thread sizes are catered for, with adapters readily available for unique thread sizes Making use of Checkfluid sampling and analysis valves, Fluid Transfer Management have designed and produced a Live Sampling Box which can be fitted to any medium to large vehicle or equipment. Offering a choice of up to six ports, the FTM Live Sampling Box is manufactured in durable stainless steel and protects the sample valves from dust and other contaminants. Ports are clearly labelled to avoid confusion and the sample bottles have locators to eliminate spillage. In addition to fluid sampling and analysis, Fluid Transfer Management supplies a large range of related products including fluid handling systems, refuelling systems and components, flow meters, dust/ moisture contamination control products and high pressure valves and pumping products. FTM also provides expert advice in Total Hydrocarbon Management in both auditing and planning capacities.
[Oil Sampling and Analysis Valves]
____________________________________________________________
Live Oil Sampling The First Step to Long Component Life
Sampling your oil live, at normal operating temperatures, gives you an accurate snapshot of how oils are performing in your equipment. Any anomolies are quickly analysed and highlighted, so small problems can be addressed before they become major disasters. Fluid Transfer Management are the sole Australian distributors for Checkfluid live oil sampling valves. Designed for long life, ease of installation and reliable operation, Checkfluid sampling components are available in a wide range of sizes and thread types.
Why Use Checkfluid Oil Sampling and Analysis Valves? ■
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
■
Consistently accurate sampling – hot active oil taken from the same location avoids misleading reports and sample retakes Sample faster – while the equipment is running Avoid opening the system to external atmospheric contamination Cleaner than drain or dipstick methods – avoid spillage and mess Cost effective – low cost per sample uses less tubing Sample anytime – without draining – to diagnose a problem or determine an oil change interval Easier and safer for the sample taker.
Live Sample Box Fluid Transfer Management’s live sampling box allows you to check the quality of fluids anywhere, anytime. And because sampling is done in the field, there’s minimal downtime and disruption to production schedules. The live sampling box is designed to be installed on most earthmoving and mining equipment. The box can be supplied as a standard unit or customised, complete with hoses, high quality Checkfluid fittings and mountings.
The live sampling box features a rugged enclosure with dust-proof seal, clear labelling and cutouts for sample bottles.
Address: Unit 1B, 11 Anvil Way, Welshpool, Western Australia 6106 Postal: PO Box 649, Belmont WA 6984 Telephone: 08 9458 2888 • Fax: 08 9458 2999
www.fluidtransfer.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
THINK PIPES. THINK PVC. Photo by The Wimmera Mail-Times
Versatility, cost effectiveness and an excellent track record makes PVC the most important polymer in plastic piping and its quality and safety helps to contribute to the environmental sustainability of completed construction projects. PVC PERFORMANCE
• High flow capacity
• Corrosion resistance
The range of useful properties afforded by
• Material and energy efficiency
• Low breakage
PVC makes it the most versatile of all pipe
• High impact strength
• Cost effectiveness
• Excellent damage tolerance
• Recyclable
materials, a fact attested to by the variety of applications and markets served by PVC pipes. PVC offers benefits such as:
PVC SUSTAINABILITY PVC is one of the most well researched and tested materials in terms of environmental credentials. At least 60 reputable life cycle
• Light weight assessments have been carried out on PVC since 1985. The weight of evidence from these studies and the recent changes to the PVC Credit in Green Star confirms that
PVC’s environmental credentials are sound when compared to alternative materials.
CASE STUDY / WIMMERA MALLEE PIPELINE PROJECT The Wimmera Mallee Pipeline represents one of Australiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s most significant water-saving projects. Officially opened in April 2010, the project was completed in just under four years, well ahead of the ten year timeframe originally proposed and under the original $688 million budget. The project involved building almost 8,800
PVC pipes have played a major role in this
diameters DN50 and DN80 and modified PVC
kilometres of reticulated pipeline to replace
project, accounting for over 80% of the
(PVC-M) was used in the larger diameters.
17,000 kilometres of inefficient open
total length of the project.
PVC-M is similar to PVC-U in many respects
channels, saving around 103 billion litres of water a year.
The PVC pipe was supplied primarily in pressure class PN12 but with some
but contains an impact modifier which enhances the fracture toughness and allows the pipe to be operated at higher stresses
The pipeline supplies stock and domestic
PN9. PVC was chosen because of its
water to approximately 9,000 farms and
price competitiveness, ease of handling,
34 townships across a region that covers
rapid installation, reliability, absence of
PVC pipes are simple and easy to assemble
almost 10 per cent of Victoria, from the
corrosion and ease of laying to grade. The
and gasketed joints can be filled, tested and
Grampians to the Murray River. The system
magnitude of the project has facilitated the
placed in service immediately after assembly.
will supply the region with a sustainable
development of special pipe installation
water supply for over 100 years, provide
techniques compatible with the soil and
reliable, good quality water, allow for
terrain encountered.
economic expansion within the region and return some water for environmental flows to rivers, lakes and wet lands.
The major pipe material used in the project, in terms of length of pipe and mass of material, is PVC. PVC-U is used in
For more information visit www.thinkpipesthinkpvc.com.au 1300 THINKPVC (1300 844 657)
than PVC-U.
The use of PVC pipes has aided the development of rapid, yet reliable installation techniques and contributed to the economic viability of the project.
204
PVC Pipes for Life PVC pipe and fittings systems continue to prove themselves in some of Australia’s toughest operating conditions in mines across the country. With a service history dating back to the 1930s, industry has recognised the many benefits of PVC: material strength, corrosion resistance, high strength to weight ratio, ease of handling and installation together with excellent flow characteristics.
P
VC pipes have a high impact strength and flexibility together with the abrasion resistance required in slurry lines. The range of industrial applications for PVC pipe and fittings is virtually limitless, with most industries involving processes in which fluids are conveyed. PVC piping systems are widely used in water, waste water and chemical transfers. Their high strength and ease of installation also makes them ideal for air reticulation systems. “Given its remarkable versatility, outstanding durability and cost effectiveness there is no reason why PVC
should not continue into the future as the material of choice for pipes,” stated Nigel Jones, Market Development Manager, Think Pipes. Think PVC. “The material’s attributes are well documented and tested over time, from traditional PVC-U to competitive PVC-M and PVC-O, and are destined to become increasingly used for higher pressures and more demanding applications. “The ongoing development of PVC has largely been driven by several key factors. The need to create tougher pipes to withstand harsh environments such as mining and civil engineering as well as the trend to larger diameters and pressure classes have been a strong motivator towards the new PVC technologies,” said Jones. “Specifically in the mining industry, top priority was also given to the handling and installation of pipelines and to guarantee safety especially in underground mining situations.” The recent innovations in pipe manufacture and the availability of new products, such as oriented PVC (PVC-O) and modified PVC (PVC-M) pressure pipes, have led to PVC pipes that offer greatly enhanced strength and impact resistance properties as well as larger bore, offering greater hydraulic capacity over traditional PVC-U pipes. By manufacturing these new PVC technologies with up to 50% thinner walls, the pipe has significantly less embodied energy and is more material-efficient compared to other pipe options. PVC-M Pipes in Mining, South Africa
Modified PVC pipes have been used successfully in South Africa in extremely harsh mining environments for 25 years. The material’s versatility lends itself to formulations covering a variety of demanding applications. Sustainability of the product is demonstrated in several mines where PVC pipes are later removed for reuse. This is not generally the case with steel pipes because of deterioration through corrosion. The design stress for modified PVC mine pipes has been raised to 12.5 MPa based on a long term safety factor of 2, accepted by the industry. Most importantly, the experience gained with PVC polymers and modified formulations, pipe extrusion and gelation, the material properties of strength and toughness and especially the proven durability of modified PVC mine pipes over many years, all contributed to the development of a product that was to have far reaching consequences in pressure pipe markets.
[Plastic Products and Composite]
_____________________________________________________________
205
This product, now known as PVC-M was to prove itself the most cost effective pressure pipe for potable water reticulation and agriculture. Modified PVC is an alloy of PVC, incorporating an impact modifier that improves the fracture toughness and ductility of the material. This enhanced toughness enables PVC-M pipes to be manufactured with a thinner wall, with subsequent material savings and improved hydraulic properties. The alloying of PVC with modifying polymers achieves improvement in resistance to cracking. The result is the minimisation of the effect of stress concentrators such as scratches. (Osry, M.A, DPI Plastics, PVC Pipes for Life – Modern Developments and Design Criteria : PVC-U, PVC-M and PVC-O) Think Pipes. Think PVC
Think Pipes. Think PVC is an initiative set up to encourage further awareness in regards to recent developments with PVC pipes and to promote the usage of PVC pipes across a range of markets. The range of useful properties afforded by PVC makes it the most versatile of all pipe materials, a fact attested to by the variety of applications and markets served by PVC pipes. The rationale for specifying or using PVC pipe is justified on the basis of any or several of its performance attributes. Strength and Durability
Considering their relative low weight, PVC pipes are strong and durable. This makes PVC pipes suitable for all types of long-term applications, including domestic water, sewerage, storm water and deep underground piping systems. It stays strong through a range of temperatures, resulting in fewer burst pipes and other maintenance issues. The long-term tensile strength of PVC pipes is twice that of iron, steel or other thermoplastic pipe materials. Lightweight
PVC pipes offer a tremendous weight advantage. The comparatively low weight of PVC piping means that installers are less likely to get injured and while it may take a team of workers or mechanical hoists to carry a large section of metal pipe, PVC pipe is so light that a single person could easily move a long piece. This means fewer installers are required, and those hired can get the piping installed comparatively faster than iron or steel. As PVC piping weighs only a fraction of alternative piping materials such as steel, iron and concrete, the
structural support systems used to support the weight of the piping are much less complex. Corrosion Resistance
PVC pipes are non-conductors of electricity and immune to electrochemical reactions caused by acids, bases and salt that cause corrosion in metals. This characteristic exists on both the inside and outside of PVC pipe. Unlike metal piping, PVC pipes won’t rust or corrode over time because it does not react with air and water the way metal does, which results in a significantly longer lifetime of the pipe. Consequently, PVC pipe is frequently cost effective in applications where soil is aggressive. PVC pipe can be expected to outlast alternative pipes without the need for protective coatings or liners. Abrasion/Wear Resistance
PVC pipes exhibit outstanding resistance to wear and abrasion. PVC pipe has proven more durable than other common pipe types for the transport of abrasive slurries. Flexibility
PVC pipe’s resistance to fracture is an extremely important performance advantage. While PVC pipes are made from rigid PVC compound, the PVC pipe itself has the ability to yield under loading without fracturing. The modulus of elasticity of PVC pipes is a major advantage for buried applications, particularly where soil movement or vibration is anticipated. In pressure an application, PVC’s modulus of elasticity also reduces the magnitude of pressure surges i.e. water hammer. A PVC-O pipe has higher resistance to water hammer than all other pressure pipe types. Oriented PVC (PVC-O)
PVC-O is made by realigning the PVC molecules through a process of biaxial orientation. This greatly enhances the material properties - around twice the strength and 10 times the impact resistance is achieved compared to traditional PVC-U material. It means the wall thickness of PVC-O pipes can be reduced by up to 50% while maintaining the same pressure as that of the traditional PVC pipe. The result is that PVC-O has a larger bore offering greater hydraulic capacity; the pipe is manufactured
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
206
with significantly less embodied energy and is more material efficient compared to other pipe options. Although PVC-O pipes have been produced and used in Australia for nearly 20 years, recent manufacturing technology advances have seen greater availability in the last five years. Australia has been at the forefront of these significant advances and has the largest PVC-O pipe manufacturing capacity in the world. PVC Contributes to Sustainability
PVC is one of the most well researched and tested materials in terms of environmental credentials. At least 60 reputable life cycle assessments have been carried out on PVC since 1985. The weight of evidence from these studies and the recent changes to the PVC Credit in Green Star confirms that PVC’s environmental credentials are sound when compared to alternative materials. PVC, as a raw material, is energy efficient to process. More than half of the raw material used in production of resin is provided by salt, of which there is virtually unlimited supply. Similarly, PVC pipe is efficient to manufacture and transport, using less non-renewable resources than competing materials. Compared to other polymers, PVC consumes significantly less non-renewable feedstock, such as crude oil or natural gas. Other plastics such as Polyethylene, Polypropylene, PET and Polystyrene are traditionally totally dependent on oil or gas. Hence PVC can be regarded as a natural resourcesaving plastic. A great benefit to the environment from industry is to consume less energy. Being aware of the embodied energy implications for a particular system helps engineers design piping solutions that not only deliver required hydraulic performance but also deliver lower embodied energy and thus reduced impacts on the environment. CSIRO have produced a document, Piping Systems Embodied Energy Analysis, which demonstrates that plastics for a piping solution have a significantly beneficial effect on the embodied energy for the system. This study revealed that PVC-O pipes come out as the winners, providing the best embodied energy solution in many situations. A significant factor is the thinner wall of the PVC-O pipe resulting in a lighter pipe. (http://www.pipa.com.au/images/ pdf/EEnergy.pdf)
[Plastic Products and Composite]
Given the durable nature of the material, the long life afforded by PVC pipe essentially eliminates the question of disposal. Nevertheless, PVC pipe is recyclable, with existing markets for recycled material, and new ones continually developing. Green Star PVC Credit
In April 2010, the Green Building Council of Australia introduced the new PVC Credit in the Materials Category of its Green Star rating tool - recognising the environmental advances made by PVC resin and product manufacturers across Australia, in order to continue to drive production and use of best environmental practice PVC products. Under the PVC Credit, projects will be able to claim two points towards their Green Star rating if the PVC products used in the project meet the GBCA’s Best Practice Guidelines. Specifying PVC Pipes
PVC pipe is very competitive with other pipes, even more so when installation and life cycle operating costs are taken into consideration. These lower material costs are coupled with lower installation costs because of increased productivity, the product’s low weight and cheaper transportation expenses. There is also a big saving when it comes to joining the PVC piping sections together. PVC piping uses simple PVC connectors and adhesives, while other pipe systems require welding and expensive connection systems. This means less equipment and much faster and cheaper connections for PVC. “Versatility, cost effectiveness and an excellent track record makes PVC the most important polymer in plastic piping and its quality and safety helps to contribute to the environmental sustainability of completed construction projects,” concluded Jones.
www.thinkpipesthinkpvc.com.au 1300 THINK PIPES (1300 844 657 657)
___________________________________________________________
207
Conveyor Belting Do you really know what you are buying? The importance of correct conveyor belt selection can be the difference between record uptime or unbearable downtime. A simple reality is that without conveyor belts – production stops
W
hen viewed holistically, the total cost of a conveyor belt comes down to a number of factors. However two of major importance for purchasers should be:
1. Quality: Is that saving on the purchase cost really worth the downtime in the event of a premature failure? 2. Construction: Is this belt really designed to meet the actual demands? With the advent of new compounds and construction techniques, there are more options available than ever before for your conveyor belt selection. Consultation with the belting manufacturercan reward plants with lower costs-perton, increased uptime and a safer work environment.
creates a product with the specific properties you require. The major components in conveyor belt rubbers are: Natural and Synthetic rubber, fillers, hydrocarbons and performance additives. By altering the combination of these components, or substituting them for inferior products the price and quality can be reduced. The addition of properties or technologies such as Oil Resistance, Low Rolling Resistance, Ozone/UV Resistance, Cut and Tear Resistance, Fire Resistance, Static Dissipative, Acid/Akali Resistance, Low Abrasion Loss, Low Stretch, Rip Stop Mesh may add to the initial cost of a belt. However it will provide financial benefit over years of operation.
Part of mining industry best-practice should be to log the history and usage of conveyor belting. Working closely with your conveyor maintenance partner can be helpful in understanding the types Having an appreciation of the individual and reasons of failure and to calculate the actual components of a belt is the key to successfully cost of maintenance. Adding that to the real cost understanding how the belt will perform. The biggest to production (loss of production, idle personnel, cost contributor to any conveyor belt is the top and penalties on failures to deliver on contract sales) bottom cover. Their main task is to protect the fabric – even at a small operation it can result in costs of or steel cord carcass of the conveyor belt. Without tens of thousands of dollars per hour – helps you in this armour of rubber the belt would likely not last its appreciating the total costs of your conveyor system. first revolutionin mining applications. For sites to have a conveyor maintenance Regardless of where in the world a conveyor service provider who is also a conveyor belt belt is made, there are consistent factors which manufacturer it will open the doors to truly have a manufacturers have no control over. Raw natural cost efficient conveyor belt solution by combining rubber is a rare commodity and attracts a premium the site requirement with latest manufacturing price. Conveyor belt fabric and steel cords are technologies. Specific properties can be built produced by a limited number of manufacturers into a conveyor belt to maximise service life and globally, and, the basic way of constructing a reduce your total cost of ownership. belt is the same regardless of location. Whether Large Conveyor Maintenance Service companies the belt is made in Asia, America or Europe, the who also supply and manufacture conveyor process of making the belt is not highly labour belt can bring the advantage of immediate intensive and is in some ways semi-autonomous. and unfiltered access to their research and This leaves only one factor that can control development laboratories, production lines and the price of the belt, its quality. Reducing the compounding engineers. Working closely together quality of carcass protection ultimately leads to with its local and global onsite service teams, this a reduction in service life or even unexpected single company can provide solid solutions with failures. The science of developing conveyor the knowledge and experience of many different belt compounds and constructions is not a dark conveyor systems from around the world, handling art as some would lead the industry to believe. different materials. Being limited to frequent There are terms bantered around by traders such failures caused by off the shelf solutions is not as “meets the standard“ or “equivalent to” for necessary anymore. off the shelf belt. In reality, these standards are For more information please contact REMA TIP a minimum set by governing bodies to protect TOP Industrial Australia on 02 9772 4899 or smaller industries against unscrupulous suppliers email info@rema-tiptop.com.au. advertising one thing, and supplying another. Much like many other products around us, rubber is a blend of different materials which eventually
[Conveyor System]
By Dale Kong (REMA TIP TOP Industrial Australia PTY LTD)
issue 2.2
____________________________________________________________________________
208
Innovative maintenance Maintenance partner and manufacturer combined Written by Dale Kong (REMA TIP TOP Industrial Australia PTY LTD) The relationship between sites and maintenance providers is fundamentally built on trust. It is expected that the maintenance provider has an intimate knowledge about the site, latest health and safety standards, access to quality personnel, research and development as well as the ability to backup and support growth through innovation.
K
eeping a piece of plant or an entire operation running is considered to be the bare minimum. By working with a supplier who does not only apply but also manufacture the materials they use, you have one point of contact for all your requests and demands and no arguing with several parties. ONE BRAND – ONE SOURCE – ONE SYSTEM
REMA TIP TOP, the only global manufacturer and service provider of wear protection, corrosion protection and conveyor maintenance solutions, firmly stands as one partner for engineered solutions in your plant. With the recent acquisition of Dunlop Belting South Africa, REMA TIP TOP added the ability to specify, engineer and manufacturer highest quality conveyor belts based on the experience of more than 80 years of conveyor maintenance service. Dunlop Belting South Africa has a proud history of innovation in South Africa, manufacturing conveyor belting, moulded rubber products and handmade mining hose across two plants for over 85 years. With the abilities to produce Steel Cord, Fabric Reinforced and Solid Woven PVC belting to the highest quality standards of REMA TIP TOP customers, the acquisition has fit perfectly into the REMA TIP TOP service philosophy ONE BRAND ONE SOURCE - ONE SYSTEM. As the benchmark for wear and corrosion protection and conveyor maintenance products, REMA TIP TOP has the ability to quickly react and adapt to the performance driven bulk materials handing industries requirements. Mine sites benefit of access to German engineering and state of the art technologies. An example of latest innovations is the recent development of Low Rolling Resistance conveyor belts, having proven effective in reducing the operating costs of conveyor systems. Reducing power losses by lowering the rolling resistance of the bottom belting cover over conveyor idlers, was the result of customer driven demand. It is by listening to its maintenance services clients, that REMA TIP TOP has also answered the call for more innovation in conveyor belt longevity. Research and Development is now under way to produce smarter conveyor belt solutions with even more cut and tear resistance, lower abrasion losses, longer thermal stability and lower elongations than ever before. At REMA TIP TOP the saying “think globally – act locally“ is taken quite literally. Clients are safe in the knowledge that they are working with a company that values relationships. A company that continually
[Conveyor System]
strives to build upon its experiences of a network spanning over five continents and that is trusted with some of the most complex materials handling and mineral processing challenges ever undertaken. REMA TIP TOP has stepped up to these challenges with its network of over 76 subsidiaries managing approx. 260 mine maintenance service contracts. Supported by a team of 5,500 employees globally, REMA TIP TOP has perfected products and techniques which are the envy of its industry. It is through this history of successful, industry based relationships that continually pushes REMA TIP TOP in pioneering a range of highly engineered products; Steel Cord Belting Fabric Reinforced Belting Solid Woven PVC / Nitrile Cover Belting REMAGRIP CK-X The new benchmark in ceramic pulley laggings REMALINE MP
New standard of natural rubber lining systems with built in wear indicator
REMASTAR
Complete new polymer with extreme cut and gouge resistance
REMALOX
Precision rubber backed ceramic plates with highest AlÐOÐ content
CHEMOLINE
Chemical resistant soft lining systems, self-vulcanizing and precured
CHEMONIT
Chemical resistant hard lining systems, self-vulcanizing and pre-cured
REMACOAT
Polyurea corrosion and abrasion resistant coatings
COROPUR
Polyurethane atmospheric corrosion systems
COROFLAKE
Trowel on glass flake/polyester/ vinyl protection systems
The addition of conveyor belt manufacturing capabilities into the REMA TIP TOP portfolio creates a new, dynamic ability to control every aspect from raw materials procurement to onsite installation and commissioning. REMA TIP TOP - the partner of choice for corrosion protection, wear protection, and conveyor maintenance solutions.
___________________________________________________________________________
REMA TIP TOP CONVEYOR SOLUTIONS WE ARE NOT AFRAID OF GETTING DIRTY.
REMA TIP TOP acquired Dunlop Belting Products South Africa. Expect an even better conveyor solution with this combination of service and manufacturing expertise.
Trouble free production processes, minimised downtimes, and the longest plant life possible are the main principles of an economically sound operation. As your service partner, we not only offer you first-class products and optimum solutions for conserving, maintaining and repairing you conveyor belt systems, but also expert advice on your conveyor systems. Let REMA TIP TOP Industrial Australia work with you as your solution provider in conveyor systems.
TALK TO US â&#x20AC;&#x201C; OUR SERVICE IS YOUR SUCCESS! Phone: (02) 9772 4899 E-mail: info@rema-tiptop.com.au Web: www.rema-tiptop.com.au See us at stand 3116
ONE BRAND - ONE SOURCE - ONE SYSTEM
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
210
Conveyor Belt Monitoring celebrates the launch of its new technologies at AIMEX 2011 Two great new products designed to extend the safe working life of your conveyor belting and maximise the return on your assets are now available to the market. If you are looking for new, non-invasive ways to monitor belting we have the solutions.
CBM’s Longitudinal Rip Detection System is non-contact, has nothing embedded in belt and importantly works on all belt types – steel cord, fabric and solid woven.
We are proud that CBM is the longest standing conveyor monitoring service group in the world, providing the materials handling industry with talented and experienced professionals since 1980.
Supporting the longitudinal rip detection system is our new Vision/Profile Monitor. This state of the art system allows for visual inspection and cover thickness to be determined without stopping the belt and therefore not impact negatively on your production.
Call CBM, celebrate with us and experience the extended safe working life of your conveyor belting.
It certainly is a new age and CBM is proud to be at the forefront of developing new and advanced technologies aimed at minimising down time and saving dollars.
Vision & Profile Monitoring
Based in Sydney (Australia), Conveyor Belt Monitoring’s (CBM’s) independence (from belt manufacturers), excellent customer service, integrity and professionalism have led to both national and international acclaim, servicing the leading mining companies globally. CBM’s outstanding professional conduct and exacting standards have resulted in an expanding pool of talented staff and satisfied clients worldwide. Built on providing services to the mining industry and in excess of 30 years experience, our success is based on a comprehensive understanding of the conditions faced by those who work in the mining industry.
Visit Us @ AIMEX 2011 Stand H1034
Systems integration CONTACT
For details about this service, please contact CBM By phone: +61 2 9979 6644 By e-mail: info@cbmi.com.au Web: www.cbmi.com.au
CBM SERVICES
CBM – Longitudinal Rip Detection CBM – Vision / Profile Monitoring CBM – Conveyor System Inspection CBM – Remote Monitoring CBM – Semi-Remote Monitoring CBM – Steel Cord Belt Scanning CBM – Fabric Belt Scanning Longitudinal Rip Detection
[Conveyor System]
CBM – Cover Thickness Testing
___________________________________________________________________________
!
*(&.'/($!7'1%!8(&,%($,&3! -(&.'/($!0'1% !2(&,%($,&3 2(&,%($,&3! !
!
!
!
! !
!
!
! ! ! !
! ! ! !
!!!!"#$! !!!!%#&'"()(*+#,! !!!!-#)#.,#! ! !!!!/0123!4566! !!!!! ! ! ! ! !
"#$%&'$!()!*+(,-'!
!
*789:! !!!!;(&3,%6<,&#1!=,>!?'%'-%,(&! !!!!@! !!!!!A,:,(&B"$(),1'!8(&,%($,&3! !!!!C/:%'2:! ! ! !
4445-02,5-(25#6! 4445-02,5-(25#6 ! !
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
TOP QUALITY HYDRAULIC SOLUTIONS SERVICING ALL INDUSTRIES Fluiconnecto by Manuli, is a leading international distribution organisation, servicing all industry sectors with a complete range of high quality hydraulic components and technical services.
MINING
MARINE
TRANSPORT
OEM
MOBILE, ON-SITE & IN-HOUSE SERVICE Fluiconnecto provide fully equipped mobile service trucks, onsite workshop containers and in-house workshop modules. MOBILE PARTS & SERVICE
ON-SITE WORKSHOP CONTAINERS
IN-HOUSE WORKSHOP MODULES
Call: 1300 4 HOSES (1300 446 737) Email: info@fluiconnecto.com.au www.fluiconnecto.com
213
CSE - uniserve The mining industry faces many challenges in the running of its operations on a day to day basis. As large consumers of electrical energy these challenges include not only the amount of power used but also the power quality.
P
ower Conversion, being the controlled conversion of the supply electrical power through to the stringent requirements of the mechanical and process engineers, encompasses a number of issues to be considered, including:-
Whilst these products directly relate to the Power Conversion process, CSE-Uniserve can take this further, to the protection and monitoring of the total power solution for the mine site.
•
power usage efficiency and energy savings
•
mechanical torque control limitations
•
reduced current impact on power supply during starting
•
reduced harmonic generation
•
increased power factor
A recent solution based CSE-Uniserve Power Conversion project has been Newcrest Mining Limited’s, Cadia Valley Operations, Cadia East Project, near Orange in NSW, where CSE-Uniserve has been successful in implementing the design and supply of Liquid Resistance Starters and Low Voltage Variable Speed Drives, along with the site wide MV Protection and Load Shedding scheme.
•
optimised process handling and speed control
Liquid Resistance Starters
CSE-Uniserve Power Conversion – Newcrest Mining Cadia East Project
Working closely with Fluor Australia Pty Ltd as the appointed program management contractors on the • minimal maintenance project, CSE-Uniserve has supplied a total of six Liquid Resistance Starters for the underground crusher For more than 30 years CSE-Uniserve has been a (2 x 650kW) and above ground conveyor (355kW, proud supplier to the Australian and global mining 500kW, 560kW and 630kW) applications. CSEindustry, with the range of products and solutions provided by the CSE-Uniserve Power Conversion team Uniserve’s project involvement is also expected to include the on site commissioning works scheduled helping to meet these challenges, including:for late 2011. • LV and MV variable speed drives The supply of the LRSs on this project reinforces • Air cooled and liquid cooled solutions CSE-Uniserve’s strong and long standing relationship with Newcrest Mining’s Cadia Valley Operations • Active and passive harmonic filtering where it has successfully supplied numerous LRSs • LV and MV soft starters over the many development phases of the mine for a variety of applications including SAG and Ball Mills, • Customised panel solutions Vertimills, Crushers and Conveyors. CSE-Uniserve • Liquid resistance starters has also recently supplied and commissioned a Liquid Resistance Starter for one of the world’s largest dual • High efficiency MV motors pinion ( 2 x 8000kW) Ball Mill applications for the Cadia East project. •
maximum availability
Liquid Resistance Starters are ideally suited to these typical mining applications through their ability to provide high starting torque with low starting currents. CSE-Uniserve’s totally stainless steel design and fabrication ensures their long term operation with minimal maintenance for installation in harsh environmental locations. Low Voltage Variable Speed Drives and Soft Starters
Building upon its considerable prior experience at Cadia East, CSE-Uniserve was awarded the contract to supply Low Voltage Variable Speed Drives and Soft Starters for the Low Grade Plant Upgrade. The drives supplied are all from Fuji Electric’s featurerich MEGA series.
[Power Conversions, Variable Speed Drives and Automation Solutions]
____________________
214
These drives control the speed of 23 motors on a wide variety of process equipment applications including vibratory feeders, conveyors and pumps. Output power ratings range from 0.75kW to 315kW, and each drive is housed in a wallmounting or floor standing enclosure from CSEUniserve’s ‘Flatpack’ range, designed to conform to the contract design requirements. There is considerable distance between the switchroom where the drives are located and many of the driven machines. This has resulted in very long cable runs from the drives to the motors, and to cater for this the majority of drives are used in conjunction with output sine filters to address dv/dt and peak voltage issues. Soft-starters from Solcon’s digital RVS-DX series are used to start three 160kW air blowers and compressor, and these are also housed in floor-standing enclosures from CSE-Uniserve’s ‘Flatpack” range. All drives and soft-starters include serial communications to interface with the plant control system. With progressive deliveries now underway, all units are scheduled to be delivered to site by mid-August 2011 and CSE-Uniserve’s project involvement is also expected to include the on site commissioning works currently planned for late 2011. Protection, Monitoring and Load Shedding Schemes
One of the key challenges in mining is the need for high availability operational systems working in tough environmental conditions. This scheme is implemented using the well established GE Multilin protection relays, connected using RuggedCom highly ruggedised ethernet switches. Both series have over 10 years of installed experience in Australian critical infrastructure projects, and support the IEC61850 standard, allowing CSE-Uniserve to provide a resilient, high performing solution. The protection relays provide the necessary protection and control functionality, and the URPlus controller hosts all of the load shedding and capacitor control logic. The controller communicates with the protection IEDs using IEC61850 GOOSE messaging across the RuggedCom fibre network. This delivers a fast, secure and flexible communications scheme, and avoids the complexity and cost of conventional hardwired IO. The RuggedCom hardware specification has been designed to deliver Zero Packet Loss under harsh power utility conditions, and has proven ideal for mining applications, particularly in terms of the +85 degrees Celsius operating range and high electrical noise immunity. Overall, CSE-Uniserve is providing a high availability electrical solution designed to maximise system uptime and plant efficiency, utilising a set of advanced technologies well suited to the mining environment.
CSE-Uniserve is also providing an integrated power system protection, control and metering solution to Cadia, fully utilising the latest protection and automation IEDs in conjunction with the IEC61850 architecture for substation automation. This provides a high performance scheme, with all communications between measuring and controlling devices taking place over a secure and high speed ethernet infrastructure. This addresses the familiar environmental and operational demands of the mining industry, and delivers an easily maintainable, remotely manageable, and highly scalable future proof scheme. CSE-Uniserve’s scope of work includes:•
Supply of 150 GE Multilin protection relays
•
Supply of RuggedCom ruggedised ethernet switches
•
Ruggedised network design and IEC61850 configuration
•
Design and engineering of protection, monitoring and load shedding schemes
•
Capacitor bank control
[Power Conversions, Variable Speed Drives and Automation Solutions]
________________________
CSE-Uniserve High Performing Power and Motor Control Solutions. CSE-Uniserve has been providing high performance
Our depth of applications expertise delivers
electrical equipment and services to Australian
comprehensive engineering solutions around HV
mining infrastructure projects for 33 years.
motor control and power delivery.
Our advanced technology protects and sustains
CSE-Uniserve is committed to the ongoing
critical electrical infrastructure, and our high
support of the Australian mining industry.
availability rugged communications networks
Your local partner for advanced motor
maximise production output.
protection and control solutions.
CSE-Uniserve has sales and engineering offices in locations across Australia. Sydney
Melbourne
Perth
Brisbane
10 Columbia Way Baulkham Hills NSW 2153 Tel: 02 8853 4200
Unit 19, Level 1 75 Lorimer St Docklands VIC 3008 Tel: 03 9245 1700
2 Sleat Rd Applecross WA 6153 Tel: 08 9204 8002
Unit 2, 56 Lavarack Av Eagle Farm QLD 4009 Tel: 07 3861 7777
Visit our website: www.cse-uniserve.com.au
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
216
Teco Australia Pty Ltd Introduced variable speed drives to their already impressive product range over 20 years ago in the Australian market, where they have had many improved models within this time.
D
uring this period Teco have always put their banner up as a leading electric motor supplier and thus taking the highlight away from their Variable Speed Drives however the world continues to change so it stands to reason industry changes in unison. Teco now introduce their two new variable speed controllers V33 and F33 into the world of mining and industry. The robust and compact steel design with an IP54 enclosure as standard, offers cost-efficient installation of the AC drives. They are approved according to all applicable global standards. Communication options include, for example, fieldbus and industrial Ethernet communication. Simplicity and reliability are keywords, these two new drives bring extremely accurate motor control with robust design and absolute user friendliness at the same time.
F33 “Secure the flow and protect your equipment”
Reduced energy consumption and less downtime the F33 protects your equipment from damage and wear. By offering soft starts and linear stops thus reducing hammer action costly motor controlled valves can be eliminated used for the purpose of pressure spikes. Giving lower installation, reduced energy consumption and subsequent maintenance costs.
A built in shaft power monitor and unique load curve protection function across the full load curve parameter offers detection of under or overload situations immediately that could cause inefficiency or downtime. The ability to set alarms or safety stops will offer equipment protection before any damage can occur. An inbuilt speed detector increases efficiency by referencing the load set points and monitors fluctuation 40,000 times a second without encoder feedback using only the motor as a sensor of speed relevant to load and adjusts the drive automatically. The V33 also offers integrated vector brake functionality giving rapid and protective braking which negate the need for mechanical brakes in some applications. The demand for network friendly electronic equipment is continuously increasing. Low harmonic drives are the answer to this challenge, improving reliability and reducing investment costs in applications such as pumps and fans in the mining, marine and process industries. Teco Low harmonic drives produce typically less than THDI 5% compared to 30-50% in conventional drives, thereby fulfilling the IEEE-519 standard. Reduced power losses eliminate the need to over dimension cables and transformers. Lower distortions also cause fewer malfunctions in other electronic equipment.
Controlled ramping features of the DC link voltage offers a safe start up and detects phase failure asymmetries. A sleep function saves further energy and automatic pump rinsing enhances the efficiency. The V33 allows safe operation of the drive on / off by external contactors as often as required, thus eliminating the internal use of contactors and resistors and thereby reducing overall size once again reducing maintenance something not available in other models within the market that could cause serious damage to the drive. V33 “Full control of your power”
Direct torque control eliminates disturbances thus making it the perfect drive for all dynamic applications. Thanks to a very accurate and quick speed and torque control protecting against interruptions eliminates fluctuations due to peak or abrupt load changes including inaccurately set ramp times.
[Power Conversions, Variable Speed Drives and Automation Solutions]
________________________
new teco variable speed drives
Zero to 100 at teco speed
TECO F33 and V33 win Pole Fast accurate Performance Easily Controlled F33 For pumps, fans, compressors & blowers V33 For demanding applications such as cranes, crushers, mills & mixers. • Built-in Shaft Power Monitor for overload / under load protection • Efficient protective Start / Stop Operation increasing productivity and safety • Up to IP54 Protection • Global Standards Approved TECO Australia Pty. Ltd. Head Office: Ph: (02) 9765 8118 Fax: (02) 9604 9330 Brisbane Office: Ph: (07) 3373 9600 Fax: (07) 3373 9699 Melbourne Office: Ph: (03) 9720 4411 Fax: (03) 9720 5355 Perth Office: Ph: (08) 9479 4879 Fax: (08) 9478 3879 www.teco.com.au E-mail emd@teco.com.au _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
APRS subscriptions The Australasian Mining Review is an independent voice for the mining industry in Australia. Produced bi-annually the publication covers the major developments, events and topics affecting the mining industry across the Asia Pacific region. Each issue also includes a comprehensive buyer’s guide providing an essential reference tool for buyers and key decision makers in the mining industry.
The Australasian Mining Review is a member of the APRS stable of high quality mining and resource publications, including: z
MINEsafety AUSTRALASIAN
AUSTRALIAN
safety JOURNAL
JOURNAL
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 1 #2
WINTER 2011
VOLUME 3 # 6
QLD B U L L E T I N Winter 2011
FEATURING: ELIMINATING FALLS FROM HEIGHTS How effective are Elevating Work Platforms?
IS SN 1833- 3036
AUSTRALIAN CONSTRUCTION SAFETY JOURNAL
SITE SAFETY On the Sydney Harbour Bridge
Give vehicle operators a smooth ride
WINTER
Preventing confined space fatalities within the mining industry
VOLUME 1 #2
FEATURING: Health management in mining – Putting the “H” back into OHS
TRAINING BEYOND COMPLIANCE Transforming cultures
Western Australia’s resources infrastructure outlook Queensland’s 2020 vision: Sunny but Supporting regional energy security clouds ahead?’ and meeting domestic needs in Queensland mining devastated by Western Australia ‘worst flooding on record’ Long-term strategic planning needed to Boom time forpowerhouse the Surat iron ore industry sustain WA’s
2011
issue 2.2
You can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au My details Ms/Miss/Mrs/Mr (please print): Address: Fax: + 61 8 8113 9201
Post to: Australian Publishing Resource Service GPO Box 1746, Adelaide, SA 5001
Email: subscriptions@aprs.com.au
Town/suburb: State: Tel: (
you can also subscribe online at www.aprs.com.au
Post code: )
Mobile:
Email*: All prices include postage & handling within Australia and GST
Payment
YES! I would like to subscribe to:
I enclose my cheque/money order payable to APRS for $
Mine Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Construction Safety
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Card Number:
QLD Mining & Energy
1 year $37.80
2 year $67.50
Cardholder’s name:
Australasian Mining Review
1 year $18.90
2 year $35.00
Expiry date:
or please charge my:
Mastercard
Visa
Signature:
Australian Publishing Resource Service uses personal information collected from you to fulfil your subscription. We may also use this information to inform you of future special offers. Please tick if you do not wish to receive any further offers by mail or email *By including your email address you consent to receive any email regarding this magazine, and other emails which inform you of APRS’s other magazines.
219
Pulley trial at Bombo In November 2007 Rail Corp Quarry was approached to trial the BIRN VTP (Ventilated Turbo Pulley) Pulleys at their Bombo Site. The choice of plant to trial the range was on their secondary crushing plant where some of the most extreme conditions were found. The particular plant chosen was a Jacques 4ft Cone Crusher. This crusher was fitted with a 475mm 8spc VTP pulley on the drive, and an 800mm 8spc VTP pulley on the crusher.
was a contributing factor as to reduced belt life. Being in the crusher house the buildup of dust, as mentioned previously, caused the pulley to run hotter within a dusty environment. During normal operation and especially with a heavy work load (largely due to a percentage of oversize material) the pulley would run extremely hot. •
As mentioned above, the other problem with early belt failure was the dust in the groove, thus reducing belt life at an accelerated rate.
Aims
The aims of the trial were to ascertain:
History
The purpose of the 4ft crusher is to take 600mm minus Basalt and reduce product to 60mm minus at 600 tonnes per hour. Historically the crusher was driven using grey iron pulleys and SPC belts. The grey iron pulleys had a service life of six to eight months with belts replaced every 10 weeks on average, whilst operating approximately 10 hours a day. The three main problems that were encountered using the grey iron pulleys were: •
Dust accumulation — Being in the crushing plant the dust was a major issue for two reasons. Firstly the dust would build up on the inner circumference of the pulleys. This would cause the drive to run out of balance if left uncleared. This out of balance problem would then cause a significant shortening of the bearing life both on the motor shaft and the crusher drive shaft. To overcome the out of balance problem the quarry maintenance staff would need to remove the guarding and clean the pulleys regularly. The other problem caused by the dust was the excessive wear in the belt grooves of the pulleys. Even with the pulleys rotating at speed, the dust was trapped in the grooves, causing excessive wear on both belts and pulleys alike.
•
Premature belt failure — As with all Vee belts heat is the enemy. With the grey iron pulleys, heat
[Power Transmissions]
•
The ability of the VTP pulleys to perform in extreme conditions.
•
The life expectancy of the VTP pulleys compared to grey iron pulleys.
•
The life expectancy of the belts running a VTP, as opposed to a grey iron equivalent.
•
The ability to resist and perform in a high debris environment.
•
The ability to take on the shock loads via crushing that are transmitted through the crusher drive shaft.
•
Any savings obtained through reduced down time, maintenance and spares during the first 12 months of operation.
•
If the dust build-up on the inner circumference was lessened or eliminated.
•
OH&S Impacts
In December 2007 the crusher pulleys were changed to the BIRN VTP style. These pulleys are at the time of our audit, (December 08) still in operation and not due for replacement until mid next year. Result;
The outcome of the trial has been very pleasing for all parties with some unexpected outcomes. The VTP style pulleys have performed so well in this application, that other items of plant that incorporate a Vee belt drive system are currently being re-evaluated, with the view towards standardising all drives with the VTP. We plan to change current grey iron drives to VTP once such drives are due for renewal. The trial proved •
The VTP style pulleys were able to work within the extreme conditions without failing.
•
To date, the VTP Pulleys have outlasted the grey iron equivalent on a ratio of 2:1 with the
issue 2.2
___________________________________________________________________
220
expectation that by the time the pulleys are changed, the ratio will be approximately 3:1 or better. •
The belt life has also been extended by five times (so far) running the VTP pulleys with the only failure being caused by a piece of steel jamming the crusher.
•
The dust build up on the inner circumference was all but eliminated with cleaning not required so far. Also the wear in the grooves caused by the dust build up was lowered as proven in the length of service life.
•
Significant savings were achieved over the 12 month period in maintenance and belt replacement.
•
OH&S. This should be a subject all on its own. As anyone connected with industry will know OH&S is a very real issue for business to deal with. Using the VTP had some significant advantages. As you can see from the photographs in the document, access to the crusher pulley is somewhat difficult. As the VTP pulleys are much lighter (50% to 60%) than grey iron pulleys, the installation of the VTP was much safer and easier. The 800 8spc VTP – 8 groove pulleys at 77.5 kg is safely lifted by two men, grey iron for this size range is app 168kg. While not completely eliminating manual handling issues it does lessen them. Also moving the pulleys around on the catwalk and setting the pulley onto the taper lock whilst positioning the pulley in line with the drive also proved to be easier. The ease of manual handling in this particular installation made the whole job easier and safer for the maintenance staff.
Savings / Costs
Due to commercial confidentiality, we can not release a detailed breakdown into this report but rather give an overview of the cost verses savings. The initial cost of the trial i.e. the price difference between the grey iron pulley and the VTP pulley was approximately 38% more. The total savings over the 12 month period including extended pulley life, vee belt usage, labour/ maintenance and down time was in the order of $12,000 The balance of savings for the trial was approximately $10,500
Mining companies both Australian based and globally, are continually looking towards innovative products to reduce their maintenance costs whilst increasing production, have an array of new technology that addresses most requirements. Until now, very little new technological advancements have been associated with Vee pulley technology. This was until Vald. Birn A/S based in Holstebro Denmark, redesigned the wheel and manufactured the Ventilated Turbo Pulley, also generally known as the VTP®.
of contact or driving/driven point, Vee belt drives are designed with a gap of around 3mm to 5mm from the root diameter of the sheave just below the bottom of the belt. As a result of these tolerances, the VTP’s unique design now incorporates a venting system manufactured into the root diameter that reduces the drives running temperature by approximately 10° and 17° Celsius in comparison to generic Vee belt sheaves, therefore prolonging belt life by five times on average and in some cases up to seven times the belt life.
Venting
Another attribute of the venting system is its ability to reduce debris build-up, not only in the belt grooves, but also within the inner circumference of the sheave. This carries with it significant advantages in maintaining a well balanced drive assisting in extending bearing life, therefore eliminating costly unscheduled maintenance due to unforeseen bearing failure.
As with all synchronous and Vee belt drives alike, heat is a major contributing factor as to reduced belt life and therefore requires in most cases, a rigorous maintenance schedule commonly associated with light through to heavy duty processing units running 24/7. Another major, but far less debated contributing factor to drive failure, is the build-up of foreign debris around the contact surface between the belt and the sheave. Unlike synchronous drives that require constant belt contact with virtually 100% of the sheave at the point known as the arc
Material
For more information as to further VTP performance values contact: Lewis Pulleys Pty Ltd Phone: +61 2 9319 5541 www.lewispulleys.com.au
Key Advantages in using the VTP pulleys
•
Weight – The VTP style allows for ease of handling.
•
Installation cost savings – For pulleys up to 800mm PCD, logistics costs through handling have been considerably reduced.
•
Ease of installation and alignment via the VTP’s reduction in weight.
•
Increased service life of the pulleys.
•
Increased belt life.
•
Reduced maintenance costs.
•
Reduced inventory costs.
NB. The guarding for the pulleys has been removed for the photographs in this document. For any further information regarding this trial please contact Lewis Pulleys Pty Ltd on +61 2 9319 5541.
[Power Transmissions]
_______________________________________________________________________
VTP® - PULLEY Ventilated Turbo Pulley
Vald. Birn A/S is one of Europe’s leading producers of transmission components and always stocks a complete range of V-belt pulleys. VTP® -Pulley (Ventilated Turbo Pulley) The latest addition is the internationally patented VTP® -Pulley, a V-belt pulley in a completely new design incorporating all aspects of optimized performance of V-belt pulleys. One of the improvements most worthy of mention is a combination of design and quality casting which has resulted in a weight reduction of up to 50% compared to conventional V-belt pulleys. Furthermore, due to the tilted spokes, the internal tensions of the V-belt pulley are reduced considerably. The iron quality of GGG 60 allows the circumferential speed to be increased up to 100 m/sec. and the wear of the V-belts is considerably smaller than by the use of grey iron. Higher effects transmission The V-belts will have a lower working temperature. Up to 17oC lower than with standard V-belt pulleys. This is of great importance for the lifetime of the V-belts. ACC®-surface treatment is a new and more efficient surface treatment of castings, and naturally all of our VTP®-pulleys and the other V-belt pulleys are treated in this plant. Among other advantages the ACC®-process adds a higher chemical resistance to oil, petrol, brake fluid and lubricants, and exceptional physical properties of the cured film (6H-pencil hardness), and priming paint and finishing paint can be applied direct to the ACC® -surface. This is a very environmentally-friendly process, being free from any air pollutants.
Increases the life of the V-belts due to the ventilated grooves resulting in lowering working temperatures (10oC-17oC). Lower weight means less moments of inertia and requires smaller bearings. Also logistic costs are reduced. Is made in nodular cast iron with a new design resulting in smaller tensions in the pulley. VTP -pulleys ®
VTP®-pulleys make it possible to use the V-belt transmissions at higher ambient temperatures. Shock resistant, diminishing risk of damage during transport and mounting. Allows more than a doubling of the belt speed (up to 100 m/s). Test at 130 m/s. New surface treatment. ACC®- Autophoretic Coating Chemicals – ensures improved rust protection.
Other NON VTP®-pulleys
200 Wyndham Street, Alexandria 2015 Tel: 9319 5541 Fax: 9319 6455 www.lewispulleys.com.au _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
222
Designing drives for a competitive edge How field retrofits can point the way to drive designs that better satisfy customers
T
hose who design power transmission drives for industrial equipment face an ongoing challenge of maintaining designs that are market competitive whilst looking at ways to adapt new technologies.
But at the same time balance the age old question of “why change a drive design that’s working”?
Roller chain
Standard engineering practice for the equipment you design may call for a roller chain or gears and replicating these solutions feels safe, while design changes could pose risk and expense. So where do you find solutions that minimise risk and cost? The answer lies in drive conversions already made by customers using your equipment or machinery. Let’s examine two field retrofits that led to better performing, more competitive drive designs; but first some basics. Drive design considerations
Application criteria Designing a drive system to deliver rotary and/or linear motion begins with some basics such as: • Cost (target or market price) • Performance (speed, torque, power) • Efficiency (mechanical and electrical) • Size, weight and space limitations • Precision and accuracy • Noise and vibration • Environment (temperature, contaminants, etc.) • Reliability and service life Gears
Manufacturing criteria Consideration must also be given to the economics of manufacturing the drive sub-system such as: • Cost and accessibility of components • Ease of manufacture • Assembly time • Production line output • Warranty Popular drive design options Several technologies are available to the designer of power transmission and motion control drive systems. Common ones include: • Roller chain • Gears and gearboxes • V-Belts
Belts
Let’s briefly review each of these systems and then look at examples of conversions which led to improved designs.
[Power Transmissions]
Roller Chain
Roller chain technology is one of the oldest forms of power transmission and is available in a wide variety of styles and materials to meet cost, operational and horsepower transmission requirements. Roller chain is a popular option due to its ability to transmit high power/torque at low speed, at relatively low initial cost. A key disadvantage being roller chains are noisy and require high maintenance. Regular lubrication is essential plus pins and bushings wear causing the chain to stretch or elongate over time. All this causes regular re-tensioning requirements resulting in downtime and lost productivity. Gears
Gear drives commonly used in power transmission and positioning applications include such styles as spurs, helical, bevel, planetary, cycloidal, spline or harmonic gears along with worm gears and rack and pinion gears (converting rotary motion into linear motion). Disadvantages of gear drives like roller chains require lubrication and tend to be noisy. Efficiencies of gears can drop as low as 60 per cent, which means loss of torque on large motors. Belts
V-Belts are designed to transmit power via pulleys, sheaves or sprockets. Old technology, yet still widely used and has its place in the right application. Synchronous belts are toothed belts which transmit power by the belt teeth engaging the teeth in a sprocket. Synchronous belts can also provide positioning accuracy for motion control applications. Depending on pitch and tooth type, backlash ranges from .002” to 0.15”. High modulus tensile cords minimise stretch, allowing for greater precision. Synchronous belts offer a near constant 98 per cent efficiency over their useful life. They require no lubrication, eliminating the need for maintenance and avoiding contamination problems, plus minimal elongation eliminates the need for re-tensioning. Advantages of a synchronous belt include: • Wide range of power capability • High power density • Wide speed operating range • 98 per cent efficient • No lubrication required
_______________________________________________________________________
223
• Clean running, quiet • Maintenance free (no re-tensioning) • Positioning accuracy • Low cost of ownership • Widely available On a total cost of ownership, synchronous belt drives cost less than roller chains, gear drives or ball screws, which also have higher ongoing maintenance requirements. Market impact of outdated designs
Poorly performing drives are costly to the user and could spell disaster for the original equipment manufacturer. The equipment may operate inefficiently, consuming too much energy and raising energy costs. It may slow the production cycle, or cause damage to other components in the system. Some signs of a poorly performing drive include: • Frequent component replacement • Premature failure • High maintenance Whatever the cause of failure, the cure is to reassess the drive and application. When considering a new type of drive design, consider not only the end-user’s equipment acquisition costs, but also the total cost of ownership and customer satisfaction. A drive system that minimises maintenance and replacement of components saves money, increases uptime and productivity. Market solutions that led to better OE designs
The following case studies demonstrate how better designs emerged from field retrofits. Roller Chain to Synchronous Belt
A bottling facility was having glass bottles break at the end of the conveyor lines driven by a roller chain. Differing rates of chain wear, stretch and elongation on the multi-stage drives caused variations in speed resulting in one end of the conveying line to run faster than the other. As a result, bottles were slammed against each other, breaking and immediately halting production. When this happened the entire operation had to be shut down to re-tension the chain drives, a time consuming exercise. Additionally, each shift was spending an extra two hours of preventive maintenance in attempts to keep the roller chain drives running smoothly. Regardless, the roller chain had to be replaced every three months. This ongoing problem was solved by improving the original design through conversion to synchronous
belt drives, using Gates Poly Chain® GT® Carbon® belt systems. Because the Gates Poly Chain® GT® Carbon® belt doesn’t stretch, the conveying speed remained consistent across all the lines, preventing the bottles from piling up and breaking. Output increased by 20 per cent. Fewer bottles breaking reduced overhead costs; plus the two hours per shift of preventive maintenance time was eliminated. Without metal-to-metal contact, the synchronous belts are less subject to wear; life expectancy for the synchronous belts is two years, compared with three months for the roller chain.
Field experience is the true test of a drive system. When high maintenance or frequent replacement of components becomes the norm, it’s time to reassess the drive design. As the examples above demonstrate, synchronous belt drives present an alternative to roller chains or gears in many applications. Replacing older drive technologies with synchronous belt systems offers one way for your equipment or machinery to gain a competitive edge.
The annual cost savings resulting from this chain to belt Additional Resources conversion was calculated at $330,000 per year, not including the recovery of lost production time and Engineering assistance with belt drive systems is available from related costs. Gates Australia and CBC Bearings Gears to Synchronous Belts & Power Transmission. Contact a A gear-driven 30-ton stamping press operates 24/7 Gates Product Application Engineer, in a manufacturing plant. The continuous hammering or your local CBC Branch; action wore down and narrowed the teeth on the email gatestech@gates.com 24” bull gears, creating slack in the system, throwing or visit www.gatesaustralia.com.au off the timing of the stroke, and reduced product output. When the speed variation of the motor reached ± 35 rpm, the plant engineer knew that the gears were so worn it was time to replace them, typically every three to four months. The stamping press has a set of gears on either side of the machine; an $18,000 replacement cost. Fortyeight hours are required to replace the gears; that’s two days of lost productivity per machine. The plant engineer was looking for a better solution, the drive had to be compact and strong plus space was limited. The solution was a Gates Poly Chain® GT® Carbon® belt drive system. After the conversion the belt drive operated more smoothly and efficiently than the gear drive and backlash was eliminated. The speed variation in the motor was only ± 0.5 rpm; this greater efficiency translated into a gain of 15 products per minute. By the end of one week the belt-driven stamping press was producing an extra pallet of products.
Bull gears on a stamping press needed replacing every three months due to wear.
As a result of this conversion, the user requested the stamping press manufacturer for additional machines to be redesigned with synchronous drives. The redesign is taking $48,000 out of the cost of each machine. A synchronous belt drive fit into the same limited space, needs no lubrication, and has a two year lifespan.
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
P O LY C H A I N GT® CARBON™ ®
The mainTenance free energy reducing drive sys sysTem for The mining indus indusTry befoRe
afteR
Mechanical SavingS no Maintenance 59% Reduction in weight 48% Reduction in width 22% Reduction in diaMeteR
eneRgy SavingS* 10 aMp dRop in poweR conSuMption 29880 kwh* Saved peR yeaR 31.3* tonneS of gReen houSe gaSSeS Saved * Based on 24 hours per day, running time for 300 days in a year and NSW carbon emission calculations.
coSt SavingS coSt SavingS of up to $20,000 peR dRive with no RequiReMent foR coStly adjuStable MotoR baSeS.
$
280kw MediuM density slurry PuMP – Coal Wash Plant foR MoRe infoRMation on gateS pRoductS contact youR neaReSt cbc bRanch foR detailS.
www.conbear.com enquiries: cbcsales@conbear.com
www.gatesaustralia.com.au
The Driving Force in Power Transmission®
225
Process Control Systems Real time analysis helps operations manage and control material variability. On-line analysers can be effectively utilised to improve the consistency of feed and product quality through bulk sorting and blending control. Many existing users of these technologies have gained competitive advantages through their ability to supply a more consistent quality product to the market.
S
ampling and laboratory analysis have been traditionally used in the resources sector to estimate the quality of conveyed raw materials. Sampling methods have been developed and refined to enable collection of more representative samples. Sample preparation and analysis methods by their nature are time consuming. Advances in sampling and analysis have led to advances in process control. Every orebody and mining process is unique in some way - variability occurs between mines and also within them. This means real-time monitoring and control of variability is increasingly considered at most sites. Reducing variability of ore or product quality can be expensive and time consuming. Consistency in quality is desirable not only in the grade of any feed material entering a plant, but also in the plant products. The main requirements to monitor conveyed materials include tonnage and moisture measurement, and an estimate of quality represented as elemental or mineralogical composition. Moisture content is a key measure as moisture rarely contains valuable components, can affect material handling and can comprise a significant component of the cost of transport and treatment. Grade and quality of material mined will impact on its treatment and final value. Real time process control is essential to optimise treatment where material quality is variable, and increasingly real-time elemental analysis of bulk conveyed materials is adding significant value to operations.
improvements plant efficiencies in applications across commodities. The ability to monitor feed quality and its variability has been utilised to optimise processing operations. Real time onconveyor analysers have also greatly improved process control in the cement industry which has previously relied heavily on sampling and delayed laboratory analysis results. In bulk mining operations (such as coal, iron ore, bauxite, limestone, phosphate) direct shipping quality material can by-pass a treatment plant and reduce processing costs. The ability to measure stockpile composition and blend to a specification during stacking has also proven beneficial. The ability to measure the quality of a shipment (train, ship, etc.) during loading by analysing the whole flow continuously allows not only the average quality to be measured but also the variability on a minute by minute basis. It is clear that analysis of conveyed bulk streams is becoming more common as operations strive to process their materials in ways that improve stability, efficiency and productivity. by Don Cook www.scantech.com.au
Real time analysis technologies for conveyed bulk materials have been used in the coal industry since the early 1980s. In recent years, on-conveyor analysers, have been introduced in the minerals industry. Moisture and elemental monitors are widely used in iron ore installations in South Africa and Australia. There have also been many successful installations of elemental analysers measuring the grade of copper, manganese and iron ores. Over the past five years, segments of the minerals industry in Australia and other countries have supported the development of a real time analyser to improve process control in many mining, processing and bulk handling applications. Benefits derived from these technologies have provided significant
[Process Control Systems]
issue 2.2
____________________________________________________________________
226
Scantech Process control systems Scantech specialises in real time analyser technologies for bulk materials industries including minerals, cement and coal applications. As a specialised manufacturer and supplier, Scantech customises technology, service and support uniquely for each commodity and customer.
S
cantech’s core business is the development, supply and support of on-line analysers for the global resources sector. Scantech first supplied these technologies to the coal industry and has developed many generations of each of the technologies for applications in the cement, minerals, power and steel sectors. Established in 1981, Scantech is an Australian ASX-listed ISO9001 certified company. In the last 30 years Scantech has sold over 900 analysers in 55 countries. Conveyor belt sampling and analysis is rarely an effective means of process control. Real time, on-line analysis systems have been developed to overcome the need to take routine samples for fine tuning and controlling a process. By using real time on-line analysers, the continuous analysis of the whole stream eliminates the major source of error — sampling error. Scantech’s application of patented real time, non contact systems allow full stream continuous analysis to measure, and control material quality in processing operations without routine physical sampling, and allows control strategies to be utilised that would not be possible with delayed lab results. Across all commodities Scantech’s real time analysers allow operations to optimise all phases of quality control and industrial process, from mine face to train loading. Immediate feedback to plant personnel of the quality and grade of the conveyed material gives real time data to allow instantaneous control of the operation. This proactive real-time control allows maximum beneficiation of the resource, to maximise mine-life, optimise saleable product quality, and ensure that customer’ specification targets are achieved. Scantech’s range of analysers are used in quality monitoring, bulk sorting, blending and loadout applications, primarily for process control, product specification compliance, and ore/metal reconciliation. All units can be integrated with plant control systems for real time process control.
through their correlation with these natural gamma elements. The Natural Gamma Monitor contains no radioactive source. The COALSCAN CS2100 ash, CS2800 ash and moisture, CIFA (Carbon-In-Fly Ash) and 9500X elemental analysers have been supplied to the world coal and power markets and are synonymous with material monitoring in the coal sector. TBM 200 series non-conductive moisture monitors and CM100 conductive moisture monitors are used in many industries for real-time moisture monitoring and control applications. Scantech’s on belt analysers are equally well accepted as standard process control instrumentation in cement manufacturing applications. The analysers also have applications in a wide variety of ores and concentrates, such as iron ore, manganese, copper, bauxite, zinc, nickel, uranium, platinum, gold and phosphate, in addition to Scantech’s traditional applications in coal, coke and cement. Scantech’s patented through belt, non contact analysis systems have extremely low maintenance requirements. This, combined with remote access capabilities for all analysers means that the instruments require minimal site input during operation. Service support and regular site visits ensure optimised performance of the analysers. Scantech has assisted many organisations to optimise their process with real time analysis of their conveyed bulk materials, offering significant benefits and improvements in process control, process optimisation and productivity. Contact Scantech on +61 7 3710 8400 for further information, e-mail sales@scantech.com.au or visit www.scantech.com.au.
Scantech’s patented GEOSCAN elemental analyser is used for cement and minerals applications, most commonly measuring Iron, Aluminium, Silicon, Sulphur, Manganese, Titanium, Sodium, Calcium, Magnesium and Copper. The MINERALSCAN Model 1500 measures the natural radiation from ores and concentrates. A feature of many ores and associated rocks is that they usually contain trace amounts of potassium, thorium and uranium. Elements of interest can be measured
[Process Control Systems]
____________________________________________________________________
Real Time On-belt Analysis for Process Control
GEOSCANâ&#x201E;˘
ON BELT ELEMENTAL ANALYSER
> > > > > > > > >
Base metals Iron ore Manganese Bauxite Uranium Coal Cement Mineral sands Industrial minerals and many more
Proven performance with over 900 analysers installed in 55 countries.
Contact us for advice and assistance: Tel: +61 7 3710 8400 Fax: +61 7 3275 3964 www.scantech.com.au sales@scantech.com.au
Model 1500
NATURAL GAMMA MINERALS MONITOR
TBM 200 SERIES MICROWAVE MOISTURE MONITORS
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
228
Don’t ignore alarm bells Production levels, safety and profits are at risk if process control systems aren’t optimised The stories are legendary. Operators repeatedly ‘pressing the button’ to deactivate alarms. Staff ignoring the warning signs. Systems patched to keep things turning over.
S
ure the equipment still churns out the product but it’s a risky business.
Consider the real-life case of an Australian mining company with a mineral concentrator that boasts a state-of-the-art control system. Unfortunately the system has been ‘dumbed down’ through ineffective implementation and a lack of maintenance. Alarms ring constantly so that the system operator does not have time to review any of them.
Supplied by MIPAC www.mipac.com.au
Instead, he spends most of his time silencing alarm bells and accepting alarm notifications and then, more worryingly, ignores them. Ridiculously and unnecessarily, this situation has not been going on for hours or days but for years. In addition to the operator probably developing repetitive strain injury from pressing buttons,
the ineffective process control system at this concentrator has caused significant problems. While production targets and budgets are still being met, the quality of the product is poor. The plant does not produce optimum-grade concentrate and a higher percentage of mineral is lost in the tailings. The quantity of output is also down because of plant and equipment damage. Ignoring alarms leads to overloaded motors and / or overflowing sumps which can shut down the whole plant while the mess is being cleaned up. Hours of production are lost. There is also a safety risk that too many reagents could be added, creating a hazardous work environment. Apart from production losses, this ineffective process control also wastes water and energy — both significant costs. Sadly, many mineral processing plants have these problems. A company can have the best equipment and most up-to-date operating system but if the system is not tailored to specific needs, it cannot perform at its peak and reduced production or even a plant shutdown can be on the cards. This is where process control engineering comes into its own. It is about getting the most out of a company’s control system. Ideally process control engineers should be employed to introduce and stabilise a new system. They iron out any problems and ensure a plant operates effectively from day one. After all, there is little point investing in a premium control system only to drive it in the wrong gear. Certainly, some mining companies find new systems work when installed by non-specialist staff. However, over time and with constant use, the system may become unstable and need maintenance. Non-specialist employees often do not know how to make things work better: equipment may need repair, a process may have become sluggish or an alarm system may need realignment. If staff do not know how to optimise the system, the company is risking production quantity, quality and profit. Specialist process engineering consultancies can take the hard work out of introducing new systems and are experts at upgrading and maintaining systems.
[Process Control Systems]
____________________________________________________________________
229
MIPAC A respected provider of design, automation, control, instrumentation, electrical engineering and process optimisation, MIPAC works on plants of any size.
H
eadquartered in Brisbane, Australia, MIPAC’s team provides expertise and solutions to optimise plant-wide process control and ensure operational excellence for its clients.
“We have been instrumental to the successful delivery of more than 200 projects worldwide and are adept at managing business-critical operations in mining and metals and minerals processing,” MIPAC managing director Eddie DeRivera says. “Our experienced team of experts can deliver a complete project management solution — design, procurement, selection, construction, commissioning, training, maintenance — or offer contracting services for any individual electrical, instrumentation or control issue.” In addition to operating across Australia, MIPAC delivers engineering solutions in many locations around the world. For example, at the moment MIPAC staff are working in: •
Khazakhstan providing instrumentation and process control automation engineering at a lead smelter, copper smelter and copper refinery
For example, MIPAC is helping optimise productivity and profit at a large gold mine in western Africa. The mine commenced operations in March 2009 and is now expanding its plant to double capacity. To increase and optimise production, MIPAC was commissioned to improve throughput in the gold mine, specifically working on inefficiencies in SAG mill controls. “MIPAC was asked to tender for the work based on our reputation for delivering sustainable results,” Mr DeRivera says. “We were not the cheapest but we won because our client had confidence in our abilities and we had proven success on similar plants. “After a discovery visit we reported back with a list of suggested modifications. We defined and implemented a new control strategy on the SAG mill and, by modifying the distributed control system, we de-bottlenecked the feed to the SAG mill.”
•
Toronto, Canada on ISAMILL systems for mines in Chile and Peru
MIPAC was directly involved in the project for about three months, however, within a week of the MIPAC team’s return to Australia, positive changes were evident.
•
Senegal on the optimisation of SAG mill controls at a gold mine
In an email to MIPAC, the plant’s senior metallurgist advised that:
•
Armenia on a feasibility study for a gold mine’s process control, instrumentation and engineering using the Albion Process, as well as the project’s electrical engineering
•
Mexico where work has just finished on ISAMILL commissioning for a copper and gold mine.
“We’ve set three new daily tonnage records in the last week — we’ve pushed more than 8,500 dry tonnes through the plant, not bad given the previous records were 8,300 wet tonnes! So I am very sure we’ve seen a five per cent improvement through better control already.”
“We take the time to get to know our customers’ needs so we deliver the best-possible solution,” Mr DeRivera adds. “We present high-quality, cost-appropriate control systems that are maintainable and effective. We focus on robustness, reliability, risk reduction and self-sufficiency. “We see things from our clients’ perspective. For example, there is no point selecting hardware for a client if there is no local support available for it.”
MIPAC is making a difference at this SAG mill in western Africa
addresses security issues, and then project manages the programming and implementation of process control systems.
To ensure clients’ needs are fully addressed, MIPAC conducts a thorough audit of current plant. It introduces change management systems and
This five per cent improvement in throughput equates to an increase of $10 –15 million a year in revenue. MIPAC continues to implement remote monitoring, providing the gold mine operation with performance reports and suggesting improvements. “An investment in proper process control brings immediate positive returns,” DeRivera says. “Improved quality and quantity of throughput, plus improved safety, naturally improve the bottom line. “MIPAC makes plants operate at their full potential.” For more information about MIPAC and how it can help transform your business, please visit www.mipac.com.au or telephone +61 7 3212 5600.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Your production processes are waiting to be optimised. Talk to MIPAC about what we can do to realise your businessâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s full potential. Tel: + 61 7 3212 5600 www.mipac.com.au â&#x201E;˘ Process Advantage
231
Mines must unify their fuel supply from “buy” to “burn” As the pioneers of Unified Fuel Management, Banlaw employs a unique end-to-end fuel management process called Fuel-Pro3. With integrated fuel management hardware, end-to-end fuel asset management, consulting and training, Unified Fuel Management delivers productivity, reconciliation and cost reduction like no competing solution. Its products and systems are now used in 29 countries. Visit www.banlaw.com or see Banlaw representatives at the AIMEX convention. 1. Get the measure Banlaw FuelTrackTM
– Precise monitoring, reconciliation and centralised reporting of fuel use. 2. Beat contamination Banlaw LubeCentral™
Makes oil and fluid transfer a clean, efficient and safe operation. 3. Tank level monitoring Banlaw FillSafe™
Fully electronic and automatic system with flow rates of up to 1000 litres per minute with zero tank pressure and zero overfill. 4. Fuel dispensing Banlaw RefuellingSystems
At rates of up to 1000 litres per minute. Drybreak refuelling nozzles, receivers, vents, caps, breakaway valves and check valve receivers. 5. Facility management
Programmed Maintenance Services Audit and Consulting Services Diesel Meter Calibration Services
F
uel is one of the major costs for mining operations, accounting for up to 40% of the total cost of equipment operation. Particularly in an environment of rising fuel prices, mine managers can enjoy significant efficiency savings by taking a unified fuel management approach from “buy” right through to “burn”. Here are five areas that are critical for effective unified fuel management that will save mines money and improve productivity in the long term. 1. Get the measure of your fuel use
You can’t manage what you can’t measure. To make sure that a mine is getting what it pays for it is essential to have inward flow metering. This gives managers a baseline measure of what comes into the site. On site fuel measurement is now an easy and powerful process for controlling costs. Many mining companies are wasting significant money because they cannot measure fuel wastage or fuel shrinkage. Precise monitoring, reconciliation and centralised reporting is possible for all hydrocarbons dispensed by vehicle, tank and distribution points including mobile service trucks as well as fuel farms.
While cutting costs and corners in filtration is a false economy the solution is not always buying more equipment or upgrading to more expensive synthetic base lubricants. The solution often lies in establishing contamination control measures. There have also been significant improvements in oil transfer fittings in recent years to ensure a cleaner, more reliable connection. Very low cost solutions like ensuring tank vents have robust and serviceable seals as well as making sure dust caps are on when couplings aren’t in use can all help to make fuel inputs cleaner. Another issue affecting mines is new emission control standards that will continue to be strengthened as governments and industry respond to climate change. OEMs are already introducing more stringent fuel cleanliness requirements. Unfortunately, this means that in many mines we are seeing modern mining vehicle engines not able to perform as they are designed using current grade fuel. A common mistake is to simply buy a filter but if it is not the right one for the job it can lead to other costly issues such as reduced fuel flow. I have seen fuel-flow rates drop by 50% because a mine has inserted a filter into a fuel line to meet OEM specifications. Filtration must be designed to reduce contamination and maintain flow rates.
The benefits of such systems extend far beyond fuel security. They assist with environmental compliance, stock reconciliation, maintenance scheduling, cost analysis, the calculation of burn rates, fuel ordering and the correct claiming of tax credits.
New filtered tank vents are coming on to the market offering substantially finer tank filtration while ever the tank is breathing. Rates of 10 micron absolute can now be achieved as opposed to current rates of 30 micron nominal filtration. These fine filtered vents also have the added advantage of a separate exhaust 2. Filtration prevents contamination Reducing contamination is key to enhancing the life of path which doesn’t allow the filter elements to be capital equipment - another major cost input for mines. damaged or compromised by overfilling. Fuel quality is also critical in optimising the efficient 3. Tank level monitoring operation of that equipment. Clean air and fuel can An often overlooked aspect of unified fuel improve fuel economy in equipment by between management is fuel tank level monitoring. Monitoring five and eight per cent. Having a clean fuel supply is essential for water detection which, as discussed to begin with is important but a mine site generates above, is a real issue in terms of contamination of plenty of water and dust particles that can quickly fuel stocks. contaminate fuel supplies. A leading mining company With proper fuel tank monitoring in place mines recently carried out a global study of its fleets and determined that it had between 200 and 300 tonnes can also look at efficiencies gained through fuel companies managing site fuel stocks. With web of dirt in its equipment fuel tanks. based monitoring it is easy to ensure that tanks don’t Data suggests that up to 70% of lubricated get below 75 per cent full. Monitoring also provides equipment failure is attributable to contamination. opportunities for consignment stock and the charging Water and particle contamination significantly of third parties working on the mine site for fuel used. reduces the longevity of the major mechanical components in the engine. It also increases fuel There are simple systems that can be installed on injector degradation. Proper injector operation is, tanks to ensure zero overfill, zero tank pressure and of course, vital for optimum combustion, economy, zero spillage during the refuelling process. Mines no emissions, and lubrication. longer need to have the unsafe and costly practice
[Refuelling Management Systems]
issue 2.2
____________________________________________________________
232
of manually checking tank levels. Creating zero tank pressure also extends the working life of the asset and reduces maintenance costs. Importantly, reducing spillages makes for a cleaner and safer workplace. 4. Faster, safer fuel dispensing
Being able to reduce the downtime associated with refuelling vehicles and equipment can bring significant savings and efficiencies to a site. Using nozzles with the highest possible flow rate is one solution. There are now refuelling nozzles and systems that can deliver flow rates of up to1000 litres per minute. Many mines are achieving rates of just 500 litres per minute, when they could be halving refuelling times. Speeding up the pumping of fuel is only part of the solution and may prove ineffective if the other equipment mounted components are not suitable. An equipment suitability audit is a simple way to ensure the different OEM components and systems used to refuel mining vehicles are customised to suit the application and site requirements. 5. Facility management
When it comes to our health we all know prevention is better than cure. A “healthy” mine site is one where assets are monitored and protected to ensure their day to day reliability. Proper programmed maintenance ensures mines gain the maximum benefit from their unified fuel management systems. Having experts from external companies on site as required, rather than employing staff, can provide efficiencies here. Our clients also enjoy the added benefit of a 24 hour help desk, an increasingly important requirement for mines operating around the clock. Mine managers don’t want down time when paying overtime rates! An example of the importance of maintenance is the calibration of diesel meters. This not only ensures that a vital piece of equipment is working accurately; it is also a legal requirement. Australia’s National Measurement Institute recommends all meters be inspected and calibrated on a six monthly basis.
By Bill Cliton, Chief Executive Officer, Banlaw Pty Ltd www.banlaw.com
[Refuelling Management Systems]
____________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
236
KingGee KingGee has been Australia’s workwear expert since 1926. Designed in Sydney and tested hard by wearers, KingGee produces workwear that provides comfort and protection for even the roughest of environments.
nsightful design coupled with quality workmanship means working hard in KingGees has never felt better. From boots through to suits, all workwear products are designed and developed by working in partnership with those that wear them.
I
their brightness particularly those made from cotton. This will affect how visible you are and potentially could put you at risk of injury. KingGee introduced the High Visibility Indicator card to assist you in determining when your garment is no longer compliant to Australian high visibility day standards.
Whether your workplace is down a mine, supervising on site or at the head office, KingGee can kit you out. We offer a full range of industrial and high visibility wear, work boots and stylish corporate apparel.
Aside from the normal wear and tear to any garment, the other major contributor to the effectiveness of high visibility workwear is cleanliness. The more soiled the garment, the less visible it is likely to be.
Armed with Australia’s best product development capabilities KingGee invests heavily in research and development. This deep understanding of the way in which our products are worn and used gives KingGee the leading edge in workwear. It was KingGee that pioneered 310gsm cotton drill, now an industry standard. KingGee was the first company to introduce ‘permanent press’ — the original wrinkle free garment and another first in the world of work wear.
Dealing with above ground Nuisance dust
Our commitment to improving comfort at work is also evidenced through products like ‘Worn Gs’ and ‘WorkCool’ and the use of revolutionary fabric enhancers like Nano-Tex™ and StayDryX3. Quality
All KingGee garments meet AS/NZS ISO 9001:2001standards covering garment design, production, supply and service. The accreditation pertains to both management processes and the production of our garments. To obtain an ISO certification a company must go through rigorous evaluation and auditing. The ISO certification is the highest industry standard obtainable by workwear providers in Australia. Standards
KingGee strives to exceed industry standards in the manufacture of workwear wherever possible. All KingGee garments are made to the highest quality and ethical standards. KingGee has taken a leadership position on quality and ethics, as a foundation signatory on the NSW and QLD Home Workers Code of Practice. Remaining Highly Visible
An OH&S requirement on every work site, high visibility workwear assists in creating a safer workplace. KingGee is dedicated to the safety of those that wear their garments and to providing quality workwear. All KingGee high visibility garments are made of fabric that is compliant to AS/NZS 1906.4:1997. After wearing and washing a garment over time, high visibility garments will fade and lose
[Safety wear and Work wear]
Those working on mining sites above the ground that may encounter intermittent nuisance dust, have the option of a UPF 30 high visibility polo incorporating a dust mask. The KingGee Dustee, a world first in workwear, provides tradespeople with on the spot respiratory protection from intermittent dust on the job site. The new Dustee (patent pending) innovation exclusive to KingGee is a nuisance dust mask permanently attached to a KingGee high visibility polo. Solving an age old irritant for tradies, the KingGee Dustee is designed for use around intermittent non-toxic nuisance dust, traditionally ignored by workers because a dust mask is not immediately on hand. Cement dust, dirt, plaster dust and even household dust are commonly encountered by tradies on a work site and when inhaled, can cause irritation of the respiratory system. The KingGee Dustee takes health and safety even further, using a lightweight micromesh fabric that not only provides 30+ sun protection but also strips moisture away from the body, drying quickly, to keep workers cool and comfortable. KingGee Dustee is compliant to Australian high visibility standards for day use only, and comes in yellow and orange, long or short sleeves. Durable, comfortable and cool
KingGee Steel is a range designed for the man that wants to feel comfortable and cool in a tough and durable outfit. The KingGee Steel shirts are made of a blend of polyester (65%) and cotton (35%). The shirts also feature discreetly placed underarm cooling vents to ensure that the fabric breathes and therefore minimises sweat production. The shorts and pants also feature the cooling vents, discreetly placed in the crotch, and pants also feature them behind the knees.
_________________________________________________________________
237
There are other great benefits to the range. KingGee Steel is 40% TOUGHER than current workwear*, which means it takes longer to wear out. The TRIPLE STITCHED seams won’t come apart. The knee area is reinforced with a double layer to provide extra protection where most needed. It also allows for the insertion of knee pads for knee protection. It’s FADE RESISTANT so the wearer will look smarter for longer. For those working in extreme heat, or are highly active and working up a sweat — the Steel shirts are treated with Neutraliser®, a Nanotex® treatment that absorbs the smell of body odour and locks it away until the shirt is washed. KingGee Steel shirts are the first ever Australian workwear range to use Nano-Tex® Neutraliser treatment on fabric to attract, isolate and kill body odour. Any body odour that transfers onto the fabric is immediately neutralised, and odour that is just on the body cannot be smelled through the fabric. For those working away from home and are looking for an easy wash and wear experience, the Steel range is IRON FREE. King Gee Steel can be worn straight off the washing line. The CSIRO tested the full KingGee Steel range and results indicate the workwear is an average of 40% tougher than the standard. Dale Caroll, Manager, CSIRO Materials Science and Engineering said: “A set of Australian standard test procedures were conducted on the STEEL workwear range, finding significantly higher tensile strength, tear strength and abrasion resistance when compared to regular cotton work wear. This indicates that STEEL workwear is stronger and will have a longer life than 100% cotton fabric workwear of a similar weight. The polyester and cotton blend is also a lighter weight than regular cotton, offering more personal comfort for tradespeople.” Compared to standard cotton weave workwear, the KingGee Steel shirts were found by the CSIRO to be 40% stronger and resistant to tears and 50% stronger for abrasion resistance or ‘wearing out’. The pants and shorts are 45% stronger and resistant to tears and 100% stronger for abrasion resistance or ‘wearing out’.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
238
DYWIDAG-Systems International DYWIDAG-Systems International, DSI Mining Products Division, is Australiaâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s largest manufacturer and supplier of specialist strata reinforcement and support products to both the underground coal and metalliferous mining sectors.
T
o ensure efficient logistic and technical support within Australia, DSI has branch offices and warehouses in Qld, NSW, Victoria and WA. These offices are close to the major mining regions in those states and staffed by experienced and passionate ground support professionals. Overseas customers benefit from our purpose built container facility and export specific services, which include a streamline system of electronic documentation, load planning software, export compliant packaging and a range of logistic options from our dedicated export team. Strata conditions at mine sites can be very diverse, varying greatly from mine to mine. The unique nature of many of the support problems experienced underground requires the development of innovative and often specifically tailored solutions. DSI utilises its multi-disciplinary team in partnership with the mine and consultants to identify possible solutions.
Adequately designed and installed ground support is a product of all the elements working together, hence strata reinforcement testing by the same team that develops and manufactures your ground support ensures that all components of your strata support plan work together. DSI Civil complements the mining products and services by providing geotechnical products, innovative tunneling systems and post-tensioning systems as an important part of the DSI Australia Pacific business. To remain market leaders DSI is continually reviewing its quality processes from material supply, manufacture, onsite testing, product education and installation training. DSI is committed to meeting the expectations of customers and consumers by conducting its business in a sustainable way, responsibly and with integrity.
New products and strategies are delivered with comprehensive training to operators by our skilled staff to ensure the solution is all inclusive, whenever and wherever required.
[Strata Reinforcement, Support and Management and Structural Systems - Resin Firing]
_________
LocaL PRESENcE GlObal COmPeTenCe
The Umbrella Of mine SafeTy The mining industry is much safer today as a result of the use of high quality innovative products and systems. DSI Mining Products and Systems perfectly match today’s safety and quality requirements. Our extensive R&D activities guarantee innovative and long-lasting strata reinforcement solutions. DSI is the global market leader in the development, production and application of ground support solutions for the mining industry. As a one-stop-shop provider, we are known as the umbrella of mine safety – always committed to your safety.
DYWIDAG-SYSTEMS INTERNATIONAL PTY. LTD. Other Branches Perth, WA // Kalgoorlie, WA // Mackay, QLD Mount Isa, QLD // Emerald, QLD DSI Mining Products Division is Quality Assured to ISO 9001:2008
Headquarter Mining Bennetts Green, NSW, Australia Phone: +61 2 49 48 90 99 Fax: +61 2 49 48 99 56 Email: dsi@dywidag.com.au
www.dSimininGPrOdUCTS.COm
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
240
BASF MEYCO Performance through innovation Part of the BASF Construction Chemicals global business, MEYCO has been leading the way with innovative construction solutions for the underground construction industry for over 50 years. Indeed, since its establishment, MEYCO has been at the forefront of many major developments in coal and hard rock mining, as well as civil underground construction and tunnelling.
F
rom shotcrete application systems and pumping equipment, through to high performance admixtures, hydration control systems, fibre reinforcement solutions and thin spray-on liners (TSLs), MEYCO underground construction and shotcrete solutions have played a major role in helping to improve performance, productivity and safety in mines and construction projects across the globe. Needless to say, one of the keys to the company’s outstanding global success and growth, lies within its ‘Total Solutions’ approach to business. This is particularly evident when it comes to the company’s wide range of specialist shotcrete solutions. As an example, rather than focusing on simply providing shotcrete application equipment, MEYCO has placed a strong emphasis on developing ‘total shotcrete solutions’ that also focus on maximising the quality of the materials being applied – particularly in terms of performance, ease-of-use, versatility and safety. Importantly, the company’s multi-million dollar Research and Development program, coupled with their industry ‘partnering’ approach, has also meant that even with today’s vast array of increasingly sophisticated projects and ever-increasing demands for improved efficiency and environmental performance, MEYCO remains firmly at the forefront of shotcrete and underground construction technology.
For further information, please contact: BASF Australia Ltd Sydney: (02) 8811 4200 Queensland: (07) 3633 9900 Victoria: (03) 9549 0300 South Australia: (08) 8139 7500 Western Australia: (08) 9366 2600 www.basf-cc.com.au
The benefits of this commitment to R&D are clearly evident in products such as MEYCO’s range of high-performance alkali free set accelerators, which deliver a range of performance, productivity and environmental benefits for shotcrete applications. By providing a dramatic reduction in the shotcrete setting times, MEYCO SA 160 and SA 167 alkali free set accelerators (AFA’s) can provide a significant reduction in production times, by allowing for the application of thick sprayed concrete layers during a single pass. As well as delivering a dramatic reduction in rebound during shotcrete application, their unique formulation provides for extremely fast setting, coupled with good early strength development and good long-term strength and durability. In addition, as liquid products, they offer the added benefits of easy handling and reduced dust, as well as easy and accurate dosing into the shotcrete mix. Most importantly, their environmentally-friendly alkali free formulation not only reduces the risk of an alkali-aggregate reaction, it also provides a better and safer working environment.
The company’s flagship product, DELVO® CRETE, is a unique non-chloride chemical system which controls the dynamics of cement hydration by suspending the hydration process and re-activating it hours or even days later with no loss of quality of the hardened sprayed concrete. Incorporating the DELVO® CRETE Stabilizer into the shotcrete mix during production enables the mix to remain in the same state for up to 72 hours without any negative impacts on either the mix or the finished hardened shotcrete. This is particularly important for projects with extended transport requirements, in areas where there are limitations on batch production times, or for projects where there can be a significant delay between batching and application. When the mix containing the DELVO® CRETE Stabilizer is ready to be applied, it is simply a case of incorporating a MEYCO Alkali-Free Accelerator to the mix, and the hydration process continues as normal – with no negative impacts on the quality or performance of the mix. Together with its range of high performance admixtures and fibres for shotcrete, MEYCO is also well known around the world for its range of specialist shotcrete application equipment. From the smallest pumps, through to the largest fully self-contained high capacity shotcrete application vehicles, MEYCO’s range of application equipment has been purpose designed and built with a focus on maximising productivity — both in terms of fast set-up times and maximum material throughput. In addition, thanks to its ‘modular’ design, much of the equipment is available in a range of sizes and with an extensive range of options that can be customised to suit specific application and project requirements. BASF MEYCO has an agreement with Sandvik Mining and Construction for global cooperation in the field of tunnelling and mining. Under the agreement, Sandvik has taken over the service and maintenance of MEYCO concrete spraying equipment in most regions of the world. As well as delivering a significant expansion of the global servicing capabilities for MEYCO equipment, the new agreement is also benefitting customers by providing one central point of contact for equipment maintenance requirements.
MEYCO is also widely regarded as a world-leader in shotcrete and concrete hydration control technology.
[Strata Reinforcement, Support and Management and Structural Systems - Resin Firing]
_________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
242
Underground mine support needs a flexible solution Efficient and safe work practices are keystones in any mining operation. In underground mine development and civil tunnelling “ground support” is critical. Potential for rockfalls and roof collapse can be high in the sometimes hazardous underground mine environment.
W
ilco Technologies specialises in ground support, primarily focussing on resin set bolting. Resin bolting involves installing two pack synthetic resin capsules into a pre-drilled bolt hole in which a steel bolt is inserted and spun to mix the resin glue. There has been a substantial increase in Australian mines adopting resin bolts. This is due to increased life span and loading capabilities of the bolt along with reduced installation and mine rehabilitation costs. Wilco Technologies Pty Ltd, a South Australian based company, is at the forefront of this movement having designed and manufactured the Trajectaflex Resin Firing System which installs resin capsules for resin bolting.
In underground hard rock mines common ground support bolts (friction bolts) are generally installed with an underground drilling rig. A standard jumbo drill was not previously equipped to install resin bolts until the Trajectaflex Resin Firing System changed this. The firing system is readily adapted to fit any make and model of jumbo without compromising its drilling capabilities, giving the drill rig the ability to install both point anchor and fully encapsulated resin bolts, making it a truly multipurpose machine. Resin capsule installation using the Trajectaflex is a single pass system. Utilising the Trajectaflex’s spring nozzle for correct bolt hole alignment saves time and increases safety. With a dual boom development jumbo, the bolt hole can be drilled with one boom while the other boom inserts the resin capsules and bolt. The operator spends far less time on and off the machine as resin capsules are loaded from the jumbo operator’s platform. This obviously reduces fatigue and chance of injury, keeping the operator at a safe distance from unbolted ground. The need for a jumbo operator’s offsider is also significantly reduced and the simplicity of the entire system keeps downtime to a minimum. Managing director of Wilco Technologies and Trajectaflex designer, Michael Williams, has 18 years hard-rock development mining experience. His sound knowledge and experience were developed in the field as he worked on the full cycle of development mining for expansive underground mining projects such as BHP Billiton’s Olympic Dam, Australia’s largest underground mine and the world’s largest uranium deposit. While working as a jumbo operator, Williams recognised the need for a faster, safer and simpler solution for installing resin set bolts with a development jumbo drill. From these inspired ruminations, the Trajectaflex Resin Firing System evolved. Fully tested at BHP’s Olympic Dam mine site, the system provides an efficient, low-maintenance, user-friendly alternative for resin-set bolting.
Flexible spring allows for perfect bolt hole alignment
[Strata Reinforcement, Support and Management and Structural Systems - Resin Firing]
_______
Dry Mix Shotcrete, Specialty Grouts and Admixtures for Ground Support Applications Please contact us for advice on the supply of cement based grouts, shotcrete and admixtures for underground mining ground support applications. Choose from our standard product range or our in house chemists can develop products tailor made for your mine’s special circumstances.
A Division of River Sands Pty Ltd
Head Office: 683 Beenleigh-Redland Bay Rd Carbrook Qld 4130 Ph: 07 3287 6444 Fax: 07 3287 6445
Phone Toll Free 1800 077 744 (Australia-wide) Email: acs@riversands.com.au • Web: www.appliedconcretesolutions.com.au
A new generation accelerator for shotcrete A new shotcrete accelerator developed by Applied Concrete Solutions (ACS) is proving to be a real winner in underground mining applications due to its high early strength gains, excellent anti-floculation capabilities and storage efficiencies.
ACS Minespeed F1 is a high performing, alkali free liquid admixture which not only achieves high early strength without detriment to late age strength, but it also provides an excellent bond and assists with a low rate of rebound loss in shotcrete. Minespeed F1 also enables greater productivity and on-site convenience due to the following:-
Anti-flocculation enables bulk storage, convenience and minimal wastage on site
Lower cost per treated cubic metre of shotcrete
•
In progressive field tests ACS Minespeed F1 achieved better early age strength results using lower dosage of product than many of the current shotcrete accelerators on the market today.
Minimal need for IBC storage containers to be kept on-site.
•
Reduction in the need to dispose of IBCs.
•
Minimal wastage of materials - traditional shotcrete accelerators fall out of suspension resulting in a less potent mix and a non-usable sludge at the base of the IBC. As much as 200 litres in each 1000 litre IBC is often wasted and can create the potential for pump blockages and costly delays during shotcrete application.
Fast unloading and dispensing of the product
To arrange for consultation or an on-site trial phone 1800 077 744 or Brisbane 07 3287 6444 or visit www.applied concretesolutions.com.au
With ACS Minespeed F1, mine owners and contractors now have the choice of receiving the material in 1,000 litre IBCs, or the more convenient option of bulk storage. Delivery of the product into bulk storage containers which can hold up to 30,000 litres eliminates the cumbersome task of decanting 1000 litre containers.
[Shotcreting and Concrete Pumping]
The advanced anti-floculation agent within Minespeed F1 enables the material to be stored for extended periods of time (six months) in hot or cold climates without separating. It can also be stored in bulk storage containers, offering the following advantages:-
ACS Minespeed is manufactured by Applied Concrete Solutions, a Division of River Sands Pty Ltd.
issue 2.2
_____________________________________________________
244
There are two types of concrete pumping The first type of concrete pump is attached to a truck. It is known as a trailer-mounted boom concrete pump because it uses a remotecontrolled articulating robotic arm (called a boom) to place concrete with pinpoint accuracy. Boom pumps are used on most of the larger construction projects as they are capable of pumping at very high volumes and because of the labour saving nature of the placing boom. They are a revolutionary alternative to truck-mounted concrete pumps.
T
2” SPRAY NOZZLE TIPS POLYTIP For EXTRA long wearing life.
he second main type of concrete pump is either mounted on a truck and known as a truck-mounted concrete pump or placed on a trailer, and it is commonly referred to as a line pump or trailer-mounted concrete pump. This pump requires steel or rubber concrete placing hoses to be manually attached to the outlet of the machine. Those hoses are linked together and lead to wherever the concrete needs to be placed. Line pumps normally pump concrete at lower volumes than boom pumps and are used for smaller volume concrete placing applications.
RUBBER TIP
There are also skid mounted and rail mounted concrete pumps, and are used on specialised jobsites such as mines and tunnels. W WIN Engineering Pty Ltd has been established as the leader in concrete pumping Accessories in Australia since 1991. The product range includes concrete placement pipeline including pipeline reducers and clamping arrangements to suit most applications, concrete placement hoses of various sizes with steel or fabric core, and shotcrete accessories.
2” FABRIC HOSE User friendly for spraying concrete (NOT TOO HEAVY)
2” STEEL HOSE User friendly for spraying concrete (NOT TOO HEAVY)
We service the building and mining industries throughout Australia and internationally. Our products have undergone rigorous testing and are ISO 09001:2000 compliant and certified by BVQI the world leader in international accreditation allowing our customers confidence in the quality of W WINN
2” MALE ADAPTOR Special Heat Treatment for long wearing life.
SHOTCRETE ACCESSORIES Quality Concrete Pumping Spare Parts & Accessories 2” SHOTCRETE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY Have choice of Steel or Aluminum Body Gun Insert has special Heat Treatment.
2” FEMALE ADAPTOR Special Heat Treatment for long wearing life.
2” SPRAY NOZZLE LONG TYPE Have choice of Steel or Aluminum Body Gun Insert has special Heat Treatment. 2” SNAP CLAMP W/ GASKET & PIN Snap Clamps are cast steel Design working pressure
4”x2”x900 REDUCER 4”x3”x900 REDUCER 4”x2”x1200 HT REDUCER 4”x3”x1200 HT REDUCER 3”x2”x710 HT REDUCER 3”x2”x310 HT REDUCER Reducers are made by swaging steel, some reducers are Heat Treated for Extra long wearing QUALITY SERVICE VALUE
[Sho tcre t ing and Co nc rete Pumping]
______________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
246
Meeting the challenges of growth and investing into the coal industry Growth in the Coal Industry over recent years has created a number of significant challenges for service providers to meet. The industry now has a greater geographical footprint, is producing more, exporting more and is striving to find more coal as market demand exceeds supply. Coal producers are requiring greater depth and breadth of service to achieve production and profit targets in the face of greater regulatory control, constrained infrastructure and skills shortages.
F
or Analytical Testing Service providers to the mining industry, scaling up to meet demand requires not just more analytical instruments, but the ability to invest in people, new facilities, new technologies and support systems is necessary to service the Industry. There are a range of testing services to the resources industry across Australia that are currently being undertaken: •
•
•
•
•
Providing specialist services to the black coal industry such as coal sampling and analysis and the certification of export cargoes. Diverse environmental testing providing services such as certified electronics testing to assist computer, electronics and consumer product manufactures to identify possible micro contaminants and meet environmental regulations. Analytical laboratory services to test geological materials for the global mining and exploration industries as well as providing Mineralogy services using rapid SEM-based quantitative mineralogy technology that automatically identifies minerals and derives quantitative mineralogical reports for exploration geologists and mineral processors. Providing the energy, resources and infrastructure sectors with testing, inspection and asset care services. The ability for an independent assessment of the suitability and condition of lubricating oils, greases, coolants and fuels for equipment operation, preventative maintenance and diagnostic purposes.
Investment in technology
by Jason Hubbard www.alsglobal.com
address workload increases and skills shortages requires dedicated training experts managing an in-house, competency-based training program that delivers more than just training, delivering a skilled, motivated workforce, with nationally recognised certification. Coupled with nationally recognised coal technologists, the ability to transform new entrants to the industry to competent coal testing technicians and consultants is essential. Analytical servicers provide the coal industry with services such as: Borecore and exploration services
Borecore and exploration services can assist clients in developing a borecore program specifically tailored to the clients’ needs, providing a comprehensive picture of in-ground coal resources and potential products. Superintending and certification
Providing fast, reliable, independent cargo sampling and analysis and quality determinations with integrity and accuracy. Production
Production services assist mines achieving optimal coal quality management along the production and transportation chain. Services include the provision of accredited sampling and testing services from either a local laboratory or the development and management of an on-site laboratory. Coke Quality & Carbonisation
Small scale and pilot scale coke making services with complimentary coke testing facilities including reactivity testing and the full suite of drum indices. Education and training
Delivering industry recognised courses in various formats.
A continual heavy investment into R&D as well as offering contract services to the industry and in-house technical advances is now a must to service the Mining Industry. Automation projects have delivered a range of innovative sample preparation and analysis equipment which have greatly reduced turnaround times and improved quality. It is important R&D work on such projects as advances in coal preparation and analysis with the view of improving our ability to understand coal quality from exploration to end use.
Gas analysis
Investment in people
Occupational hygiene monitoring and consulting services to assist coal mines meet all regulatory and best practice requirements.
Along with the expansion of services, a continual injection of knowledge and skills into staff to
Fast, accurate and reliable mine air and diesel exhaust gas analysis to the underground mining industry, ensuring the safety of all workers. Environmental monitoring
Expert sampling staff that provide accurate and reliable environmental monitoring and testing services for all compliance and discharge events. Occupational hygiene monitoring
[Testing for Mining - Coal, Minerals, Environmental, and more]
________________________________
247
Meeting the challenges of growth ALS invests into the coal industry Growth in the coal industry over recent years has created a number of significant challenges for service providers to meet. The industry now has a greater geographical footprint, is producing more, exporting more and is striving to find more coal as market demand exceeds supply. Coal producers are requiring greater depth and breadth of service to achieve production and profit targets in the face of greater regulatory control, constrained infrastructure and skills shortages.
A
s an analytical services provider to the mining industry, scaling up to meet demand requires not just more analytical instruments, but the ability to invest in people, new facilities, new technologies and support systems. ALS has positioned itself to be the premier provider of analytical testing services to the coal industry by addressing these issues and developing a service offering to maximise customer value.
The ALS Service Offering
ALS has a number of business divisions that offer a range of testing services to the resources industry across Australia. These divisions include: ALS Coal Division provides specialist services to the black coal industry such as coal sampling and analysis and the certification of export cargoes. The Environmental Division of ALS is one of the largest and most geographically diverse environmental testing businesses in the world. The division also provides certified electronics testing to assist computer, electronics and consumer product manufactures to identify possible micro contaminants and meet environmental regulations. The ALS Minerals Division is the premier provider of analytical laboratory services to test geological materials for the global mining and exploration industries. The division also provides mineralogy services using rapid SEMbased quantitative mineralogy technology that automatically identifies minerals and derives quantitative mineralogical reports for exploration geologists and mineral processors. The ALS Industrial Division provides the energy, resources and infrastructure sectors with testing, inspection and asset care services. The ALS Tribology Division provides an independent assessment of the suitability and condition of lubricating oils, greases, coolants and fuels for equipment operation, preventative maintenance and diagnostic purposes. The ALS Coal Division has close service ties with coal producers and users and provides tailored solutions with local support for the industry. Across Australia, ALS has 12 coal testing facilities providing local support and specialist services. For instance our facilities in the Bowen Basin offer specialist production and minesite services. Facilities such as Richlands and Maitland specialise in exploration (bore core) services
and testing. Facilities at Newcastle Gladstone, Mackay and Bowen all provide superintending services to local ports. While each lab specialises in one or two service offerings, each ALS lab acts as a service centre for all requirements of the industry to provide local customer management. This is especially true for the laboratories close to mining operations where a number of complimentary services such as environmental and occupational hygiene monitoring are provided in conjunction with the ALS Environmental Division. In detail, ALS Coal Division services include: Borecore and Exploration Services
ALS borecore and exploration services can assist clients in developing a borecore program specifically tailored to the clients needs, providing a comprehensive picture of in-ground coal resources and potential products. Superintending and Certification
ALS provides fast, reliable, independent cargo sampling and analysis and quality determinations with integrity and accuracy. Production
ALS production services assist mines achieving optimal coal quality management along the production and transportation chain. Services include the provision of accredited sampling and testing services from either a local laboratory or the development and management of an on-site laboratory. Coke Quality and Carbonisation
ALS offers small scale and pilot scale coke making services with complimentary coke testing facilities including reactivity testing and the full suite of drum indices. Education and Training
Through our training services business, â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;MineSkillâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;, ALS can deliver unique, industry recognised courses to clients globally, in various formats and duration which also include specific tailoring of courses to meet your training needs. Gas Analysis
ALS provides fast, accurate and reliable mine air and diesel exhaust gas analysis to the underground mining industry; ensuring the safety of all workers. Environmental Monitoring
Our expert sampling staff provides accurate and reliable environmental monitoring and testing services for all compliance and discharge events.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
248
Occupational Hygiene Monitoring
ALS provide occupational hygiene monitoring and consulting services to assist coal mines meet all regulatory and best practice requirements. Investment in Facilities
The development of new mines and infrastructure from pit to port has necessitated expansion of ALS facilities and coverage. ALS has and continues to invest heavily into new sites or significant expansion of current facilities. Major developments past and present include: New facility – Gladstone QLD June 2007. This development increased capacity and gross floor space by 190%. New facility – Newcastle NSW – August 2008. This was a major development increasing capacity and gross floor space by 350%. Expansion – Gladstone QLD. September 2008. A further expansion to accommodate new services and environmental client services. New facility – Gunnedah NSW – April 2009. This was a green field construction developing a new regional laboratory to service the Gunnedah Basin. New facility – Lithgow NSW – January 2009. This was a new development increasing capacity and gross floor space by 150%. New facility – Richlands QLD – April 2011. The new Richlands facility is the new global headquarters for ALS Coal and will offer an unparalleled level of service through state of the art technologies. ALS Richlands is three times the size of the Ipswich facility which it is replacing and is the largest facility of its type in the world. New facility – Emerald – May 2011. The new facility will increase gross floor space by 210% and will offer a broader range of services to local producers. New facility – Bowen – July 2011. This facility is a green field expansion into Bowen to provide services to Abbot Point Coal Terminal and minesite services to the Northern Bowen Basin. New facility – Mackay – Due May 2012. Currently under development, this facility will be a major regional service centre that offers coal, environmental and industrial services to
the industry. The facility will be 170% larger than the current and will be equipped with a broader range of coal testing services. Investment in People
Along with the expansion of ALS Coal’s services, ALS continues to inject knowledge and skills into its staff to address workload increases and skills shortages. ALS Coal have dedicated training experts managing an in-house, competency based training program that delivers more than just training, delivering a skilled, motivated workforce, with nationally recognised certification. Coupled with a management team consisting of nationally recognised coal technologists, ALS has the ability to transform new entrants to the industry to competent coal testing technicians and consultants.
ALS is committed to servicing the coal industry and can offer Australia’s most comprehensive range of coal testing services. To find out more about ALS coal, contact us on: T: 07 3713 8400 or email: alscoalrichlands@alglobal.com or visit: www.alsglobal.com
Investment in Technology
ALS Coal has and continues to invest heavily into R&D, offering contract services to the industry as well as in-house technical advances. Automation projects have delivered a range of innovative sample preparation and analysis equipment which have greatly reduced turnaround times and improved quality. ALS has a dedicated R&D department and engineering team currently working on advances in coal preparation and analysis with the view of improving our ability to understand coal quality from exploration to end use.
[Testing for Mining - Coal, Minerals, Environmental, and more]
________________________________
• • • •
• • • • • •
• • • •
• • • •
• • • • • •
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
250
Unity Resources Group Unity provides an exceptional standard of operational risk management, fire rescue, paramedical, security and logistic support services to our clients in the mining and resources sectors. Unity is an internationally recognised and wholly Australian-owned company, with offices in 14 countries, over 1,500 staff and a truly global capability.
Our Services, delivered to a diverse range of clients in the mining and resources sector in Australia and across the globe, include: • • • • • • •
Operational Risk Management Fire and Rescue-Emergency Security Guarding Paramedical Emergency Response Team (ERT) Training and Education Aviation Travel Management and Logistics
Unity’s services extend to remote, complex and challenging environments. An ISO9001 and 14001 Quality Assured company, Unity offers a range of integrated premium support services that include mine safety, fire and rescue, security guarding and paramedical. This integrated solution based approach assists the management and safety teams to better manage the risk, reduce injury frequency rates, premiums and downtime costs. Operational risk services
Security
Unity provides a full range of operational risk services to mining companies on a global level. This includes risk assessment, business and operational resilience, crisis and continuity planning and all other risk based services, designed to guide operational readiness in any location, on a 24/7 basis. Training and education
Fire Safety
Strength in Unity Fire Rescue, Medical, Security Services and a Range of Professional Mining Support Services
to secure your emergency, safety and incident management response. Fit for role, the training, monitoring and selection of the right security personnel is the key to our successful security team. We can provide a range of uniformed security services and solutions, tailored to meet your needs. Paramedical services
Under guidance of our global Medical Director, we supply flexible teams of paramedical services and support to our diverse client base. With over 600 medical clients, our compliant capability delivers ruggedised mobile medical facilities, aviation support, clinics, ground and vehicle assets, supported by proven processes and procedures. Travel management and logistics
Our travel management and logistics support services deliver a bespoke logistics, supply chain and camp support capability to any location. Unity, as a prime contractor to the United Nations and preferred partner to a range of clients in the mining and resources sector, is proven in the successful delivery of these services around the globe. Let Unity provide you with an integrated, end to end solution for your risk and support requirements. Our global team of specialists are focussed on ensuring operational resilience and commercial value of your mining operations are supported and protected, around the clock, around Australia and around the globe. Providing a range of integrated Fire Rescue, Medical, Security and Logistics Support Solutions
Unity offers a broad range of ERT, EMT and industry based training to deliver knowledge, skill and certification to your employees. Unity’s qualified training professionals work with each site to develop and manage effective skill based training programs. This includes scenario and exercise based training in order to improve the incident response, scene management and site continuity effectiveness, in a range of environments. Unity can supply ERT capabilities for either long or short term engagements.
Delivering resilience to your mining operations
Fire and rescue services
An operational risk management company with a global footprint, experience and capability, Unity specialise in support to expeditionary and remote operations. Unity delivers a complete range of integrated, end to end solutions including training packages for Emergency Response Teams (ERT), Fire and Rescue-ESO services, Paramedical and Security staff, equipment and vehicle provision as well as Travel Management to and from mine sites. All services are backed by the full range of ‘operational resilience’ Risk Management services. These capabilities can be supplied to satisfy both short and long term engagements.
Supporting 24/7 fire and rescue response, Unity can supply emergency vehicles, personnel and equipment to support and ensure safe operations. If there is any emergency on site, Unity will link to the mines internal capability, ensuring a safe, measured and adequate response to protect and assist continuity of your operations. Security guard force
Unity’s security personnel and systems are designed to both protect your site and act as a key component
[Training Services]
Please Contact: Tel: +0061 1300 736 445 Fax: +0061 1300 736 448 riskservices@unityresourcesgroup.com www.unityresourcesgroup.com Experience the full range of Professional Mining Support Services with Unity.
___________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
252
Protector Alsafe Training Services Protector Alsafe Training Services is a Registered Training Organisation (RTO Provider No. 21897) delivering Nationally Recognised Competency based training offering a variety of courses under the current Scope of Registration. Our strategy is simple. We are committed to providing the highest standard of safety training using a variety of competence based learning and assessment programs that enables our students to develop the essential skills to work safely in a variety of workplace environments. With an extensive national footprint we are able to provide comprehensive accredited and non-accredited induction and training packages to both the metropolitan and remote regional areas.
P
rotector Alsafe is the National Safety Specialist within the Wesfarmers Industrial & Safety (WIS) Group with 38 locations throughout Australia. This geographic coverage combined with the resources of the broader WIS group provides our customers with a supplier who has the specialisation and focus on Personal Protective Equipment, Clothing and Footwear, Training and all Safety related services. Offering the industry, the best range of the highest quality safety products and training services, we back our complete safety offering with technical support, product training and a network of knowledgeable product and training specialists who work with you to keep your workplace safe. Our Instructors
‘you’re in safe hands’ All Protector Alsafe instructors are highly qualified and dedicated professional trainers. Selected directly from the Emergency Services, Military and Security industry and industries they offer a wealth of hands-on practical experience and a passion for sharing their knowledge. With safety as our primary focus, you can be confident that all the training courses will be conducted in a true professional and safety focused environment. Our training
Accredited training Protector Alsafe Training Services is a Registered Training Organisation (RTO Provider No. 21897) delivering Nationally Recognised Competency based training. All training courses can be tailored to meet the specific requirements of a particular Industry or Company whilst ensuring that all national and state legislative requirements including Australian Standards are met. Training courses are designed to comply with the Australian Quality Training Framework (AQTF) to ensure relevance, fairness and validity of training and assessment. Workplace safety training
To ensure that employees are working in a safe workplace environment it is a requirement that organisations provide employees with the appropriate training in workplace safety standards and hazards. It is essential that the minimum standard requirements are met and maintained. Protector Alsafe Training Services can provide a comprehensive range of courses to cover the requirements for Workplace Safety.
[Training Services]
Some of the Workplace Safety Training that Protector Alsafe can provide includes; •
Enter a Confined Space
•
Working Safely at Height
•
Gas Detection
•
Operate Breathing Apparatus and respiratory protection
•
First Aid - Apply First Aid and Perform CPR
•
Fire Safety
•
Fire Training Grounds
•
Emergency Response Team Training
Emergency Response Teams provide the immediate help and care to emergencies and accidents within the workplace. ERT team members need to be highly technically trained and possess a high level of practical competence to be able to deal with critical life threatening emergencies. Protector Alsafe Training Services specialises in a complete range of ERT training. Some of the Emergency Response Team Training that Protector Alsafe can provide includes; •
Undertake Vertical Rescue
•
Undertake Road Accident Rescue
•
Undertake Confined Space Rescue
•
Hazardous Material Response
•
ERT – Breathing Apparatus
•
ERT – Monitor Hazardous Atmospheres
Online training
When there is restricted access to training, or perhaps rostering or time constraint issues, online training can provide a simple and cost effective solution. This method of applied learning allows the student to complete the theoretical training online using a blend of innovative technology and proven educational principles. Protector Alsafe Training Services can provide both standard and customised training and induction courses to suit all of your needs. Our Facilities
With training centres located all across Australia, Protector Alsafe is able to provide training in modern state of the art fully equipped classrooms. Our purpose designed practical training areas then provide the student with the opportunity to maximise and enhance the valuable handson training experience in a realistic and safe workplace environment.
___________________________________________________________________________
•
Workplace Safety Training
•
Protective Clothing & Footwear
•
Personal Protective Equipment Customised Clothing
• • •
Height & Site Safety
E-Business Solutions *Not available in all states
40 LOCATIONS AUSTRALIA WIDE
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
254
Coastal Enterprises (WA) Pty Ltd Coastal Enterprises is a family business that has a vast amount of industry experience that allows the management of the organisation to have a hands on role and maintain a high standard of quality training.
Wide skill base of employees
All of our trainers are from the industry with significant amounts of experience in their chosen fields. We have trainers delivering to the Gorgon Gas Project, BHP, RIO TINTO, FMG to name a few. We conduct Verification of Competencies to a number of stakeholders across a variety of industries. We are able to deliver training courses from Fire Fighting to High Risk Licences. Recent review of all course content
At Coastal Enterprises we believe in staying up to date, we are constantly improving our training courses and delivery. We conduct this in consultation with industry and our stakeholders. Premises positioned in the heart of Industry
Our Training Centre based in Henderson is set in amongst the International Boat Building Industries and is also the stepping point for the Gorgon Gas Project.
[Training Services]
Our North West Centre in Port Hedland allows us to service our major stakeholders across the entire north of our state. We are also the preferred supplier for all training to the Christmas and Cocos Islands local communities. Conclusion
At Coastal Enterprises our business values have positioned us as a major player in the training and assessing Industry in Western Australia. We believe our strength is in our people. Their vast experience and flexibility in Training and Assessing is what keeps us at the forefront of our industry. We are able to develop courses for specific industry requirements with a strong emphasis on health and safety. Let Coastal Enterprises assist you and your organisation on its journey to ZERO harm in the workplace.
_______________________________________________________________________
255
All tread, we shred Tyre remediation The Tyremil Group is a tyre recycling company that has adopted a revolutionary tyre recycling plant which meets stringent EPA guidelines for emissions while generating its own power to operate, an Australian-first tyre to energy plant. Tyremil Group is first-tomarket with a specific process to increase the value of the23 million end of life tyres that are disposed of annually in Australia, the majority of which become landfill or are illegally dumped and shipped overseas . This unique plant and specific process is designed to remedy the global issue of waste tyres.
T
he Tyremil Recycling Plant is geared to turn the previously worthless waste from tyres into a renewable resource outputting a number of value recyclable materials. It is one of the first companies in Australia to be able to effectively recycle end of life tyres, maintaining emission outputs that more than meet stringent EPA guidelines. Tyremil system produces five commodities, diesel, bunker oil, carbon black, ingot-grade steel, and Syngas.
and scrap rubber disposal. This process is clean, sustainable and will provide a noticeable benefit to current and future generations. The goal is sustainable industry with environmental credibility. We’ve established our focus on the environment by: •
Creating a top-down culture of commitment to the environment.
•
Implementing world best technology to produce the best results with the least environmental impacts currently possible.
With years of development completed to produce this market-ready infrastructure, there is a compelling • case to capitalise on this research and the significant momentum to revolutionise a huge market • with enormous potential. Tyremil’s vision is simply to turn rubbish into resources. Not only does Tyremil’s process completely solve the current negative environmental impacts associated with commercial and urban tyre and rubber waste, but it proactively produces positive results by extending the life of naturally occurring, “non-renewable” resources by supplementing these supplies with recycled products. The Tyremil process is able to convert waste tyres and scrap rubber into commercial grade products. The resultant materials are not only useful in producing new tyres, but are also suitable for use in other industries. The only waste product generated is ash, which is suitable for use in concrete production. The plant produces zero emissions, therefore avoiding the common issue of tyre recycling plants polluting the atmosphere and damaging the surrounding environment. Furthermore, the recycling process is also selfsustaining, generating its own source of power. Synthetic gas is sourced from the waste product during the recycling process, and is able to completely power the plant without any need for outside electricity. The Tyremil process is aimed at ensuring sustainability and natural resource conservation. It is able to produce an environmentally friendly and renewable tyre production life cycle. Additionally, it has the potential to have a recognisable and positive impact on the quality of life in communities subject to the negative impacts of waste tyre
Measuring our environmental impact to exceed current standards. Promoting continuous improvement in energy efficiencies where economical and viable accountability is the cornerstone in our organisation.
The extensive research of the Australian end-oflife tyre market, found that over 25 million tyres per year were being made illegal landfill, burnt in furnaces, or shipped overseas. Currently, only seven per cent of these are partly recycled! Tyremil is now the only fully recycled tyre system – where nothing whatsoever is discarded or wasted. Whilst we will recycle all tyres and rubber products, we have chosen to tailor a particular solution to the Australian mining resources sector.
Step One: Initial Shredding For waste tyres to be recycled, the tyre needs to be converted into tyre crumb. Tyremil’s custom method can shred tyres from mining vehicles, without quarterising or de-beading, and easily in our unique system. All consumer and commercial tyres can then be properly recycled in this way.
Step Two: Convert to Fuel The recycling then proceeds via pyrolysis to convert secondary-shred, from one form to another. This enables us to separate it using fractionation, thereby giving us our commodity grade recyclable and renewable products. Prolysis is a practices in chemical engineering to processes many scrap products over the past decades. For example, pyrolysis has been used for
[Tyres in Mining - From Production to Disposal]
issue 2.2
____________________________________________
256
over 80 years – such as the creation of charcoal from wood, and the creation of coke from coal. This is the first fully operational example of this system seen in Australia for the conversion of tyres into renewable materials.
Our services •
Remove all tyres and rubber
•
Remediation plans
•
Management from end of life to total recycling
•
Certification of disposal
•
World-wide services
•
Resell all recycled products
For more information on this revolutionary procedure, contact Tyremil at (+61) 02 9755 7171 or mobile (+61) 416 147 060 or email info@tyremil.com www.tyremil.com
[Tyres in Mining - From Production to Disposal]
_______________________________________________
www.Tyremil.com
www.Tyremil.com
Do you need a solution for your
End of Life Tyres?
biggest
We can handle the tyres you’ve got!
Contact us now telephone • +61 02 9755 7171 • +61 416 147 060 email • info@tyremil.com
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
258
No Need To Dig Deep. SAP is now within reach As you move from pre-feasibility into production and beyond, you need the industry expertise of Extend Technologies and the flexible, affordable power of SAP. • Minimise Costs – utilise fully hosted systems and software for a fixed cost monthly fee • Set Up Fast – get your financials and asset management underway within only 3-4 weeks • Flexible Progression – grow your ERP solution in step with your business and control your costs • Low Risk – with the proven industry track record of Extend Technologies and the world’s most powerful ERP application at your disposal
From the start up management through to a full scale operation, there is a start-to-finish, flexible, affordable SAP solution within reach for your business.
Contact us today to discuss your options on (02) 8908 4200 or contact@extendtec.com.au www.extendtechnologies.com.au/industry-based-solutions
Valuing your most precious resource just got easier ERP roll-outs in the mining space are plagued with war stories from the past; big budgets, big teams, big timeframes, questionable returns and only within reach of large mining organisations. This is a far cry from the flexible, affordable and rapid roll-outs of ERP projects today, which place an absolute premium on time as the most precious resource of all.
T
he growth of the mining industry over the past decade and SAP’s focus on securing its position as the major player in this sector, from blue chips to startups, has seen a dramatic change in the way the systems are now configured, implemented and deployed.
would help them address the issues. After considering the options, Ensham engaged SAP Gold Partner, Extend Technologies, to deliver the SAP All-in-One Mining Solution. The company progressed from operating numerous disparate systems to a centralised approach for maintenance, purchasing and finance, inclusive also of HR and payroll.
Gone are the huge timeframes and even bigger budgets. Today’s ERP implementations are more likely to only take a matter of months and innovative hosted solutions put the technology within reach of any business, no matter what the scale of operation.
In selecting SAP All-In-One for Mining, Ensham now focuses on its business operations and growth knowing the underlying platform has the functionality, scalability and affordability to support their business into the future.
Moreover, Extend Technologies has indepth industry knowledge, which means solutions are designed around an understanding of mining processes, not software modules. It is this progression that has delivered Ensham Resources very positive outcomes and bankable results from its SAP implementation.
Other leading resource companies that have made the shift to SAP and utilised Extend Technologies’ industry expertise include QLD Nickel, ERM Power, Coote, RCR Tomlinson and Idemitsu Australia Resources, where an implementation across three mine sites was completed in under five months.
Faced with production levels that were outstripping the ability of the company to monitor, manage, plan and compliantly track its assets and activities, Ensham’s management knew that an ERP system
[SAP Business Software]
_____________________________________________________________________
259
Vehicle rear vision systems Vehicle rear vision systems have been available in Australia around 30 years, however it has only been in recent years that we have seen a steady demand for vehicle mounted CCTV in many large vehicles. Originally designed purely as a reversing aid, the rear view camera system has improved immeasurably.
T
he first major improvement in CCTV has clearly been the size of cameras and monitors. Original systems were large and cumbersome. The monitors looked more like an old fashioned CRT TV screen and usually weighed over 10kg each. This restricted their use to very large vehicles only. Modern CCTV monitors are slimline LCD screens in such a variety of sizes there is a screen suitable for any vehicle, large or small. Originally camera systems only displayed black and white images. Today black and white CCTV has almost been totally phased out in preference of colour. Colour images have made a huge difference to CCTV. The colour images are much easier for vehicle operators to use, and recognition of the image being displayed on the screen is much quicker when looking at a colour monitor. Another important improvement has been the introduction of Monitors that can incorporate multiple cameras on a single vehicle. Cameras can now be used to monitor the rear of a vehicle, as well as side and front blind spots, and are even used for task monitoring, sometimes all on the one vehicle. On mining vehicles we see narrow angle cameras used to monitor tasks such as cables rolling over drums, and drills. The narrow angle camera gives a more â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;true to lifeâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; view rather that the original wider angle view reversing camera.
and events such as a bin not being left out, or a traffic accident . In the last six months we have seen the inclusion of a forward facing camera thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s image is not viewed by the driver, but is recorded. This view has proved necessary following a number of traffic accidents, at least one of then fatal, where the accident happened at the front of the vehicle. Unfortunately this angle of view was not picked up by any of the other four cameras positioned around the vehicle. It became necessary to improve the overall viewing around the vehicle by including a forward facing camera, when the cause of the accident and driver at fault was unable to be determined. Even though this example is from a waste vehicle we can see the need for similar recording features to be included on camera systems in mining vehicles. by Rear Vision Systems www.rearvisionsystems.com.au
Due to the large size of most mining vehicles, the inclusion of CCTV has become an important safety feature for both worker and vehicle operators. Vehicle mounted cameras eradicate blind spots from these large vehicles therefore eliminating vehicle damage, human injuries and fatalities. Via the use of CCTV cameras strategically placed around, and sometimes under, large vehicles, an operator can now be confident he or she is not going to collide with another vehicle, piece of equipment or fellow worker. The most recent improvement has been the development of camera recording technology. We now see the inclusion of monitors with recording capabilities as well as ruggardised stand alone DVR recorders with the ability to record and store video images from up to 12 cameras positioned around a single vehicle. DVR recording devices are currently being used most often in the waste and recycling industries to monitor contamination of recycling materials
[Vehicle Rear Vision Systems]
issue 2.2
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ _
260
Rear Vision Systems At Rear Vision Systems (RVS) we have remained at the forefront of Australia’s invehicle CCTV industry since it began, almost 30 years ago. As National Distributor of Mitsubishi’s Rear View Camera Equipment, we specialise in supply and installation of Rear View Camera Equipment to a wide variety of Industrial users, including mining. The Mitsubishi Equipment has always maintained the reputation of being the superior camera system on the market due to it’s high quality and reliability. We pride ourselves on only offering customers high quality CCTV equipment and the highest level of service, along with solutions for all your mobile CCTV monitoring and recording requirements.
T
We carry and recommend the NESS range of DVR Recorders as they, like our Camera Equipment, are also designed specifically for heavy duty mobile applications. NESS EMV-400 is a high quality digital recording device designed for use in vehicles. It features a 350GB key locked removable hard drive which, depending on the number of camera inputs and length of operating shifts, is capable of storing between 10 and 14 days’ worth of high quality video footage before it starts to overwrite the oldest footage. The hard drive is removable and any data stored can be viewed and archived using a desktop reader that easily plugs into a PC or laptop. The NESS DVRs are available with either four or 12 (EMV-1200) camera Much of our range has been designed specifically for inputs, and via a direct feed video signal will record mining installations and is therefore extremely heavy all cameras simultaneously, regardless of the vision duty. Our best seller is the new RVS-6400 LCD Colour being shown on the monitor. The NESS DVR can 6.4 inch, which supersedes the CM-7010 Mitsubishi also be configured to allow viewing of both live and Monitor. It comes standard with quad camera inputs stored camera data remotely. This is achieved by the allowing it to have up to four cameras without the addition of an optional 3G mobile network modem need for a switching box. The RVAS-6400 also has and software package. Video signals, together with optional GPS location data, are transmitted from the an inbuilt screen splitting box which converts a single screen view into two, three or four images depending DVR unit via the 3G network using a router which is fitted to each vehicle. These images can then be on the number of cameras in use. This feature has viewed by authorised personnel using a secure become a very popular option. software package, and any data can be immediately Our newest Monitor is the RVS-6400WP. We saved. The ability to view camera data live is originally designed this Monitor for use on Forklifts that invaluable in the event of an incident. were accessing freezer and cool rooms. We have Our head office is located in Sydney, and we have now discovered that this Monitor is very suitable for an established dealer distribution and service network mining applications where a vehicle may have an open, or no cabin, or where excess condensation may throughout Australia. We pride ourselves on our ability to provide our customers with expert advice be a problem. The RVS-6400WP features identical and specialised installations. We are an official repair dimensions and mounting points to the RVS-6400 agent for Mitsubishi and offer our customers a prompt Monitor. It also features the split screen capabilities repair service for any damaged equipment and of the RVS-6400 with the advantage of being fully warranty claims. waterproof. This versatile unit can be configured he Mitsubishi/ RVS name is your guarantee of a high quality, superior rear view camera system which, unlike most cheaper systems on the market, meets all Australian safety standard tests. All Mitsubishi Rear View Camera Equipment is ‘C Ticked’, which is your guarantee that you are purchasing a System which will not effect, or cause interference to, the operation of other electronic equipment which may be in use in the vicinity of your system. This may be other equipment which you are using, or more importantly equipment being used by emergency services or other consumers.
as either a full screen, dual screen with vertical or horizontal split, triple screen with the dual component at either top or bottom or quad screen. Special features include on-screen distance indicators when reverse is selected, an automatic screen brightness control that adjusts according to ambient light conditions and compatibility with either 12 or 24 volt electrical systems.
For information on pricing, or advice on CCTV equipment designed to suit your specific needs, please contact us on (02) 9418 3244. We also invite you to view all our Mitsubishi Equipment along with their specifications on our web site at www.rearvisionsystems.com.au
Recently there has also been a demand for on-board recording of multiple CCTV cameras, especially on Waste vehicles. Recording of the camera images to allow playback at a later date has become an important feature, and one that has been recommended in a coroners report following a young boy’s tragic death in 2007.
[Vehicle Rear Vision Systems]
________________________________________________________________
Supplying Mitsubishi Camera Equipment for over 30 yrs.
making your vehicle safer than ever Mitsubishi Rear View Camera Systems CM-7200 7”
CM-5200 5.6” C-4010 Colour Camera
REAR-VIEW MONITOR & CAMERA SYSTEM Mitsubishi equipment meets all Australian legal EMI (electromagnetic interference) laws and standards for electronic products.
Our Mitsubishi and RVS camera equipment is very high quality, and specifically designed for industrial and mining use. New range now available, including a fully waterproof monitor. We have a camera system to suit every application. Phone us today for a free quotation.
www.rearvisionsystems.com.au
New RVS-6400WP Waterproof Monitor
RVS Rear Vision Systems
vehicle rear view camera equipment
See the world through our eyes.
12/ 9-11 Chaplin Drive Lane Cove, NSW 2066 Australia
Ph: (02) 9418 3244
“The eyes at the back of your truck” GS2 Greensight Sensor System Integrated Reversing System Rear obstacle detection for your entire fleet
Unit 12/ 9-11 Chaplin Drive Lane Cove, NSW 2066
Ph: (02) 9418 3844 or (02) 9418 2344
Ultrasonic sonar teamed with active camera & monitor reversing system. Greater workplace safety for operators and the public. Significant reduction in reversing collision occurrences. Less damage to vehicles and property. Functions at night and in poor weather.
FETY
SA TIVE
AC
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
262
SICK – Collision Avoidance System Proximity Detection Technology SICK is the world leading producer of sensor systems for industrial use and is a technology and market leader in factory, logistics and process automation. SICK’s measuring scanners provide solutions for demanding applications worldwide, e.g. preventing collisions, automatic positioning of heavy equipment, vehicle classification in moving traffic, the control of vehicles, profiling of bulk material and rolling stock, as well as for guarding in building security and access control.
I
n terms of robustness and outdoor performance, especially under harsh environmental conditions, laser technology with its advantages in precision and the high degree of detail has made the breakthrough. The multi echo technology is one of the key features for outstanding performance in rain, dust, fog and snow. SICK is a world leader in time-of-flight technology. This principle forms the basis for many successful products and systems from SICK. Pulse time-of flight and phase time-of-flight scanners measure areas with a rotating laser beam – and thus determine the profile of a plane. The laser pulses emitted from a laser scanner are reflected by the objects in the surrounding environment. The measuring scanner collects the laser pulse reflections, processes the information and issues the data via the Ethernet interface. The distance is calculated from the time-of-flight of the laser pulse and the speed of light. The rotating mirror deflects the laser pulses. The angular position of the mirror during deflection yields the direction of the detected object. The combination of these values builds the basis for a complete profile of the surroundings in the radial scanning range of the laser scanner.
a network based interface to mine operation systems and can be configured to fit existing mine operation processes for safe operation. SICK’s systems enhance and speed up operator training and education. Up to 4 laser scanners constantly observe the vehicle’s surrounding environment. The system knows the scanners position and the physical dimensions of your equipment. Three warning zones - green, yellow and red – can be defined to suit the individual mine operation safety process for your shovel, excavator, haul truck or dozer. Upon the detection of a warning zone violating obstacle, an alarm is raised with optical and sound feedback for the operator. All events are also provided on the network interface for external logging. SICK uses compact sized, advanced multi-beam and multi-echo technology laser scanners, scanning with high resolution for long range and a large field of view. The system then offers a comprehensive description of its environment in the form of: objects with relevant dynamic characteristics like, position, velocity and object type (Trucks, utilities, people).
The vehicle’s pitching motion poses a challenge to sensors installed in a vehicle. An incorrect reading can easily occur, for example, if a measurement is taken as a tyre hits a pothole, the system could lose sight of relevant objects as a result. However no SICK high performance Collision Avoidance System object remains undiscovered using the unique four (CAS) - the turn key retrofit solution that offers a layer technology of the SICK laser scanner. The solid value proposition for your surface mining scanner measures simultaneously with four layers – operation utilises this same field proven technology. important to compensate for the pitching movement Reliable prevention of incidents and accidents is of your equipment or to detect slopes, cliffs, holes the key to reducing your repair costs, downtime potholes, table drains, rocks and ditches. and maintenance effort. Operator performance improves, because the human focus lies on tasks at The scanner splits the laser beam into four vertical layers. Distance measurements are taken hand. For monitoring and analysis purposes SICK independently for each of these layers with an collision avoidance systems provide aperture angle of 3.2°. This allows any pitching of the vehicle, caused by an uneven surface or driving manoeuvres such as braking and accelerating, to be fully compensated. This builds the basis for the complex driver warning strategy SICK CAS performs. This technology gives rise to absolutely reliable proximity detection, which entails not only the exact evaluation of relevant object data, but also, the exact classification of data points received from ground or road surface, which is used for an accurate slope detection and pitch compensation. Elimination of irrelevant data, typically arising from dirt, dust, heavy rain, fog or snow are removed by filtering and/or reported to the driver, so that flawless operation is ensured.
[Vehicle Rear Vision Systems]
________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
264
Environmental management increases mining profits Conventional wisdom places environmental practices as an obstacle and burden to mining operations – an obstruction to the actual running of a business. Nothing could be further from the truth. For a savvy mining operator, an environmental management plan can be a highly useful tool for maximising profit margins, minimising potential liabilities, increasing efficiency and gaining positive publicity.
A
n Environmental Management System (EMS) in Australia means implementing an international standard of consistent improvement – namely, ISO 14001. A company which complies with ISO14001 in a given review period will be issued a certificate to that end and will enjoy greater relations with other ISO14001 compliant companies. Having a compliant EMS also serves as significant protection from legal issues, often preventing costly and imagedamaging litigation. ISO 14001 is not designed to dictate to managers how to run their companies; it is a tool for improving efficiency of business systems and environmental performance. Having an EMS can be a competitive advantage in the tender process, leading to increased tender success and increased business success. Having a certified EMS is a requirement to entering some Japanese or EU markets. Environmental risk categorisation and rating is a part of a successful EMS, improving your organisation’s ability to manage and mitigate risk associated with the environmental effects of mining operations and their after-effects. Recycling waste and reusing energy is also a key part of an EMS, allowing organisations to reduce operating costs, increasing profit margins. For example, following the Queensland floods earlier this year, water produced as a result of coal seam gas extraction was allowed to be used for removal of mud and debris from flood-affected buildings given that the water quality passed suitable criteria. This produced goodwill and positive publicity for the participating companies, possibly increasing public support for further mine development.
across Australia boasting Campbell sensors and data loggers. The company offers automated, on-site logging of water quality data including turbidity, suspended solids concentrations, water temperature, water depth, electrical conductivity, salinity, pH, oxygen reduction potential and dissolved oxygen. Dissolved solids concentrations are especially important for water quality in an EMS, as standards are set for the suitable use for water in tailings dams etc and often have a maximum allowable suspended solids specification for a given application. For example, the flood water cleanup mentioned earlier allowed CSG water which met criteria of pH, suspended solids and electrical conductivity (often used as a measure of salinity) to be used for that purpose. Different requirements must be met to allow waste water to be used for dust suppression or for revegetation. Campbell Scientific Australia can provide real time monitoring of these criteria, allowing business decisions to be made quickly with instant and historical data available easily. A simple system for a small tailings dam might cost approximately $25000, a negligible cost compared to the overall cost of running a mine. Real time data logging of water quality is a vital component of an EMS for mining companies and Campbell Scientific Australia’s Application Engineers have the expertise and flexibility to make the integration and support of on-site sensors a successful and profitable project.
The essence of the ISO14001 standard is that it is a positive feedback loop – to maintain their certificate, a company must improve its environmental management measurably every year. One method of doing this is to introduce automated data logging of important environmental variables, such as the salinity of runoff, or the suspended solids in tailings dams. Automatically logged data can be used to construct much more detailed models than manually collected data, as it can be collected more frequently with ease. Another advantage is that automated collection allows realtime monitoring of on-site conditions, without waiting weeks for lab analysis of samples. Campbell Scientific Australia is based in Townsville, Queensland and has been a leader in water quality measurement for 18 years, with hundreds of sites
[Water Quality Sensors and Water Management]
______________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
266
Miners Dig Hydrosmart T
Miners dig Hydrosmart
Hydrosmart water conditioning is being used more often by
mining companies such as Rio Tinto, BHP and Crocodile
he Hydrosmart System harnesses research it asIt’sa also newvarious housingwater development Hydrosmart water as a simple and sustainable Gold utilising tool protecting with whichBHP’s to treat issues. mining companies method of from an aerospace project in Europe of 90 homes against bore water scale, hardness and conditioning is being used The Hydrosmart System is being used to soften calcium-rich treating water high in calcium, salt or iron levels. Domestic, which wanted to prevent corrosion at high corrosion issues in Newman and Port Headland. more often by mining agricultural, industrial users and councils now use it for irrigation bore water at one mine site’s 600-person village while protecting pressure in high heat. companies a simple Rio Tinto’s camp’sMeanwhile, kitchens and ablutions. alsoit protecting and waterassoftening/scale prevention.. Hydrosmart has been Crocodile GoldIt’sused to protect and sustainable method BHP’s new housing development of 90where homes boreand In itsand earlyindays, Hydrosmart set about dewatering pipe work, a against slurry of salts used to treat entire townships’ water supplies; mining of communities treating wateraround high inAustralia want assessing wider impacts of bond-breaking by hardness compounds well above 100,000 ppm ( nearly water scale, and corrosion issues in Newman and 3 to get the away from chemical calcium, saltofordealing iron levels. solving problems for local commercial growers: Port Headland. x seawater ) in the water, caused swift lining and methods with hardness and problems caused by Domestic, Burge, Crocodile blockage ofused the pipes, regardless of the preventative mineral agricultural, compounds in their borehundreds water. of vineyards including Pikes, Grant Meanwhile, Gold it to protect dewatering industrial users and councils Geoff Hardy and d’Arenberg’s have been using the chemicals in use. Applying Hydrosmart technology pipe work, where a slurry of salts and compounds well The Hydrosmart System harnesses research from an system for almost a decade. meant the company was able to pump the slurry now use it for irrigation above 100,000 ppm ( nearly 3 x seawater ) in the water, aerospace project in Europe which wanted to prevent without the problem recurring or the need to and water softening/scale caused swift lining and blockage of the pipes, regardless corrosion at high pressure in high heat. In successfully treating problems to do with salinity, use expensive additives. Algae and bad odour prevention.. Hydrosmart of the preventative chemicals in use. Applying Hydrosmart hardness and oxidised iron, the Hydrosmart team In its early days, Hydrosmart setscale about assessing the wider management was achieved by Thiess mining using has been used to treat technology meant the company was able to pump the slurry applied the technology to new and different markets impacts of bond-breaking by solving problems for local mineralised water in its truck wash-down bay sump entire townships’ water such as golf courses and council irrigation projects. without the problem recurring or the need to use expensive commercial growers: hundreds of vineyards including Pikes, after years of issues using chemical treatments which supplies; and in mining Currently, approximately 15using Golf Courses (Bunbury, additives. Algae and bad odour management was achieved by Grant Burge, Geoff Hardy and d’Arenberg’s have been did not satisfactorily meet their needs. communities around Thiess mining using mineralised water in its truck wash-down the system for almost a decade.Manly, Cromer) and 25 councils (Walkerville, Australia want to get away Rockhampton, Exmouth, Ararat, Pittwaterbay ) are The product is increasingly findingtreatments acceptance in sump after years of issues using chemical In chemical successfully treating problems to do withutilising salinity, from methods successfully thescale approach and solving diverse the commercial on a range of potential which did not satisfactorily meetworld theirbased needs. andhardness oxidised iron, thebore Hydrosmart team applied of hardness dealing with water or recycled effluentthe issues in each instance. sustainable outcomes obtained from 13 years of wideThe product is increasingly finding acceptance in the technology to new and different markets such as golf courses ranging applications. and problems caused by commercial Based in Adelaide, Hydrosmart’s aim is to highlight world based on a range of potential sustainable and council irrigation projects. Currently, approximately 15 mineral compounds in their outcomes from 13 years of wide-ranging applications. their ability to solve water issues for both domesticobtained and Hydrosmart is currently undertaking further research Golf Courses (Bunbury, Manly, Cromer) and 25 councils bore water. corporate clients at a fraction the price of comparable with trials to be published on the mechanisms by Hydrosmart is currently undertaking further research with (Walkerville, Rockhampton, Exmouth, Ararat, Pittwater ) are olderand treatments membranes, or chemicals. whichon benefi changes are they recognise trials to be published the cial mechanisms bymade whichasbeneficial successfully utilising the approach solvingusing diverse bore filters theas requirement for chemists, engineers andforcorporate changes are made they recognise the requirement water or recycled effluent issuesByinusing eachainstance. unique computerised ionic bond breaking policy-makers to be more confidently able to embrace chemists, approach, utilisesability virtually no power, engineers and corporate policy-makers to be more Based in Adelaide, Hydrosmart’s aim is toHydrosmart highlight their their technology’s application for larger scale projects able to embrace their technology’s application for needs noand consumables costs underconfidently $10 annually to solve water issues for both domestic corporateand clients where removal of consumables and toxic reject larger scale projects where removal of consumables and toxic to run. older The no-maintenance, no-operational cost at a fraction the price of comparable treatments using streams offers both exciting environmental potential reject streams offers both exciting environmental potential and approach now has mining companies such as Rio membranes, filters or chemicals. and large financial long term gains. Tinto, BHP and Crocodile Gold utilisinglarge it as afinancial tool with long term gains. By using a unique computerised ionic bond breaking which to treat various water issues. The More Hydrosmart information: approach, Hydrosmart utilises virtually no power, needs no System is being used to soften calcium-rich bore information: Paul PearceMore 1300 138 223 consumables and costs under $10 annually to run. The water at one mine site’s 600-person village while Paul Pearce 1300 138 223 no-maintenance, no-operational cost approach now has www.hydrosmart.com.au
protecting Rio Tinto’s camp’s kitchens and ablutions.
www.hydrosmart.com.au
For more information Hydrosmart International Pty Ltd Phone 08 8357 3334 | Fax 03 8357 3336 | Website www.hydrosmart.com.au
[Water Quality Sensors and Water Management]
____________________________________________
267
Wheel Chocks A simple necessity for mining vehicles About a decade ago, Aidan Gorlick was working as a private contractor at the Stanwell power station outside of Rockhampton. His work vehicle, with a generator set in the back, had lacked a working handbrake and to start the genset he had to have the car running and simply got sick of leaving his work boots under the tyres to stop it running away. “I knew it wasn’t a safe use of my boots, so I got a couple of bits of angle iron from the workshop and made these chocks up for myself.”
C
ut of this single invention of a simple wheel chock design that enables people to safely chock their light vehicles, was born ARG Industries, using the sales from just one mine site and now the patented ARG Wheel Chocks are being used throughout Dysart’s coal operations and spreading to other mines in the Bowen Basin, Queensland and nationally. Mine sites require workers to chock vehicle wheels when not parked in a designated parking zone, but after hearing of a colleague hurting his back while taking a conventional chock out from under his tyre, Gorlick approached his safety officer and described his design. He was asked to make up a sample, and was surprised when the officer then asked if he could fill an order for 100 chocks and so ARG Industries commenced.
Each Chock assembly is to be used to restrain a single, stationary vehicle and the Wheel Chocks are currently produced using injection moulding and have a complexity of webbing to ensure strength. This webbing also allows the Chock to be light weight — The Wheel Chock device consists of two long triangles joined by a backing plate with a folding the entire Chock weighs only 1.6 kg. As you will find handle, eliminating the need for people to bend down when you use the chocks they substantially reduce the risk of back and shoulder injuries resulting from when inserting or removing wheel chocks. “It’s a lot easier than the other chocks and if it saves one bloke’s bending down to pick up conventional Chocks. back from being hurt we have achieved something.” Demand has been ever increasing, and ARG One of the seven “Life Saving Rules” requires employees and contractors to park equipment securely so that it could not move in an uncontrolled way. “Aidan’s invention was not only very practical, but easy to implement. It greatly assists to make a safe practice even safer and ensures correct ergonomic posture while chocking vehicles,” quoted one of the local mine site managers. Less than two months after the chocks were designed, they were already widely embraced by the mines’ entire workforce. As demand grew we knew that we had to look at other options but we were determined to ensure the chocks remained an Australian manufactured product. We then found a company in Brisbane, SDI Plastics, that helped the ARG wheel chock transform into what it is today. The Chocks were firstly engineered for structural ability and strength and then trials were run on all types of surfaces so that the Chocks were “Engineered for Safety”, having been engineer certified and checked for structural capacity. They have been tested in a variety of situations and the Chocks were found to have the following:•
single tyre load capacity of 2700kg.
•
stability using four wheel drive vehicles with a tyre diameter of 790mm and a max of 890mm.
[Wheel Chocks]
Industries can supply the Wheel Chocks to anywhere in Australia. “We can see potential for our Wheel Chocks to be a great solution to reduce the incidence of back injuries and to be an important safety product, necessary for the safe use of mining vehicles throughout the country.” People seeking further information can contact ARG Industries at: Phone:- 0400 779 236 or 0439782818 Email:- argindustries@bigpond.com Web:- www.argindustries.com.au or “See us at Tent No:os9 at Surat Basin Mining Expo in Toowoomba.”
issue 2.2
__________________________________________________________________________
268
SunWater Making water work for mining
I
n simpler times, water management meant lifting the dam gate, removing a channel board or opening up a pipeline valve to ensure water users had access to supply.
That’s the way it was done when SunWater was first established in the small Central Queensland cotton growing town of Theodore more than 80 years ago. But times have changed. Water users, particularly from the mining sector, are demanding more complex water management solutions and services than ever before. And why shouldn’t they — their entire industry would grind to a dusty halt without water — so ensuring the right water management solutions are in place is paramount to Queensland’s resource industry success story. SunWater understands this. In fact, with more than 80 years of experience in the delivery of bulk water, there is no other water company in Queensland that understands it better. It’s why so many of today’s existing mines and increasingly tomorrow’s new mining ventures, are swift to secure SunWater’s services when it comes to providing strategic water solutions to meet their needs.
It’s what SunWater does — makes water work. They’re not the only ones who think so. SunWater’s success with some of its early projects has been key in building its portfolio of external asset management contracts with some of Queensland’s major mining operations. Whilst the main driver for mining operators to engage SunWater to manage their water infrastructure assets is cost efficiency, SunWater’s clients have comfort in the knowledge that established water managers are looking after their valuable assets and are capable of delivering on agreed water supply commitments. It’s no wonder why mining operators are selecting SunWater to build and operate their assets. Day in, day out SunWater provides a high level of water supply security through its $7 billion asset base of water infrastructure, assets which have been key to underpinning industrial developments right across regional Queensland. As integral to industrial production as water itself, SunWater’s asset base is continually expanding through an infrastructure development program that aims to increase capacity and cut short the days of commercial operators scrambling to shore up water security.
It’s all part of the SunWater ideology — delivering But expertly managing water and providing critical today, securing tomorrow. water supply solutions is not a skill any water company can buy in — it needs to be earned. With the knowledge and experience of one of Australia’s leading water infrastructure companies, SunWater staff are some of the most qualified in the SunWater is meeting future supply needs now, planning nation, thanks to their involvement in the development of more than 30 major dams, 63 weirs and a network more than $2 billion in regional bulk water infrastructure projects in Queensland over the coming year. of more than 2600km of water pipelines across regional Queensland. The team at SunWater are driven by innovation and motivated by success, which is an invaluable trait when you are in charge of delivering more than 1.3 million megalitres of water, some 40% of Queensland’s commercial requirements, to a portfolio of 5000 clients.
It’s with this foresight and focus on the future that SunWater has shown the mining industry its water management solutions tackle not just the daily cycle of water, but the higher task of providing a reliable water supply to last the life of a mine.
Via regional and metropolitan hubs, SunWater taps into decades of localised knowledge that spans industries from mining, energy, urban and agricultural.
Years before the much publicised mining boom swept across regional Queensland, SunWater was actively investigating strategic infrastructure developments to deliver water supply solutions in the Bowen, Surat and Galilee basins for new and established miners.
And it’s with this intricate knowledge that they can provide solutions that deliver cost efficiencies for mining operators at the same time as providing solutions that work for the environment, local communities and government.
In the case of the Bowen, Surat and Galilee mining basins, SunWater’s experience and ongoing focus on planning for industrial water supply needs has given miners confidence that water infrastructure won’t be an issue for their projects anytime in the near future.
[Water Supply and the Infrastructure Required]
_______________________________________________
269
By working in parallel with the Queensland Government’s Central Queensland Regional Water Supply Strategy, SunWater is increasing its capacity to deliver water supply and build on its strategic bulk water infrastructure network throughout regional Queensland.
Supplying up to 25,000ML per annum to mining operators and urban customers in the Alpha region, the common user pipeline is likely to be underpinned by long-term supply contracts with some of Central Queensland’s largest mining operators.
This is demonstrated through major SunWater projects like the Connors River Dam and Pipeline, MoranbahAlpha Pipeline and the Nathan Dam and Pipelines.
It is estimated that the water transported by the Moranbah to Alpha Pipeline will support approximately 80 mtpa of additional regional coal production for output.
Connors River Dam and Pipeline project
A $1.5 billion infrastructure project, the Connors River Dam and Pipeline project is leading SunWater’s infrastructure development program to meet the increasing demand for water in Central Queensland’s booming mining basins. Located on the Connors River near Mount Bridget, approximately 110km due east of Moranbah and 70km south of Sarina, the proposed 373,622ML dam and 133km pipeline will deliver up to 50,000ML of additional water supply to the mining basins. SunWater’s investment in the proposed large scale infrastructure will provide the necessary water security that the mining industry needs to achieve their goals and meet the forecasted global demand for coal. Mining operators are all too aware of the importance of securing a reliable water supply to facilitate their future production capabilities and it’s no different to those in the Bowen basin. Such is the region’s thirst for water, 84% of the available water allocations from the proposed Connors River Dam and Pipeline project were secured by mining operators within days of hitting the market mid 2010. This level of commitment has meant that SunWater is now able to confidently move in to the pre-construction phase of detailed design engineering, construction procurement and finalisation of the investment decision. Construction of the proposed dam and pipeline is expected to commence in early 2012, with completion and commissioning planned in 2014. Moranbah to Alpha Pipeline project
A critical project to meet forecasted demand in the Galilee is the development of a 276km pipeline stretching between the towns of Moranbah and Alpha. If approved, the Moranbah to Alpha Pipeline will assist in meeting the forecasted demand for water by commercial mining operations and provide a reliable supply to the town of Alpha.
Whilst the pipeline will provide the majority of water to commercial mining operations, water will also be made available to supplement Alpha’s town water supply located within the Barcaldine local government area. Construction of the proposed pipeline is expected to commence in early 2012 and be completed by late 2013, with first water supplied to customers from March 2014. Nathan Dam and Pipelines project
Further South, SunWater is also undertaking a major initiative that aims to provide long-term, reliable water supplies to mining customers with the proposed development of the Nathan Dam and Pipelines project in the Surat Basin. Located just upstream of Nathan Gorge on the Dawson River, the proposed dam is expected to have a capacity of up to 888,000ML and will be supported by a 260km pipeline running through the Surat Basin. In addition to the Surat mining basin, water from the proposed Nathan Dam is also earmarked to address critical water supply needs in the Lower Fitzroy and other parts of Queensland in line with the Government’s objective to establish a state water grid. If approved, construction of the proposed dam and pipeline is expected to commence early 2013, with completion and commissioning planned for 2015. In addition to SunWater’s own infrastructure program, the organisation is drawing from their experience in key projects outlined above to assist major mining and energy operators develop sustainable water management plans and infrastructure to optimise their operations. SunWater’s full cycle approach to water management means that everything from design and construction, to treatment, supply and beneficial use strategies is thoroughly planned and executed.
More information on SunWater and how they can deliver total water management solutions for mining operations can be found at www.sunwater.com.au
SunWater’s total water management solutions for mining operations include; > Bulk water planning > Sale and lease of water allocations > Water infrastructure development (for the supply and transportation of water), including: • Planning • Design • Compliance and approvals • Indigenous land use agreements • Cultural heritage management plans • Environmental management and preparation of Environmental Impact Statements to meet Government requirements • End-to-end project management • Flood hydrology • Construction management • Development of handover and operations documentation > Design and construction of pump stations > Design and construction of water treatment plants and associated facilities > Facilities management services > Water cycle management
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
270
Wear Protection and Prevention Modes of Wear
In the world of mining materials handling, whether it is mobile or fixed plant, it is necessary to protect expensive capital equipment from wear to prevent premature failures which lead into extended periods of downtime. The protection systems available for equipment are many and varied and can lead to confusion in determining the right system for the right location. One of the easiest ways to establish the most appropriate form of protection for each piece of equipment, is to develop a basic understanding of the modes of wear that cause material loss. This basic understanding of how material is removed will narrow down the choice of what is available for each mode and make selection of products or systems significantly quicker.
T
he three main modes of wear/material removal faced by most mining operations today are 1. Impact, 2. Abrasive and 3. Erosive. Each of these modes can occur individually or in most cases there is a combination of one or two that creates the problems. 1.
Impact – impact wear can be categorised as “the gradual wastage of material due to repeated impact by particulate streams or by continued hammering with a hard object (percussive wear)”. In more relevant terms it is the striking or battering contact of one object against the other that creates deformation of the material. These deformations may then be removed by ploughing wedging or cutting (in the more ductile materials) or by fracture (in the brittle materials). Examples of impact wear are – jaw, gyratory and cone crushers, mine truck bodies (which also suffer abrasive). In the majority of instances the preferred materials to protect components against impact wear are cast manganese steels and medium hardness quench and tempered plates.
2.
Abrasive – abrasive wear can be categorised as “the gradual wastage of material when hard asperities or third party particles rub under load against a relatively softer surface”. In mining operations this generally takes the form of two-body abrasive wear where loose abrasive particles roll over the equipment surface. Depending on the angle of attack, three modes of abrasive wear usually occur on the more ductile materials. Ploughing; where ridges form alongside a track of wear. Wedging; a short wedge forms in front of the abrading asperity. Cutting; a ribbon like chip forms in front of the abrading asperity. In all cases wear particles form when ridges, wedges or chips fracture and detach from the underlying surface, perhaps by a process of delamination. Examples of abrasive wear are – mining shovel and loader buckets, conveyor transfer chutes and bins and hoppers. Materials used to protect components from abrasive wear include high hardness cast white irons, chromium carbide overlay plate and in cases of higher impact lower abrasiveness, medium hardness quench and tempered plate.
3.
Erosive – erosive wear (or erosion) can be categorised as “the gradual wastage of material due to the impact of abrasive particulates in a fluid stream”. Erosive wear
[Wear Protection and Prevention]
can also be described as an extremely short sliding motion and is usually executed within a short time interval. The impacting particles then gradually remove material from the surface through repeated deformations and cutting actions. Examples of erosive wear are slurry pump impellers and casings, slurry transfer piping, cyclones and cyclone launders. Materials used to protect components from erosive wear are generally higher in hardness due to the reduced occurrence of severe impact. Materials such as ceramic, basalt and high chrome cast white irons. Once the relevant mode of wear is established for each circumstance, it is easier to determine the most appropriate material/product for the duty. Wear prevention in mining operations can be divided into two segments (in the view of the author), 1. Engineering and 2. Condition Monitoring.
_____________________________________________________________
271
1.
Engineering for wear prevention means to engineer individual components or assemblies to minimise their exposure to any of the modes of wear or to establish alternate means of flow to again reduce exposure of the wear part. Alternate means of flow such as rock boxing to create an environment of material on material rather than material on wear material. Rock boxes have been utilised in plant design for many years however recent advances in their design have seen the inclusion of tube style ledge design and in some instances the ability to vary the internal angle of the chute depending on material flow ability. These new designs are also engineered to control the flow of ore throughout the entire transfer and this control allows for accurate discharge and impact velocities on to the outgoing conveyor.
2.
Condition monitoring for wear prevention is the regular programmed inspection of wear components to provide material loss data. This data collection can be achieved via varied methods such as ultrasonic thickness detection, general measuring tools (ruler, tape measure etc.), jigs or templates and laser scanning. This loss data can then be utilised to determine wear rates, either tonnes hours or days, which in turn is used to calculate when each component will require replacement. This replacement forecasting ensures components are changed out at the predicted time prior to failure thus preventing parent metal damage and unplanned downtime. It also provides maintenance planning resources with a detailed list of components and requirements for upcoming planned outages. It also becomes a valuable tool for budgeting equipment repair costs into the future. Quite simply if wear parts are monitored, they can be maintained in a timely and safe manner which leads to successful equipment management
Supplied by Wear Application & Management Services (WAMS) www.wams.com.au
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
272
WAMS – Wear Application & Management Services manage + monitor + maintain = service WAMS, Wear Applications and Management Services, is known in the industry as an innovative provider of bulk material handling flow and wear improvement solutions. WAMS take a holistic approach to solving the myriad of problems associated with the movement of materials. The services WAMS provide include detailed design and engineering of conveyor transfer systems, liner material selection and layout design, conveyor rip and wander management systems, condition monitoring and wear part performance reporting. WAMS have developed regimented processes and systems which equips our team with the necessary tools to analyse and understand issues and to produce tangible data to provide accurate and realistic recommendations.
W
AMS have developed the “POI” (Process Of Improvement) as a tool to manage projects from their inception to completion. This process includes:
1.
Audit and Application Analysis — a comprehensive inspection of the problem area is carried out together with a review of available site data to establish where are we now and what do we need to improve. From this inspection and review, a detailed report is provided showing the analysis and providing preliminary recommendations.
2.
Performance Benchmarking — WAMS establish strict performance guidelines for each design and or product. In conjunction with site personnel, performance indicators are identified and short and long term measurable outcomes are established. These indicators can be as simple as an improvement to wear part longevity or more detailed outcomes such as reductions in installation or maintenance durations.
3.
4.
Design and Product Options — because WAMS are a non-biased provider of wear material solutions, products and designs offered are based on the most appropriate product/material for the application. This holistic approach to the wear area assists in reducing upfront costs as a combination of materials can be utilised across a design rather than an across the board install of potentially expensive high wearing material that never gets utilised. Engineering — WAMS has an in house design team that will develop solutions based on the data provided and the overall requirement. This can be a simple liner selection and layout or if required a complete retrofit of the transfer system. WAMS have developed the WEARBACK liner less chute design for applications where conventional designs create high wear rates and material flow ability is not an issue. This design utilises a tube of material as the primary wear component and the chute internals are designed to control ore velocities and provide soft flow on to the receiving conveyor. WAMS is nearing completion of the design for seven WEARBACK chutes for the Cadia East project. Each chute is designed to handle 4400tph of primary crushed gold ore at an input conveyor speed of 5.5m/s. This project, once complete, will be the largest underground gold mining operation in Australia.
[Wear Protection and Prevention]
WAMS have also engineered a conveyor skirting system that is fully maintainable from outside the transfer which eliminates the need for confined space entry and provides first point of access in the event of a blockage. 5.
Supply Management — WAMS will supply all of the required components as designed at a competitive price then assist in the establishment of a supply management system to determine inventory requirements and just in time delivery schedules.
WAMS have developed the “WMS” (Wear Management System), an online wear management database. The WMS provides the tools to monitor performance and ensure compliance to the indicators established during the process of improvement. The WMS is simply made up of data in and data out. 1.
Data in — the collection of data can be carried out by either site personnel or WAMS field service technicians. This data is then recorded on customised measurement sheets developed during the design and engineering phase. The collected data together with photos taken during the inspection and notes are input into the system for use in future analysis.
2.
Data out — the WMS will provide detailed change out reports for each area for a specified range of dates. These detailed reports contain the forecast change date for each part or area, part numbers, individual and total costs for components and any additional information
_____________________________________________________________
273
noted during previous inspections. The WMS can also provide detailed performance summaries for each area showing total usage and spend over a specified range of dates. This information provides an invaluable tool when budgeting for equipment maintenance costs. In early 2011, WAMS added the BMS1000 belt rip detection and management system to its product range. The BMS1000 belt management system is a simple effective means of protecting valuable conveyor assets from rips, wander and edge damage by using the natural tracking characteristics of the conveyor to measure changes quickly and easily as they occur. At the heart of the BMS1000 are the “management idler frames” and a series of ultrasonic sensors on either side of the conveyor which detect/ measure the distance from the edge of the conveyor along the length of the belt. These measurements are added together giving a total value and as the belt wanders from side to side during operation, this value remains constant. In the event of a rip the patented “management idler frames” will “pull” the belt apart causing the combined edge distance value to change significantly, instantly stopping the conveyor. Whilst the system won’t stop a rip it will minimise the consequences. Additional to the rip detection the BMS1000 also provides alarms and trips for belt wander and edge damage and is easily integrated into existing on site operating systems. In short, WAMS are transfer specialists and with offices on the east and west coast are strategically positioned to assist our clients achieve sustainable, safe and effective use of their bulk materials handling systems. For further information on the services detailed or the BMS1000 belt management system, please contact WAMS Newcastle on 02 4962 3433 or email: support@wams.com.au.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
274
Why do mining sites and gas fields require a good automatic weather station? Mine managers require accurate and timely site specific weather data for a number of reasons.
EPA & Statutory Requirements: Environmental Impact Statement
When applying for mining leases and approvals, a reliable automatic weather station can be used to undertake a local climate (microclimate) weather audit. Baseline weather data from this audit can be used in the preparation of an environmental impact statement and various reports required by state EPA and government authorities concerned with the likely movement of dust and toxic gases, wet season run-off and the leaching of chemicals into waterways etc.
•
Temperature, UV radiation, radiant heat and relative humidity data has a direct implication for the establishment of a safe working environment. (On the basis of this data, management can develop strategies to reduce the likelihood of workers suffering heat stress illness, excessive UV exposure, etc.)
•
Wind direction and wind speed data:
Impact of weather on mine production, worker comfort and safety and community wellbeing
Data from an initial weather audit (and subsequent, on-going weather monitoring through an automatic weather station) can inform decisions which will impact directly on mine production, worker comfort and the wellbeing of neighbouring communities. For example: •
Rainfall and soil moisture data can inform risk management strategies associated with mine and site flooding, all-weather road access, slope stability and the siting and construction of mine infrastructure and worker facilities. This same data will inform the management of run-off during heavy rain and strategies to revegetate mined land. •
•
•
Standalone logging rain gauges across sites, when accompanied by suitable telemetry and SMS alarms, can inform management when sites are likely to become inaccessible or mud and water likely to impact mining operations. Automation. Pumps and valves in open cut mines likely to flood can be activated by weather sensors when pre-set rainfall volumes are reached within a particular time frame.
Evaporation rates can be measured via the FAO56 Calculation within the Weather Maestro, based on wind speed, air temperature, relative humidity and solar radiation sensors. This has implications for determining when operations can recommence after a major rain event, and for monitoring of tailings dams and other water storages.
[Weather Stations and the Environment]
•
Enables monitoring of the movement and dispersion of dust and hazardous gases
•
Influences dust suppression strategies (e.g. frequency with which mine access roads and pit areas are watered)
•
Influences the design and positioning of worker quarters, administration ‘dongas’ and workshop facilities/laboratories etc.
•
Is also critical in ensuring that local residents and communities are not negatively impacted by excessive or hazardous dust drift from the mine site (see WHS section below).
Data from each of these weather sensors also has implications for the design, selection and maintenance of plant and machinery capable of operating under the climatic conditions experienced at the mine site. Weather data can help determine plant and machinery maintenance cycles, the selection of oils and lubricants, corrosion management strategies etc. Ambient temperature has a major bearing on tyre pressures used in dump trucks and mine vehicles. Work Place Health and Safety Issues:
Dust Excessive exposure to dust generated through mining activity can cause health issues for workers and local communities. As well as causing eye and throat irritation, dust generated through mining activity (e.g.: coal dust, iron oxides, crystalline silica and asbestos) can trigger asthma and serious respiratory and lung disorders. Weather Maestros, which are equipped with wind speed wind direction sensors, barometric pressure sensors, air temperature sensors and relative humidity sensors, allow mine managers to monitor breezes and implement strategies to lessen the risks associated with wind borne dust.
______________________________________________________
275
Hazardous gases Engineers need to be able to track the movement of escaping toxic or volatile gases from a well head or mine. The same weather station sensors used to track the movement of dust can be used to map the movement of these gases and implement strategies to ensure the safety of workers and the local community. So when you are choosing a Mining Weather Station
There are several essential criteria for a weather station at a mining site or minerals exploration facility: •
Robust for tough environment
•
On-site service
•
Backup support
•
Remote access options
•
Australian made for ready availability of parts and service
•
Meets Australian Standards for horizontal wind monitoring
•
Meets EPA licence requirements
•
On demand access to critical management data
Supplied by Matthew Probets at Environdata www.environdata.com.au
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
276
Weather Maestro The ideal automatic weather station for mines, gas fields, oil wells and mineral exploration Environdata Weather Stations Pty Ltd is the Australian automatic weather station specialist. Designing and manufacturing weather stations, data loggers and weather sensors since 1982, we offer mining, oil and gas industries professional weather monitoring solutions.
E
nvirondata manufactures and supplies integrated weather stations, custom-built modular weather stations, logging rain gauges and suites of weather sensors and convertors that will help your mine site to meet environmental licence conditions and Australian Standards. Unlike the rest, we design and build all parts of the Weather Station, from the Data Logger and sensors to the masts, brackets and software. You can rely on your Environdata Weather Station to fit together and work reliably for you for many years to come! Environdata’s ‘Weather Maestro’ is a robust weather station designed to cope with the extreme conditions typically found in mining sites and gas fields across Australia and around the world. The heart of the weather station, the Weather Maestro Data Logger is available in six, 10 or 16 channel versions to ensure all your critical weather parameters are monitored. It features a powerful processor, large and easily configurable on-board memory, comes pre-programmed with Environdata’s custom-designed software, and is easily accessed by a range of communication and remote monitoring options. The Weather Maestro is energy efficient and is solar powered as standard.
‘AirData’ Vector Analysis Firmware calculates the net changes in wind speed and direction every three seconds so that particle and pollutant drift and dispersion can be accurately mapped. The firmware generates wind trajectory data, and facilitates Sigma Theta analysis, the ‘coefficient of dispersion’. Sigma Theta is available as an additional firmware calculation. WindRose software provides a convenient way to analyse wind distribution by summarising wind speed and direction data on a weekly, monthly or custom basis. This gives a simple yet impressive circular graphical summary or a numeric table of percentages of speed and direction combinations. Weather Station 10 metre Metrological Instrument Mast (IS37)
Environdata’s 10 metre mast (standard meteorological height) meets EPA licensing conditions
[Weather Stations and the Environment]
The temperature, wind speed, solar radiation and humidity sensors allow mine managers to monitor site conditions as felt by workers on the ground, performing a series of advanced calculations to determine ‘apparent temperature’, which, in the event of an extreme heat event, can trigger alerts directly from the logger (relay switching) or via SMS from the optional Next G modem package. On the basis of these alerts decisions can be taken to protect workers from heat stress related injury. The Weather Maestro weather station package includes Environdata’s ‘EasiAccess’ weather station software. This powerful Windows based package collects data from the data logger, features a range of export options, allows for the viewing of data in tabular or graphical form, facilitates the viewing of real time weather data, providing daily, hourly and more intensive (e.g. every 10 minutes) reports from the weather station. These reporting intervals are fully customisable to meet your weather monitoring needs, which makes it the ideal package to support mine managers requiring instant access to microclimate data.
Weather Station Dust and Gas Drift and Dispersion Tracking
Environdata Weather Stations www.environdata.com.au matthew@environdata.com.au
Apparent Temperature – Heat Stress Prevention
Software
The weather sensor array for a typical mine includes sensors to measure air temperature, relative humidity, wind speed, wind direction, rainfall, barometric pressure and solar radiation. The evaporation rate is calculated using the FAO56 Penman equation. The entire modular weather station can be installed using Environdata’s integrated mounting options to meet your specific site and communication requirements.
Call us on 07 4661 4699
and enables mine staff to monitor winds in terms of the relevant Australian standards when coupled with the appropriate sensors. Engineered to withstand 60m/s (over 200km/hr) winds, this light-weight, robust mast and sensors can be installed by one person and provides the perfect platform for dust drift monitoring, and meeting EPA requirements or Australian Standards.
Weather Station Telemetry Options and Remote Access
Telemetry options include the use of GSM, Next G and standard telephone line modems. Data can also be transmitted via UHF & VHF radio links or by direct cable, MODBUS, Ethernet and Internet. Next G modems have the ability to send the current weather conditions on demand via SMS, and also send you alerts via SMS when your chosen weather parameters are met! Servicing and Support
Environdata backs up our weather stations with free phone and email support for 10 years. Our technicians provide professional installations and services throughout Australia, while our NT agent keeps our stations in the Territory in top shape! The bottom line is; you can rely on Environdata Weather Stations.
______________________________________________________
ROBUST, RELIABLE & AUSTRALIAN
MINING & GAS WEATHER STATIONS Meet Australian Standards & EPA Licence Conditions Your Weather Data - when & how you need it! Track Dust Movement Record Rainfall & Evaporation Now with SMS Alarms!
For detailed information about Weather Stations and their specific application for the mining industry, go to www.environdata.com.au and click on Industry Applications http://www.environdata.com.au/mining_ weather_stations
Proudly Designed & Manufactured in Australia
Call us on
07 4661 4699
www.environdata.com.au
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
278
Cigweld cutting and welding specialists As has been widely reported, the Australian mining sector is a key component of Australia’s recent economic buoyancy, a major driver of our nation’s economic strength and prosperity. The ever increasing need for raw materials has not only aided the mining companies themselves, it has also provided solid growth within many of the support industries associated with the mining sector. By virtue of the industries reliance on heavy duty equipment for the extraction, processing and transportation of minerals, the need for welding products to build and maintain such equipment has also increased dramatically.
T
hermadyne, through strong brands such as Cigweld and Stoody, is a major supplier to the mining industry for the fabrication and repair of major equipment for the excavation, loading/unloading and transport of Australia’s mineral resources. The increasing demand of welding products supplied to the mining sector and the additional demands being placed on quality , OHS, reliability and serviceability of products has forced many welding suppliers to re-engineer fit for purpose products that withstand the rigors of the industry. Thermadyne’s key brand Cigweld has been at the forefront of this shift, realising the need to design and introduce dynamic products that satisfy the ever increasing requirements of the sector.
Synergic Pulse Welding Machines
mains power readily available, portable Welding Engine Driven welding power sources are widely used within the industry. The Cigweld range provides both Welding outputs and with Auxiliary power for running devices such as hand tools. The range comprises of units form 190A through to 500A depending on the specific requirements of the user. Cigweld Flux Cored Wires
The wide range of Cigweld flux cored welding wires feature prominently around Australia in most major fabrication workshops. These high quality welding wires provide excellent performance, high productivity and optimum weld properties. Flux Cored Wires feature many distinct benefits: 1.
High deposition rates to give high welding productivity.
2.
All positional welding capabilities.
3.
Ease of operation.
4.
Wide range of alloy types and shielding gas options.
Futhermore, Cigweld offers an enhanced range of flux cored wires featuring a seamless copper-coated steel tube construction. As opposed to conventional, seamed type flux cored wires, these seamless types offer certain significant advantages:
At the forefront of technology is Cigweld’s range of Professional Synergic Pulse welding power sources. The Synergic Pulse series is a complete range of digital microprocessor controlled welding units that are designed to meet the rigorous demands of the mining industry. With features such as multi-process capabilities (Mig, Stick Tig), Twin Synergic pulse, VRD (Voltage Reduction Device) and 90 pre-set Synergic Pulse programs, the units are suitable for a broad range of applications. The units are also fully compliant to AS60974.1 and AS1674.2. This ensures that all relevant safety aspects have been addressed, particularly given the harsh operating nature of many mining related applications.
1.
Far lower moisture pick up giving much lower susceptibility to hydrogen cracking.
2.
Copper coated finish giving smoother feeding, better current transfer through the welding tip and lower wear of tips and liners.
3.
Very low susceptibility to rust.
Stoody Hardfacing
Engine Driven Welding Machines
Thermadyne’s comprehensive Cigweld welding equipment range also comprises of Engine Driven welding power sources. Given that many mining applications involve site work that does not have
[Welding]
Stoody, another industry leading Thermadyne brand, is a world-wide leader in the manufacture of hardfacing and high alloy wires and electrodes.
____________________________________________________________________________________
279
Due to the intensive nature of the mining industry in terms of the abrasiveness and volume of the minerals being mined, the hardest and toughest products are required to protect and rebuild these critical mining components. Stoody has 90 years history in the hardfacing business and has a product to combat any abrasive, erosive or thermal wear problem.
Heating is most commonly used for bending, straightening, pre and post heating and contra heating of structural steel shapes.
The gas welding, cutting and heating system is made up of many items that must be connected together in a safe and correct manner to allow the process of gas welding, cutting and heating to take place.
If used correctly and maintained in proper working order, gas equipment will provide years of trouble free operation.
Whether welding, cutting or heating , oxygen and a fuel gas are required. These gases are normally supplied in cylinders although supply in factories and workshops can be via a reticulated system. When The Gas Welding and Heating System setting up, it is important to ensure that the entire The oxy–fuel process is widely used by the mining system is free of leaks and in proper working order. industry for welding, cutting and heating. The The process and equipment should be matched to the equipment for such a process can be found in virtually fuel gas selected (i.e. Acetylene, LPG or Propane) and every mine site, construction site, factory, maintenance there needs to be an adequate supply for the task to and fabrication shop. be undertaken.
These are the three main process that are normally carried out with an oxy-fuel flame however many other process such as hardfacing, flame cleaning and flame spalling can be undertaken.
CIGWELD Company History: J.B Arnold commenced operations in Australia in 1922 as manufacturers of gas welding equipment, before establishing CIG (Commonwealth Industrial Gases) in 1935. CIGWELD branched off as CIG’s equipment division in 1985 with a focus on welding and gas equipment, before separating completely in 1989. Comweld Group Pty Ltd (trading as CIGWELD) was acquired by Thermadyne in 1996 and since then has expanded its product portfolio to include other prominent global welding and cutting brands such as Tweco, Thermal Dynamics, Arcair and Stoody.
Welding
Welding is the process of joining similar or dis-similar materials together with an oxy–fuel flame. There are two basic methods of welding. The first being to ‘fuse or melt’ the two parent metals together with a filler rod of a similar composition (i.e. ‘Fusion Welding’). The second being to join the two parent metals with generally a non-ferrous filler rod . In this process the two parent metals are not melted and the joint is formed by the filler material that bonds to the parent metals. Cutting
Oxy-fuel cutting is one of the best known and widely used processes in the gas equipment system. Cutting is either accomplished manually with a hand held cutting blowpipe or by machine for large repetitive cutting operations. The process for severing a wide range of carbon steels is to preheat the steel to its ignition temperature (bright red/orange) and then rapidly oxidising the metal by means of a controlled jet of oxygen. The pressure of the cutting oxygen is adjusted so that the molten oxide is blown away as fast as it is formed, thus producing the kerf (cut width). It is primarily a chemical process. The oxy-fuel cutting process has considerable advantages over other forms of cutting because it is fast, efficient, economical, portable and operates at low noise and fume levels. Heating
This process is used for the controlled and uniform heating of metal without melting the top surface.
COMET Edge has taken regulators
CIGWELD have introduced a new member to the family, the COMET Edge Regulator which is significantly advanced in both its features and design. This is the biggest revolution in regulator design in over 20 years, incorporating added gauge guards that ensure the regulator fits snugly within the cylinder profile protecting it from hard knocks and the accidental damage of a falling cylinder. This unique design feature guarantees a robust and durable exterior unsurpassed by other regulators on the market. In addition to the gauge guard, the COMET Edge boasts an encapsulated seat for precise pressure and flow control, colour coded pressure gauges and control knobs, a Gas Guard safety device and most importantly the reassurance of quality through a five year warranty and compliance with AS4267.
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
mining the world’s OLDEST industry
needs the experience of a 90 yr old company CIGWELD and STOODY - welding & cutting for 90 years synergic pulse & engine driven welding power sources flux cored wires - hardfacing wires & electrodes - regulators Thermadyne History - “We Know Welding” J.B Arnold commenced operations in Australia in 1922 as manufacturers of gas welding equipment, before being acquired by CIG (Commonwealth Industrial Gases) in 1935. CIGWELD branched off as CIG’s equipment division with a focus on welding and gas equipment, and was acquired by Thermadyne in 1996. Since then Thermadyne has expanded its product portfolio to include other prominent global welding and cutting brands such as Tweco, Thermal Dynamics, Arcair and Stoody. STOODY is given credit for the creation of the term “hardfacing”. Founded by two brothers in Southern California in 1921, Stoody has grown to be a world leader in the production of welding wires and electrodes used to combat various types of wear and corrosion.
1300 654 674
www.thermadyne.com.au
281
Big mining’s best kept secret… For almost 20 years, PT PAMA, one of the world’s largest mining contractors, has been taking advantage of a breakthrough in fuel technology that has seen it save millions of dollars in maintenance costs on its huge KOMATSU HD 785-5 engines — while increasing fuel efficiency and significantly reducing unhealthy exhaust emissions and dangerous greenhouse gases.
The amazing thing is that they achieved all this without changing engine/fuel specs or hardware, while actually reducing their real fuel-costs. How did they do it?
The secret behind this remarkable success story is a product developed from Nobel Prize-winning research into organo-metallic compounds. That product is called XFT (Xtreme Fuel Treatment) and it was developed as a burn-rate modifier for all petroleum-based fuels (petrol, diesel, fuel-oil – even the highly pollutant, low-grade ‘bunker’ fuels, used in large generators, container-ships and tankers). Essentially, XFT lowers the combustion temperature of the fuel in the combustion chamber, increasing the ‘burn-rate’ per cycle hence utilising the fuel far more thoroughly. With standard (un-treated) fuel, the higher ‘burn’ temperature typically results in ignition
delay. The result is that a significant portion of the fuel remains unburned, and is released as exhaust emissions. These emissions affect the environment and particularly individuals working in close proximity to the exhaust fumes. On the other hand, XFT-treated fuel has been proven to burn more completely. This leads to far less emissions (typically one third less, resulting in a healthier work environment — which is of particular interest to OHS professionals), but it also results in greater fuel efficiency (between 7 - 10% in most applications and even more in static operation situations i.e. generators) — increasing the energy (BTU’s) released from the fuel hence improving horsepower and equipment performance. But fuel efficiency and health effects are just the beginning. More complete combustion of the fuel results in significantly less carbon and varnish deposits within the engine — which dramatically reduces wear, lowers operating temperatures and significantly increases engine life. This alone would create huge savings in maintenance costs, but the manufacturers of XFT went a number of steps further. As well as the miraculous burn-rate modifier, they added corrosion inhibitors to protect fuel storage (tanks) and delivery systems and engine components; special detergents to clean and maintain injectors and other fuel system components; a stabiliser to increase the storage-life and potency of fuel; lubricants to protect fuel pumps, injectors, valves, piston rings and bores; a demulsifying agent to separate and gradually remove water from the fuel system preventing engine damage and microbe growth and polymerisation retardants and dispersants to prevent gelling and the formation of solids in fuel — especially in diesel. The result
Well, for PT PAMA, over almost two decades, it has meant a saving of Millions. Engineering tests have shown that for cylinder liners from their massive engines with almost 15,000 hours of ‘run-time’ (using XFT), the tolerances were still within ‘new’ specifications. This has meant that from an original engine re-manufacturing cycle of 15,000 hours, the company has been able to extend the time before a total reconstruction of the engine was required to 25,000 hours (or 1.4 million kilometres) — a massive 66% improvement.
[Innovative Products]
issue 2.2
____________________________________________________________________
282
Work that out in dollars and cents over almost 20 years of use! Of course, the use of XFT is not limited to the Mining Industry. Savings in maintenance costs, fuel costs and dangerous emissions have also been reported from its use by trucking companies, bus companies, factories, electrical generators, and in recent years — following the huge increases in fuel costs — by ‘in-the-know’ car-drivers and taxi — companies. Because it is not an oil-based product, every increase in the price of fuel makes the use of XFT even more economical for the end-user. With the introduction of XFT into Australia earlier this year, perhaps Big Mining’s best kept secret is a secret no longer...
Don’t stand by and watch your money going up in smoke. Call now and start saving on fuel and maintenance costs. For obligation-free advice on how XFT can work miracles for you, call us on: (02) 9891 0033
[Innovative Products]
_________________________________________________________________________
Fatigue: The Silent Killer
Fatigue-related crashes cost Australia a total of around $4 billion annually - a staggering sum.
M
ining industry studies have shown that 57% of miners have admitted struggling to stay awake driving to and from work, while 17% have admitted to nodding off while operating mobile machinery. Each tragedy is personally horrific for those involved - as well as their friends and families. And the cost to the community is immense. You can go a long way towards protecting yourself from this all too common problem. Just the simple act of deciding to wear the new revolutionary Driver Fatigue Alarm can dramatically help reduce risk on the work site or while driving to and from work and home. A microsleep can kill in seconds, and as we get more and more fatigued, we are less able to make rational decisions or monitor and assess our prevailing mental state. Many drivers start with the best of intentions and decide to take regular breaks. But fatigue can strike suddenly. This is when the Driver Fatigue Alarm intervenes. As the head tilts forward in a microsleep, the unit emits an immediate warning to restore consciousness. There are two models; one produces a strong vibration, the other a loud audible alarm. To view a video demo of the Driver Fatigue Alarm visit www.driverfatiguealarm.com.au/video The Driver Fatigue Alarm is a smart and affordable choice for responsible miners and motorists. Fatigue: What Can I Do? • Keep yourself adequately hydrated. • Don’t start your work or trip if you are fatigued. • Never push on when you are fatigued. • Wear a Driver Fatigue Alarm. “I drive road trains in the North West and my Driver Fatigue Alarm is the best thing I have invested in. With early morning starts and long days it keeps me alert in the danger zone between midnight to 6am. I believe every company should supply the Driver Fatigue Alarm™ to their employees as part of their safety equipment when faced with working irregular hours.” Rod Marsh - South Hedland W.A.
A Micro-Sleep can kill in Seconds!
GUE ALARM
™
gel on your
uardian an e having a g
DRIVER FATI
“It’s lik
ear.”
The new revolutionary micro-sleep warning technology designed to raise the driver’s awareness from driver fatigue and micro-sleep. Effective, light weight and easily worn behind the ear. It works on an electronic balance. As the driver’s head begins to tilt forward in a micro-sleep, it emits a loud alarm or strong vibration alerting the driver to take corrective action or pull over for a rest. Its sensitivity can be adjusted simply by adjusting its precise orientation on the ear. If everyone wears a Driver Fatigue Alarm™, our worksites and roads will be a lot safer.
FATIGUE SOLUTION FOR MINERS at an AFFORDABLE PRICE
RIVING SAFER D A safer drive for just…
2495
$
Includes Postage and Handling
™ A Micro-Sleep Warning Technology Order Today Phone (02) 9633 9999 or online at www.driverfatiguealarm.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
284
NSK - a partnership based on trust and trust based on quality
M NSK works with both global manufacturers of mining machinery and end users in the field, to co-develop a package of tough, highperformance bearings that offer a longer service life under demanding mining conditions. NSK’s innovative designs begin with market leading materials and unique heat treatment technologies that NSK develop in-house to produce both ball and roller bearings, that out-perform customers expectations.
ark Davies, NSK Australia’s Mining Manager says, “one of the key factors in the enhanced performance of NSK bearings range is the development of industry leading materials technology, in particular NSK’s Tough Steel™ range”. Bearings made from the varying grades of Tough Steel™ are designed to out-perform normal bearings in contaminated, high temperature or inadequate lubrication conditions. Surface orientated fatigue and material wear from contaminated lubricant is a common failure mode in the mining industry. As a key benefit from using NSK’s Tough Steel™, the fine particle wear resistance of the Tough Steel™ increases operational life substantially. As NSK’s Tough Steel™ technology can be used in any bearing design, NSK are able to tailor a solution to many mining application’s common modes of failure, providing an effective countermeasure to the operating conditions that are causing the reduced operating life. NSK have developed varying grades of Tough Steel™ for heavy industries and this technology is in common use throughout the world today, in applications such as Slurry Pump barrels, Vibrating Screen mechanisms, Longwall AFC sprockets, Dragline gearboxes and Coal Pulverizes In addition to Tough Steel™ material technology, another NSK development in standard material bearings is NSK HPS (High Performance Series). This technology originally developed in small to medium size Spherical Roller bearings has now been extended to the brass caged CA series large Spherical Rollers Bearings and Vibration Spec. Spherical Roller Bearings. Davies says “it is expected that the new series of HPS bearings will give user’s large benefits such as reducing their maintenance cost, down-sizing their product design and saving energy. It exceeds the limits of conventional bearings in terms of a longer operating life and limiting speeds, helping to deliver the high levels of reliability required in mining projects”. Developed for applications with heavy or shock loads - of the type encountered in jaw and
cone crushers - NSK’s CA series of double-row spherical roller bearings are manufactured with a machined brass cage to combat the effects of vibration, operating fatigue, wear and corrosion. NSK have further extended the HPS range into harsh vibrating applications with NSK’s CAM-VS series of spherical roller bearings. The CAM-VS series bearings have been optimized for use in harsh vibrating applications. Their HPS vibratory specification builds upon the extended load and life benefits of the standard CA construction with an optimized design that provides improved fatigue strength against the vibration and shock-load conditions encountered on screens, feeders and compactors. Davies says “with increased speed limits up to 20% higher than standard bearings, bore dimensions between 50 and 240mm and operating conditions up to 200°C, NSK’s HPS CA series spherical roller bearings are specifically designed for the tough vibrating applications in the mining, quarrying and construction industries”. Extra capacity Cylindrical Roller bearings also providing improved performance benefits in extending operating life and speed rating. NSK’s EW/EM series of cylindrical roller bearings lead the market in innovative design. The EW series features a pressed steel cage and the EM series a one-piece machined brass cage. These bearings are used in, industrial Electric Motors, Gearboxes, Dump Trucks and other Mobile Fleet. Both of these cage designs offer high-load ratings for standard-size bearings, in addition to a longer operating life - approximately twice that of a conventional CRB. Also benefiting from NSK’s focus on improving bearing life in mining and extraction applications is a range of fullcomplement cylindrical roller bearings for use in crane sheeves. These bearings offer advanced levels of ingress protection with a sealing system that minimizes grease leakage and increases resistance to the entry of water and other foreign substances. Designed to provide maximum reliability and operating life in the difficult environments encountered in mines and quarries, the full-complement bearings are supplied with phosphate surface treatment to improve their resistance to corrosion. NSK welcome any communication to discuss how they can assist in getting the best bearing life outcome for your company. Contact NSK by telephone (03) 9764 8302 or email enquires to aus-nskenquiries@nsk.com
[Bearings]
___________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
286
Choosing the right rockbreaker Contractors should match their equipment to the requirements of their carrier and then to the application of the job. The biggest breaker, to get the job done fast, may not be the most practical. Consider the sizes that will be the most appropriate to your particular applications in construction, quarrying or demolition.
B
efore acquiring any breakers, it is imperative to know how much hydraulic oil pressure and flow your machine has. This will determine the size of the breaker to be fitted.
DM Breaker Equipment will also hire the DNB rockbreaker’s. This is particularly useful for the contractor that requires a breaker only for a short period and a one time job. These breakers are also available for hire whilst the owner’s breaker is being serviced.
Once you have purchased your breaker, it is imperative that preventative maintenance is adhered to. Regular lubrication and replacement of worn bushes and damaged retaining pin is essential. If the top and bottom bushes and tools are not replaced within the manufacturers wear limits, uneven striking will occur between the end of the tool and the piston.
DM Breaker Equipments Product Manager, Mr Dave Marriott, is also one of the founding directors of the company. He and his family have always maintained personal involvement in every aspect of the running of the business as well as a strong input with the manufacturers to ensure they provide products suited to our harsh environments.
This will lead to early failure or damage to the piston and undue shock to the rest of the breaker.”
Tools supplied by DM Breaker Equipment are manufactured from high quality steel. These have been heat treated to achieve the hardness, impact resistance and durability required in everyday applications of demolition, trenching, quarrying and mining.
It is also recommended that the correct tool is used for the job. For instance using blunt tools in quarrying and mining, as hard rock needs to be broken by impact, chisels for general purpose work, such as trenching, house pads and swimming pools and moils for demolition and concrete work. Longer tools can be an advantage through deeper penetration and by the way they keep dirt away from the lower bush. Lubrication of the breaker should be carried out on a regular basis. Lubrication can be carried out manually with a grease gun or automatically with a Lincoln Lubrication system. It is essential that the breaker is regularly greased to eliminate bush & tool wear with a good quality grease. DM Breaker Equipment Pty Ltd is South Pacific Distributor for the DNB Rockbreaker range The family owned business has sold and serviced the DNB Range since 1992. Their experience with Hydraulic Breakers however stems back some 30 years. The company, located in Western Australia, involvement with this product has seen the DNB breaker grow to one of the region’s most recognised Brand in their industry. DM Breakers’ unique approach has built a highly successful business providing unquestionable backup service. They have also set up a small distribution network that they are beginning to work with to duplicate their success into territories that have been dominated by price rather that of quality and service. DM Breaker Equipment also have expanded their range of products to include other excavator mounted attachments including Plate Compactors, Standard and Tilt Quick Hitches, Rippers, Crushers and Stone Grabs. DM Breaker can supply Autolube systems and specialised Tool Shank Grease.
[Breaker Equipment and Hydraulic Hammers]
________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
288
Neumann Contractors Since their establishment in 1948, the Neumann Group of Companies has maintained a proud and successful history and project portfolio within the marine, dredging, civil and construction industry. Initially commencing operations as a sand mining business, the group has since developed into a diversified group with a focus on dredging, fabrication and civil operations within the mining and gas sectors.
B
of the dredging with other marine works. Despite the limited time frame, Neumanns was able to maintain the required project schedule completing their project responsibilities on time.
Attributing their success and outstanding industry reputation to their philosophy of innovation, flexibility and performance, Neumann Contractors is committed to offering professional services, whilst at the same time maintaining strict quality, safety and environmental standards. With more than 800 employees in the Neumann Group, their experienced management and engineering team work closely with clients from the preliminary stages of a project, through to its completion.
The Kooragang Berth K5 Dredging project, at the Port of Newcastle, NSW, involved the dredging of 2,600,000m³ of sandy material and 750,000m³ of contaminated fines. These works were carried out in conjunction with the construction of a new berth and swing basin at the Kooragang Coal Terminal. Three of Neumann’s dredges were used to complete this contract.
ased in, Queensland, Australia Neumann Contractors has more than 50 years’ experience in contract dredging, with a modern and well maintained dredging fleet. The first dredge was developed in the late 1950s for mineral sand recovery and since then the company has designed and manufactured dredges for a variety of inshore dredging projects.
Neumanns has an impressive portfolio showcasing their involvement in a number of significant dredging projects, such as the completion of more than 200 kilometres of inland waterways, as well as the successful dredging of many large scale land reclamation, infrastructure, mining and resource dredging, port development, beach nourishment and channel maintenance projects.
Other projects that Neumann Contractors has completed include the Moura Mine Tailings Dredging to reclaim coal tailings from the Moura 2C pit, for reprocessing to recover the coal fines from earlier operations. These works were part of a program to enable ongoing mining underground from the pit floor.
Given its versatile dredging fleet and expertise, as well as its dedication to innovation, flexibility and performance, Neumann Contractors will continue to deliver the desired project results to the client’s satisfaction.
Recently Neumann Contractors was involved in the $500 million Port Botany Container Terminal Expansion Project in Sydney, New South Wales. Considered to be one of the largest infrastructure projects of its kind in Australia, the Port Botany development incorporates the expansion of the existing container port terminal to increase port capacity. During their initial involvement in the project, they were contracted to undertake the dredging and reclamation of the concrete casting yard area, access platforms and underwater bunds used for turbidity and environmental control. Neumanns used its 450mm cutter suction dredge the ‘Nu Bounty’, capable of dredging to a depth of 22 metres. The majority of the dredged material came from the new shipping channel, turning basin and berth pocket. As part of the dredging works, Neumann Contractors removed in excess of 1,100,000 cubic metres of sand, which was used for land reclamation within the Port Expansion area. Neumanns was faced with a number of onsite challenges whilst working on this project. In addition to the tight project delivery timeframes, Neumann Contractors also faced unstable and difficult weather conditions and the interfacing
[Dredging Services]
__________________________________________________________________________
Innovation Flexibility Performance Neumann Contractors has over 50 years’ experience in contract dredging Australia wide, earning a reputation for performance in:
Mine Tailings Dredging
Port Development
Capital Dredging
Land Reclamation
Channel Maintenance
Beach Nourishment
Environmental Dredging
Nuban Street (P.O. Box 8) Currumbin Queensland 4223 Ph: 07 5589 2746 Fax: 07 5589 2775 Email: estimating@neumann.com.au Web: www.neumanncontractors.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
290
The real big name in dredging is Mini Mini Dredging has been building and operating our own dredges for over 16 years and have dredged many different materials in a wide range of industries. The name “Mini” Dredging comes from the fact that the dredges are specifically designed for maximum portability and accessibility.
But don’t let the word “Mini” fool you. These dredges are custom-built, robustly engineered and are the result of years of design development. We’ve proved time and time again that size is not important. We can customise a dredge to suit your specific requirements and achieve results that are sure to surprise you. We have solved the industrial and environmental problems associated with a range of materials in unlined and plastic lined dams on mine sites and coal fired electricity generation plants throughout Australia. All you need to do is tell us your problem and we’ll find the solution Whatever the product to be dredged, we are able to move it over distances or back into the mineral processing circuit. We have dredged sand, mud slimes, gravels, mineral sands, ash, tailings and hazardous materials. We can dredge plastic lined dams without damage to liner, dredged dams from 20x20 metres to the very largest dam and remove materials with a PH as low as 0.5PH.
For more details, please refer to our website, www.minidredging.com.au
3. Reprocess Concentrates and other materials can be dewatered ideal for reprocessing. The consistent feed and density achieved by our dredges allows the dewatering tower to produce an ongoing “rope” of solid material which is much easier to handle. Safety and the Environment
i. ii.
Containment of oil spills Each dredge has a number of built-in design features to limit fuel or hydraulic oil spills.
Coal tailings recovery Dredging mud and sludge from the bottom of deep open pits Dredging plastic lined dams Mini offers a free service to inspect dams, offer advice and cost estimate.
Recent dredging projects in Queensland at Coppabella, Hail Creek, NRG Gladstone, in Victoria at Kulwin, in WA at KCGM, Golden Grove, Jundee, Verve Energy Collie and in SA at Angas Zinc Mine.
Mini Dredging have the experience and the know-how to get the job done.
2. Recover Our dredges pump an incredibly high material density consistent enough for you to be able to inject directly into your ball mills or thickeners in order to recover previously discarded material. These days, recovery is an even more important part of the mining process and Mini Dredging have the experience and knowhow to help you achieve the best possible results.
Mini specialises in:
iii. iv.
For services, Mini Dredging can be contacted on 08 9434 6644 or at 0428 417 969 or email bruce@minidredging.com.au. A “CD” is available to demonstrate the dredging process.
20x20 metres. Our custom-built dredges are capable of removing a variety of solids from tailings dams, without damage to any plastic lining, to increase dam capacity to levels you never thought possible. Our process returns the capacity of your dam with a perfectly flat bottom - no lumps, no bumps. It’s accurate and effective.
Dredging in Acid containment ponds One of our specific projects was where we successfully completed dredging in an Acid containment pond and a water storage pond at Murrin Murrin for Minara Resources Ltd. The containment pond had approximately 25,000 cm of concentrates to dredge and was highly acidic, with PH levels of 0.4 – 2.5. However, provided we are advised of these levels at the time of quoting we are capable of dredging in levels down to PH zero ( 0 ). We have also dredged the No.1 Tailings Dams at Groote Eylandt N.T. and also a large dam at Olympic Dam S.A. How can we help?
1. Remove Mini Dredging specialise in the removal of slimes, sands and concentrates from dams as small as
[Dredging Services]
Automatic hydraulic shutdown Murphy gauges and oil spill containment equipment is fitted to every dredge. This includes an oil boom and appropriate absorbents. Emergency cleaning procedures Fully documented emergency safety procedures are in place and drilled as part of standard operator training and induction. Safety induction procedures Mini Dredging have fully documented safety induction procedures. Specialised Expertise
Mini Dredging primarily services the mining industry by desludging dams in a variety of sizes including plastic lined dams, tailings dams or any situation which cannot be accessed by conventional means such as earthmoving equipment, vacuum machines or numerous slurry pumps. We are highly experienced in the cleaning and maintenance of plastic lined dams. We’ve developed a number of accessories that enable effective sludge removal without any risk of damage to the liner.
__________________________________________________________________________
291
High Pressure Water Cannon We combine the high pressure mobile water cannon, which dislodges caked material from the edge, with our specially adapted dredges and cutter heads to give you a totally effective cleaning solution. Support Equipment
Fully equipped mobile workshop Mini Dredging minimises downtime with the supply of a fully equipped mobile workshop to enable repairs to be handled onsite. Workshop includes generators to supply power to portable lighting plant to enable 24 hour operation. Service vessel The custom-built Mini Dredging service vessel, the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Piranhaâ&#x20AC;?, allows for safe transfer of personnel and equipment and has the capacity to hold 4000 litres of fuel.
Portable jetty A portable jetty with fully enclosed safety rail and landing platform makes for safe and easy transfer and loading of personnel and equipment. Crane lift A 50 tonne crane is required to lift the dredge and support equipment on-site (dependant on access). Personnel
We have a core number of very experienced personnel, with a combined total of around 45 years in the dredging business. Our personnel take particular pride in their approach to onsite safety.
such as BHP Billiton, Rio-Tinto, MacArthur Coal, Barrick Gold and Iluka Resources to name a few, our personnel are constantly undergoing safety inductions, and are exposed to a wide variety of the latest up-to-date worksafe practices throughout the mining industry. We are proud to report that we have never had any withdrawal of accommodation, incident reports or complaints involving any of our personnel, who are eager to comply with our high standard of expectation.
Completion of any dredging project is undertaken within the allotted time schedule in a neat, safe and professional manner. As a result of dredging on so many mine sites for clients
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
292
Mining and construction employers continue consistent hiring demand The latest Manpower Employment Outlook Survey has shown Australia’s Mining and construction sector is set to continue its consistent hiring streak into the next quarter (June-August 2011).
T
he forward-looking quarterly survey asks Australian employers whether they intend to increase or decrease hiring over the next three months. These percentages then form a seasonally adjusted Net Employment Outlook to track the expected movement in the employment market for the coming quarter.
“How do they plan to keep the staff they already have? How can they protect their workforce from poaching from other companies in other locations and other industries? What’s going to entice a skilled worker to work for them, as opposed to someone else?
“The answer can’t just be ‘money’ – that is simply unsustainable. There’s no denying that money will be In the Mining and construction sector, 34 per cent of a big factor, but training, development, internal work companies expect to increase hiring (a slight decrease opportunities and better lifestyle options are going to from 37 per cent last quarter), while 10 per cent plan become increasingly relevant to the current and future to decrease hiring (up from 8 per cent in Q.2). As a mining workforce,” Crawley said. result, the Net Employment Outlook for the sector is He added that ManpowerGroup has launched an holding steady at +26 per cent. online portal to encourage conversation around the According to Lincoln Crawley, Managing Director of resources skills shortage, at ManpowerGroup Australia & New Zealand, mining www.miningforskills.com.au companies are expecting a spike in demand for Crawley says there is an immediate need to focus on exploration workers, fuelled by strong interest in the up-skilling the workforce, to get the right talent in the sector from the Asia Pacific region. right place at the right time. “The mining and construction sector has seen “Despite the unemployment rate, we still have an continuous growth since the end of the financial oversupply of available workers and an undersupply crisis and many projects across the country are only of qualified talent. We need to look at ways to just ramping up. Competition is growing for skilled ‘manufacture’ the talent needed in the booming trades and skilled machine operators in particular, industries from the pool of workers coming out of the and we’re going to start seeing more and more sluggish ones.” gaps as companies move further down project timelines,” he said. Crawley believes companies need to think more carefully about their workforce strategy and develop a Crawley says there are several trades that are in acute long term approach. demand right now. “It would be unthinkable for a company not to consider “Mobile plant equipment fitters, electricians, electrical the quality and availability of raw material when instrumentation fitters and auto-electricians are at developing a long-term business strategy. A beverage the top of the list for skilled trades shortages at the manufacturer, for example, would not plot its future moment,” he said. growth strategy without identifying a sustainable supply “We’ve got a people shortage, not just a skills of aluminum to manufacture cans. Businesses must now shortage. There is a lack of people willing to look at their workforce through a similar lens.” commit to the mining sector lifestyle and, despite the government’s Budget initiatives, companies are still going to struggle attracting the skills they need.” “It’s one thing to say that we can source these skills from overseas, but we have to remember that skills shortages overseas, especially for skilled trades, are also coming to the fore – so competition is rife wherever you go.”
To contend with skills shortages and meet the hiring needs indicated for the next three months, Mr Crawley stresses employers need to be more strategic in their training and workforce planning. “Companies in the mining sector will need to have a hard think about their employment value proposition.
[Employment, Recruitment, Pre and Post Employment Testing, Visa Processing and Migration]
______
Is mining for gold easier than mining for talent? Manpower and Experis offer a range of services for the entire employment and business cycle including permanent, temporary, contract and casual recruitment, employee assessment and selection, training, outplacement, outsourcing and consulting. With clients across all industry sectors and recruitment needs at all levels, our specialist consultants match the right candidate for roles across all industries including Construction, Engineering, Mining, Oil & Gas and Resources & Energy.
We understand your industry and can source the right talent for your company, leaving you more time to do your job. We provide services ranging from remote service delivery (including FIFO) to the sourcing of project teams, executive and international recruitment. For more information please call ManpowerGroup on 132Â 502 or visit www.manpower.com.au or www.experis.com.au
Eve eryy in nno ovattio on, EVERY ACHIE EVEME ENT, eve ery y breakthrrough h is only possible because
IT Tâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;S HUMAN NLY POSSIB BLE
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
294
Drug and alcohol misuse cost billions Health and wellbeing in your workplace is focused on you Drug and Alcohol misuse is estimated to cost Australian business billions of dollars annually and increases the risk of accidents and incidents in the workplace. Through Workplace Health and Safety Legislation, employers have a responsibility to: • Provide a healthy and safe working environment • Identify and manage hazards in the workplace Employers can be proactive by undertaking the detection and management of the risks associated with misuse of recreational drugs and alcohol amongst employees and contractors.
E
mployee drug testing is increasingly being carried out by organisations due to the general recognition that the use of alcohol and other recreational drugs can present a hazard in the workplace. Drug testing may also be useful in pre-employment assessment. The Testing Services available Include: • • • • • •
Pre-employment Screening Employee Health Screens Drug and Alcohol Testing Biological Monitoring Environmental Water Testing Insurance/Superannuation-related Testing.
Some Other Services available Include: • On site workplace collections • Pre-printed customised request forms • Specialist medical advice • Formulating your company’s Drug and Alcohol Policy.
•
Frequent sick leave especially one to two days following a weekend
•
Frequent workplace accidents and incidents
•
Theft
•
Frequent requests for pay advances
•
Behavioural changes (e.g. aggression, depression)
•
Frequent, longer or unexplained breaks during work
•
Presence of drug taking paraphernalia in the workplace (eg. bongs, foils, needles).
Identifying these behaviours and creating a shift in workplace culture with respect to fitness for work, is an important part of an employer’s duty of care for a safe workplace environment.
Identifying Potential Risk Behaviours
Healthscope Commercial Pathology works in cooperation with occupational health physicians, unions and employees by providing this service in a sensitive and professional manner.
The types of behaviour that may lead an employer to suspecting drug and alcohol misuse include:
Please call Healthscope Commercial Pathology on 13 52 27
[Employment, Recruitment, Pre and Post Employment Testing, Visa Processing and Migration]
______
295
Iscah Migration How big a headache do you have still trying to source skilled labour? What a never ending battle to try and locate, interview, assess and sign up good quality staff from an ever dwindling pool of talent in Australia.
M
any companies now are looking to fill their vacancies from the rather large pool of approximately seven billion overseas nationals who don’t yet call Australia home.
Some of these potential workers are right on your doorstep. Approximately 400,000 overseas students have completed qualifications or are well on their way to doing so. And approximately 500,000 other temporary entrants currently reside in Australia on other eligible visas.
(let’s say it is $60,000) then you must pay at LEAST that amount to your prospective overseas worker. Got all that?
Finally DIAC want proof that your prized recruit actually does have the skills to perform that occupation in Australia. Do they have the relevant trade certificate or degree to do the work? Do they have work experience in the profession to take the place of not having formal qualiifcations? Or do they need to show their skills through a practical assessment?
The Department of Immigration (DIAC) allow people to stay in Australia for a variety of reasons, with company sponsored visas being right at the forefront of the current migration program. Australia’s annual intake of skilled workers that are company sponsored has increased dramatically in recent times to 114,000 for the last year. This is a mix of permanant (employer nomination) and temporary (457 visa program).
There are several other requirements in relation to meeting health, character or skills checks. And also there are guidelines as to who can be included in that person’s family to come to Australia. After all they do need a home life. But that is it in a nutshell.
DIAC then go on to look at the vacancy in your company that you want to fill.
The paperwork involved from both the company and the visa applicant is sometimes daunting, but there are logical reasons behind all that is asked for. A good agent should be able to make this much more efficient and less hair should be lost in the process.
After your overseas employee starts, DIAC are determined to make sure they are not exploited and you stick to your commitments for any 457 visa Clearly the government loves migrants who can secure holders. So you can be confident that they will be fulltime work in their chosen profession and they have asking you each year for updates on your commitment set up steps you can follow to sponsor such people. to training Australians as well as making sure you are These steps are not too difficult but it is important you paying the Market Salary rate still. They may even can address them in order to secure an overseas drop in every now and again to make sure that there worker to fill your vacancies. really is a business operating, what you say is close First you need to be a “good citizen” company. That is to the truth, and to show they are spending your tax you need to have no adverse record with immigration, dollar well. be financially travelling well, and have a good record The migration advice industry is a challenging business of training your Australian employees. with the approximately 150 different subclasses of visas The training requirement can be met in a variety of a person can apply for. A registered migration agent ways from employing apprentices, to enrolling in should be able to look at your needs, and best advise structured courses through to making donations to of the process that needs to be followed to apply for approved industry training funds. the most correct visa and company sponsorship.
Steven O’Neil, Managing Director of Iscah Migration in Perth. Employed by DIAC from 1992 to 1997 and went on to establish one of Perth’s longest running migration practices, now in it’s 14th year. An Associate Fellow of the Migration Institute of Australia and winner of the prestigious 2010 Deidre Sheekey award for services to the industry.
• Is the position a highly skilled one? There is a list of sponsorable occupations and they generally reflect positions that in Australia normally require a diploma, trade certificate or higher level of skill to perform. • Next is the Market Salary rate for that occupation at least $49,330 per annum for a fulltime 38 hour week. The Market Salary is most easily proved by showing the salary of an Aussie doing the same work in your company. If there is not a comparable position, then you will need to show that other companies or your industry is paying at least that amount. • Then if the Market Salary Rate is above $49,330
Employer sponsored is the way to go at the moment for most highly skilled migrants. It is much quicker with processing possible in just a few weeks under new DIAC processes. Alternatively Points test migration is becoming very much the second class citizen. DIAC’s poor management of the input streams into skilled migration has presented them with a two year backlog of cases and processing times blowing out sometimes to three or four years. Good luck with your recruitment, gān bēi, Gesondheid, Mabuhay, Cin cin and Cheers!
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
296
Powering up the mining boom Maximising electrical safety and corrosion resistance When it comes to extracting the minerals that are essential to the expanding industries around the world, any delay is extremely costly.
F
or this reason, mining companies insist on products that deliver the highest levels of quality, dependability and performance. More and more of Australia’s mining powerhouses are choosing Branach for their climbing and ‘working at heights’ equipment needs such as electrical and mechanical setups, power line installations, scheduled maintenance and emergency repairs. Branach ladders and step platforms have proved themselves in the harshest and most extreme mining environments that can be found in Australia, from offshore oil and gas drilling platforms to underground coal mining to the unique corrosive conditions found at Olympic Dam, the world’s largest copper and uranium mine. Successfully battling deserts, salt, acids and chemicals is all part of a day’s work for Branach ladders and platforms. These are unique Australian products, designed here and manufactured here to cope with the conditions found here.
effective, the man-hours in assembly and the capital cost of purchase are significant project expenses. Many operators have noticed that workers are reluctant to spend the time erecting scaffolding for smaller jobs. When compared to the larger and more complex options, Branach’s easy-to-use products exhibit many workplace advantages besides being cost effective and non-conductive. The constant theme found in all Branach products is maximum safety for workers operating at heights. Of particular interest to companies such as BHP Coal is Branach’s clever ‘Fall Restraint Hook’, an attachment that keeps the worker safe even if they fall from a ladder. It is the best kind of insurance to have should the worst happen. Branach is working hard to ensure Australian miners have the best products for the extreme and demanding environments they face under the ground and over the sea.
Through the use of fibreglass and aluminium, Branach products are electrically safe, lightweight and easy to handle, yet enjoy a rigidity that is second to none. For those truly difficult environments where corrosion and mine safety are critical factors, Branach has developed specialist products that use 316 stainless steel instead of aluminium. This results in a range of anti-corrosion products in great demand for use on oil rigs, in salty coast environments such as the Victorian desalination plant and underground mines. Branach extension ladders and step platforms are all designed with working efficiency in mind. By replacing larger, more mechanical devices in many situations, Branach provides a better solution that is both quicker and more cost effective. For example, elevated work platforms such as boom and scissor lifts are large, heavy and difficult to manoeuver when access space is limited. In addition, experience shows that they can be hard to stabilise on uneven or rocky bases such as gravel or scoria. These are common surfaces found in many mines and make access difficult for wheeled equipment. Many elevated work platforms need to be booked in for a particular task which causes lost productivity and unnecessary downtime while workers wait for up to two days. Another alternative is the use of scaffolding. Although a well setup scaffold made of fiberglass is stable and
[Ladders]
____________________________________________________________________________________
When the task is hard, the choice is easy.
Many companies whose workers have to operate safely in tight spots are seeing the advantages of fiberglass portable step platforms. They meet all compliance regulations, increase worker productivity and give easy access when there is little room to move. Boom and scissor lifts are large, heavy and difficult to manoeuver, while scaffolding takes hours to assemble. Neither option is as
fast or as efficient as a Branach Step Platform with its extra large working area, its lockable safety rail and its strong, yet lightweight, fibreglass construction. The task gets finished in the fastest time without taking short cuts or compromising on safety. Workers operating at height deserve the best protection, and thatâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Branach.
www.branach.com.au _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
218310
298
Safety at any height with Bailey Platform Stepladders Bailey Platform Stepladders are available in a range of sizes and styles to make working safely at any height a breeze. Boasting strength, safety and durability, Bailey Platform Stepladders offer something for all tasks and trades, with numerous professional and heavy duty models available.
T
he larger top step on a Platform Stepladder provides plenty of room for a comfortable standing position while working and the handrail doubles as a tool tray, allowing you to safely keep everything at hand. The Professional 170 kg Platform Step has the strength and durability of Bailey’s Punchlock™ construction. The extra wide non slip platform is reinforced with an extruded frame. The handy tool tray allows professionals to concentrate on the job at hand. When extra strength and durability are required, the Heavy Duty Platform Stepladder in welded aluminium offers a 150kg load rating and fully welded front and rear frames for power and stability. Designed for industrial use, the wide aluminium platform and anti slip feet ensure complete safety while working at heights.
Fibreglass models are also available in 150kg load ratings. A seamless addition to any Platform Stepladder, Bailey’s Safety Gate is easily assembled and folds down with the ladder for simple storage and easy transport on vehicle roof racks. A Safety Gate can be fitted to any Bailey Platform Stepladder and fully surrounds the user, offering greater security at any height. Bailey also offers the Satellite Domestic Platform Step, perfect for DIY jobs around the home. The strong, yet slim and lightweight design provides piece of mind for the whole family. For further information please visit www.baileyladders.com.au
Remember how long your last Bailey ladder lasted? Treads are Punchlocked through the web (inside) of the stile for a stronger, lighter, longer lasting ladder. Bailey’s Punchlock construction means a stronger, lighter, longer lasting ladder. Rivets add unnecessary weight and will eventually tear through the fibreglass stile. The ladder becomes weaker from the first time it is used. At Bailey we Punchlock the tread through the inside of the stile, the strongest part. Through years of use, this joint will remain strong, stable and safe. Check it out for yourself. Every Bailey ladder has the date of manufacture stamped underneath the top tread. Remind yourself just how long your Bailey ladder has already lasted.
For more information and stockists baileyladders.com.au
[Ladders]
________________________________________________________________________________
____
Since its Australian launch in 2005, the Nite Owl Caplight has been strongly embraced by the Australian Mining & Engineering Industries as an inexpensive aid to staff productivity and safety: Alcoa Anglo Coal Argyle Diamonds Aust. Sugar Milling Council BMA Bechtel Bluescope Steel Boral Cadia Gold Cement Australia CSR Downer EDI Engineering
Ergon Energy Gold Fields Gladstone Ports Corp Minerva Mining Newcrest Mining Orica Queensland Alumina Queensland Rail Rio Tinto Tarong Energy Temco United Group Ltd
This innovative and compact light source is specifically designed to provide ‘hands-free’ illumination for trade applications undertaken in poor light. Incorporating three super bright LED’s and batteries providing 130 hours of continuous light, the unit clips securely under the brim of any hardhat or cap, emitting a beam of light directly above the wearer’s line of vision. With over 185,000 caplights already in use in Australia, the new Nite Owl “Swivel” is the long awaited enhancement in caplight functionality.
• Increases safety & productivity • Assists trade work undertaken in poor light • Map gauge/ reading
300
New age lighting towers There are new developments in the Lighting Tower market, resulting from new technology and product development. Every open cut mine needs a bunch of Lighting Towers of various sizes and types to allow 24 hours operations. Now may be a good time to update to the latest sustainable technology, fuel efficiency at economical cost.
“Austraco” will be displaying three new model Lighting Towers AIMEX: LED Light Tower, 9,000 Watt equivalent, Model AK3000. One of the world’s first production model LED equipped light towers offering excellent workplace illumination, low fuel consumption, low 24V Voltage, remote start, robust and simple to maintain. Hydraulic mast and rotation, hydraulic leg deployment. Significant capital and operating cost advantages, Tier 4 Kubota motor with Stamford Alternator.
light tower for large coal and iron open cuts and stockpiles. Other models for Civil construction are available together with high efficiency mobile and containerised generators. “Austraco is expecting to get some good exposure for our products at AIMEX, to enable us build our list of satisfied customers.”
Mining Standard Model AVM6000. Economical and robust vertical type 6,000 Watt or 8,000 Watt Lighting Tower. Fast deployment with Hydraulic legs, hydraulic assist 9.0m mast, Hydraulic mast rotation, light bar tilt and fold-back canopy for easy maintenance access. Tier 4 Kubota motor, Stamford alternator, engine protection, auto or remote start. Very Economical cost for a feature packed unit. ATV Machinery Pty Ltd – Ballarat, Victoria Solar Light Tower with 24V AC, 240/480 Watt LED lights (1,000/2000W HID equivalent). A sustainable low cost solution to remote areas, avoid refuelling cost. Electric 6.7m mast, rotating light bar, Auto start, gel batteries, trailer mounted.
www.austraco.hk ABN 72 572 884 787 Ph: 03 53412770 Mob: 0408418447
Austraco Light Towers have been designed for Australian mining conditions and are sourced from an experienced Chinese supplier with significant economies of scale. Managing Director Chris Seels said: “Our Chinese supplier has been in the light tower business for 18 years and specialises in robust units incorporating the latest commonly available technology. “The LED models offer an exceptional light spread over the working area. The low power requirement saves on the size and cost of the diesel motor and alternator and can more than halve the operating costs. The 24Volt AC system avoids complications with High Voltage service and access requirements. All motors are the latest Low Emission Tier 4 standard and noise levels are less than 75dBA. “We have designed these three models to offer a quiet, energy efficient and low cost solution to customer’s mobile mine site lighting requirements. Big considerations for us are commonly available fuelefficient engines, alternators, low cost replacement parts and simple maintenance to reduce the customers operating cost. All units are on roadregistrable braked trailers. “We are also developing a 24,000 Watt skid mounted multi directional 12m high fully hydraulic
[Lighting — Portable and Cap Lights & Lighting Towers]
__________________________________
301
Industrial lubrication management For 20 years PRECISE LUBRICATION has been providing lubrication management solutions to varied industries from mining to manufacturing. We pride ourselves on providing sound advice when it comes to the reliability of your lubricated plant and equipment.
Oil Analysis
With the recent acquisition of the latest in next generation oil analysis equipment, PRECISE LUBRICATION has positioned itself as a leader in used oil analysis. Monitoring machinery and lubricant health form the basis for any successful asset reliability program. With all analysis being performed to ASTM and ISO standards, reliable and repeatable results are of the highest priority. We pride ourselves on being a small company providing individual personalised service, this is evident with most of our customers having long term relationships spanning many years. Utilising used oil analysis only forms part of a successful lubricant condition monitoring program, the results you receive are only as good as the oil samples being collected. PRECISE LUBRICATION can advise on oil sampling techniques and practices to assist with improving your current oil sampling program. An oil sampling survey is recommended to identify current lubricants in use, correct oil sampling locations, collection methods and procedures to maximise the quality of data collected from each sample. Filtration
PRECISE LUBRICATION is the South Australian dealership for Filter Technology Australia. Filter Technology Australia provide world class leading
edge filtration systems that complement existing OEM filtration systems. Patented technology removes particulate contamination down to two microns. The results are dramatically increased equipment life, oil life and, in the case of diesel powered units, reduced fuel consumption, and lower carbon dioxide and particulate emissions. We can also assess your current filtration requirements and assist in implementing further improvements to the often inadequate OEM installed filtration and contamination control measures. By improving your contamination control measures, filter change intervals can often be extended along with equipment and lubricant life expectancy. Trico — a worldwide leader in lubrication management provides a complete resource for the products you need to keep your equipment running productively. Lubrication management plays an important role in reducing costs and increasing productivity, success depends on finding the right source for lubrication products and services to meet the needs of industrial equipment. Products
•
Constant Level Lubrication
•
Desiccant Breathers
•
Oil Sampling
•
Moisture Removal Systems
•
Fluid Handling Systems
•
Gravity Feed Oilers
•
Grease Lubrication
•
Central Lubrication
•
Filtration Systems and Carts
•
Spray Cooling and Minimum Quantity Lubrication
LUBRICATION AUSTRALIA PTY LTD Trading as PRECISE LUBRICATION (As of 1st July 2011) Oil Analysis and Lubrication Specialists. Email: admin@lubemate.com.au Web: www.preciselubrication.com.au Phone: +61 (0) 418 836 156 Fax: +61 8 8255 0099
[Lubrication and Oils]
issue 2.2
____________________________________________________________________
304
Subaru diesels A winning formula Subaru diesel variants have proved a runaway success for the symmetrical AllWheel Drive brand since their introduction in Forester and Outback.
S
ubaru originally predicted around 10 per cent of Outback sales would be diesel, when it launched in late 2009.
The new generation Forester 2.0D line-up comprises:
•
Forester 2.0D – with six-speed manual transmission.
Similar figures were also touted for Forester diesel, when it went on sale in mid 2010.
•
Forester 2.0D Premium – includes leather trim, electric sunroof, 17-inch alloy wheels, power driver’s seat, premium audio and HID headlights.
However, Outback diesel variants now represent around 16 per cent of the model’s sales, and Forester 13 per cent. Both have had a warm reception, particularly in rural and regional areas, where their fuel efficiency combined with the Subaru traits of durability, safety, flexibility and retained value are proving a winner. The cars are powered by 2.0 litre turbocharged horizontally opposed diesel Boxer engines that represent the most fuel efficient Forester and Outback variants in their respective ranges. With driving range of more than 1000 highway kilometres recorded in internal testing by Subaru, the diesel cars are serious long-distance contenders. Forester 2.0D and 2.0D Premium add a new dimension to the range, which was Australia’s bestselling compact SUV last year.
Like its Forester stablemate, the super-efficient All-Wheel Drive Outback 2.0D offers outstanding economy and low emissions, also meeting strict EURO 5 standards. When it launched in 2009, it was believed to be the world’s first flat boxer diesel engine for a passenger car, consuming just 6.4 litres of fuel per 100 kilometres in the combined cycle, while producing just 160 grams/kilometre of carbondioxide. Three models are available: the Outback 2.0D, the 2.0D Premium and 2.0D Premium with satellite navigation (SatNav). The Outback’s version of the diesel engine produces 110 Kilowatts of power at 3600 rpm and 350 Newtonmetres of torque between 1800-2400 rpm. At just 1600 rpm, the engine delivers 300 Nm of torque.
Superb fuel efficiency and low emissions linked to Forester’s five-star occupant safety package have Outback 2.0D shares the same spacious new cabin, attracted even more customers. Indeed the Forester refined ride and multiple engineering changes as diesels comply with the strict Euro 5 emission standard. petrol versions. Forester 2.0D’s turbocharged four-cylinder 2.0 litre flat Boxer diesel engine consumes just 6.4 litres of fuel per 100 kilometres in the combined cycle, while producing just 168 grams/kilometre of carbondioxide. In the highway cycle it only consumes 5.7 l/100 km and produces 151g/km of CO2.
Widely respected for its Symmetrical All-Wheel Drive ability, Outback now has the extra ingredient of a turbocharged diesel engine plus the greater leg and shoulder room of the current generation model, while adding even more comfort and features to its formidable reputation.
Forester 2.0D offers a 1600 kg braked towing capacity, Australia’s original crossover wagon maintains its super-safe status with features including a driver’s 200 kg above normally aspirated petrol Foresters. knee SRS airbag and a cradle that helps cocoon the All Forester 2.0Ds offer the same outstanding five-star engine from the reinforced passenger cabin in heavy occupant safety rating as every Subaru. frontal crashes. Two models are available: the Forester 2.0D and the The new generation Outback 2.0D line-up comprises: 2.0D Premium. Outback 2.0D – with six-speed manual transmission The 2.0D engine produces 108 Kilowatts of power at 3600 rpm and 350 Newtonmetres of torque between Outback 2.0D Premium – includes leather trim, electric sunroof and rear air vents 1800-2400 rpm. Even at just 1600 rpm, the engine delivers 340 Nm of torque for incredible low-down pulling power.
Outback 2.0D Premium with SatNav –includes DVD, reversing camera and Bluetooth compatibility.
The first service is at 12,500 kilometres/six months.
[Mine Vehicles and Vehicle Seating]
___________________________________________________________
WHEN IT COMES TO SAFETY, ENVIRONMENTAL COMMITMENT, SECURITY, ENGINEERING PERFORMANCE AND RETAINED VALUE SUBARU IS SIMPLY A SMARTER WAY TO ADD VALUE TO YOUR FLEET.
Our ALL-WHEEL DrIVE rAngE Our DNA is what makes Subaru different from every other car in the world, it’s what makes a Subaru a Subaru. It starts with the heart and soul of every Subaru – Symmetrical All-Wheel Drive, a horizontally-opposed Boxer engine and the maximum five-star ANCAP occupant safety rating. Together, our technical innovations and safety credentials combine to deliver performance, environmental credentials, enhanced safety and consistently strong retained value for every Subaru owner. The Fleet and Corporate Sales team are ably equipped to support business clients with their vehicle purchase needs. Our Fleet and Corporate Sales message is a simple one, we offer: • Commitment to our customers; • Engineering performance; • Environmental commitment and continuous improvements; • Enhanced security features; • Active and passive Safety; and • Renowned Retained Value. Subaru is simply a smarter Fleet choice.
For more information please call 1800 22 66 43 or visit subaru.com.au
FOrESTEr - SUV Designed to give you the capability and flexibility you need to run your business. Also available in a Diesel variant with manual transmission. LIBErTY - Sedan and Wagon Every driver puts different performance demands on their vehicle. That’s why we don’t make just one Liberty – we make several, with some variants available in both sedan and wagon. The well appointed Liberty 2.5i range has great economy with rewarding performance and our Lineartronic™ CVT transmission, delivering sub 200 grams of CO 2 per km. OuTBACK - SUV Allows you to take on challenging conditions with confidence. With its technological advancements and appointments the Outback is fit for business, both in the city and the country. Also available in a Diesel variant with manual transmission.
IMPrEZA - Sedan and Hatch There’s a difference between arriving and making an entrance. TrIBECA - SUV Luxury and ability combine with 7 seat versatility in a new breed of luxury SUV – one with the agility you’d expect from a passenger car, but with enough space for many applications. WrX AnD WrX STI - Sedan and Hatch The Subaru WRX STI represents the pinnacle of Advanced Driving Technology from Subaru.
LIBErTY EXIgA - Wagon The Liberty Exiga 2.5i and Liberty Exiga 2.5i Premium combine six-seat luxury and versatility.
Fleet & Corporate
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
306
Still Number one in seating for underground mining Many underground mining vehicles and equipment do not have inbuilt suspension systems. Without such systems, operators are at risk of being subjected to harmful levels of whole body vibration. Therefore, suspension seating plays a vital role in isolating operators from whole body vibration.
U
nderground mining machinery requires specialist seating that is comfortable, yet meets the safety requirements and is durable enough to withstand the rigors of use in today’s harsh underground environment.
retardant, spray-on protective coating to increase the life and waterproofing of the seat and back cushions.
Ingham stated that “an additional reason why KAB has remained the number one seating supplier for the mining sector is that our customer service is second to none. Upon request, our seating specialists In Australia, there are three dominant seating suppliers, conduct site based audits of seating on all mining namely; KAB Seating, ISRI and Grammar. KAB vehicles. Following the inspection, a detailed report Seating has been the preferred seating supplier in the of current seat status and recommendations for repair, Australian underground mining sector, both at point of replacement or increased performance are submitted manufacture and aftermarket level for decades. This to the customer. We even provide this service for continues to remain the case today. vehicles containing competitor seats. This enables the customer to keep their operators safe and minimise KAB Seating’s extensive range of suspension vehicle down time.” seating, manufactured by the Commercial Vehicle Group (CVG), is fitted at manufacture by the With the introduction of a new seat, KAB Seating country’s leading underground mining equipment has their eye on the number one position in the manufacturers. Such manufacturers include aboveground/open pit mining industry. This new Caterpillar, Sandvik, Atlas Cop Co, Bucyrus, Joy seat, the CVG GSX 3000 is set to give KAB exactly Mining, Industria, DMV, VLI Diesel, Kings Engineering what they need to combat their competitors. It will be and many more. launched at the upcoming AIMEX show from the 6th to 9th of September in Sydney. “KAB Seating remains Australia’s first choice seating supplier in underground mining vehicles because To find out why KAB Seating is so excited about the of our ability to customise and further develop our launch of the GSX 3000, visit them at AIMEX, booth seats and accessories to suit the special needs of number B1070. underground mining applications. We work with our customers to develop the best possible seating to suit the application, operator needs and space limitations in the cabin,” said John Ingham, National Sales Manager for KAB Seating. Working with their customers to develop seating to suit these specialist needs has resulted in KAB Seating playing an integral role in the evolution of safer, more comfortable, and more applicable seating for the mining industry. Some manufacturer driven developments include purpose designed seat shapes, ergonomic enhancements, and protective coating. Caterpillar fits the KAB 525 T-Cut seat at the point of manufacture in many of their underground mining vehicles. This T-Cut seat was developed in order to comfortably and safely accommodate the operators’ self rescue pack. Some manufacturers and aftermarket customers demanded greater comfort and ergonomic support. As a result, KAB Seating developed underground T-Cut seats which feature inflatable air lumbar supports and back recline functionality.
KAB 525-M
Underground environmental and durability needs have lead to KAB Seating’s most recent initiative. The availability of “Rhino Coat”. “Rhino Coat” is a flame
[Mine Vehicles and Vehicle Seating]
GSX 3000
___________________________________________________________
omfort Z C e h T r o e t n n e E 65K4 - Loaders & Dozers
200kg User Weight Rating Compatible with Lap Belt, 3 Point Belt & Harness. Ride Indicator for Correct Suspension Adjustment Fore/Aft Isolators to Reduce Horizontal Vibration 24 Volt Air Suspension 60mm Integral Height Riser 5 Position Mechanical Lumbar Support Backrest Recline Adjustment Seat Slide for Cushion Length Adjustment 3 Position Seat Tilt Adjustment
CVG GSX 3000 - For Dump Trucks
NEW
Mains Air Suspension 160kg user weight rating RPS (Ride Protection System) Dump Valve Adjustable Shock Absorber 220mm Fore & Aft Adjustment 60 mm integral height riser 3 point integrated seat belt Pneumatic Dual Air Lumbar Backrest Recline Seat cushion tilt Seat Cushion Length Adjustment
For More Information Visit www.kabseating.com.au or Call 1300 130 522
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
308
Mining Magnets for the Mineral Processing System
D
evices that are popularly used for removing ferrous contaminants from the minerals are various types of magnetic separators. Following are the magnetic separators that are used widely in mineral and mining industry:
High Voltage Magnet
Crossbelt Separator
Wet Drum Separators
Wet drum separators are widely used magnetic separators used in mineral industries especially in coal mines. They are in fact used to recover ferro silicon or other magnetic fines in dense media plants. They enhance both the plant productivity and product purity by removing contaminants. Wet drum separators can even remove very fine and weak contaminants even from dense materials. Due to this they are useful in those applications where product purity is given prime importance. Drum Magnets
Tube-Roller Magnet
Drum magnets are used for removing ferrous contaminants from a wide range of free-flowing bulk and granular materials in high-volume applications. Minerals like coals, mica etc. consist of many other ferrous and non ferrous fine. These ferrous fines are captured by the magnetic assembly which is inside the unit’s shell. After the contaminants are removed, the cleaned product falls freely to a discharge point. There is a cleat that sweeps the ferrous debris through and out of the magnetic field. Over Band Magnetic Separator
Tramp Iron Magnet
In suspended plate magnets, from free flowing granular products metallic contaminants usually tramp iron are pulled up. The contaminants are collected on the self cleaning magnetic separator belt which are discharged through hopper. The occasional tramp iron materials are removed by suspended magnets from conveyor belt, vibratory feeder or gravity chute. Suspended Plate Magnets
Separators
Diesel Forklift Assembly
Overband magnetic separators are quite similar to the suspended magnets which are fabricated and configured to trap and hold the tramp metal from the product carried by the conveyor. The magnets that are used in these types of separators are either ceramic or powerful rare earth magnets. The Metcalfe Group was founded by Neil Metcalfe in 1966. Roslyn Metcalfe (Neil’s wife) joined the company in 1970 and has been an integral part of the company since that date. With
[Magnetic Lifting and Separation]
the passing of Neil in June 2000, Roslyn Metcalfe took over managing the company. In January 2007, the company was purchased by then Operations Manager, Roy Pereira who had been with the company for nearly 10 years prior to the purchase. With the purchase of the business, the new company changed the name to Metcalfe Group Pty Ltd The new company continues to forge ahead with a strong engineering base and is multi disciplined in Magnetics, Aircraft Ground Support, Hydraulics, Electronics, Mechanics, and heavy duty automotive electrical. The company is certified to the International Standards of ISO9001.2000, and has an enviable reputation in Aircraft GSE, Mining, Marine, Rail, Commercial and Industrial. METCALFE Magnets Division include the design, manufacture and service of Magnetic Lifting and Separation Equipment from Permanent Magnet to Electro Magnets in voltages from 12V to 220V DC, Including the following:•
Diesel Forklift Assembly
•
Crossbelt Separator
•
Tramp Iron Magnet
•
Tube-Roller Magnet
•
High Voltage Magnet
•
Separators
•
METCALFE Electric Motors
•
METCALFE Rail Engineering
•
METCALFE Truckelectrics
•
METCALFE GSE
For more information, contact us at: Metcalfe Group Pty Ltd 45 Argyle Parade DARRA QLD 4076 Free Australia Wide STD: 1800 773 585 Ph: +61 7 3259 6000 Fax: +61 7 3217 0133 Email: metcalfe@metcalfe.com.au
_____________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
310
35
18 18
ng.com.au
dhearing.com.au
is more than just noise
S
ound Hearing is part of the Australian Safety Services group of companies and as such has extensive experience monitoring occupational hygiene risks within the mining, aviation, maritime, transport and manufacturing industries. Sound Hearing professionals have the expertise to assist organisations in developing and conducting monitoring programmes to meet the needs of their specific industries, legislative obligations and company requirements. We are able to provide consultants for long term work or a small project that needs to be undertaken. In addition to our occupational hygiene services, Sound Hearing is able to conduct on-site health screening of your employees throughout both the west and east coast of Australia. Audiometric testing is conducted to the Australian Standard AS/NZS1269.4:2005 using the latest in computer based audiometric software. Reports from our testing can be provided to the employee and/or employer on the same day as the testing is performed. (WA accredited) Respirator fit testing can be conducted on-site in accordance with the quantitative requirements of AS/NZS1715:2009. Spirometry (lung function testing) is conducted on-site by trained personnel to screen for lung and respiratory capacity and restriction. Vision screening using a Titmus i500 can be undertaken on-site to identify persons with vision deterioration which may place themselves or others at risk. Blood pressure, blood glucose, blood cholesterol, height and weight may be measured to assist the employer in determining the general health and wellbeing of their employees. ASS13335
ice
Sound Hearing
All testing is under taken by qualified personnel who are supported by our consultant audiologist and registered nurse. Sonomax
Sound Hearing can bring the Sonomax custom moulded hearing protection devices to your workplace. Sonomax is the leading custom hearing protector (NATA certified to Australian Standards) that is used in most mining and petrochemical sites around Australia.
[Noise and Hearing Protection]
Monitoring and Survey Services
Sound Hearing provides assessment and control solutions for: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
noise lighting vibration radiation EMR and ELF radiation respirable dust inspirable dust diesel particulate asbestos (airborne) asbestos (building audits and surveys) hydrocarbons isocyanates volatile organic compounds (VOCs) other chemicals respirable quartz welding fumes synthetic mineral fibre metal fumes lead formaldehyde solvents breathing air quality bioaerosols personal and area heat stress
_______________________________________________________________
311
Monitoring and Survey Methods
Sound Hearing utilises several methods to determine exposure levels and establish any potential health risks. These methods include: • • • • • • • • • •
walk-through surveys expert risk assessments static sampling control method evaluations real time sampling full shift sampling exposure distribution monitoring noise dosimetry noise frequency analysis ventilation surveys
Using approved sampling and analysis methodologies, Sound Hearing’s occupational hygiene consultants can recognise and evaluate hygiene risks, and offer site-specific control options. Training Services
• • • • • •
hazardous substance and dangerous goods management hearing conservation audiometric screening respirator fit testing self fitting of Sonomax custom HPD use of most monitoring equipment
For more details contact us P: 1300 726 818 F: 1300 746 818 M: 0438 334 444 michael.witham @soundhearing.com.au W: www.soundhearing.com.au E:
SonoCustom Quantified custom hearing protection in minutes TM
Step 1 A SonoCustom earmold is custom fitted to your ear
Step 3 Sound is measured outside and inside your ear to prove noise reduction Step 2 Proper seal and comfortable fit are achieved
SAL-008-EN-02
* Sonomax is a registered trademark of Sonomax Hearing Healthcare Inc.
Step 5 There you have it; quantified protection
Yes, you’re done. Step 4 A filter is selected according to your noise environment and then inserted in your SonoCustom
Page 02
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
312
Cost effective shelter solutions have hit the market Container shelters are a simple, easy to install, steel frame structure, used to convert two sea containers into a make shift workshop, factory, or covered outdoor work area, whilst still utilizing the secure lockable shipping container storage.
C
ontainer shelters are a cost effective alternative for companies looking to provide covered outdoor work areas or protect expensive machinery and tools from Australia’s harsh elements.
Portable shelters are also a highly feasible solution to problems caused by the Australian elements. They minimise downtime due to rain, and maximise employee efficiency by providing cooler working conditions out of the direct sun. When additional covered storage space is required quickly, portable freestanding shelters and container shelters are a viable option. Research has uncovered that there are very few companies who are able to provide cost effective, temporary shelter solutions at very short notice. Except, that is, for Shelter Station. Shelter Station services all aspects of the mining sector efficiently with their flat packed products, which come crated and ready-to-ship to any location in Australia, New Zealand and the Pacific. All models are available directly from the warehouse shelves – no lead times to worry about. Shelter Station provides both container shelter solutions, as well as free standing units up to 25 metres long. These come in kit form ready to be shipped at your company’s convenience. Shelter Station units can be installed within hours on a range of surfaces and foundations. Concrete footings are not always necessary for many of these products. Designed to be easily demountable and relocatable at any time, installation is quick and trouble free. UV stabilised skins of 300gm/m2 polymer are used on most freestanding shelters, while a 610gm/m2 PVC is used on the range of container shelters. Skins are attached and tensioned onto frames using a unique ratchet system, which provides
strength and stability to each unit. Most units feature heavy duty, powder-coated, steel frames, while others have galvanised steel frames, and hot dip galvanised base plates or rails. The Shelter Station container shelters are made to suit standard 20 and 40 foot sea containers, spanning widths of 6, 8, 10 and 12 metres. Heights of the container shelters range between 2 and 5 metres. Trucks, buses, earth moving equipment, fork hoists, stacks of pallets/steel and cranes are all comfortably accommodated under these heights. Temporary and portable shelters are versatile products. Within the Shelter Station range there will be a shelter solution that suits the size, width, and height specifications of any job. The tensioned membrane shelters are suitable as mine site storage and covered work areas, car garages, workshops, spray painting booths, caravan & motor home covers, general storage, welding stations, general factory processes, fork lift entry, pallet storage, and much, much more. Even avid gardeners are catered for with a range of hothouse and shadecloth covers available for a selection of their models. The largest free standing structure in the Shelter Station range is 25 metres long by eight metres wide and 4.2 metres high. This unit, known affectionately as “The Mutha Shelter” has also been successfully installed on sea containers. It is really a magnificent shelter to look at; the m2 area this unit covers is impressive. The newly introduced 12m wide container shelter, designed specifically for 40ft containers, features a truss frame portal design, making it super strong and stable. Combined with the heavy 610gm/m2 PVC cover this shelter has been an instant hit within all area’s of the mining, roading, engineering and construction industries. Closed in end walls, or ends with mechanical wind up doors can be supplied as an optional extra with this new shelter. Recent economic times suggest cost effective alternatives for shelter and cover are preferential. Many companies have already realised the multitude of benefits gained from purchasing a Shelter Station temporary shelter. Not only will they save your company volumes in economic terms, but the savings in time lost (due to weather), and time gained (due to simplicity of assembly) are just as notable. To find out more, or to view the Shelter Station range, visit the Shelter Station website www.shelterstation.com or feel free to phone them nationwide on their toll free number: 1800 199 060.
[ Po rta b le She lte rs an d C o n tai n e rs]
____________________________________________________
Shelter Station - A4 Airline Advert
4/7/11
9:53 AM
Page 1
“NEW MODEL” 6M GALVANISED CONTAINER SHELTER $2,800 Dimensions: W6m x H2m x L6m (Also available in 12m Length - $4,250)
8M CONTAINER SHELTER
12M CONTAINER SHELTER
$6,200
$14,500
Dimensions: W8m x H3m x L12m (Also available in 6m Length - $3,800)
Dimensions: W12m x H4m x L12m - Fully galvanized, truss frame shelter - End walls available as an optional extra
Freight charges may apply • Available Nationwide • *Prices current as at 1/4/10
More models available – go to www.shelterstation.com
Free Call 1800 199 060 Nationwide “Suppliers of Container Shelters and freestanding shelters, Nationwide”
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
314
The Cronos half-height A Versatile, Low Maintenance, Environmentally Friendly Solution Given the growing environmental concerns in Australia, The Cronos Group understands that it is critical to transport products securely, and without fear of contamination.
C
ronos has been involved in the Australian domestic market since the early 1990s, and specialises in providing high quality containers suited to carrying bulk-products that need to be securely transported by rail, road and sea to, and from, mining operations. The design team at Cronos has been able to efficiently and cost effectively supply container equipment, catering for individual products, in varying loading environments. Cronos has been working closely with the mining industry as containerised equipment has become, in some cases, an essential facet of the mine-site to wharf/customer logistics stream. It recently worked with IMX to supply more than 3000 iron ore containers to its project in South Australia and is currently working with a number of mines that have similar requirements: transporting bulk products from the mine-site to port. Cronos offers a variety of intermodal equipment catering to most transport modes, and can design equipment for nonstandard requirements. Financial terms are also available ranging from standard lease to financial lease, and direct sale options.
The Cronos Group // Global Coverage from your local Cronos office
Since 1978, The Cronos Group has specialised in intermodal equipment leasing, design, and sales, servicing the needs of more than 450 customers in a wide variety of industries. With its infrastructure of over 90 industry professionals and a network of 18 offices in 16 countries, Cronos offers one of the world’s largest and most diversified container fleets, together with the industry’s most advanced IT and operations platform. In addition to finding leasing solutions for its customers, Cronos offers design and procurement services for companies needing specialised, built-to order equipment. All clients have access to the Cronos technical and operations teams allowing them to ‘leverage’ the Cronos brand to their advantage. With a managed fleet of well over $1 billion Cronos strives to be your ‘partner of choice’ for Drys, Reefers, Tanks and Dry Freight Specials worldwide.
[ Po rta b le She lte rs an d C o n tai n e rs]
____________________________________________________
Direct sales
Flexible leases
custom Design
the cronos
halF-height
built For heavy bulk loaDs anD clean transport global coverage From your local cronos oFFice E N V I r O N M E N TA L LY S O U N D r E M O VA B L E L I D / / AVA I L A B L E I N 2 0 ´ L E N G T H 20´ external:
20´ internal:
20´ specs:
length
width
height
6,058 mm
2,438 mm
1,450 mm
length
width
height
5,839 mm
2,330 mm
1,214 mm
max gross
tare wt
payload
33,000 kg
2,560 kg
30,440 kg
– 4.0 mm SMOOTH STEEL fLOOr – ANTI-cOrrOSION PAINT – DIScHArGE AND LOADING OPTIONS INcLUDE STANDArD DOOr WITH SWING HEADEr AND BULK DIScHArGE HATcH – IDEAL fOr MINING AND MINErAL INDUSTrIES – fOrK LIfT POcKETS
www.
antwerp new yorK
.com
chennai genoa gothenburg hamburg hong Kong houston lisbon london rio de Janeiro san Francisco seoul shanghai singapore sydney taipei toKyo
DrYS rEEfErS TANKS EQUIPMENT SErVIcES DrY frEIGHT SPEcIALS: Bulkers / Opentops / flatracks / Half Heights / rolltrailers / Slimwall cPc ®s / car racks
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
316
Bonfiglioli Bonfiglioli’s locally engineered Power Packs offer heavy duty performance for global leaders New heavy duty fully coupled drive combinations are being custom engineered by Bonfiglioli for a global leader in mining equipment.
T
he HD drive Power Packs for boom conveyors incorporate new generation HDO 130 helical drives fixed to a base plate and fully coupled and laser aligned with their fluid couplings, disc brakes, pony drives and rigid output couplings. The latest Power Packs – with locally designed and fabricated baseplate assembly – are designed optimum ease of installation, rugged service and low maintenance in materials handling and process applications. The 51,000 Nm capacity drives incorporate such features as:
For more information about Bonfiglioli in Australasia, please contact Mr Malcolm Lewis, Managing Director Bonfiglioli Transmission (Australia) Pty Ltd 2, Cox Place, Glendenning, 2761 ph: 61 – 2 – 8811 8000 fax: 61 – 2 – 9765 6605 sales@bonfiglioli.com.au In New Zealand, please call Neil Pollington 0800 432 777 mob (021) 827 199 sales.nz@bonfiglioli.com.au
•
Delayed filling fluid coupling to provide about 150 per cent of motor full load torque on start up, which reduces drive train wear.
•
HS disc brake as a safety feature to ensure the conveyor does not backdrive in the case of a failure.
•
LS rigid output couple, which allows trouble-free disassembly at maintenance intervals through its bolted connection design.
Drives Service Centre — enables Bonfiglioli to custom engineer drives for specific solutions. “This includes highly versatile drives such as the Power Packs, which are suitable for both static industrial equipment and mobile equipment.” Power packs are part of Bonfiglioli’s ongoing process of product diversification, process automation, and quality focus that has enabled Bonfiglioli to play a leadership role in the industry as a major supplier of helical, planetary, worm and frequency inverter drives. HD features include: •
Ratios from 7:1 to 500:1
•
Reduced noise emissions from fully hardened and ground alloy steel helical and bevel gears to DIN Class 6.
•
SG cast iron housings and high grade alloy steel shafts with induction hardened seal journals to ensure greater service life in demanding conditions.
•
High efficiencies from fully hardened and ground alloy helical and bevel gears in conjunction with premium high speed bearings. These result in reducers being up to 94 per cent efficient in three-stage form.
HD drive Power Packs – in drive capacities from 1722 kW and 150,000 Nm torque – are particularly suited to conveyor drives and materials handling • applications across a wide range of industries, including manufacturing, mineral processing, primary processing, resources, energy and water and waste water. The modular design HD series is produced on Bonfiglioli’s Australasian production and testing line that cuts delivery times and enhances automisation capabilities. Bonfiglioli Transmission Australia Managing Director, Malcolm Lewis, says local production — combined with in-depth local engineering expertise from the local Bonfiglioli
Superior lubrication achieved by combining splash lubrication with dedicated galleries and lubricant collection pockets incorporated into the internal walls of the housing and side covers.
•
Heavy duty bearings. All units feature premium brand roller bearings allowing high load carrying capacities and consistent bearing lifetimes throughout gearbox stages.
•
Numerous mounting and shaft options resulting from the HD’s multi-machined case and symmetrical design. Shaft options include hollow keyed bore, single or double solid-keyed, shrink disc and male/female splines on request.
HD Drive Power packs are complemented by HD Hi-torque drives combining HD drives and Trasmital planetaries. Bonfiglioli Transmission (Australia) Pty Ltd is part of the international Bonfiglioli group, with 2500 employees worldwide. The full Australian branch is part of a global network of 13 full branches and eight production plants supported by nearly 80 national distributors and an Australasian network of distributors complemented by offices in Australian States and New Zealand.
[Power & Control Systems and Power Equipment]
_____________________________________________
ORESOME EFFICIENCY • SAVINGS • QUALITY
NOW SHOWING AT STAND
6416
HD DRIVES are assembled locally by experienced technicians, providing TRULY AWESOME EFFICIENCIES & SAVINGS Our solutions orientated engineers are constantly endeavouring to seek out innovative gearmotor designs within our specialised Drive Service Centre. As you well know perseverance pays off.
BON © BERLET #5577
We are proud to present the HDO and its modular combinations, from the customised HD Drive Power Packs, to our NEW smarter HD Alignment Free Drives (capable of further reducing your drive costs) which are more than perfect for your tough, demanding industrial mining needs. With extensive warehoused stock levels, our dedicated Drive Service Centre and a team of highly qualified technicians, safe-guarding assembly and quality control. All is united to provide second-to-none, quick deliveries, service and 24/7 support.
PHONE 1300 656 757 Guaranteed Quality from “The Gearmotor Specialists” www.bonfiglioli.com.au
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
318
ABOVE OR BELOW
WE HAVE THE ENERGY POWER GENERATION TEMPERATURE CONTROL COMPRESSED AIR CAT RENTAL POWER SOLUTIONS www.energypower.com.au rental@energypower.com.au
One Network. One Call 1800 800 441 | 24/7 Support Melbourne | Sydney | Newcastle | Roma | Cairns | Brisbane | Gladstone | Rockhampton Townsville | Darwin | Karratha | Perth | Kalgoorlie | Adelaide | Port Moresby © 2011 Caterpillar All Rights Reserved. CAT, CATERPILLAR, their respective logos and "Caterpillar Yellow" as well as corporate and product identity used herein, are trademarks of Caterpillar and may not be used without permission.
Cat Rental Power Has the energy to support your business Energy Power Systems is the Caterpillar® Dealer for Australia, Papua New Guinea and the Solomon Islands. The rental division operates under the Cat Rental Power brand; a specialist in energy rental solutions and synonymous within the mining industry supplying specialist energy rental equipment.
C
at Rental Power prides itself on providing specialist tailored solutions to solve production process, capacity or bottleneck issues thereby reducing risk and increasing your bottom line performance when power generation, compressed air or temperature control equipment is required. Our Power Generation solutions cover full turnkey multi-megawatt contract power stations, remote camp power stations, prime power and standby power site applications, emergency breakdown power, shutdown power, construction power, with electrical distribution, transformers, switch-rooms and diesel fuel systems.
Melbourne, Warnambool, Sydney, Newcastle, Brisbane, Roma, Gladstone, Rockhampton Townsville, Cairns, Darwin, Karratha, Kalgoorlie, Perth, Adelaide, Port Moresby – PNG
Our fleet consists of portable diesel generators from 20 – 2000 kVA. All sets are fully bunded in sound attenuated canopies, with many having paralleling and synchronising capabilities and 3G remote programming and communications (all designed to operate within the harsh climates of Australia).
www.catrentalpower.com.au rental@energypower.com.au
Our Temperature Control solutions cover process cooling, mine cooling (surface and underground),
[Power Generation and Technology]
additional capacity, supplementary cooling, maintenance and shutdowns, critical process cooling, heat stress, and fatigue management. Our fleet consists of portable electric Air & Water Cooled Fluid Chillers, Cooling Towers, Heat Exchangers, Air Handlers and Industrial Air Conditioning units that have been design to ‘plug & play’ to allow multi Mega Watt Installations. Our Compressed Air solutions cover, high pressure drilling, exploration, industrial process, critical process, pipeline pigging, hydrostatic testing, manufacturing and construction. Our fleet consists of portable 100% Oil Free & Oil Filled diesel compressors, standard and medium pressure; high and duel pressure units and filter packs, boosters, receivers, manifolds, and air hose. With flows ranging from 330 cfm to 1600 cfm and pressures from 5 bar to 100 bar plus. One Network. One Call 1800 800 441
___________________________________________________________
319
A ComAp Dual-fuel Conversion will substantially reduce your diesel engine operating costs whilst maintaining, or even reducing service intervals. A ComAp Dual-fuel Conversion enables a standard diesel engine to operate on gas and diesel without any mechanical modification. Gas is the main fuel and diesel is used for the ignition of the gas/ air mixture inside the engine cylinder. Substituting diesel for gas can reduce diesel consumption up to 90% - a significant saving on your annual diesel bill. Benefits include • substantial savings on operating costs • short time to recover initial investment • output power remains unchanged, with the characterisics of diesel • can return to 100% diesel without shutting down the engine • lower emissions • suitable for heavy fuel engines • solutions available for both low and high speed engines
Adelaide 08 8177 0333 Brisbane 07 3350 4594
Perth 08 9209 3895 Auckland 09 550 6020
Big diesel bill? Dual Fuel Conversions
The financial savings that can be made through converting a diesel engine to a dual-fuel system, (diesel and natural gas) can be significant, with return on investment periods of often less than one year. As an added benefit, this conversion is achieved without all the normal problems associated with gas engines and with a minimum down time for your business. Greenbird Technology and ComAp have many years experience in the conversion of both high and low speed diesel engines to dual-fuel using unique, in-house designed, high-speed gas valves for gas injection into the individual cylinders. They also design and manufacture electronic control systems for dual fuel engines based on the highly successful InteliGen range. How Does Dual-Fuel Work?
Duel-Fuel operation means the diesel engine is converted to use two fuels, natural gas and diesel at the same time. Natural gas is main fuel and a small diesel portion is used for the ignition of the gas/air mixture inside the cylinder. With the ComAp system, the components of the engine are not changed so that it is a relatively simple conversion to perform.
to introduce exactly the required quantity of gas into each cylinder. The diesel engine requires no internal mechanical modifications and the engine can return to 100% diesel operation at any time without needing to shut down. Why the ComAp System is Different
There are other systems available, but they usually require mechanical modifications to the engine and critically, don’t dynamically adjust to the engine’s needs. As the load on the engine changes, the gas requirement also changes, and this ability to respond is a key feature of the ComAp system. Alternative systems use a fixed gas/diesel ratio for a certain engine load, so that outside of this window the engine becomes less efficient, or even in extreme cases, can be damaged. This has led to a poor reputation in the marketplace for dual fuel conversions, but the ComAp system bares no resemblance to these inferior systems. ComAp is so confident about their system, that they guarantee their system against causing any engine damage.
The system continuously monitors key engine parameters to adjust gas flow rates at high speed
issue 2.2
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Announcing..... THE BiggEsT rEvoluTionAry cHAngE To MinE DEwATEring in 30 yEArs.
take the challenge out of Mine Dewatering
NOV Mono® has launched its EZstrip™ mine dewatering package, which is set to transform the industry by significantly reducing costly downtime. Just a taste of some the benefits include: •
Reduces a 6-7 hour maintenance operation to less than 60 minutes due to it’s maintain in place system.
•
A 30% reduction in the length and height on current packages at an amazing 4.1m x 1.7m.
•
A weight reduction of 13% to just 3.5 tonnes.
To gain more information email ozsales@nov.com, call 1800 333 138 or visit our website at www.monopumps.com.au.
ADV255
Pumps 2000 As the manufacturer of Pumps 2000 it is our goal to provide the best, latest and most reliable product range available. Our factory is located in New South Wales, Australia where we have a complete in-house design, injection moulding, machining and service operation. Specifically designed for handling abrasive, solid laden and corrosive fluids, the Pumps 2000 range was made to create a new alternative to the heavy castiron diaphragm pumps that were predominantly used in Australian mines. Our focus was on the reduction of pump mass as well as improving the pump life and performance.
U
sing our experience in plastics the first 2inch (50mm) Pumps 2000 air operated double diaphragm pumps were made from machined nylon. As well as reducing the pump mass we also developed and patented a new air motor component and diaphragm design which greatly outperformed and outlasted all others. With the need to increase production, the machined nylon parts were superseded by injection moulded parts. This gave us the ability to further reduce pump mass with the use of ribbing for strength and the elimination of excess material. The use of injection moulding has also given us a greater freedom in material compositions and has led to lubrication free pumps and the development of our own plastic blends. Our focus on R&D combined with in-house manufacturing, makes it possible to offer technically superior pumps, at highest and consistent quality.
according to ATEX and several patented features make it possible for Pumps 2000 to offer market leading low life cycle cost, while handling difficult applications. A number of other products are currently under development. Pumps 2000’s experienced team is always ready to assist you with solving your pumping needs. Please contact us with your enquiry. Pumps 2000 6 - 12 Burleigh Street Toronto 2283 NSW Australia www.pumps2000.com.au info@pumps2000.com Phone: +61 2 49599400 Fax: +61 2 49504927
In the mid 1990s the second model in the range, the 1½inch (38mm) Pumps 2000 was completed, in late 2008 the 1inch (25mm) Pumps 2000 model was released in both a slurry valve and a ball valve version and in 2009 the 2inch Ball valve model was completed. In 2010 the ½” (15mm) ball valve pump was added to the range. All pumps are certified
[Pumps and Slurry Pumps]
issue 2.2
_______________________________________________________________
322
Barminco In Australia, the company’s most recent contract win of a five year $A500 million deal with AngloGold Ashanti to deliver underground mining services at Sunrise Dam, is the second largest underground mining contract to be awarded in Australia and the largest the company has won to date.
T
his announcement came hot on the heels of a three year $A60million underground mining services contract for Western Areas’ Spotted Quoll nickel mine, a $100 million contract with Aditya Birla Minerals’ for services at its Mount Gordon operation and the announcement in April this year of three new blue-chip contracts in West Africa through AUMS.
“Two markets of particular interest are central and east Africa, which attracted exploration later than West Africa, so it a less mature market, although it is following a similar growth pattern,” Noort said.
The new AUMS contracts include a three year $100M Yalea underground mine decline and lateral development project at Randgold Resources 11M oz Loulo Gold Mine in the south-west of Mali, a $75M three year Paboase development and mining contract at Kinross’ 3M oz Chirano Gold mine in Ghana, and the $30M Subika exploration decline project at Newmont’s 13M oz Ahafo mine in Ghana.
“On a longer term basis the Latin American market has some attraction, but it doesn’t hold the same level of strategic imperative as the central and east African markets currently does to us – but it is a market we are keeping a close eye on.”
“In the next 10 years we expect to see a number of open pit mining projects convert to underground in the central and east African markets, which is what is currently occurring in West Africa.
Barminco CEO, Neil Warburton, said the main factor influencing recent contract wins was the package offered by Barminco, with safety at the core.
Drawing on its global experiences, Barminco is also paying attention to the work traditionally the domain of owner operators operating in Africa– including evaluation of deposits, mining strategies, planning advisory and potentially even engineering services and project management.
“Our mid-tier and blue chip mining clients such as Xstrata, AngolGold Ashanti, Barrick, Rangold and Newmont, want to know that we not only have the financial and human resources to do the job, they rely on us to bring a high level of safety and productivity to the job too,” he said.
“In the domestic market there are plenty of established providers, but in Africa clients are increasingly turning to us to access the full range of underground mining knowledge and skills, so we are looking to develop that capability in-house as another option.”
Warburton said contract wins with three of the top five gold miners in the world vindicated the decision three years ago to enter the large but notoriously difficult African mining service market.
Barminco 08 9416 1000 Email: marketing@barminco.com.au www.barminco.com.au
“It has been a challenge entering the market, but we have done the hard yards now such as gaining an understanding of how to do business there and establishing training programs. It requires a significant amount of time, focus and cost to establish an efficient and sustainable contracting business in Africa, so AUMS provides a compelling value proposition to our clients. “Through AUMS we have proven the benefits of safe, modern mechanised mining methods to significant American and South African gold producers in West Africa, and we are now effectively competing with traditional owner miners for the broader African underground mining market,” he said.
Barminco CEO Neil Warburton
In addition to bidding for work in West Africa through the AUMS joint venture, Barminco is also bidding for work in other parts of Africa. Business Development Manager, David Noort, has led an assessment of further opportunities in the region for the past six months.
[Underground Mining]
________________________________________________________________________
A COMMITMENT TO BEST PRACTICE AND DELIVERY OF VALUE
Barminco is an international leader in hard rock underground mining, delivering world best standards and productivities. We underpin our performance with: • • • • • •
21 years of experience and knowledge Leading edge production information systems Robust services in maintenance and support Safety records that exceed global benchmarks Service excellence and flexibility supported by a progressive culture The largest single company owned fleet of underground mechanised equipment in the world.
We recognise that our success is built on the success of our clients and the value we deliver.
+61 (0)8 9416 1000 | 390 Stirling Crescent Hazelmere WA Australia 6055
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
324
Securing the safety of your mine How to address key challenges and mitigate risk Mine safety, security and emergency rescue response services are top priorities for the mining sector, given the high-risk nature of the industry and the public interest mining activities attract. Having the appropriate strategies in place to protect the mining company’s people, assets and reputation is critical to an organisation’s ongoing success.
W
hile each site has its own unique risk factors, there are common security, safety, compliance and health challenges across the sector:
are vital to an effective and efficient health, safety, environment and security (HSES) operation. The teams should be prepared for any situation and be capable of effectively responding to emergencies with minimal disruption to the mine.
The first step in addressing these challenges is to conduct a site safety, security and emergency health risk assessment to identify the individual site risk factors. This should form the basis of a detailed plan which outlines the strategies, responsibilities and contingency plans to mitigate the risks involved.
Jason Maley, State Operations Manager Queensland and mining expert for MSS Security, agreed that the experience and training of the security and emergency response teams directly correlate to the overall successful HSES operation of the mine. “Providing comprehensive and customised training and development for our security, emergency response and emergency health personnel provides them with the qualifications, skills and competencies they need to ensure the security and safety of our clients’ mining sites,” explained Maley. “The mining and resources sector is a unique one and the training programme needs to reflect this. We expect our people to be proactive and go that extra mile — so we give them the tools and support they need to achieve this. MSS Security is so committed to training that it has established its own Registered Training Organisation to support its clients’ needs.”
The security and emergency health and rescue response teams need to take a proactive approach and remain vigilant in implementing the plan, particularly when it comes to monitoring for threats such as terrorism or large and disruptive protests.
Another factor which should be used to mitigate risk at the mining site is a scalability plan used to ensure that there are additional resources available to rapidly respond to any incidents or cover any additional requirements (such as protestor activity or industrial unrest).
Success factors
“In 2009 MSS Security implemented an Incident Response Team (IRT) to meet client requests for a rapid response service for surge requirements,” Mr Maley said. “The IRT has been engaged a number of times over the past 12 months for expected protest action and other events. The team is not designed to replace the role of the police but to lock down and protect sites from any unauthorised entry which may affect the operations of the site and to support the on-site permanent guarding services.”
•
Safety issues, including hazards, potential injuries and fatigue
•
Site access compliance, including visitor, staff and contractor inductions
•
Emergency, first aid, medical and rescue response
•
Protestor activity and industrial unrest
•
Unauthorised access
•
Theft and vandalism
•
Threats including domestic terrorism.
There are a number of key success factors in effectively managing the safety and security of the mine: •
Comprehensive security risk assessment of the site, resulting in site-specific security, access control and safety recommendations
•
Detailed security plan with clear guidelines and responsibilities
•
An experienced, highly trained security team to implement the plan
•
Provision of specialist emergency response, first aid and medical services as required
•
Effective communication between the security and emergency response teams, and the management and staff at the mine
•
Robust occupational health and safety procedures
•
The ability to immediately deploy additional security and emergency response resources to scale up in the event of an emergency.
Experienced security and emergency response teams which have completed comprehensive training programs tailored to the mining and resources sector
It is important that the security and emergency response teams work closely together as well as with police and emergency services, and the management team at the mine. When a potential threat or emergency occurs, these relationships must already be established and appropriate plans must be in place so that there can be an immediate response before issues are escalated. “MSS Security’s ability to provide clients with an integrated security, emergency and response service, through MSS Strategic Medical (a SIS Group Enterprise), ensures a collaborative and unified approach, facilitating faster response times. With the right planning, training and people, any potential hazards can be averted, mitigating the risks in securing the mine.”
[Security for Mine Sites, Lockout and Tagout]
_________________________________________________
You’re only as strong as your weakest link When it comes to safety and security, you can’t afford second best. As Australia’s largest security company, MSS Security has unrivalled experience in protec�ng the na�on’s cri�cal mining sites. We work closely with our clients to support their ac�vi�es and ensure a seamless security and emergency response service. What makes MSS Security the industry leader? • Uniquely integrated security, emergency health and response service - Mine site access controllers trained and skilled in delivery of emergency response services - Provision of specialist emergency health, rescue, safety and training services (provided by MSS Strategic Medical, a SIS Group Enterprise) • Rapid response for surge management - Largest pool of resources - Highly trained Incident Response Team (IRT) and emergency response trained officers established to specifically meet the needs of the mining sector • MSS Training Academy (RTO accredited)
MSS Security prides itself on the calibre of its security, emergency health and rescue personnel. Our comprehensive training programme facilitated by our RTO ensures that our personnel are fully equipped to effec�vely deal with any situa�on, mi�ga�ng any poten�al risk involved. MSS Security’s Incident Response Team (IRT) and ERT trained officers provide an addi�onal layer of protec�on for our clients’ sites. We are able to immediately deploy highly trained resources to rapidly respond to emergencies and support the on-site mine access control and safety compliance services. Our specialist contract management teams are experienced in conduc�ng thorough site safety/security and emergency response risk assessments which form the basis of a detailed security and emergency response plan. Our exper�se, effec�ve planning, integrated services, innova�ve infrastructure and depth of resources provide you with a strong partner to ensure the safety and security of your mine.
• Proven experience and customer sa�sfac�on in the mining sector.
Leaders in Security For more informa�on, please contact Jason Maley on 0401 776 402 or jason.maley@msssecurity.com.au Security Licence Numbers ACT 17501687 | NSW 408742075 |NT 117 | Qld 41299 | SA ISL 177435 | Tas 5784 | Vic 409-987-30S | WA SA33781
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
326
Australia leads the way in security and access control in the mining industry Australian mines have advanced somewhat since the days of simply having a guard stationed at the entrance gate manually recording visitor’s names and vehicle registrations. Today, staff, contractors and visitor management are commonly controlled by an electronic access control system consisting of proximity cards (Smart Cards) and card readers which are placed in strategic positions.
I
t is now commonplace for the access control system to be interfaced with the mine’s HR software modules (SAP, PeopleSoft, Oracle etc.) which may already be in place within the company so that security, safety, compliance and regulatory issues are managed. As an example, when a staff or contractor’s card is presented at a reader, the access control system instantly verifies from the HR module that the cardholder has the required generic and site specific inductions, has the correct qualifications, has valid medical certificates, has not exceeded the maximum number of working hours for the current period and that the cardholder is authorised to enter the location. The system will then either allow or deny entry to the site. In Mt. Isa, Xstrata Copper’s Emergency and Protective Services Superintendent, Darren Bracey, uses the Cardax FT system for general access control, fatigue management, drug and alcohol testing and emergency evacuation control. Bracey says Cardax FT as a tool provides a very high standard of access control, removes regulatory compliance issues, ensuring that qualified staff is working in the assigned areas thus ensuring a safer working environment. “We must allow for movement of authorised personnel with a minimum of effort, while ensuring all the necessary training, induction and other entry requirements are current,” he said. “We must also be able to ensure that personnel who are not authorised to access certain areas are prevented from doing so. Another challenge for us is having the ability to account for personnel in the event of an incident, particularly in our underground environment,” Bracey said.
person to be visited simply enters the details of the intended visit. When the visitor eventually arrives on site, a visitor proximity card which has been pre-prepared is issued to the visitor by security and the access control system automatically sends an email and/or SMS message to the relevant staff member/members stating that the expected visitor has arrived on site. From this point, the staff member’s card and the visitor card are linked until the visitor leaves site. For the visitor to gain entry at an access controlled point, the visitor card must be presented to the associated card reader quickly followed by the escorting staff member’s card. Thus the system automatically tracks their movements. Bracey is quick to praise the Cardax FT system. “The advanced technology of the Cardax FT system is flexible enough to meet the changing mining environment. It has enabled better management of contractors.” The development of electronic tagging to manage firing (of explosives) underground has significantly reduced risk of injury, as well as reducing the cost of miss-firings often experienced using old manual tag board systems. The system has many different types of hardware that can be adapted to suit the site’s needs, while the powerful software lends itself well to integration with other third party software applications to allow better management of security, health, safety, access control and contractor management. It is available nationwide from ADT Security. To discuss the needs of your mine or find out more, call 131 238 or visit www.adtsecurity.com.au
Sjef Klaassen, from Xstrata Copper’s security partner ADT Security said ongoing security reviews and upgrades had become an integral part of the business planning process with a range of safety management and improvement systems being implemented in line with Xstrata Copper’s safety and health policies. The control of legitimate and unauthorised visitors to a mine site can be overwhelming if a manual system of control is in place. However, with an automated system it can be a “breeze”. At most mines, a mandatory requirement is for all intending visitors to make prior appointments. From any workstation on the access control system, the
Master Licences: VIC No. 65201491P | WA No. SA37852 SA No. ISL152299 | NSW No. 405187443 ACT No. 17501009 | QLD No.3258669
[Security for Mine Sites, Lockout and Tagout]
_________________________________________________
SITE ACCESS CONTROL | PHOTO IDENTIFICATION | ELECTRONIC MUSTERING | EVACUATION REPORTING | VIDEO ALARM VERIFICATION
TOTAL MINING SOLUTIONS
Technology, expertise and innovation to help make your mine safer At ADT Security we have developed effective security and safety management programs for large open cut and underground mining operations worldwide. We can design, install and maintain a reliable, effective electronic security and safety solution that will integrate seamlessly with existing systems, including: >
Site Access Control
>
Evacuation Reporting
>
Photo Identification
>
Video Alarm Verification
>
Electronic Mustering
>
Automated Production Monitoring
For more information on tailored mining security solutions, please call 131 ADT (238) or visit www.adtsecurity.com.au
Master Licences: VIC No. 65201491P | WA No. SA37852 | SA No. ISL152299 | NSW No. 405187443 | ACT No. 17501009 | QLD No.3258669
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
M
328
NE
W
GROUP LOCK BOX
Our CIRLOCK range of Lockout Equipment is ready for FAST dispatch -
* Size: 320x405x150mm * Aluminium construction * Lockout Holes for up to 20 Padlocks * Use as Group Lock Box and/or Padlock storage * Room for procedures in 3 places * Part Number GLB-4
WE MAKE IT - WE HAVE IT! Circuit Breaker Lockouts Valve Lockouts Safety Padlocks TAGS - Custom and Standard Safety Signs and Labels and More.. see our website!
P
D
Hasps Cable Lockout
CIRLOCK Ph 07 5445 2910
Lockout Padlocks
Valve Lockouts
sales@cirlock.com.au
www.cirlock.com.au
Full range of lockout/tagout equipment Cirlock is Australia’s original manufacturer of lockout equipment. Leading the way in the market place they continue to expand their wide range of lockout/ tagout equipment for energy sources. Since the company’s development and first production of the Cirlock system of Lockoutslfor circuit breakers in 1992, Cirlock has expanded its own range to include lockout devices for all types of energy sources. Cirlock remains a fully Australian owned and operated family company.
T
he all new GLB-4 Group Lock Box – designed and produced by Cirlock – has all the features of a next generation Group Lock Box. It boasts: sturdy welded aluminium construction, red powder coat finish, tough polycarbonate clear sliding lid, and provision for A4 size procedures outside or inside the box (or in the lid) and 20 padlock holes for up to 9mm shackle sizes. The Group Lock Box can be wall mounted and also has a convenient carry handle. It can also be used for storing safety padlocks when not in use, with 24 specially designed Cirlock padlock hooks provided. Cirlock standard range includes a variety of universal lockout devices for circuit breakers in all sizes and brands, as well as all sizes of fuse holders. Gate valves and ball valves in all sizes can be locked out, as can electrical plugs and hose couplings, with uniquely designed equipment. Cirlock’s own brand of tough safety lockout padlocks, are made with xenoy material housing, stainless steel shackle and brass key way. These locks are available in seven different colours, master keyed, keyed alike or keyed different in any combination needed. The Cirlock locks have their Australian standard of
50mm long and 5mm thick shackle, and a “Do Not Remove” and “Owners” label included. Locks can be personalised with logo or names, either engraved or on labels. “Danger” tags, “Out Of Service”, commissioning and information tags are standard stock items. Made from poly material to withstand grease and water, heavy duty laminated versions and photo ID types are also available. Customised tags can be made in small or large quantities. The company is able to offer its customers flexibility, short delivery times and custom made devices in large and small quantities, as well as ‘standard off the shelf’ lockout solutions. Most of Cirlock’s products are made in Australia and are available through: electrical and other wholesalers Australia-wide, Cirlock’s on-line shop, or direct from Cirlock. Visit the website www.cirlock.com.au for more information on our product range, or contact us on 07 5445 2910.
[Security for Mine Sites, Lockout and Tagout]
_________________________________________________
I
Innovation Infrastructure
Safety
Own
Infrastructure
Build
Beneficial Water
Manage Expert
Construct
Water
Service Design
Delivery Plan
Manage
Water
Manage Water
Service
Manage Mining Total Construct Design Manage Water Plan Service
Optimise
Water
Safety
Safety
Mining
Delivery
Safety
Water
Manage Treatment Water Expert
Treatment
Develop
Total
Progressive
Delivery
Own
Operate Safety Optimise
Water
MAKING WATER WORK Progressive Service Operate
Safety DeliveryConstruct Innovation Solutions
Develop
Water
Service
Delivery
Build
Progressive
Manage Delivery
Operate
Beneficial Water
Expert
Treatment
Infrastructure
Own
Progressive
Safety
Own
Plan Own
Optimise
Service
Beneficial
Treatment
Own
Total
Manage Beneficial
Construct
Treatment
Plan
Total
Operate
Construct
Manage
Innovation
Water
Infrastructure Optimise Innovation
Total
Design
Delivery
Total
Safety Progressive
Infrastructure
Beneficial
Expert
Mining
Expert
Service
rategic
Manage
Delivery
Manage the business you operate, and leave the rest to us. Driven by innovation and motivated by success, SunWater’s total water management solutions are structured to meet the most complex water needs without compromising quality. We’ve spent 80 years delivering bulk water infrastructure and know the finer details about making water work, everyday. As the owner of Queensland’s largest bulk water supply network, our expert team taps into regional and metro resource hubs to bring clients a solution that works for them, their industry, the surrounding community and the environment. With every aspect of the water lifecycle covered - from design, construction, treatment, supply and beneficial use strategies - SunWater is providing the resources industry with the strength of one of
contact
Australia’s leading bulk water developers and managers.
For a custom solution to your complex water needs, contact SunWater: Phone
+ 61 7 3120 0000
business@sunwater.com.au
Web
www.sunwater.com.au
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
MARKET PROVEN
PERFORMANCE WHEN IT REALLY
COUNTS.
Certification: Ultra Soft速 meets performance requirements of: AS4824, AS2919, AS2755, OSHA 1910.269, ASTM 1506 NFPA 70E, NFPA 2112, NFPA 1977, EN 470, EN 531 (incl. EN 533) and CSGB 155.20.
Proudly & exclusively distributed throughout Australasia by Charles Parsons Technical. Call 1300 147 887 www.charlesparsons.com.au Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide, Perth, Auckland NZ.